Proceedings of

rd
3 International Virtual Conference On
RECENT TRENDS IN POWER SYSTEMS
AND POWER ELECTRONICS
NEC-ICPSPE-2K23
th
10 JUNE, 2023
Editors-in-Chief

Dr. P. Lakshmanan Mr. M. Chandra Sekhar

Professor, HOD Assoc.Professor
Department of EEE Department of EEE
Narasaraopeta Engineering College, Narasaraopeta Engineering College,
Narasaraopet- 522 601, Narasaraopet- 522 601,
Andhra Pradesh, INDIA Andhra Pradesh, INDIA

Editors
Dr. SK. MD. Shareef Mr. G. Naveen
Mr. P. D. V .S. K. Kishore Mr. Sk. Abdul Kalam
Mr. G. Nagaraju Mrs. P. Bramarambavathi
Mrs. P. Raghava Rani Mr. P. Naganajaneyulu
Mr. Sk. Karimulla Mrs. S. Saritha

Organized By
Department of Electrical and Electronics Engineering
In Association with Indian Society for Technical Education (ISTE)
NARASARAOPETA ENGINEERING COLLEGE (AUTONOMOUS)
NARASARAOPET – 522 601, ANDHRA PRADESH, INDIA
www.nrtec.in
 Every effort has been made to avoid errors or omissions in this publication. In spite of this, some errors might have
crept in. Any mistake, error or discrepancy noted may be brought to our notice which shall be taken care of in the
next edition. It is notified that neither the publisher nor the authors or seller will be responsible for any damage or
loss of action to any one, of any kind, in any manner, there from.
No part of this book may be reproduced or copied in any form or by any means (graphic, electronic or mechanical,
including Photocopying, recording, taping, or information retrieval system) or reproduced on any disc, tape, perforated
media or other information storage device, etc., without the written permission of the publishers. Breach of this
condition is liable for legal action.
For binding mistakes, misprints or for missing pages, etc., the publisher’s liability is limited to replacement within
one month of purchase by similar edition. All expenses in this connection are to be borne by the purchaser.
“Copying of the book and selling it after photocopying or reselling it as Second Hand Book is illegal and is not
allowed, under the copyright act”.
This book is sold subject to the condition that it shall not, by way of trade or otherwise, be lent, hired out, or otherwise
circulated without the publisher’s prior written consent.
All disputes are subject to Pakala jurisdiction only.
Note: Please inform if anyone encourage to photocopy of this book, along with the Proof and get attractive Reward.
Names will be kept Confidential.

© Authors

Rs. 500/-
ISBN
First Edition : 2023

Published by Surneni Mohan Naidu for Spectrum Publications and printed at Students Helpline Group, Hyderabad-38

# 326/C, Surneni Nilayam, Near B K Guda Park, S.R. Nagar

Hyderabad - 500 038. A.P., India
Tel : +91 40 23710657, 32494570, 23800657
Cell: +91 9440575657, 9392575657
Fax : +91 40 23810657
mail : studentshelpline.org@gmail.com
 ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
It is my pleasure to record my sincere thanks to Mr. M. S. Chakravarthi, Hon’ble Vice Chairman,
NEC Group for his guidance and encouragement throughout the proceedings of the conference. My sincere
thanks to Dr M. Sreenivasa Kumar, Principal, NEC, Dr D. Suneel, Vice Principal, NEC,
Dr.P.Lakshmanan, Head Department of Electrical and Electronics Engineering for their whole
heartedadministrative support.
It’s my privilege to thank the Keynote Speaker, Invited Speakers and Chairpersons of various technical
sessions for their support in organizing the event. My sincere thanks to all the individual members of the
Scientific Advisory Committee and Organizing Committee for their constructive ideas while designing the
Conference Program. My special thanks to respective keynote speakers and session chairs for sparing their
valuable time. I thank all the participants who submitted the scientific and technical papers for sharing their
ideas.
NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 conference would have been impossible without the support of mainly
academic institutions and industrial organizations both in terms of manpower. This support is greatly
acknowledged. I thank my management Sri M. V. Koteswara Rao garu, Chairman and Sri M. Ramesh
Babu garu, Secretary for their kind support and encouragement for the conference.
My heartfelt thanks to my colleagues and all my research team members whose efforts and hard work
in organizing and managing the conference are gratefully acknowledged. I thank Co-Convenors and
Organizing Committee for rendering his support to the conference.

I sincerely thank M/S Spectrum Publications, Hyderabad for bringing out the Souvenir and Pre Conference
Proceedings well in time.
Finally, I thank all the people and Organizations who are directly and indirectly involved in organizing the
Conference.
I thank one and all

Mr. M. Chandra Sekhar

Assoc. Professor
Department of Electrical and Electronics Engineering, NEC
Convenor, NEC-ICPSPE-2K23
Chief Patron
Sri M.S.Chakravarthi, B.Tech, MS(US),eMBA(ISB-Hyd)
Vice -Chairman, NEC Group

Patrons
Sri M.V.Koteswara Rao, B.Sc.
Chairman, NEC Group

Sri M.Ramesh Babu, B.Com.

Secretary, NEC Group

Co-Patrons
Dr M.Sreenivasa Kumar, M.Tech, Ph.D.(UK),MISTE,FIE(I)
Principal

Dr D.Suneel, M.Tech, Ph.D, FIE (I), MISTE, MRSI

Vice Principal

Chief Convenor
Dr.P.Lakshmanan, M.E, Ph.D, MIEEE, MIET
Professor & Head of EEE

Convenor
Mr. M. Chandra Sekhar,
Assoc. Professor

Organizing Committee

Dr. SK. MD. Shareef, Assoc. Professor

Mr.P.D.V.S.K.Kishore, Assoc. Professor
Mr.G.Nagaraju, Assoc. Professor
Mr.G.Naveen, Asst. Professor
Mr. Sk. Karimulla, Asst. Professor
Mr.Sk.Abdul Kalam, Asst. Professor
Mrs.P.Bramarambavathi, Asst. Professor
Mr.P.Naganajaneyulu, Asst. Professor
Mrs. P. Raghava Rani, Asst. Professor
Mrs. S. Saritha, Asst. Professor
Conference Advisory Committee

Dr. S. Mary Raja Slochanal,

St Joseph University in Tanzania, Tanzania

Dr.Uma Shankar Subramanian,

Prince Sultan University, Saudi Arabia

Dr.K.Ravindra
JNTUK, Kakinada

Dr.I.Satish Kumar
NIT, Warangal

Dr.R.Ramesh
Anna University, Chennai

Dr.Ch.Chengaiah
SVU, Tirupathi

Dr.Venkata Ramana
SRU, Warangal

Dr.Vijay Kumar
SRMU, Chennai
Conference Papers Review Board

Dr.P.Lakshmanan, Professor

Dr.Sk.Md.Shareef, Assoc. Professor

Mr.P.D.V.S.K.Kishore, Assoc. Professor

Mr.G.Nagaraju, Assoc. Professor

Mr.M.Chanrda Sekhar, Assoc. Professor

 PREFACE
Exposure to new ideas, new concepts and more importantly to new experiences is the best way to

understand the recent trends in power systems and power Electronics , as there is a large scope in the field

of Electrical and Electronics Engineering to expand beyond itsfrontiers towards advanced areas creating an

immense scope for the researchers. The International Conference Recent Trends in Power Systems and

Power Electronics (NEC-ICPSPE-2K23) is focused to provide a platform to disclose, to discuss the

scientific and technological events aimed to ignite the young minds and to continue the kindled torch relay.

Electrical Engineering is expanding beyond its conventional boundaries and is forming the core of

many disciplines such as Industrial Automation, Electric Vehicle Technology, Renewable Energy System,

Smart Grid technology, Distributed Energy Systems, and also in Artificial Intelligence etc. and infact the

flavour of Electrical Field is omnipresent. The conference will bring about meeting the minds from academia,

technology and industry benefiting the students, research scholars and faculty members. A large number of avid

young aspirants are gathering for exchange of ideas and knowledge. The conference will contribute a greater

cause providing a forum to committed academicians, eminent scientists & students from across the globe to

deliberate and disseminate the concepts of Electrical Sciences in their specified areas to share their research

and recent developments in current trends. I hope that the deliberations from International and National

experts in the conference will certainly help researchers in the long run.
 Message from Vice Chairman

I am glad to know that Department of Electrical and Electronics Engineering of Narasaraopeta

Engineering College is organizing “3rd International Conference on RecentTrends in Power Systems and
Power Electronics” [NEC-ICPSPE-2K23]. This conference is a congregate comprising academician,
industry personnel and research scholars to share their findings and insights about innovations in
Technology and Engineering. The theme of the conference emphasizes on key aspects of Electrical
Energy. I hope this initiative by Department of Electrical and Electronics Engineering will pave way to
exceptional deliberations and other activities to enhance the power of knowledge and ideology in the field
of engineering.

I wish the organizers great success for the conference.

Mr M.S.Chakravarthi
Vice Chairman
NEC-Group
 Message from Principal

I am glad to know that the Department of Electrical and Electronics Engineering of

Narasaraopeta Engineering College organizing 2nd International Conference on “Recent Trends in
Power Systems and Power Electronics” (NEC-ICPSPE-2K23) on 10th June 2023.

The unprecedented ongoing pandemic situation prevailing all over the globe has driven the
professionals to continue their research and knowledge dissemination virtually. I believe that such
virtual conferences will be one of the finest opportunities for academicians, scientists, professionals,
students and researchers from all over the globe to share and express their views, discuss the practical
challenges and possible solutions in Science & Engineering fields.

The theme of the conference emphasizes the necessity of engineering innovation especiallyin the fields of
Power Systems and Power Electronics in these difficult times all over the globe. I hope the scientific
deliberations, discussions and other activities that happen duringthe conference will enrich the participants
and definitely leave new milestones.

I wish the organizers the very best for the success of the Conference

Dr. M.Sreenivasa Kumar,

Principal,
Narasaraopeta Engineering College
 Message from Vice Principal

It gives immense pleasure and feel privileged to write a message for the 3rd International Conference
on “Recent Trends in Power Systems and Power Electronics” (NEC-ICPSPE-2K23) organized by
Department of Electrical and Electronics Engineering, Narasaraopeta Engineering College
(Autonomous) on 10th June 2023. There are truly amazing innovations and breakthrough nowadays in
this emerging area. I expect the present International Conference will explore students and research
scholars to focus much on many societal related problems that can be addressed by Electrical Field. I
have gone through some of the abstracts and could see its rich qualitativeacademic content. I am also able
to envisage its great potential to discuss and learn the art of Science and Engineering applications in the
Society.
It is important to inculcate an attitude towards research in the minds of younger generation and this
conference would be a stepping stone towards this attainment in the field of Electrical and Electronics
Engineering.

I wish the conference a great success.

I am sure the conference be a grand scientific extravaganza and great feast for the student community.

Dr D.Suneel
Vice Principal
 Message from Head of the Department

I am very much delighted in welcoming the delegates for the 3rd International conference on
“Recent Trends in Power Systems and Power Electronics”(NEC-ICPSPE-2K23) on 10th June 2023. The
pursuit for knowledge has been from the beginning of time but knowledge only becomes valuable when
it is disseminated and applied to benefit of humankind. The prime focus of this conference is to bring
together academicians, researchers and industry professional to join hands in finding the scope,
challenges and opportunities and solutions that are encountered in the fields of Electrical and Electronics
Engineering. Our technical sessions are rich and varied in the domains of Power System, Power
Electronics, Electrical Machines, PLC, SCADA and IOT. As a conference Chief- Convener, I know that
the success of the conference depends ultimately on the many people who have worked with us in planning
and organizing both the technical program and virtual technical deliberations. In particular, we thank the
review and advisory committee for their wise advice and brilliant suggestion on organizing the technical
program; the Program Committee for their thorough and timely reviewing of the papers and publishing
them in a conference proceeding. It is envisaged that the intellectual discourse will result in future
collaborations between Universities, research institutions and industry globally towards the recent
technological developments of Electrical and Electronics Engineering, during this pandemic situation.

Dr P.Lakshmanan

Head, Department of EEE

 LIST OF FULL LENGTH PAPERS SELECTED FOR
PROCEEDINGS IN
rd
3 International Conference On
Recent Trends in Power Systems and Power Electronics
S.No. TITLE OF THE PAPER ANDAUTHOR(S) Page No.
A MATLAB/Simulink model of Dual Boost Inverter using Half Cycle Modulation
1 Technique 1-5
Shaik Gouse Basha, M Sravanthi, G Sunitha, G Sailaja, K Akash
AC-AC Converter With Inverting and Non Inverting Operation
2 6-10
P Pothuraju, Sk Gouse Basha, M Venkatesan, M S Shareef
Automatic Power Factor Correction With Measurement Of Real Power, Reactive
Power, Apparent Power
3 11-15
Nagurbabu Uppalapati, Veeranjineyulu Nagaradona, Sneha Sai Raju Yenugudhati,
Udaya Bhaskara Chari Mutyala, Saritha Singareddy
Automatic Real-Time Railway Fishplate Monitoring System for e arly w arning
using IoT
4 16-20
G. Nagaraju, Basireddy Mythili, Hemanth, Konda Reddy, B. Venkateshwara Reddy, P.
Pedababu
Design of a Nine-Switch Three-Phase Multilevel Inverter with a PV Array Source
5 21-25
B.Ramakrishna, G.Naveen
Design of Power Factor Correction Based Full Bridge Converter Circuit for
Charging Of EV Using MATLAB/Simulink
6 26-31
P.D.V.S.K.Kishore, D.Yamuna, V.Demudunaidu, Ch.Venkateshwara Reddy, Ch. Sai
Varun
Detecting and Addressing the Interruptions in Electrical Poles
7 M.Chandra Sekhar, Nagendra Kumar Muliki, Mallikarjuna Reddy K, Naveen P, 32-35
Govindu D
Enhancement of Power Quality Features Using Statcom for Industrial Drive
8 Applications 36-41
Venkata P Sunilkumar B
Grid Interconnection of Solar Energy System With Power Quality Improvement
9 42-46
Y.Rajesh Babu, T.Nagaraju
Human following Robot using Arduino With GPS Tracker
10 P.Bramarambavathi, Bodeddula Naga Pravallika, Yelchuri Karunakar, Pondugala 47-50
Sravani, Pilli Mahesh
IoT based Smart Tollgate System using RFID Control
11 51-55
G.Nagaraju,N.Sreekeerthi,S.Nizamuddin,R.Venkatrao,G.Srinivas
IoT based Transformer MonitoringSystem
12 56-61
B.V.Sumanth, Dr.Sk.Md. Shareef
IoT-Based Battery Monitoring System for Electric Vehicle
13 62-66
Dr.Sk.Md.Shareef,A.Anil Babu,A.Sai Vara Prasad, B.Mamatha
Multi-Objective Micro-Grid Design by Nsga-Ii Considering Both Islanded And
14 Grid-Connected Modes 67-72
Balakrishna Nandigam, P.Bramaramba Vathi
Novel Multilevel Inverter Design with Reduced Device Count
15 G.Naveen, D.Yamini, V.Navya 73-76
Novel Single-Phase Nine-Level Pwm Inverter for Grid Connected Solar PV Farms
16 77-82
G.Tejaswi, G.Naveen
Optimal Location And Sizing Of UPQC Using Hybrid Dragonfly and Particle
17 Swarm Optimization Algorithm 83-95
Dr.Kaladhar Gaddala, Dr.Sk.Md.Shareef
Performance Improvement of Three-Phase Dynamic Programmable Voltage
18 Source And PID Controller 96-99
Venkata Naresh K, Akash D, Narendra Kumar T, Hemanth Naga Sai B
 LIST OF FULL LENGTH PAPERS SELECTED FOR
PROCEEDINGS IN
rd
3 International Conference On
Recent Trends in Power Systems and Power Electronics
S.No. TITLE OF THE PAPER ANDAUTHOR(S) Page No.
Protection of Induction Motor From Over Voltage, Over Current And
Temperature
19 100-103
G.Naveen, Jeevan Kumar Yadla, Balu Prasad Tanikonda, Rajesh
Bonige,Veeranjaneyulu Kumbha
Prototype of advanced Highway Power Generation And EV’s Wireless
Charging
20 104-107
Dr.P.Lakshmanan, Pavan Kalyan Kunchanapalli, Srikanth Kummari, Prasanna
Kumar Undrasi, Pavan Kumar Musani
Real Time Monitoring the Smart Meters Based On Block Chain Technology
21 108-112
K Ramesh
Rpm Display for BLDC Motor with Speed Controller
22 113-115
B.Tarun, P.Sai Lakshmi Prasanna, Sk Mohammad Suhel, M.Ramu, Sk Karimulla
Smart Energy Meter Using GSM
23 P.Naganjaneyulu, Singiri Adharsh, Mukkarala Anil Kumar, Kovuri Siva Teja, Shaik 116-122
John Saida
Study and Analysis Of CUK, SEPIC And ZETA DC-DC Converters
24 M. Chandra Sekhar,V. Naveen Kumar, Ch. Naga Malleswara Rao, A. Hemanth 123-129
Kumar, T. Ranga Babu,
Wireless Battery Charging For Electric Vehicles
25 P.Bramarambavathi, S.Vamsi Siva Kumar Reddy, S.Gowtham Yadav, P.V 130-133
Manikanta, Ch. Rakesh
A Model of Led Matrix using Arduino
26 Gali Naga Yaswanth Reddy, Yalamandala Vinay, Gandikota Phanindra, Yatthapu 134-137
Yaswanth
A Proto Type of advanced Automotive Safety System with obstacle avoiding,
27 Bluetooth Control & Voice Control 138-142
K.Roshan, V.Nitish, K.Vinaykumar, S.M.Abrar, Sk.Abdulkalam
Advanced Home Automation with Raspberry Pi And Deep Learning
28 143-147
M Sobha Srilatha
Overview and an Approach to Develop a Four Quadrant ControlSystem for DC
29 Motors without using Microcontroller 148-151
S. Srinivasa Rao, Dr. P. lakshmanan
Real Time Street Light Monitering and Control
30 152-155
Sk.Abdul Kalam, Kagga Francis, B.Johnson, D.Amaresh, Sk.Abdul Rafi
Bluetooth and Voice Command Obstacle Avoiding Robot Based on Arduino
31 156-162
J Suresh, Koteswararao Ch
Boost Converter Uses A Switched Capacitor From Z-Plus Network
32 R.Naveenkumar, T. Venkateswara Rao 163-169

Development Of Algorithm for the Order Reduction of High Order Dynamic

33 Systems Adopting Affine Arithmetics 170-173
Dr. S. Srikanth
Dual Axis Solar Tracking with Weather Monitoring
34 Ch. Venkata Amarnadh, A. Padma Priyanka, M. Praveen M. Ganesh, S. Saritha 174-177

Electrical Vehicle Powered bySolar and Wind Sources

35 T. Nagaraju, Sk.Jasmine, N.Rupa Kalyani, T.Pravallika, B.Purna Chand, B.Sunil 178-182
Kumar
 LIST OF FULL LENGTH PAPERS SELECTED FOR
PROCEEDINGS IN
rd
3 International Conference On
Recent Trends in Power Systems and Power Electronics
S.No. TITLE OF THE PAPER ANDAUTHOR(S) Page No.
G2V and V2G Electric Vehicle Charger for SmartGrids
36 183-188
N.Venkata Koteswara Rao
High gain EV Charger is On-Board For Vehicle To Grid Applications
37 189-193
Rajendra Kodamanchili, A V D Suresh Kumar
Hysteresis Controller Improves Power Quality by refusing Harmonics
38 194-198
V Naga Siva Rama Murthy, O.Ranjith Kumar
Improved Boost Converter with Model Based MPPT Suitable for Half- Bridge-
39 Based PV Inverter System 199-204
Venkateswarareddy .G, Chandrakala. B
Multi Power Supply using Four Different Sources for no Brake Power Supply
40 205-209
P.Ragahavarani,P.Ramanjaneyulu, M.Praveen, G.Bhargav, K.Hanish
Protection System Design Of Induction Motor f or Industries
41 210-222
B.Madhusudhan Rao
Speed Control of Dc Motor Using Microcontroller
42 P.D.V.S.K.Kishore, Ravikumar Ramya, Melam Stepheno Lidiya, Nelluri Lokesh Sai 223-225
Pallapati.Gopi Raju
Switching Losses and Harmonic Investigations in Multilevel Inverters
43 226-232
P.Naganjaneyulu
Wavelet-Based Power Quality Assessment for a STATCOM Connected Wind
44 Energy System 233-238
J.Pardha Saradhi, R.Srinivasa Rao
Design and Implementation of Emergency Vehicles using Radio Frequency
45 Identification 239-242
Mr. M. Murugesan, Mr.Hariprasath.K, Ms.Priyadharshini.R, Mr.Manoj kumar.M
Token Based Smart Ration System
46 Mr. M. Murugesan, Kathirvel N C, Kavibalan R, Mahesh A, Santhana Rohini 243-245
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

A MATLAB SIMULINK MODEL OF DUAL BOOST INVERTER USING

HALF CYCLE MODULATION TECHNIQUE
Shaik Gouse Basha, M Sravanthi, G Sunitha, G Sailaja, K Akash
Department of EEE
Vignan’s Lara Institute of Technology & Science
Vadlamudi,India

ABSTRACT Numerous single-stage inverters were developed to

The output voltage of conventional full bridge reduce the power components. suggested [3]-[9],
inverters is lower than the DC input voltage. In which, thanks to its straightforward construction
applications where the input DC voltage is very and low-power gadget, is advantageous to the
low, front end step up converters are typically enhancement of power density and efficiency. A
needed, resulting in a two stage conversion quasi-single-stage inverter known as a Z-source
process. The Dual boost inverter (DBI) offers inverter uses the passive network to raise voltage
many benefits, including fewer power devices, a and permits shoot-through conditions in bridge
straight forward design, and the ability to operate legs [10, 11]. High Z-source capacitor voltage
in both boost and buck modes. The traditional stress, a significant inrush surge, and a large
modulation technique used in DBI has a number of number of passive components will all work
disadvantages, including the fact that all the against integration. A unique active buck-boost
devices work at higher frequencies and must inverter that can boost voltage and carry out buck
tolerate larger voltage and current stresses, which and boost conversion in a quasi-single-stage
increases conduction and switching losses and inverter has been proposed in Paper [12]. But there
lowers efficiency. This study suggests a novel are too many power switches on this single-stage
modulation technique called half cycle modulation inverter.
(HCM), which makes all devices work at high Power supply for personal computers, office
frequency only every half cycle, significantly equipment, spacecraft power systems, laptops,
reducing conduction and switching losses and telecommunications equipment, as well as DC
boosting DBI efficiency. Additionally, an motor drives, all make use of DC-DC power
improved DBI is suggested that can bypass the converters. A DC-DC converter's input is an
inductor current with little switching stress in order uncontrolled DC voltage (Vg). The converter
to reduce the current circulation losses in DBI. In generates a controlled output voltage (V) that
this study, a detailed comparison between the differs from Vg in amplitude and perhaps polarity.
traditional DBI and the HCM modulated DBI is For instance, the 120V or 240V AC utility voltage
discussed. In the MATLAB/SIMULINK software, in a computer off-line power supply is rectified to
the suggested DBI and its modulation techniques create a DC voltage of roughly 170V or 340V,
are simulated, and the results are also shown. respectively. The voltage is subsequently reduced
Keywords: Dual boost inverter, half cycle via a DC-DC converter to the regulated 5V or 3.3V
modulation, Voltage Stress needed by the CPU ICs. Since inefficient power
I INTRODUCTION converters are expensive and difficult to cool, high
The most popular arrange of elements to realise efficiency is always necessary. The efficiency of
Dc-Ac power conversion is an A FULL-BRIDGE the ideal DC-DC converter is 100%; in reality,
inverter. The output ac voltage is always less than efficiencies of 70% to 95% are frequently attained.
the input dc voltage, which makes it appear to be a This is accomplished by utilising chopper or
buck inverter. To achieve voltage step-up switched-mode circuits, whose components
conversion in applications where the input voltage dissipate very little power. The total output voltage
is low, an additional front-end dc-dc converter is can be controlled and regulated using pulse-width
needed [1], [2]. The efficiency is popularised by modulation (PWM). This method is also used in
two stages, and the two-stage structure is complex alternating current applications, such as high-
in terms of system structure and controller design. efficiency AC-AC power converters, AC-AC
The input voltage can be increased by using a line power converters, and some AC-DC power
frequency transformer, but it will be bulky.

1
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

converters (inverters and power amplifiers) (low- current. As a result, the core and copper losses of
harmonic rectifiers). the inductor are likewise decreased, as are the
The dual boost inverter (DBI), which is based switching and conduction losses of the switches.
on two symmetrical bidirectional boost dc-dc Additionally, an enhanced DBI is provided with
converters, was proposed in [3]. The DBI is made two extra clamping switches and is additionally
up of two boost converters with identical dc bias modulated using HCM in order to decrease the
outputs that are sinusoidal voltages that are out of current circulation losses in DBI. When compared
phase. Based on the step-up characteristic of a to the traditional DBI, the upgraded DBI is more
boost converter, the output voltage of DBI can be efficient and experiences less voltage stress.
greater than the dc input voltage [13] – [15]. A II PROPOSED TOPOLOGY
waveform control was introduced in [16] to reduce The primary DBI circuit is depicted in Fig. 1, and
the low-frequency ripple current. To increase its the important waveforms used in conventional
power bandwidth, a dynamic linearizing modulation are shown in Fig.2. A boost converter
modulator-based boost inverter was suggested in produces sinusoidal ac voltage with the same dc
[17]. Each group of the bidirectional boost dc/dc bias as its input. The following describes how the
converters produces sinusoidal ac voltage with the DBI converter functions while using a
same dc bias using the traditional modulation conventional modulation method. As depicted in
method [18]– [21]. However, under this Fig. 1, four power switches are all operating at high
modulation, all power switches of the converter frequency (b). Let's define vo1 and vo2 as C1 and
function at a high frequency. This study suggests C2's respective voltages; Vdc is the offset voltage,
the half cycle modulation (HCM) technique, which Vin is the input dc voltage, Vm is the output ac
involves switching between two boost groups so voltage's magnitude, and d1 and d2 are the
that each group outputs a voltage known as a "half- corresponding duty cycles of Q1 and Q2.
steamed bread-wave" with a dc bias. By
contrasting the two outputs, the output side can
obtain a clean sinusoidal ac voltage output. HCM
can lessen the workload placed on switches and
inductors by reducing the number of power
switches operating at high frequencies. Switching
and conduction losses as well as the core and
copper losses of inductors can all be significantly
decreased. Furthermore, a better DBI with two Fig 1 Proposed Converter
clamping switches is suggested based on HCM in
order to decrease the current circulation loss in
DBI. This work suggests the half cycle modulation
(HCM) technique, which is used to create a DBI
with two clamping switches. With low-stress
clamping switches working in half cycle and line
frequency, the improved topology can achieve
increased efficiency.
This article suggests a Half Cycle Modulation
(HCM) technique that operates two boost
converters with the same DC bias, one during the
reference wave's positive half cycle and the other
during its negative half cycle. The output
difference of two DC-DC boost converters is sent
to the load as a pure sinusoidal voltage. The Fig 2 Modulation strategy
fundamental benefit of the suggested HCM The following can be done to obtain vo1 and vo2
technique is that it lessens the quantity of high- using the proper control logic:
frequency power devices, further reducing the 1
𝑣𝑜1 = 𝑉𝑑𝑐 + 𝑉𝑚 𝑠𝑖𝑛(𝜔𝑡) − − − − − −(1)
stress on switches and inductors from voltage and 2

2
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

1
𝑣𝑜2 = 𝑉𝑑𝑐 + 𝑉𝑚 𝑠𝑖𝑛(𝜔𝑡 − 𝜋) − − − − − (2)
2
𝑉
𝑣𝑜(𝑡) = 𝑣𝑜1(𝑡) − 𝑣𝑜2(𝑡) = − − − − − (3)
𝑉𝑚 1 − 𝑑1(𝑡)
Where ≥ 𝑉 + . 2
𝑉𝑑𝑐
Form (1)-(3)
𝑉𝑚 𝑉𝑚
𝑑1(𝑡) = 2 + 2 𝑠𝑖𝑛(𝜔𝑡) − − − −(4)
𝑉 𝑉
𝑉 + 2𝑚 + 2𝑚 𝑠𝑖𝑛(𝜔𝑡)
𝑉𝑚 𝑉𝑚
𝑑2(𝑡) = 2 − 2 𝑠𝑖𝑛(𝜔𝑡) − − − −(5) (c)
𝑉 𝑉
𝑉 + 2𝑚 − 𝑚 𝑠𝑖𝑛(𝜔𝑡)
2
Form (1)-(5)
𝑣𝑜 (𝑡) = 𝑣𝑜1 (𝑡) − 𝑣𝑜2 (𝑡) = 𝑉𝑚 𝑠𝑖𝑛(𝜔𝑡) − − − −(6)
Fig.2 displays the waveforms of voltages vo1, vo2,
and v0 ; voltages vo1 and vo2 are sinusoidal with a
dc bias. By varying vo1 and vo2, we can obtain
sinusoidal output voltage (v0). By varying, the
output voltage v0 produces a sinusoidal wave.
Fig. 3 depicts the suggested HCM strategy.
Switches Q1 and Q3 operated at high frequency (d)
and in complementary fashion during the positive
half cycle of the output voltage; Q2 was switched
off; Q4 was turned on; the output voltage of
capacitance C1 could be calculated as (7); and the
voltage of C2 was Vin. Switches Q2 and Q4
operated with high frequency and in
complementary fashion during the negative output
voltage period; Q1 was switched off; Q3 was
turned on; the output voltage of capacitance C2 (e)
could be calculated as (8); and

(f)
Fig 3 shows equivalent switching mode circuits.
(A) [t0, t1], (B) [t1, t2] or [t3, t4], (C) [t2, t3], (D) [t6,
(a) t7], (E) [t7, t8], or [t9, t10] and (F) [t8, t9]
{𝑣𝑜1(𝑡) = 𝑉𝑚 𝑠𝑖𝑛(𝜔𝑡) + 𝑉 𝑣𝑜2(𝑡) = 𝑉
𝑉
𝑣𝑜(𝑡) = 𝑣𝑜1(𝑡) − 𝑣𝑜2(𝑡) = − 𝑉 (9)
1 − 𝑑(𝑡)
Form (7)-(9)
𝑉𝑚 𝑠𝑖𝑛(𝜔𝑡)
𝑑(𝑡) = (10)
𝑉 + 𝑉𝑚𝑠𝑖𝑛(𝜔𝑡)
Where the duty cycles of switches Q1 and Q2 are
d(t). Calculating the difference in voltage between
vo1 and vo2 will yield the load voltage.
(b)

3
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

𝑣𝑜(𝑡) = 𝑣𝑜1(𝑡) − 𝑣𝑜2(𝑡) 8) State 8 [t9, t10]: The same as mode 6, the
𝑉
= − 𝑉 = 𝑉𝑚 𝑠𝑖𝑛(𝜔𝑡) (11) period is also dead time, and the operational
1 − 𝑑(𝑡) mode is the same.
The converter operating under HCM has four
switching modes during a switching cycle. The III. RESULTS AND DISCUSSION
control strategy for the HCM is shown in Fig. 3, By simulating the proposed DBI with HCM in
and the corresponding circuits for the switching MATLAB/SIMULINK, the proposed low
modes during the switching cycle are shown in Fig. switching modulation technique is validated. This
. The following are some presumptions before the section presents the simulation findings. Table lists
analysis that follows: All switches and diodes are the simulation parameters utilised in this
perfect, all capacitors and inductors are perfect, and investigation (i). The switching signals for all four
C1 = C2, L1 = L2 are all true. When the output of the switches, which were produced using the
voltage is positive: HCM scheme and fed into the switches of the
1) State 1 [t0, t1]: At t0, Q1, Q4, the input traditional DBI, are shown in Fig.4. It is clear from
voltage, and the input current turn on. L1 is Fig 5, that all of the switches only function at high
charged by the input current. As depicted in frequency for one half of a cycle. The duty cycle
Fig. 4, load current (io) travels through that is being thought about is 0.8.
Q4(D4) to Vin, which is fluenced by C1 (a). Table .I Simulation Parameters
2) State 2 [t1, t2]: Dead time is the time frame.
As illustrated in Fig. 4, at time t1, Q1, Q2,
and Q3 are switched off, Q4 is turned on,
and the current iL1 flows through D3 or D1
depending on the direction of the current
(b). Through Q4 (D4), load current io travels
to Vin.
3) State 3 [t2, t3]: Q3 is activated at t2, and iL1
flows through Q3 (D3). Through Q4(D4),
load current io travels to Vin. In Fig. 4, the
current-flow path is displayed (c).
4) State 4 [t3, t4]: The same as mode 2, the
period is also dead time, and the operational
mode is the same. If the output voltage is
negative at that time:
5) State 5 [t6, t7]: At t6, Q2, Q3 are turned on,
L2 is applied with the input voltage, and L2
is charged with the input current.
According to Fig. 4, load current travels
through Q3(D3) to Vin, which is provided
by C2 (d).
6) State 6 [t7, t8]: Dead time is the duration. As
shown in Fig. 4, at time t7, Q1, Q2, and Q4
are all switched off, Q3 is turned on, and the
current iL2 flows through D4 or D2
depending on the current direction (e).
Through Q3 (D3), load current io travels to
Vin.
7) State 7 [t8, t9]: Q4 is turned on at time t8, and
iL2 flows via Q4 at time t9 (D4). Through Q3
(D3), load current io travels to Vin. In Fig. Fig 4 Simulink Implementation of Half Cycle
4, the current-flow path is displayed (f). Modulation Technique

4
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

REFERENCES
[1] B. Bose, "Global Warming: Energy,
Environmental Pollution, and the Impact of Power
Electronics," IEEE Transactions on Industrial
Electronics, Vol. 4, No. 1, Mar. 2010.
[2] "Current control of grid-connected boost
inverter with zero steady-state error," IEEE Trans.
Power Electron., vol. 26, no. 10, Oct. 2011, pp.
2825–2832.
[3] A boost DC-AC converter: Analysis, Design,
and Experimentation by R. O. Caceres and I. Barbi
was published in IEEE Trans. Power Electron., vol.
14, no. 1, in January 1999, pp. 134–141.
Fig.5 Input DC voltage, Load Voltage and Half [4] Three-phase boost-type grid-connected
Cycle Modulation fed to conventional DBI inverter, IEEE Trans. Power Electron., vol. 23, no.
5, pp. 2301-2309, Sep. 2008; Y. Chen and K.
The input DC voltage delivered into the traditional Smedley.
DBI is modulated through HCM in Figure 3(which [5] B. Mirafzal, M. Saghaleini, and A. Kaviani,
is 80V DC). The standard DBI's load voltage and "An SVPWM based switching pattern for stand-
load current waveforms are also shown in Fig.5. It alone and grid-connected three-phase single stage
follows that both the load voltage and the load boost inverters," IEEE Trans. Power Electron, vol.
current are sinusoidal. Controlling the duty cycle of 26, no. 4, pp. 1102-1111, April 2011.
the switches will alter the load voltage RMS value. [6] Q. Li and P. Wolfs, "A review of the single
Increasing or reducing the duty cycle will phase photovoltaic module integrated converter
consequently raise or reduce the load voltage; in topologies with three alternative dc link
this case, the duty cycle is taken to be 0.8. configurations," IEEE Transactions on Industrial
IV. CONCLUSION Electronics, vol. 23, no. 3, May 2008, pp. 1320-
In this article, an enhanced DBI with clamping 1333.
switches was proposed. The HCM method with
clamping switches of DBI maintains the benefit of
buck-boost ability, per analysis and experimental
results. Additionally, it has the advantages listed
below over the original one: Comparing HCM to
traditional modulation, just half of the switches are
operating at high frequency, which obviously
lowers the switching loss of the DBI. By using
HCM instead of conventional modulation, the
switches' voltage/current stress is reduced, further
lowering the power switches' switching loss and
conduction loss. HCM decreases the magnetic loss
by lowering the inductor current. Switch clamping
is useful for reducing the current circulation loss of
the IGBT and inductor. It is also possible to lessen
the circulatory current's conduction loss with low-
stress MOSFET. Due to the reduced high-
frequency switches compared to classical
modulation and lower inductor current stress,
HCM can increase DBI efficiency. Additionally,
the enhanced DBI can further increase efficiency
due to the low conduction loss by adding low stress
switches.

5
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

AC-AC CONVERTER WITH INVERTING AND NON INVERTING

OPERATION
P POTHURAJU, SK GOUSE BASHA, M VENKATESAN, M S SHAREEF
Department of EEE
Vignan’s Lara Institute of Technology & Science
Vadlamudi,India.

ABSTRACT: operating in forward, backward, & continuous

This AC-AC converter can function in buck modes. This topology offers in power factor of
boost modes that are both non-inverting and input and input current harmonics [1]. Using a nine
inverting. Six reverse-blocking IGBTs capabilities, switch topology, a three phase AC–AC converter
one inductor, two capacitors are used in proposed produces sinusoidal output waves for sinusoidal
Converter for AC-AC. This Converter’s for AC- input waves, is less expensive, and runs at a power
AC key benefit is that it doesn't experience shot factor of one. Additionally, there are fewer active
through even when all six IGBTs are actived. switches in this converter than in previous models
Therefore, There isn't any requirement for pauses [2]. A three phase conversion is done by using a dc
between two pulse width modulation signals, link AC-AC five leg converters with reduced
resulting in a Very low total harmonic distortion switching requirement. The proposed converter is
load voltage waveform (THD).Additionally, controlled by hysteresis controller [3].
eliminating idle time solves the connection issue A T-shaped three-level back-to-back have
actually when there are no heavy snubbers or when been planned with novel control algorithms and dc
using gentle commutation techniques. Due to the link capacitance. The utilizing the power is balance
fact that Hardly two devices are decided to switch and it is achieved AC/AC converter, both charging
at a high percentage rate, and even then just a every and discharging through capacitor. The capacitor
half- cycle, The switching losses in the proposed may be it film capacitor which can improves long
converter are extremely low. The converter's life time, higher reliability and high power density
efficiency is increased by switching the remaining [4]. A bidirectional switch commutation control
switches at the fundamental frequency. The techniques has been proposed for converter for AC
planned converter is a viable useful for purposes AC from three to two phases that supplying power
also including single phase solid state transformers to the series resonant load. For higher output
and dynamic voltage restorers. frequency, a conventional modulation technique is
Keywords: Converter for AC-AC, Modes of not suitable for three phase to two phase Converter
Inverting and Non-Inverting,Buck-Boost for AC-AC [5].By Using five-leg DC-link AC-AC
Converter, Total Harmonic Distortion converters, which require less switching, three
phases can be converted. in comparative to
I INTRODUCTION traditional voltage source converters with back-to-
The most common inverter topology utilised to back connections, the converter's for AC-AC the
realise a DC-AC conversion is the full bridge size and weight are significantly reduced. High
inverter. As a buck inverter, this complete bridge order resonant controllers have also been studied
inverter always has a lower load voltage than the [6]. This approach is suggested in order to lower
input DC battery. In adding front end converter for costs and raise drive dependability under any
DC-DC is required in some applications (such as control scheme. he DMC's new single Hall current
PV, UPS, etc.) to step up the low DC voltage. As a sensor location is used by the planned method to
result, there are now two conversion stages (DC- measure the phase currents [7, 8]. Matrix
DC and DC-AC), which complicates converters based on Z-sources have been
the system, increases the number of switching suggested. Using this topology, the voltage gain is
devices, and lowers efficiency beacause of to the compared to the boost, PWM, and modulation
two convertion stages. index. The suggested converter is wired to function
Single phase Converter for AC-AC topologies are in both reduced-number boost and buck modes. As
another name for a sources of quasi-Z in a single a result, it is possible to attain cheap cost, great
stage of Converter for AC-AC . It is capable of efficiency, and dependability [9]. A novel PWM

6
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

Converter for AC-AC is presented, and the boost, mode with in-phase and out of phase. Further it can
buck, buck-boost, cuk, and isolated Converter for operate with continuous current mode operation
AC-AC are discussed. Two of switches are using and also offer reduced THD of the input current,
to build each converter. This structure enhances the more efficiency, and higher power factor [17].
system's dependability as well [10]. For induction A new Γ -structure based on a single phase AC-AC
heating applications, this architecture is suggested. Z source converter has been developed. For
Its benefits include quick heating, enhanced obtained required gain, a coupled transformer used.
control, and increased efficiency. Additionally, For avoiding spikes in voltage and current switch, a
authors recommended improvements including new connection circuit is in designed with- out
enhanced efficiency, proper output power snubbers circuit [18]. A buck-boost capability of a
regulation, and a decreased component count. new Z-source for AC-AC converter with the four
Experiments are verify the proposed system's switches for for a single phase circuit and six
outcomes [11]. switches for a three phase circuit. Switching losses
It is suggested and evaluated to use can be reduced since the connection circuits are in
regenerative DC snubbers in an unique pulse width simple to the implement by sampling just the
AC chopper with modulating buck-boost. DC voltages signal and turning on two-switches at all
snubbers that regenerate eliminate the power loss costs [19]. This research presents a AC-AC
caused by AC snubbers in comparition to the prior converter with a quasi Z-source for voltage sag and
mode of buck-boost of AC choppers [12]. In order swell adjustment in smart grid applications. When
to regulate an AC-AC quantum resonant converter compared to traditional topologies, this topology is
with a single phase, a sliding model control has more efficient [20]. minimization of switching
been suggested. A closed loop control is used to ripples at input and output for the positioning of
enhance regulation, transient performance, and matrix converters in some applications. As a
sensitivity to disturbances. With the aid of a large function of integrating the input and output, the
signal model of a resonant converter, closed loop filter settings have a major impact on the system's
control is implemented [13]. Direct AC-AC dynamic behaviour. This study suggests a unique
topologies for Power conversion from alternating filter design for synchronous matrix converter
current to alternating current has been applications. Additionally covered in this work are
accomplished without the usage of a DC link ripple attenuation, voltage control, reactive current
capacitor. Comparing the suggested architecture to loading, and losses [21].
a typical voltage source inverter, it is far more cost- II AC-AC CONVERTER
effective and extremely dependable. The suggested Bidirectional voltage-blocking switches Six
topology's performances have been contrasted with unidirectional current-flowing from (S1 to S6), two
those of several switching devices [14]. The zeta Filter capacitors at the input and output (Cin and
model based converter is proposed in this work for
Co), as well as one inductor make up architecture
three level direct conversion of AC-AC. The
of an converter for AC-AC (L). Power MOSFETs
proposed direct converter for AC-AC offer lower
voltage stress. The main advantages of this paper in series with exterior diodes with fast recovery can
are no isolation and single stage converter with be using to create the six unidirectional current
bidirectional power flow. This converter can be switches.
applied to the different types of load [15]. The Z- S5

source converter based AC-AC single phase PWM S3

converter such a minimum quatity of switches has L

S1
+

been presenting in the paper. converter for Z- iL S2

Cin Vin
+

C0
-
V0
R Load
-

Source either fed from voltage source or current

source. This topology has a number of advantages S4

such that giving lager AC output voltage range with S6

bucking and boosting abilities [16]. Further many Fig 1 AC-AC converter
researchers continuing their research in the field Z Since MOSFET Body diode cannot operate, the
–source convertersA pure sine wave semi issue with subparanti clockwise recovery is not
Impedance source AC-AC converter has been present here. Six IGBTs with reverse blocking or
developed from existing topology. The proposed six IGBTs connected in series external quick
topology is capable to operate either buck and boot recovery diodes can be used for high power

7
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

applications. The conversion is capable of function series diode to become forward biassed. During
as an inverting buck-boost converter within a D this time, The stored energy of the inductor is
voltage gain and a voltage gain of 1/(1-D) for Buck released to load as shown in Fig.3.
and boost converters that do not invert, c) Inverting buck-boost operating modes
respectively (1-D). We only need six switches to S5

interact with the operation of eight buck-boost S3

converters that are not inverting switches and four

inverting bucking-boosting converter switches. In L
S1

a variety of conversion for AC-AC applications, it Cin Vin

+
C0
+-
V0
R Load
iL S2 -

can serve as a buck-boost that does not invert in S4

replacement of the standard inverting buck-boost S6

converter seen in Fig.1.

III INVERTING & NON-INVERTING S5

MODES S3

(a) non-inverting buck operation modes L

S1
+ +
Cin Vin V0
C0 R Load
S5 iL S2 - -

S3

S4

S1
L S6
+
Cin Vin V0
C0
iL S2 -

Fig.4 Inverting Buck-Boost mode

S4 Switches S2, S4, S5, and S3 are switched at high
S6
frequency when the converter is in buck-boost
S5
mode. switches The switches S1, S6, and S3 are all
S3
turned off. Figure 4 depicts the appropriate
converter circuit.
L
S1

Cin Vin
+
V0
IV SIMULATION RESULTS AND
C0
iL S2 -
DISCUSSION
S4
A AC-AC converter was created and
S6 tested based on it. Results of the proposed ac-ac
converter in boost, noninverting, and inverting
Fig.2 Non-inverting Buck mode buck modes, respectively.
Switches S1, S3, and S6 alternate between being
on and off at all times, whereas S2 is switched
often. The suggested converter's comparable
circuit for vin>0 is shown in the above picture.
This is occuring during the DT interval, when S2
is switched on and the inductor L is storing the
input energy as seen in Fig.2.
(b) non – inverting boost operation modes
S5 S5

S3 S3

S1 S1
L L
+ + +
V0 Cin Vin V0
Cin Vin
C0 R Load C0
iL S2 - - iL S2 -

S4 S4
Fig.5 Simulink model of AC-AC converter
S6 S6

The planned converter's For example,

Fig.3 Non-inverting Boost mode input voltage Vin, output voltage Vo, and output
Switch S5 is in the off state at (1-D)T interval, and current each of its three operational modes. The
switch S6 conducts at this time because the inductor current waveforms and high frequency
inductor L current's free-wheeling action causes its switch drain to source voltage stress in each

8
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

operating mode are shown while their waveforms The function buck-boost inverting
are zoomed in. The suggested converter's converters and noninverting buck and boost
performance under RL As demonstrated in Fig.5, converter have been merged into a single topology
load in boost mode in this paper's proposal for a ac-ac single-phase
PWM converter. Six bidirectional voltage blocking
switches with unidirectional current flowThe
suggested converter employs, two capacitors, and
one inductor. The suggested converter can create
high-quality output voltage without PWM dead-
times since it Even when all switches are turned on
at the same time, there are no shoot-through
difficulties. The recommended converter is also
Fig.6 Non-inverting Buck mode output capable of the commutation problem without the
waveform need of heavy and inefficient RC snubbers or a
The prototype graphic depicts the special method of soft commutation. During each
measured voltage gain and efficiency of the half-cycle, just two switches are cycled at a high
proposed converter when Vin and D are adjusted. frequency of the converter that is being proposed,
These findings show that the buck mode measuring which lowers switching losses. Furthermore, the
voltage gain is more efficient and closer to the suggested converter can employ power MOSFETs,
theoretical value. As demonstrated in fig 6, the which have the advantages of because of minimal
observed voltage gain and efficiency decrease in switching loss, resistive conduction voltage drop,
boost mode as the input voltage decreases. high switching speed, and so on the body diode of
switches never conducts.
The proposed converter can replace an
inverting bucking-boosting ac-ac for converter by
operating in noninverting bucking and boosting
modes. This has the advantages of lower Switch
voltage stresses are reduced, inductor current and
current ripple are reduced, dependability is
increased since there is no commutation issue, and
PWM dead-times are not required. Inverting buck-
boost mode of the proposed converter, as well as
noninverting buck and boost modes, can be used in
its used as DVR through the correct for The
voltage fluctuates. The suggested converter has
undergone a thorough examination that has been
supported by experimental findings.

REFERENCES
Fig.7 Non-inverting Boost and inverting
Buck-Boost mode output waveform [1] M.K.Nguyen,Y.G.Jung, and Y.C.Lim, “Single-
This is due to the fact that each he phase ac–ac converter based on quasi-Z-
proposed converter's current loop consists of three source
MOSFETs, three diodes, and an inductor. with a topology,”IEEETrans.Powerlectron.,vol.25,n
high ESR, which results in higher MOSFET on- o.8,pp.2200–2210, Aug. 2010.
conduction losses, Diode forward drop and [2] C. Liu, B. Wu, N. R. Zargari, D. Xu, and J.
inductor forward drop with a high ESR loss, n Wang, “A novel three – phase three -leg ac-ac
boost mode, the input current increases as the input converter using nine IGBTs,” IEEE Trans.
voltage decreases. as shown in Fig.7. Power Electron.,vol. 24, no. 5, pp. 1151–
V CONCLUSION 1160, May 2009.

9
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

[3] C. B. Jacobina, I. S. D. Freitas, E. R. C. D. Controllers," in CSEE Journal of Power and

Silva, A.M.N.Lima,and R. L. D. A. Riberio, Energy Systems, vol. 8, no. 3, pp. 849-863,
“Reduced switch count dc-link ac-ac five-leg May 2022, doi:
converter,” IEEETrans.Power Electron., 10.17775/CSEEJPES.2020.02640.
vol.21, no.5,pp. 1301–1310,Sep. 2006. [12] J.-H. Kim, B.-D. Min, B.-H. Kwon, and S.-C.
[4] P. Alemi, Y.-C. Jeung, and D.-C. Lee, “Dc-link Won,“A PWM buck-boost ac chopper solving
capacitance minimization in T-type three- the commutation problem,”IEEE Ind.
level ac/dc/ac PWM converters, Electron. Lett.,vol. 45, no. 5, pp. 832–835,
”IEEETrans.Ind Oct. 1998.
Electron.,vol.62,no.3,pp.1382–1391, [13]L.G.D.Vicuna,M.Castilla,J.Miret,J.Matas,and
Mar.2015. J.M.Guerrero,“Sliding-mode control for a
[5] A. Ecklebe, A. Lindemann, and S. Schulz, single-phase ac/ac quantum resonant
“Bidirectional switch commutation for a converter,” IEEE Trans. Ind. Electron., vol.
matrix converter supplying a series resonant 56, no. 9, pp. 35–46, Sep. 2009.
load, ”IEEE Trans. Power Electron., vol. 24, [14] R. Moghe, R. P. Kandula, A. Iyer, and D.
no. 5, pp. 1173–1181, May 2009. Divan, “Losses in mediumvoltage megawatt-rated
[6] R. Cardenas, C. Juri, R. Pena, P. Wheeler, and direct ac/ac power electronics converters,”IEEE
J. Clare, “ The application of resonant Trans. Power Electron., vol. 30, no. 7, pp. 3553–
controllers to four-leg matrix converters 3562, Jul. 2015.
feeding unbalanced or nonlinear loads ,” IEEE [15] L. Li and Q. Zhong, “Novel zeta-mode three-
Trans. PowerElectron., vol.27, no.3, pp. level ac direct converter,”IEEE Trans. Ind.
1120–1129, Mar. 2012. Electron., vol. 59, no. 2, pp. 897–903, Feb.
[7] B. Metidji, N. Taib, L. Baghli, T. Rekioua, and 2012.
S. Bacha,“Novel single current sensor [16] X. P. Fang, Z. M. Qian, and F. Z. Peng,
topology for venturini controlled direct matrix “Single-phase Z-source PWM ac-ac
converters,” converters,” IEEE Power Electron. Lett., vol.
IEEE Trans. Power Electron., vol. 28, no. 7, 3, no. 4, pp. 121–124,Dec. 2005.
pp. 3509–3516, Jul. 2013. [17] M.-K. Nguyen, Y.-C. Lim, and Y.-J. Kim, “A
[8] C. Xia, J. Zhao, Y. Yan, and T. Shi, “Novel modified single-phase quasiZ-source ac-ac
single current sensor topology for venturini converter,” IEEE Trans. Power Electron., vol.
controlled direct matrix converters,” IEEE 27,no.1,pp. 201–210, Jan. 2012.
Trans. Power [18] M. R. Banaei, R. Alizadeh, N. Jahanyari, and
Electron., vol. 29, no. 10, pp. 5417–5430, Oct. E. S.Najmi,“An acZ-source converter based
2014. on gamma structure with safe-commutation
[9] B. Ge, Q. Lei, W. Qian, and F. Z. Peng, “A strategy,” IEEE Trans. Power Electron., to be
family ofZ-source matrix converters,”IEEE. published,DOI 10.1109/TPEL.2015.2415735.
Trans.Ind. Electron., vol.59, no.1, pp. 35– [19] Y. Tang, S. Xie, and C. Zhang, “Z-source ac-
46,Jan.2014. ac converters solving commutation problem,”
[10] M. Venkatesan, S. Gouse Basha, A. IEEE Trans. Power Electron., vol. 22, no. 6,
Ramkumar, R. Manikandan, M. Easwaran, pp. 2146–2154, Nov. 2007.
Baseem Khan, "Switched Capacitor Based [20] L. He, S. Duan, and F. Z. Peng, “Safe-
High Step-Up Multilevel Inverter with Self- commutation strategy for the novel
Balancing Ability and Low Switching Stress", family of quasi-Z-source ac-ac converter,”
International Transactions on Electrical IEEETrans.Ind.Informat.,vol. 9, no. 3, pp.
Energy Systems, vol. 2022, Article ID 1538–1547, Aug. 2013
4150590, 12 pages, 2022. [21] A. Dasgupta and P. Sensarma, “Filter
https://doi.org/10.1155/2022/4150590. design of direct matrix converter for synchronous
[11] S. G. Basha, V. Mani and S. Mopidevi, applications,” IEEE Trans. Ind. Electron., vol. 61,
"Single-phase Thirteen-level Dual-boost no. 12, pp. 6483–6493, Dec. 2014
Inverter Based Shunt Active Power Filter
Control Using Resonant and Fuzzy Logic

10
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

AUTOMATIC POWER FACTOR CORRECTION WITH MEASUREMENT OF

REAL POWER, REACTIVE POWER, APPARENT POWER
Nagurbabu Uppalapati, Veeranjineyulu Nagaradona, Sneha Sai Raju Yenugudhati, Udaya Bhaskara
Chari Mutyala, Saritha Singareddy

Abstract—In this proposed system, reactive power created by a heap is called power
Automatic Power Factor Correction with factor rectification. The reactive powercharge on
measurementof real power, reactive power, and your electricity bill is directly targeted against those
apparent power. Two zero crossing detectors companies who do not demonstrate clear energy
are used for detecting zero crossing of voltage efficiency use. You will find this charge itemized
and current. The project is designed to minimize on electricity bill. Reactive power charges can be
penalty for industrial units using automatic made significantly smaller by the introduction of
power factor correction unit. The time lag power factor correction capacitors which is a widely
recognized methodof reducing an electrical load
between the zero-voltage pulse and zero-current
and minimizing wasted energy, improving the
pulse is duly generated by suitable operational
efficiencyof a plant and reducing the electricity bill.
amplifier circuits in comparator mode is fed to
two interrupt pins of an Arduino. The program II. LITERATURE REVIEW
takes over to actuate appropriate number of
A. Power Factor
relays from its output to bring shunt capacitors
into load circuit to get the power factortill it In the case of a perfectly sinusoidal waveform,
reaches near unity. The capacitor bank and P, Q and S can be expressed as vectors that form a
relays are interfaced to the Arduino using a vector triangle such that. If is the phase angle
relay driver. It displays time lag between the between the current and voltage, then the power
current and voltage on an LCD. Furthermore, factor is equal to the cosine of the angle.Since the
the project can be enhanced by using relay units are consistent, the power factor is by
control to avoid contact pitting often definition a dimensionlessnumber between 0 and 1.
encountered by switching of capacitors due to When power factor is equal to 0, the energy flow is
high in rush current entirely reactive, and stored energy in the load
returns to the source on each cycle. When the
Keywords—component, formatting, style, power factor is 1, all the energy supplied by the
styling, insert (key words) source is consumed by the load. Powerfactors are
usually stated as "leading" or "lagging" to show the
I. INTRODUCTION sign of the phase angle.
By observing current scenario of technological
revolution, we can say that power is very valuable. B. Power Factor Correction
As the usage of inductive loads in industries is The power factor of an AC electric power
increasing day by day it will have an impact on the system is defined as the ratio of the real power
power factor value of the system due to which flowing to the load to the apparent power in the
efficiency of the power system decreases. This circuit, and is a dimensionless number between 0
causes lagging power factor that gives high and 1 (frequently expressed as a percentage, e.g.
penalties to consumers. The high penalty situation 0.5pf = 50% pf). Real power is the capacity of the
is tackled by the power factor control. Power factor
circuit for performing work in a particular time.
control is a method of reducing the disagreeable
Apparent power is the product of the current and
effect of loads that causes power factor to drop
down to lesser than one. In ac circuits, the power voltage of the circuit.Due to energy stored in the
factorcan be described as a proportion of the actual load and returned to the source, or due to a non-
power that does the work and the apparentpower linear load that distorts the wave shape of the
which is provided to the circuit. Real power is well current drawn from the source, the apparent power
characterized as the circuit’scapacity for performing will be greater than the real power.In an electric
work in a specific time. This project provides power system, a load with a low power factor draws
continuous powerfactor correction without manual more currentthan a load with a high power factor
capacitive bank loading. The limit of engrossing the for the same amount of useful power transferred.

11
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

The higher currents increase the energy lost in the reducing the angle of lag between supply voltage
and supply current.
III. DESIGN METHODOLOGY

Power Factor Revealing and Correction works

upon the principle of continuously checking the
system power factors and initiating necessary
corrections if the power factor falls below the
predetermined value. Instrument transformers
linked in the circuit are used to sample the voltage
and current signals. These instrument transformers
provide stepped-down current and voltage values
that are proportionate with the diagram of voltage
and current. These recorded analogy indicators are
distribution system, and require larger wires and transformed to appropriate digital signs by the zero
other equipment. Because of the costs of larger overpass detection, which changes state at every
equipment and wasted energy, electrical utilities zero-crossing point of the voltage and current
will usually charge a higher cost to industrial or measurements.
commercialcustomers where there is a low power Equations of Transformers:
factor.Linear loads with low power factor (such as
induction motors) can be correctedwith a passive Vp=primary voltage
network of capacitors or inductors. Non-linear Vs=secondary voltage
loads, such as rectifiers, distort the current drawn
from the system. In such cases, active or passive Ip=primary current
power factorcorrection may be used to counteract Is=secondary current
the distortion and raise the power factor. Ideal transformer equation:
C. Capacitors Power-Improvement
Whatever the power factor is, however, the
generating authority must install machines capable
of delivering a particular voltage and current even
though, in a particular case, not all the voltage and
current products is being put to good use. The Fig 4.1:Circuit Diagram
generators must be able to withstand the rated
voltage and current regardless of the power A. Working
delivered. For example, if an alternator is rated to Unlike Director Current Circuits, where only
deliver 1000A at 11000 volts, the machine coils resistance restricts the current flow, in Alternating
must be capable of carrying rated current. The Current Circuits, there are other circuits aspects
apparent power of such a machine is 11 M V A and which determinesthe current flow; though these are
if the load power factor is unit this 11 MVA will be akin to resistance, they do not consume power, but
delivered and used as 11 MW of active power i.e. loads the system with reactive currents; like D.C.
the alternator is being used to the best of its ability. circuits where the current multiplied by voltage
If, however, the load power factor is say, 0.8 gives watts, here the same gives only VA.Like
lagging, then only 8.8 MW are taken and provide resistance, these are called “Reactance”. Reactance
revenue, even though the generator still has to be is caused by either inductance or by capacitance.
rated at 1000A at 11 kV. The lower the power The current drawn by inductance lags the voltage
factor, the worse the situation becomes from the while the one by capacitance leads the voltage.
supply authorities’ viewpoint. Accordingly, Almost all industrial loads are inductive in nature
consumers are encouraged to improve their load and hence draw lagging wattles current, which
power factor and in many cases are penalized if unnecessarily load the system, performing no
they do not. Improving the power factor means work. Since the capacitive currents is leading in

12
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

ature, loading the system with capacitors wipes out physical world. By responding to sensors and
them. inputs, the Arduino is able to interact with a large
array of outputs such as LEDs, motors and displays.
B. Methodology Because of it’s flexibility and low cost, Arduino has
become a very popular choice for makers and
makerspaces looking to create interactive hardware
projects.
Fig 3: 7805 Regulator

Power Factor Revealing and Correction works

upon the principle of continuously checking the
system power factors and initiating necessary
corrections if the power factor falls below the
predetermined value. Instrument transformers
linked in the circuitare used to sample the voltage
and current signals. These instrument transformers
provide stepped-down current and voltage values
that are proportionate with thediagram of voltage
and current. These recorded analogy indicators are
transformed to appropriate digital signs by the
zero-overpass detection, which changes state at
every zero-crossing point of the voltage and current Fig 4:Lcd Display
measurements
C. Figures
Fig 1: Arduino board

Fig 4: Relay driver IC

Arduino is an open-source electronics platform
based on easy-to-use hardware and software.
Arduino boards are able to read inputs - light on a
sensor, a finger on a button, or a Twitter message -
and turn it into an output - activating a motor,
turning on an LED, publishing something online.
You can tell your board what to do by sending aset
of instructions to the microcontroller on the board.
To do so you use the Arduino programming
language (based on Wiring), and the Arduino
Software (IDE), based on Processing.This board
contains a microcontroller which is able to be
programmed to sense and control objects in the

13
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

Table 1: Ratings of the voltage regulator we acknowledge our sincere thanks and deep sense
V.RESULTS

of gratitude to our guide Mrs. S. SARITHA M.Tech

5.1: RESISTIVE LOAD RESULT Assistant Professor, Dept. of E.E.E., for her
In resistive load active power value and the valuable glance through the course of this work.
apparent power value are equal and the reactive Her unflinching help, suggestions, direction and
power value to be 0.Because,the power factor in guidance have helped in Smooth project of the
the resistive load unity and lagging current to be 0. project work.We express our sincere thanks to Dr.
P. LAKSHMANAN M.E, PH. D. Professor Head
of the Dept, of Electrical and Electronics
Engineering for his indispensable encouragement
to complete the thesis.We convey our special
thanks to our beloved and honorable Principal Dr.
M. SREENIVASA KUMAR
M.Tech,Ph.D.(UK),MISTE,FIE (I) and to our
college management for providing excellent lab
Facilities for the completion of project within our
campus. Finally, we express indebtedness to
everyone remotely involved with this project.We
are very much gratitude to all faculty members of
the Department for their kind cooperation with out
which this work could not have been to this shape.
We would like to thank the non-teaching staff all
In inductive load active power my friends who made us stay here at NEC a
value and apparent power value are not equal,vaues memorable on.
are different from each other,active power
decreased in the inductive loadthe reactive power
increases and also power factor decreases,lagging VI .Conclusion
current increases. It can be concluded that power factor correction
techniques can be applied to the industries, power
systems and It can be concluded that power factor
Acknowledgment correction techniques can be applied to the
It gives us immense pleasure to express our industries, power systems and also households to
gratitude to everyone who helped us in the make them stable and due to that the system
successful completion of our project titled becomes stable and efficiency of the system as well
"AUTOMATIC POWER FACTOR as the apparatus increases. The use of
CORRECTION WITH MEASUREMENT OF microcontroller reduces the costs. Due to use of
REAL POWER, REACTIVE POWER, microcontroller multiple parameters can be
APPARENT POWER".It is with great pleasure that controlled and the use of extra hard wares such as

14
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

timer, RAM, ROM and input output ports reduces. 5, pp. 2301-2309, Sep. 2008; Y. Chen and K.
Care should be takenfor overcorrection otherwise Smedley.
the voltage and current becomes more due to which
the power system or machine becomes unstable and [5] B. Mirafzal, M. Saghaleini, and A. Kaviani,
the life of capacitor banks reduces. The Automatic "An SVPWM based switching pattern for stand-
Power Factor Detection and Correction provides an alone and grid-connected three-phase single stage
efficient techniqueto improve the power factor of a boost inverters," IEEE Trans. Power Electron, vol.
power system by an economical way. Static 26, no. 4, pp. 1102-1111, April 2011.
capacitors are invariably used for power factor
improvement in factories or distribution line.
[6] Q. Li and P. Wolfs, "A review of the single
However, this system makes use of capacitors only
when power factor is low otherwisethey are cut off phase photovoltaic module integrated converter
from line. Thus, it not only improves the power topologies with three alternative dc link
factor but also increases the life time of static configurations," IEEE Transactions on Industrial
capacitors. The power factor of any distribution line Electronics, vol. 23, no. 3, May 2008, pp. 1320-
can also be improved easily by low-cost small 1333.
rating capacitor. This system with static capacitor
can improve the power factor of any distribution
line from load side. As, if this static capacitor will
apply in the high voltage transmission line then its
rating will be unexpectedly large which will be
uneconomical & inefficient.so,a variable speed
synchronous condenser can be used in any high
voltage transmission line to improve power factor
& the speed of synchronous condenser can be
controlled bymicrocontroller

REFERENCES
[1] B. Khan, M. Owais, "Automatic power factor
correction unit." 2016 International Conference on
Computing, Electronic and Electrical Engineering
(ICECube). IEEE, 2016.
[2] Dr. Kurt Schipman and Dr. Francois Delinc,
The importance of good power quality, ABB
power quality Belgium.
[3] K. Balamurugan, M. Gowsika, T. Monika, N.
Naveen."Power Factor Correction Using Sepic
Dc-Dc Converter inIndustrial Motor Drives."
Ch.4, pp. 34-39.
[4] P.P. Machado , T. P. Abud , M. Z. Fortes , B.
S, M, C,Borba . "Power factor metering system
using Arduino." 2017IEEE Workshop on Power
Electronics and Power QualityApplications
(PEPQA). IEEE, 2017.was published in IEEE
Trans. Power Electron., vol. 14, no. 1, in January
1999, pp. 134–141.
[4] Three-phase boost-type grid-connected
inverter, IEEE Trans. Power Electron., vol. 23, no.

15
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

AUTOMATIC REAL-TIME RAILWAY FISHPLATE

MONITORING SYSTEM FOR EARLY WARNING USING IOT
1
G. Nagaraju (Assistant professor EEE), 2Basireddy Mythili, 3Hemanth
Konda Reddy, 4B. Venkateshwara Reddy,5P. Pedababu
Department of Electrical and Electronic Engineering (EEE),
Narasaraopeta Engineering College (NEC), Narasaraopet-522601, Guntur, India
Email: 1nagaraj204@gmail.com, 2mythili9966@gmail.com,,3hemanthkumarkondareddy@gmail.com,
4
baddigamvenkateswarareddy76@gmail.com,5pbabunec2001@gmail.com
---------------------------------------------------------------------***---------------------------------------------------------------------
Abstract -As the population is increasing day by day, processed by different sensors. At the input side, we can use
number of trains are also increasing. People would like to proximity sensors and ultrasonic sensors to detect the fault
prefer rail transportation other than road transportation. With location. At the output side, GPS and Node MCU are used to
the increase in count, safety requirements are not maintained track the exact latitude and longitude of the fish bolt and to
properly. Many rail accidents are prevailing now-a-days due to ensure a wireless communication with the cloud networks. So,
the negligence of higher authorities. The main cause for the rail by this automated system we can reduce the number of
accidents is derailment. The fundamental reason for derailment accidents that are occurring doe to the derailment.
is loosening of fishplates. Therefore, keeping an eye on
alignment of rails and fishplates is very important. Here, a OBJECTIVE
continuous monitoring system is picked up based on IoT which
The major objectives for developing the prototype model
can keep track of every fish bolt present in the system. The
for fishplate monitoring are mentioned below:
indicated system uses GPS for tracking the exact latitude and
longitude of fault location. This system consists of a To detect if the fish bolts are in the right place or not.
microcontroller which can control the working of all the
components embedded on it. Proximity sensors are used to To provide sensor-based fault detection.
detect the loosened fishplates. Node MCU is used for the
To initiate IoT based wireless communication
wireless communication in which a wi-fi chip is embedded on
it. The number of accidents going to decrease by using this system for conveying the warning signal.
proposed system.
To trace the exact location of the fault through GPS.
Key Words: Node MCU ESP8266, Arduino ATMEGA328P,
Blynk IoTMobile Application, Proximity Sensor, Ultrasonic To frame the wireless monitoring system with low cost.
Sensor, IoT, GPS, Solar Panel.
EXISTING SYSTEM
INTRODUCTION
In the existing system, electric pulse generator- b a s e d
In this populated world, railways have become the primary fault detection is used. Here, a gear box is fixed to the fishplate
means of transportation. Rail communication has been used by to know the number of rotations. Whenever a bolt is rotated, the
both people and the goods. The probability of accidents has mechanical gear starts to rotate and the switch gets closed to
been increased due to increase in population. When we generate pulses which can be recorded by the microcontroller.
consider the number of rail accidents in FY 2014-2022 as per For every fishplate, a gear box is connected adjacent to it.
the statistics released by Indian government, it is recognized as
34. We are losing many lives due to the railway accidents. So, The existing system consists of Arduino Mega board, Electric
monitoring the rail fishplates is necessary task in order to main pulse generator, mechanical gear box, GSM module. GSM
safety. Basically, a rail fishplate is a steel or iron plate which module is connected through the microcontroller in which it
slides among the corners of two rails to maintain alignment. sends a text message to the provided mobile number where 2G
Fishplate is simply a metal plate used to connect two fishplates. network is available. As soon as the fish bolt starts rotating, the
Physical monitoring is a time taking process and not gear box also starts rotating along with the fish bolt. The pulses
economical. are recorded by the electric pulse generator and stored in the
microcontroller. If the number of rotations is up to a certain
To overcome this problem, we have come up with an idea limit, then only the microcontroller commands the GSM module
which takes less time and gives high reliability. Arduino UNO to send a text message. The information can be sent to through
is an embedded system which can store and record the data the base station or central control room through the GSM

16
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

module. GPS and wi-fi module receive the commands from Arduino
microcontroller as coded in it. The results can be observed in
PROPOSED SYSTEM the IoT platform as either danger mode or idle mode. It will
show danger mode until the fault is cleared. The procedure can
In this proposed system, an IoT based sensor fault detection is be explained in five steps.
used. Addition to that a user-friendly mobile application is 1.Detection of rotation of fish bolts by proximity sensors.
used to know the location of the fault and exact latitude and 2.Processing of data by embedded system.
longitude. It also shows that someone is on the track if any 3.Transmission of data through wi-fi module.
person is standing on the track. The fault location can be 4.Enhancing the data to cloud storage.
highlighted in the mobile application from any area where 5.Distribution of data through base station.
internet is available. The position of fishplates can be known
by the wireless communication through ESP8266 Wi-Fi Mechanism
module and the same information can be stored in the cloud
server and can be communicated with the base station. The automated system is designed by using different types of
sensors like proximity sensors and ultrasonic sensors which are
The proposed system comprises of ESP8266 Wi-Fimodule, connected to the fishplates. These sensors are the input devices
Node MCU, Inductive proximity sensor, Ultrasonic sensor, which can act as transducers i.e., the devices which can convert
Solar panel, GPS and Arduino UNO. The wi-fi chip which is one form of energy into another form. Here, the proximity
embedded on the node microcontroller unit is connected to the sensors output is electrical energy.
hotspot of the host. When the fish bolt is rotated, the proximity
sensor will detect the rotation and shares this information to Components
the Arduino uno. If the rotation is up to the mark, then Arduino
commands GPS and wi-fi module to communicate with the a) Proximity Sensor
base station. Warning signal is sent until the fault is cleared. A proximity sensor is a non-contact type of sensor helpful
This proposed system has one more application which uses in the detection of metallic objects. It can sense ferrous as
ultrasonic sensor to warn track. well as non-ferrous material. The sensing range is up to
100 mm. We already have mechanical switches available
Block Diagram for position detection but they are contact detection
switches. This means if the objects get in touch with the
switch only then it will operate. This is not in the case of
inductive proximity sensor. Wearing out of mechanical
parts is the major issue that is not in the case of an inductive
sensor. Inductive proximity sensors have solid state
assembly – no moving parts.

Fig-2: Proximity Sensor

b) Ultrasonic Sensor
An ultrasonic sensor is a device that detects an object and
measures the distance to it. It measures distance by
Fig-1: Block Diagram
emitting ultrasound and receiving the wave that the object
reflects. These are also called as ultrasonic transceivers
From the above block diagram,
because the receiver and transmitter into a single unit.

The whole operation of components are controlled by

Arduino. In this system, android application called Blynk IoT
communicates with the wi-fi module embedded on
microcontroller unit. The operation of GPS and the sensors
can be observed in the application.

17
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

Fig-6: Arduino UNO

Fig-3: Ultrasonic Sensor
f) Node MCU
c) GPS It is an open-source software and hardware developing
It is a Global Positioning System in which it is used to environment. It is embedded with ESP8266 wi-fi module.
track the exact latitude and longitude. Whenever rotation It consists of power pins, I2C pins, GPIO pins, UART pins,
of fish bolt is identified by the proximity sensor then the SPI pins, PWM pins, SDIO pins, Control pin.
microcontroller commands the GPS. GPS consists of GPS
antenna.

Fig-7: NodeMCU

Fig-4: GPS Experiment and Results

d) Solar Panel This proposed system was evaluated by range of proximity

Solar Panels are those devices which are used to absorb sensor and the measured distance between the proximity sensor
the sun rays and convert them into electricity or heat. A and fishplate. The experimental setup is shown below.
solar panel is actually a collection of solar cells, which
can be used to generate electricity through photovoltaic
effect. These cells are arranged in a grid-like pattern on
the surface of solar panels. A photovoltaic module is a
packaged and connected assembly of 6 x 10 solar cells.
Solar power has become a very popular source of energy
over the past decade or so as people have come to
recognize just how good it is. It’s not only a free source
of energy, eco-friendly.

Fig-8: Experimental Setup

Fig-5: Solar Panel

e) Arduino UNO
Arduino UNO is a 8-bit microcontroller based on AVR
RISC architecture. Arduino UNO board have 14 digital
input pins out of which it contains 6 PWM output pins and
the analog input pins are having 6. i.e., from A0 to A5.
ATmega328 is one kind of single-chip microcontroller
and it is based on 8-bit RISC (Reduced Instruction Set
Computing) processor. It has operating voltage of 5v. It
will generate the PWM signals.

18
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

RESULT ANALYSIS

Fig-9,10,11 shows the result of the conducted experiment.

These figures explain the monitoring system in the android
application (Blynk IoT). Fig-9 shows that when a bolt is rotated,
it shows the exact latitude and exact longitude and also indicates
danger mode. In fig-10 the alert message was shown as someone
is on the track which can be detected by ultrasonic sensor. The
fig 11 shows the idle mode i.e., no bolt is rotated and there is no
chance of loosening of fishplates.

Fig-11: Showing idle mode

CONCLUSION

This project has presented an IoT based real time automated

system that can monitor the condition of the bolts of the rail
fishplates and send warning to the control room so that the
concerned authority can make rapid decision to avoid severe
accident. The proposed system is a very simple and cost effective
one that can be easily implemented. This is a fairly high accuracy
compared to the existing methods. The project has introduced a
Fig-9: Fault Detection new design of an proximity sensors. The use of microcontroller
along with wi-fi module communication enables loosened bolt
location detection with high precision using GPS, reliable data
transmission and overall cost reduction. Implementation of the
proposed fault detection system is expected to have a significant
effect in respect of safety and reduce the number of accidents by
a high margin.
REFERENCES
[1] P. Yilmazer, A. Amini, and M. Papaelias. The structural
health condition monitoring of rail steel using acoustic emission
techniques. In Proc. 51stAnnu. Conf. NDT, pages 1-12, 2012.
[2] D. Bowness, A. C. Lock, W. Powrie, J. A. Priest, and D.
J. Richards. Monitoring the dynamic displacements of railway
track. Proceedingsof the Institution of Mechanical Engineers,
Part F: Journal of Rail andRapid Transit, 221(1):13-22, 2007.
[3] H. Tsunashima, Y. Naganuma, A. Matsumoto, T.
Mizuma, and H. Mori. Condition monitoring of railway track
using in- service vehicle. Reliabilityand safety in railway,
12:334-356, 2012.
Fig-10: Showing danger mode
[4] A. Sabato and C. Niezrecki. Feasibility of digital image
correlation for railroad tie inspection and ballast support
assessment. Measurement, 103:93-105, 2017.
[5] K. Ghosh, A. Singhi, and C. R. Chaudhuri. Development
of fishplate tampering detection system for railway security
based on wireless sensor network. Int. J. Comput. Appl, 2:29-
19
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

34, 2011.
[6] S. J. Buggy, S. W. James, S. Staines, R. Carroll, P.
Kitson. Railway track component condi-tion monitoring using
optical fibre bragg grating sensors. MeasurementScience and
Technology, 27(5):055201, 2016.
[7] L. Drewett, J. Jaiswal, and R. P. Tatam, Embedded
systems, arduino uno. https://store.arduino.cc/usa/arduino-
uno-rev3, July 2020.

20
NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

Design of a Nine-Switch Three-Phase Multilevel Inverter with a PV Array

Source

1. B.Ramakrishna 2.G.Naveen
Asst.Prof, Dept of EEE Asst.Prof, Dept of EEE
Gudlavalleru Engg College Narasaraopeta Engg College
rkboni143@gmail.com gubbanaveen231@gmail.com

Abstract—Multilevel inverters are used in many semiconductor switches. This is generally incremented in
applications in the industry, due to its power quality multiples of three [5].
advantages. In this paper, a multilevel inverter is designed along For this project, a 5-level inverter is used, but unlike the
with a photovoltaic array as the source to power a three-phase common topologies this proposed inverter configuration uses
AC load. To regulate the voltage of the photovoltaic (PV) panel a reduced number of switches. This is accomplished using
array, a dc-dc boost converter is added to the system. The only nine switches and two capacitors to divide the input
output voltage of the converter is the input voltage of the three- voltage. The input voltage of the inverter will be the output of
phase multilevel inverter that will power the 3-phase load. The the dc-dc converter. The purpose of this converter is to
multilevel inverter is based on a five-level signal and the used
regulate the input voltage and in some cases to extract the
topology uses 9 switching devices. This is the same number of
maximum power from the PV panels. The proposed system is
levels as existing topologies with a reduced number of
components. The multilevel inverter is based on a five-level
shown in figure 1.
signal and the proposed topology uses less switching devices This paper is divided into several parts. First, it is
than existing topologies. Finally, this paper presents the design described the characteristics of the PV array and the dynamic
procedures and simulation results using MATLAB’s Simulink equations used to model it. The next part of the paper presents
of the proposed system. the dc-dc converter, including the simulation. Then, theused
topology for the multilevel inverter with the switching
Keywords—boost converter; multilevel inverter; scheme is presented. Finally, it is presented the simulation of
photovoltaic panels the proposed system, the results, and theconclusions.
II. PV ARRAY CHARACTERIZATION
I. INTRODUCTION
The power source for this project is the photovoltaic
The use of renewable energy has been increasing in the panels. These panels, convert sunlight into electrical energy,
last years due to technology advances and price reduction. For and the integration of this technology has been increasing in
this work, an array of photovoltaic (PV) panels are used to the last years. The modules used for this project are based on
power a three-phase AC load. This load can be a Squirrel cage silicon nitride multi-crystalline silicon cells. Four of these
motor. It is the most commonly used motor in the industry [1]. panels are connected in series to obtain a higher voltage.
This is because it can reach high efficiency at lower cost and Table I presents the parameters of a single PV panel. In this
it is easy to construct and repair. To drive the three-phase load, section, it is presented the dynamic equations that describe the
a three-phase multilevel inverter is used. behavior of the panels.
Multilevel inverters emerged to work at medium voltage
grids [2] and provide a better output signal with less distortion A. Dynamic Equations of the PV
to the load [3]. These topologies have been designed since
1970’s and many topologies have been introduced since then The equations used to build the photovoltaic module
[4]. This type of inverter includes switching devices and (PVM) are based on a proposed method in [6]. This method
capacitors, to create a combination of voltages that form a uses fractional and integral polynomials to approximate the
stepped waveform, which imitates a sinusoidal signal. The behavior of a photovoltaic module. The model does not use
more steps it has, the better is for the load because it will be all the complexities involved in photovoltaic systems
closer to the sinusoidal signal but at the same time, it will parameters, and at the same time achieves good accuracy in
increase the complexity of the switching control scheme [4]. comparison to regular methods [4]. In (1) it is shown the
There are three most commonly used multilevel equation for the current in function of the voltage and in (2)
topologies. These are: the neutral point clamped, flying it is shown the equation of power also in function of voltage
capacitor and cascaded H-bridge [5]. These topologies proposed in [6].
provide 3 voltage levels quite readily, but an increase in the nq
amount of desired voltage levels quickly increases the  
implementation cost as the amount of components such as I (V)  Ix  I x   V  (1)
 Vx 

21
NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

3 phase 3-
DC/DC Multileve
Convert phase
l

Fig. 1 Proposed system

nq is the number of PVM’s connected in parallel and TCi is the
V
P(V )  V  I (V )  V  I x V  I x    (2) temperature coefficient of Isc in A/⁰C.
V x  To test the performance of the photovoltaic panel used in
In (1) and (2), Ix and I are the short circuit current and this work, the dynamic equation was simulated in
output current respectively, Vx and V are the open circuit and MATLAB’s Simulink. The values used to obtain the
output voltage respectively, n is positive integer number and simulation was from the manufacture datasheet. The
q is a non-integer number in the range of 0 ≤ q < 1. The parameters are: Voc = 22.1 V, Isc = 7.54 A, Vop = 17.5 V,
optimal voltage and current are presented in (3) and (4) Pmax = 125 W, TCI = 0.00318 A/⁰C, TCV = -0.123 V/⁰ C,
respectively. Vmax = 1.03*Voc V, Vmin = 0.85*Voc V and s = 4, p =1.
1
 1  nq TABLE I. PV PARAMETERS FOR SINGLE PANEL
Vop  Vx    (3)
n  q 1  Parameter Description (per panel)
Voc (open circuit) 22.1 V
 n  q 
I op  I x   (4) Isc (short circuit) 7.54 A
 n  q 1  Pmax 125 W
Vop (optimal) 17.6 V
To obtain the maximum power of the photovoltaic panel Iop (optimal) 7.1 A
in (5) it is necessary to multiply equations (3) and (4). TCV -0.080 V/⁰ C
 1  nq
1  n  q 
TCI 0.065 A/⁰C
Pmax  Vop  Iop  Vx  Ix     n q 1  (5) Model BP 3125
 n  q 1    Manufacturer BP Solar
The value of n + q can be obtained using the manufacturer
data sheet’s parameters into the following equation: III. BOOST CONVERTER DESIGN ANALYSIS
 Vop  Isc  Pmax  Vop A. Dynamic Equations of the Boost Converter
n  q  ln  / ln  (6) To find the dynamic equation of the boost converter, it is
 Vop  Ix   Voc
  necessary to assign the state variables. Once the state

To make more realistic simulation before the variables are assigned, the relationship between output and
implementation, the used model, consider temperature and input voltage and current is found as showed in (9) and (10)
irradiance changes. The equations are shown in (7) and in (8). respectively. These equations present the relationship
V  s  i  TCV T T sV  s V V 
E
between duty cycle and voltages1and currents rates.
EiN Vo

Vin 1  D
(9)
 Ei  Vmax Voc 
x N max max min
(7)
 s  exp E  ln V V 
iN

max min
 Iin  1
 E    (10)
I  p   I  TC  T  T 
i
(8) Io 1 D
x sc i N
EiN
Where s is the number of PVM’s connected in series, E i is
the effective solar irradiation, EiN is the standard test
condition (STC) temperature, and TCV is the temperature
coefficient of Voc in V/⁰ C. Additionally, T is the solar panel
temperature, TN is the STC temperature, Vmax is the open
circuit voltage at 25 ⁰C and more than 1200 W/m2, Vmin is
the open voltage at 25 ⁰C and less than 200 W/m2. Finally, p

22
NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

B. Simulation of Boost converter sine wave than a three-level square wave, reducing harmonic
The simulation of the boost converter was done using the distortion and power loss.
LT-spice software and in Simulink to check accuracy. The The gate control signals for the transistors determine the
used parameters for the converter are showed in table II. amplitude, shape, and frequency of the output signals. For a
Additionally, the circuit diagram is showed in figure (2). three-phase multilevel inverter, a control switching scheme
Figure (3) shows the output voltage’s waveform results in a is implemented with a different angle of zero voltage (α)
70 V input. This simulation is done with 70 V input because towards the transistors at each side [7]. These angles delay
that is the optimal voltage of the PV array. Since the output the control pulses such that the output voltage attains a shape
voltage result is approximately 112 V with a duty cycle of resembling a staircase, as seen in Fig. 6. The switching
50%, it is possible to say that the boost converter is working scheme needs to take into consideration that transistors
correctly. connected to each other cannot both be closed at the same
time or they otherwise could create a short circuit if no
additional precautions are implemented. For this reason, it is
TABLE II. COMPONENT FOR BOOST CONVERTER considered that the two transistors in a half bridge are the
inverse of the other and obtain opposite control signals.
Component Description
Another consideration for the switching scheme is that each
L 4.5 mH phase of the output is delayed by 120° from each other. The
C 22 μF frequency used for the control signals is 60Hz, as that is the
M1 GaN N-MOS frequency typically used in North America and required by
fsw 100 kHz the motor.
Vin(min.)-Vin(max) 20-80 V The implemented switching scheme was optimized such
Vo 30-140 V that only nine transistors have the potential to be active and
D 20-60 % no more than six are active at the same time. By utilizing only
R 100 Ω nine transistors, only nine gate control signals are necessary,
therefore reducing power consumption in the implementation
and the additional gate driver circuit components that three
more transistors would have required. The design was further
simplified and optimized by foregoing the common Pulse
Width Modulation techniques which generate control signals
by comparing a triangular wave carrier signal with a
sinusoidal reference signal. Instead, the output signals are
directly generated through a series of binary commands with
a delay between each. This method lengthens the pulse
Fig. 2 Boost converter schematic in Lt-Spice generating code but has the advantages of avoiding external
or internal reference and carrier signals, thus reducing some
of the processing speed and excluding external components
such as timers or comparators.
A. Switching Scheme of Inverter
The stepped switching scheme developed for the 5-level
inverter was developed by dividing the input voltage in half
using two capacitors. From this, it was possible to obtain
three voltage levels: Vdc, Vdc/2 and 0. Taking these three
levels as the maximum line to line voltages for each phase.
The states, seen in Table III, were calculated considering the
available line to neutral voltage per leg of the inverter and the
Fig. 3 Vo vs. time of boost converter resulting voltage when combined with a line to line voltage.
This was done by considering which individual switches had
to be on to achieve the line to neutral voltage per leg of the
IV. MULTILEVEL INVERTER
inverter for the 12 switching states and still maintain a 120
The inverter used for this project is a three-phase degree of phase difference. The result is that the upper and
multilevel topology (Fig 4). This type of inverter usually lower row of switches has on states equal to 5/12 of the
combines two half-bridge three-phase inverters joined at switching period, while the middle row of switches only has
their phase outputs, which result in a topology of 12 on states equal to 2/12. This produced the 5-level line to
switching devices. But, for this work, the multilevel inverter neutral waveform but would lead to uneven wear of the
was done with only 9 instead of 12 switching devices. Two switches.
capacitors of the same characteristics divide the DC voltage
that enters the inverter in half towards each half-bridge part.
Utilizing a topology with two parts has the benefit of
allowing a control scheme where the output has five voltage
levels. A five-level square wave more closely resembles a

23
NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

S S S

A
Vdc/2
B
C

Vd S S S

c
Vdc/2

S S S

GND Fig. 6 Line-to-Line Output Voltage of all the phases

Fig. 4 Proposed Multilevel Inverter

V. IMPLEMENTATION RESULTS
The completed system can be seen in figure 9. The boost
converter was successfully implemented with the dynamic
equations of the PV panels and the multilevel inverter to
supply the load. The output signals of the system can be seen
in figures 5-8.
Figure 5 shows the line-to-line output voltage of the
system and how closely it follows a 60 Hz 100V reference
signal. The voltage total harmonic distortion (THD) of the
output of the inverter is 16.89%. The 5 levels can clearly be
seen in this figure; -100V, -50V, 0V, 50V, 100V. Figure 6,
shows the line-to-line voltages signals of the 3-phases,
demonstrating the necessary 120° phase offset between them.
Again the 5 levels can be seen in this figure. Fig. 7 Line-to-Neutral Output Voltage (black) vs a Sinewave Signal
Figures 7 and 8, are analog to figures 5 and 6, but in this (red)
case, demonstrating line-to-neutral signals. Figure 7 shows
how well the line to neutral output voltage follows a 60Hz
67V reference sine wave. Again the THD is 16.89%. The
main difference, besides the peak voltage, is the appearance
of more voltage levels. These now 7 levels are located at: -
67V, -49.98V, -33.31V, 0V, 33.31V, 49.98V and 67V.

Fig. 8 Line-to-Neutral Output Voltage of all phases

Fig. 5 Line-to-Line Output Voltage (black) vs a Sinewave Signal (red)

24
NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

TABLE III. SWITCHING SCHEME FOR MULTILEVEL INVERTER

S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8 S9 VAB VBC VCA

1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 Vd -Vd/2 -Vd/2
2 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 Vd 0 -Vd
3 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 Vd/2 Vd/2 -Vd
4 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 Vd -Vd
5 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 -Vd/2 Vd -Vd/2
6 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 -Vd Vd 0
7 0 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 -Vd Vd/2 Vd/2
8 0 1 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 -Vd 0 Vd
9 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 -Vd/2 -Vd/2 Vd
10 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 -Vd/2 Vd
11 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 1 0 Vd/2 -Vd Vd/2
12 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 Vd -Vd 0

Fig. 9 Proposed System

References
[1] F. J. T. E. Ferreira, G. Baoming and A. T. de Almeida, "Reliability and
VI. CONCLUSION AND FUTURE WORK Operation of High-Efficiency Induction Motors," in IEEE
Transactions on Industry Applications, vol. 52, no. 6, pp. 4628-4637,
This paper shows the implementation of a multilevel Nov.-Dec. 2016.
inverter to drive a three-phase load with a PV array as a source [2] J. Rodriguez, Jih-Sheng Lai and Fang Zheng Peng, "Multilevel
in MATLAB’s Simulink. The different parts of the projects inverters: a survey of topologies, controls, and applications," in IEEE
have been presented and explained in detail to provide the Transactions on Industrial Electronics, vol. 49, no. 4, pp. 724-738,
lecturer the full scope of the project. Details like the dynamic Aug 2002.
equation of the PV panels, the boost converter, and the [3] Fang Zheng Peng, "A generalized multilevel inverter topology with
self voltage balancing," in IEEE Transactions on Industry
switching scheme used for the inverter. In the implementation Applications, vol. 37, no. 2, pp. 611-618, Mar/Apr 2001.
results it is shown, that a 5-step multilevel inverter was [4] J. Rodriguez, Jih-Sheng Lai and Fang Zheng Peng, "Multilevel
successfully simulated an it can bring advantages if inverters: a survey of topologies, controls, and applications," in IEEE
implemented. As a future work, this system will be Transactions on Industrial Electronics, vol. 49, no. 4, pp. 724-738,
implemented with the available equipment in the University Aug 2002.
of Puerto Rico, Mayaguez. The design will include a Squirrel [5] A. Hota, S. Jain and V. Agarwal, "An Improved Three Phase Five-
Cage induction motor as the load. Also, the dc-dc converter level Inverter Topology with Reduced Number of Switching Power
Devices", IEEE Transactions on Industrial Electronics, vol. 65, no. 4,
will operate with a Maximum Power Point Tracking (MPPT) pp. 3296 - 3305, 2017.
algorithm to extract the maximum power of the PV array. [6] Ortiz-Rivera, E.I., "Approximation of a photovoltaic module model
using fractional and integral polynomials," Photovoltaic Specialists
Conference (PVSC), 2012 38th IEEE , vol., no., pp.002927,002931, 3-
8 June 2012
[7] C. Sreeja and S. Arun, "A novel control algorithm for three phase
multilevel inverter using SVM," ISGT2011-India, Kollam, Kerala,
2011, pp. 262-267.

25
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

DESIGN OF POWER FACTOR CORRECTION BASED FULL

BRIDGE CONVERTER CIRCUIT FOR CHARGING OF EV
USING MATLAB SIMULINK
1
P.D.V.S.K. Kishore , 2D. Yamuna, 3V.Demudu Naidu,4CH.Venkateshwara Reddy,5CH. Sai Varun
Department of Electrical and Electronic Engineering (EEE),
Narasaraopeta Engineering College (NEC), Narasaraopet-522601, Guntur, India
Email: 1PDVSKKishore@gmail.com(Associate professor EEE), 2yamuna17014211@gmail.com(UG
Student),3demudunaiduvantaku26@gmail.com(UG Student),4chagamvenkatesh@gmail.com(UG
student),5saivarun143raj@gmail.com(UG Student)
---------------------------------------------------------------------***---------------------------------------------------------------------
Abstract - The main aim of this project is to study the front- EVs are increasingly popular, as demonstrated by the numerous
end AC-DC PFC converter which is used to convert grid AC vehicles recently made available in the market by almost all
automakers.
voltage into DC voltage to charge the EV battery. A
unidirectional AC-DC converter consists of a diode rectifier 1.1 OBJECTIVE
with PFC circuit. This kind of AC-DC converter enables the
power flow only from the grid to EV charger. However, the The major objectives for developing the circuits in
bidirectional type AC-DC converter or inverter will be used if simulation model :
the EV battery is meant to release power into the grid for
vehicle to grid operation. This project involves design of AC- To design power factor correction circuit.
DC PFC converter converting AC power from grid to DC
power with the use of diode bridge rectifier and Boost To design AC-DC-AC conversion battery-based charger
converter. It also involves design of Full Bridge DC-DC circuit.
converter feeding power from boost converter to battery storage
system thereby charging electric vehicle. The design and 2. EXISTING SYSTEM
Analysis of Power factor correction circuit has been done using In the existing system, The main energy storage systems of these
MATLAB Simulink. vehicles are the electrochemical batteries, the ultracapacitors and
the fullcells. However, taking into account nowadays limits of
Key Words: Power Factor Correction, Full Bridge Converter, energy storage of those technologies, the vehicles have limited
Electric Vehicle
range autonomy. Different energy storage systems
1. INTRODUCTION
configurations can be implemented however, the
Nowadays, energy efficiency is a top priority, boosted by a electrochemical batteries still are the most used technology to
major concern with climatic changes and by the soaring oil store energy.
prices in countries that have a large dependency on imported Nevertheless, they are usually used in conjunction with
fossil fuels. A great part of the oil consumption is currently ultracapacitors to store energy during transient moments, as during
allocated to the transportation sector and a large portion of that the vehicle regenerative braking. Actually, the ultracapacitors are
is used by road vehicles. According to the international energy used in this way to receive a significant amount of energy in a short
outlook report, the transportation sector is going to increase time, and to provide this energy to the next acceleration, or to help
its share in world's total oil consumption by up to 55% by charging the batteries. The electrical power grids were not designed
2030. Aiming an improvement of energy efficiency, a for this new 2 type of load, which corresponds to the batteries
revolution in the transportation sector is being done. The bet charging systems of EVs, therefore the impact caused by the
is in the electric mobility, mostly supported by the proliferation of EVs cannot be neglected.
technological developments in different areas, as power
electronics, mechanics, and information systems. Different Some inverters are quoted as having a power factor of better than
types of Electric Vehicles (EVs) are being developed 0.95 when, in reality, the true power factor is between 0.5 and 0.75.
nowadays as alternative to the Internal Combustion Engines The figure of 0.95 is based on the cosine of the angle between the
(ICE) vehicles namely, Battery Electric Vehicles (BEV), voltage and current but does not take into account that the current
Plug-in Hybrid Electric Vehicles (PHEV), in its different waveform is discontinuous and therefore contributes to increased 8
configurations and FuelCell Electric Vehicles (FCEV). This losses.
chapter presents batteries charging systems for Electric and
Plug-in Hybrid Electric Vehicles. To simplify the reading and
to contribute to a simple understanding, from now on, in this
chapter, it will be used the terminology of Electric Vehicle
(EV) to define these two types of vehicles.

26
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

3. PROPOSED SYSTEM 4. Circuit diagram of on-board charger

The largest percentage of fossil fuel utilization is gasoline- and

diesel-based transportation, which has increased the level of
environmental pollution by burning of these harmful materials.
Therefore, the solution to these problems is the utilization of
fossil-safe energy means, for which electric vehicles are the
best solution to reduce fossil emissions and environmental
pollution. Due to the benefits possessed by electric vehicles in
comparison to the fuel-engine based vehicle, the researchers
are focusing on the development of electric vehicle battery
The above circuit diagram basic idea of PFC is using power
chargers, which have improved efficiency and the best
performance. In EV, designing of battery charger is very much conversion of high frequency switching mode to make the
required as it is one of the sources for operating the vehicle. shape of input current close to sinusoidal wave. One of the
popular ways is to have a value which is in proportion to the
5.Block Diagram input voltage to be the reference of the current. For this way,
we just assume that the harmonic of the input voltage is small
and can’t affect the control of harmonic current. In most cases,
the correction of power factor is achieved by an independent
part which is called PFC (power factor corrector).

1) Boost converter

Fig-1: Block Diagram The above Fig.2.1 boost converter (step-up converter) is
a DC-to-DC power converter that steps up voltage (while stepping
The above Fig.2.5 Shows Block diagram of the on-board down current) from its input (supply) to its output (load). It is a class
charger which is used for charging the propulsion battery of of switched-mode power supply (SMPS) containing at least two
electric vehicle. on- board charger consists of two stages that are semiconductors (a diode and a transistor) and at least one energy
power factor corrector (PFC) and DC-DC Converter. Power storage element: a capacitor, inductor, or the two in combination.
factor corrector consists of AC-DC rectifier and boost converter. To reduce voltage ripple, filters made of capacitors (sometimes in
The main purpose of PFC is to improve the power factor so that combination with inductors) are normally added to such a
total harmonic distortion will be reduced and to make current converter's output (load-side filter) and input (supply-side filter).
wave form sinusoidal. This can also help in improving the
2) Buck converter
efficiency of the on-board charger and reduces losses during
operation of the on-board charger. The input of the PFC is usually
power grid, and the output is usually a DC voltage. The DC
voltage will be the input of DC-DC converter or DC-AC current
and provides a stable output for the next converter, making the
DC-DC converter or DC-AC converter becomes an optimal
design.

27
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

Buck converter or step-down converter is a DC-to-DC Power Diodes can be connected together to form a full wave
converter which steps down voltage (while stepping up current) rectifier that convert AC voltage into pulsating DC voltage for
from its input (supply) to its output (load). It is a class use in power supplies. The above fig6.1 full wave rectifier
of switched-mode power supply. Switching converters (such as converts both halves of each waveform cycle into pulsating
buck converters) provide much greater power efficiency as DC- DC signal using four rectification diodes. In the previous
to-DC converters than linear regulators, which are simpler power diodes tutorial we discussed ways of reducing the ripple
circuits that lower voltages by dissipating power as heat, but do or voltage variations on a direct DC voltage by connecting
[1]
not step up output current. The efficiency of buck converters smoothing capacitors across the load resistance.
can be very high, often over 90%, making them useful for tasks
such as converting a computer's main supply voltage, which is
usually 12 V, down to lower voltages needed
by USB, DRAM and the CPU, which are usually 5, 3.3 or 1.8 V.

3) Buck-Boost converter

Fig-2:Boost converter
Boost converters are used for generating high output voltages
from low input voltages. Such a voltage conversion can easily
be done with a switching regulator with a boost topology.
However, the voltage gain has a natural limit. The voltage gain
is the ratio of output voltage to input voltage
Buck–boost converter is a type of DC-to-DC converter that has an
output voltage magnitude that is either greater than or less than
the input voltage magnitude. It is equivalent to a flyback
converter using a single inductor instead of a transformer.[1] Two
different topologies are called buck–boost converter. Both of
them can produce a range of output voltages, ranging from much
larger (in absolute magnitude) than the input voltage, down to
almost zero.

8.Simulation diagrams

Fig-3:Full bridge Invverter

Full bridge inverter is a topology of H-bridge inverter used

for converting DC power into AC power. The components required
for conversion are two times more than that used in single phase
Half bridge inverters. The above Fig 6.3 circuit of a full bridge
inverter consists of 4 diodes and 4 controlled switches

Fig-1:Simulink Model full Bridge Rectifier

28
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

8. Simulation Results

Fig-4:Simulink Model Charger Circuit For EV

These diodes are known as freewheeling diodes or
Fig-5: Waveform Between AC Input and Time
feedback diodes because these diodes feedback the stored energy
in the load back into the DC source. The feedback action happens
The waveform is obtained between time and Input AC
only when load is other than pure resistive load. The controlled
voltage. a bove fig6.5 It is clear that sinusoidal waveform is
switches for Full-bridge inverters can be BJT, IJBT, MOSFET
obtained at different values of input AC voltage and Time. At time
or thyristors. Controlled switches considered in this article are
0.05 seconds the maximum value of AC input is 100 volts at positive
thyristors
half cycle. And at the time 0.15 seconds the maximum value of AC
input is -100 volts at negative half cycle. This sequence of the
process continuous till 1 second as shown in above graph.
S.No. Parameter Value

1 Input Ac Voltage 100V

2 Output Voltage of 230V

Boost converter

Fig-6: Form Wave Between Rectifier Output voltage and Time

3 Output Voltage of 500V

Full Bridge The variation of rectifier output voltage with respect to time in
seconds. At different instant of shows time rectifier output voltage
Converter
is obtained. The rectifier output voltage is 0 volts at the initial stage.

4 Battery Voltage 500V The capacitor present in the rectifier charges and discharges as
shown in the graph. At the approximate time of 0.6 seconds the

5 Capacity of battery 5Ah graph becomes stable at the voltage approximately 95 volts.

Table 1: Specifications of the Proposed

Charging Circuit

29
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

Fig-7: Wave Form Between Boost Converter Parameters and Time Fig-10: Wave Form Between Output voltage of FBC and Time

The above graphs show the output voltage and output current of The above waveform is obtained between Output voltage of FBC
and Time. The output voltage of FBC is 500 volts as shown in
boost converter which is approximately 230 volts and output above graph
current is approximately 25 Amperes with respective to time in
seconds.

Fig-11:Wave Form Between Battery Parameters and Time

The above figure 6.11 shows the wave form of the battery
parameters with respect to the time. The output voltage of the
battery is approximately 501 volts and the output current of the
Fig-8:Wave Form Between S1,S3 Pulse and Time battery is approximately 45 Amperes. The state of charge (SOC)
The above is obtained between S1 and S3 pulses with respective to of a battery is 100%.
time in seconds. At different instant of time S1 and S3 pulses are
9. CONCLUSION
obtained. If the instantaneous magnitude of the modulation signal
As the use of electrical vehicles are increasing day by day
is greater than the carrier signal at a point in time, the output will
so their charging system must be robust and reliable so that one can
be high. If the modulation signal is lower than the carrier signal,
use electric vehicles without any problem. The project presents
the output will be low as shown in above graph.
conductive AC charging protocols for charging the plug-in hybrid
electric vehicles. In this project theory of conductive charging is
investigated and complete analysis of the on-board charger is done
due to which one should able to verify the valid states for the start of
charging and the range of maximum current limit is determined by
the duty cycle. This project shows how one can design conductive
charging system as per automotive industry Standards.
10. REFERENCES

Fig-9:Wave Form Between S2,S4 Pulse and Time

1) A.Gaurav and A. Gaur, "Modelling of Hybrid Electric Vehicle
The above waveform shows variation of S2 and S4 pulses with Charger and Study the Simulation Results," 2020 International
respect to time in seconds. At different instant of time various Conference on Emerging Frontiers in Electrical and Electronic
Technologies (ICEFEET), 2020, pp. 1-6, doi:
pulses are obtained. If the instantaneous magnitude of the 10.1109/ICEFEET49149.2020.9187007.
modulation signal is greater than the carrier signal at a point in time,
the output will be high.

30
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

2) D. Zinchenko, A. Blinov, A. Chub, D. Vinnikov, I.

Verbytskyi and SBayhan, "High Efficiency Single-Stage On-
Board Charger for Electrical Vehicles," IEEE Transactions on
Vehicular Technology, vol. 70, no. 12, pp. 12581-12592, Dec.
2021, doi: 10.1109/TVT.2021.3118392.

3) C. S and M. R. Sindhu, "A PFC Based Onboard Battery

Charger usingIsolated Full Bridge DC-DC Converter for
Electric Vehicle Application," 2022 IEEE IAS Global
Conference on
EmergingTechnologies(GlobConET),2022,pp.581586,doi:1
0.1109/GlobConET53749.2022.98725.

4) U. Anwar, H. Kim, H. Chen, R. Erickson, D. Maksimovic

and K. K. Afridi, "A high power density drivetrain-integrated
electric vehicle charger,"2016 IEEE Energy Conversio
Congress and Exposition (ECCE), 2016, pp. 1-8, doi:
10.1109/ECCE.2016.7854694.

5) H. Tu, H. Feng, S. Srdic and S. Lukic,"Extreme fast

charging of electric vehicles: Atechnology overview", IEEE
Trans. Transp. Electrific., vol. 5, no. 4, pp. 861-878, Dec.
2019. (6) F. Mwasilu, J. Justo, E. K. Kim, T. Do and J. W.
Jung, "Electric vehicles and smart grid interaction: A review
on vehicle to grid and renewable energy sources integration.",
Renewable Sustain. Energy Rev., vol. 34, pp. 501-516, 2014.

6) M. Yilmaz and P. T. Krein, "Review of battery charger

topologies charging power levels and infrastructure for plug-
in electric and hybrid vehicles", IEEE Trans. Power
Electron., vol. 28, no. 5, pp. 2151-2169, May 2013.

31
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

DETECTING AND ADDRESSING THE

INTERRUPTIONS IN ELECTRICAL POLES
Chandra Sekhar M, M. Tech Nagendra Kumar Muliki (UG Scholar) Mallikarjuna Reddy K(UG Scholar)
Electrical and Electronics Engineering Electrical and Electronics Engineering Electrical and Electronics Engineering
Narasaroapeta Engineering College Narasaroapeta Engineering College Narasaroapeta Engineering College
Narasaraopet,Guntur,India Narasaraopet,Guntur,India Narasaraopet,Guntur,India
chandrasekhar@nrtec.in mulikichinna143@gamil.com mallikarjunareddy220@gmail.com

Naveen P (UG Scholar) Govindu D (UG Scholar)

Electrical and Electronics Engineering Electrical and Electronics Engineering
Narasaroapeta Engineering College Narasaroapeta Engineering College
Narasaraopet,Guntur,India Narasaraopet,Guntur,India
pagolanavven7799@gmail.com dgovindu2062000@gmail.com

Abstract— Internet of Things is used for sending the data

without any human interference. Electricity is now reaching to
every distant of the world. This power is being carried by the II. LITERATURE SURVEY
transmission lines which traves for a long distance so while Electricity generation, electricity transmission, electricity
carrying power, fault occurring is nature. The fault location distribution this, three terms are associated with the power
detection has been a major objective of power system engineers,
grid. It presents a communication infrastructure to provide low
in transmission and distribution systems.
cost, reliable data delivery for our existing society, electricity
Identification of fault detection is a tedious task; fast fault
detection can help to protect the equipment and to prevent the is very imperative and to accurately uphold and expand this
people from electric shock. The exact fault location can help power distribution system, it is needed to understand and
service man to remove persistent of the faults and locate the monitor the system behaviour. There are various types of
areas where the faults occur regularly, thus reduces the faults that occur in transmission systems they are single line
occurrence of fault and minimize the time of power outage. The to ground fault, line to ground fault, line to line fault, balance
detection of fault in transmission line using an ESP32 three phase fault these four faults allow to understand
microprocessor which is quick, reliable and cost effective. transmission line system. Existing fault detections systems
specifically for utility poles will be reviewed.
Keywords—RF module, ESP32 module, Node MCU, voltage Electricity is being carried by the transmission line for
detection sensor long distance which have a fault occurring nature. When there
is a breakage or the fault occurs in the transmission then the
I. INTRODUCTION voltage sensor on the nth pole detects the voltage coming from
This the presence and future human generation scenario the transformer and the NODE MCU converts the analog
will reveal us a point that electricity will be one of our basic voltage received from voltage sensor to digital and then
needs which will make our life to flourish. Since will make displayed on serial monitor. When the digital input is sent
our life to flourish have to depend on the transmission lines as from the ESP32S then the RF module changes it state to zero.
medium for power transmission. Based on the desired Then RF module detects that there was a fault on the line and
specifications required by the consumer the transmission immediately the relay will be operated makes the transformer
line’s physical compositional structure and also their off, by using the IOT the effective and immediate solution was
capacity to hold voltages varies respectively. provided.
All the electricity boards and corporations around the The template is used to format your paper and style the
world have no choice except to support these transmission text. All margins, column widths, line spaces, and text fonts
lines on poles and hence may fall under the mishap of wires are prescribed; please do not alter them. You may note
detaching due to many aspects either manmade or natural peculiarities. For example, the head margin in this template
instructional accidents which are inevitable in every field of measures proportionately more than is customary. This
work. In any field of work setting, the remaining half measurement and others are deliberate, using specifications
comprises the maintenance of it so as it applies here in the field that anticipate your paper as one part of the entire proceedings,
of transmission electricity. and not as an independent document. Please do not revise any
In the light of maintenance purpose, it requires a huge of the current designations.
amount of human assets as which is very reluctant and
tiresome to go on checkout where the wires got detached and III. EXIXTING SYSTEM
left tangling. Hence to make the maintenance work simplified The existing system in still usage Up-to-date is the manual
our proposed system works for a way beyond Excellency in checking of the network where the detachment got placed if
both its working and as well as its financial requirement too. and only if there was any complaint raised about it by any
Our proposed system simply establishes communicational citizen who have encountered the detachment. After that, the
setup in between poles and transformer by alerting it to delay related lineman who is in charge will be seen out in the field
the power if any detachments happen anywhere in the network repairing it. Until the detachment is taken care of, every work
under the transformer operational region.

32
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1
related to the electricity dependence may be disrupted and B. Importance and Types of user Interference
sometimes may be cost effective enough. User interface is important to meet user expectations and
IV. PROPOSED METHOD support the effective functionality of your site. A well-
executed user interface facilitates effective interaction
In the view of the increasing dependence on the electric between the user and the program, app or machine through
power and also to decrease the mishaps related to it, we contrasting visuals, clean design and responsiveness.There are
proposed a system which uses unmanned devices and work to mainly four types of the user interferences, they are:
make our lives safer by detecting the transmission wires
detachment and makes sure that the power be delayed until 1) Graphical user inerference:
they are taken care of by automatically communicating with 2) Touch user interference:
the related official. 3) Voice user interference:
Our proposed system makes use of voltage detector, 4) Menu-driven user interference:
relays, RF transmitter and receiver pair, and GSM which are
quite reliable and flexible to this work. If any detachment
happens due to any reason, voltage detector manage this work
single handily by comparing the ordinary voltage difference
than to the arisen potential difference, parallel the transmitter
attached to the poles in the network send a message to the
receiver, fixed at the transformer output end, saying it to alert
microcontroller and make sure the power is made halted by
relay through intermediate communication.
The Fig:4.1 show the block diagram of the proposed
system. The GSM will message the official about the power
drop occurred and also in which area that happened. This
whole process saves us time, risk and also makes humans to
improvise with automation.

Fig 5.1: User Interface Diagram

C. Steps for Software implementation
Step 1: First you must have Arduino board and USB cable
Step 2: Download Arduino IDE Software
Step 3: Power up your board
Step 4: Launch Arduino IDE
Step 5: Open your first project
Step 6: Select your Arduino board.
Step 7: Select your serial port.
Step 8: Upload the program to your board.
Fig 4.1: Block Diagram
Abbreviations and Acronyms VI. HARDWARE DESIGNING
RF Module- Radio Frequency Module A. Circuit Diagram
ESP32 - Espressif Systems
MCU - MicroController Unit
AC - Alternating Current
LED - Light Emitting Diode
V. SYSTEM DESIGN
A. User Interface
User experience and user interface design have
traditionally been modelled in a variety of tools that are
separate from other disciplines, leading to a disconnect
between these models and the other analysis and technology
models. The user interface (UI)is the point at which human
users interact with a computer, website or application. Devices
that interact with multiple senses are called "multimedia user Fig 6.1: Circuit Diagram
interfaces". It uses compelling representations of the physical
devices and the platforms to make these models appealing and The Fig 6.1 shows the circuit diagram for the detecting
useful for walks-through with users. and addressing of interruptions in electrical poles as it shows
the connections between the components of the circuit.

33
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1
B. Components used All the electricity boards have no choice except to support
These are the main components which are used in the these transmission lines on poles to transfer the power for the
project long distances. During the process of transferring the power
 Transformer there is a chance for mishap of wires detaching due to many
 Node MCU aspects either manmade or natural accidents which are
inevitable in every field of work as shown in the above figure.
 ESP32 Module
 Voltage Sensor
 Relay
 RF Module (Transmitter, Receiver)
 LED’s
 Bridge Rectifier
 Mobile Phone with Blynk application

C. Operation
Power is transformed from the center tapped transformer
to poles. Voltage sensor which is at the nth pole will detect the
voltage in the poles. Node MCU receives the analog output
voltage from the voltage sensor and whenever the voltage is
behind the limit (which we set in the code) then the Node Fig 6.3: When there is a breakage in transmission line
MCU sends the signal to the RF Module Transmitter. For this (DANGER)
cooperation between the Node MCU and the RF Module we
have set up the code. When this detachment of wires takes place there is higher
chance of probability that all the living creatures in that
surrounding will be in trouble. Hazard for the surrounding
creatures will goes on increasing until the complaint raised
by any of the citizen who have encountered the detachment.
The power from transformer is transferred without any
interruption. After that, the related lineman who is in charge
will be seen out in the field repairing this detachment of
wires takes place there is higher chance of probability that all
the living creatures.
Until the detachment is taken care of, every work related
to the electricity dependence may be disrupted and sometimes
Fig 6.2: When there is no breakage in transmission line may be cost effective enough. To avoid this dependency on
the man kind and to reduce the wastage of the cost in the
In hardware, we use a center tap transformer, relay, means of power wastage during the detachment we use the
ESP32S, RF Module (Transmitter, Receiver), Voltage Sensor above connections with the center-tapped transformer, relay,
and Node MCU. Connections are made as follows, ESP32
contains several GPIO (General Purpose Input Output) Pins,
among many pins we are selecting the GPIO2 and it is
connected to RF Receiver and GPIO3 is connected to the
relay.
Whereas connections in the transmission part are, Node
MCU also contains several GPIO (General Purpose Input
Output) Pins. Among many pins we are selecting the GPIO2
and it is connected to the RF Transmitter and analog pin of
Node MCU is connected to the output pin of the voltage
sensor. Two of them are insulated wires that carry electricity voltage sensor, RF Module, ESP32S, Node MCU and this
from the transformer; the third is a bare neutral wire that will be helpful to save the mankind and to reduce the hazards.
connects to the grounding wire. Fig 6.3: When Electric supply is stopped
Whenever there is no breakage in the transmission line
as shown in the above Fig 6.2. The power from transformer Whenever there is detachment of the wire, the connections
is transferred without any interruption. The service drop leads we have given will work which shows in the Fig 5.3. As the
from the utility pole lines to a home. It is made up of three breakage of wire takes place then the voltage sensor which is
conductor wires. Two of them are insulated wires that carry at the nth pole will detect the voltage and it produces the
electricity from the transformer; the third is a bare neutral analog output. This analog output is observed by the Node
wire that connects to the grounding wire. These lines have a MCU and whenever it observes the voltage from the voltage
voltage of 120 to 240 volts. Finally, the power is transferred sensor is behind the limit then it passes the signal to the RF
to the end users without any interruption. module Transmitter.

34
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1
RF Transmitter contains the antenna which sends (or) transformer will automatically turn off, in additional to that
receives the information. So, this antenna from the transmitter we get message notifications about the fault occurrence and
passes the signal to the RF receiver antenna. When the power graphs as shown in Fig 7.1 and 7.2 and Fig 7.3 shows
information is received by the RF Receiver, ESP32S the values and graph of the power when there is a breakage
observes that there is change in the state of RF Module of wire and also when it regains its normal state.
and it passes the information to the relay and then the
transformer off. So, there is no power is transferred from the VIII. CONCLUSION
transformer to the poles. This whole process will start In this project, the fault can be identified much faster and
whenever there is a breakage of wire. By this process finally can be rectified as soon as possible by the technical crew. In
the transformer shut down after the detachment and the this case there will not be any power outage for a long
power which is generated by the lot of money and the lives duration of time and the power outage can be minimized.
of mankind will be saved from the Danger. Here the both man power and the time can be saved also can
provide a clear power supply from the respected sub-power
VII. RESULTS station without any interruption. As demand has grown and
When there is no breakage in the transmission line a developments in the field of power systems fault detection in
continuous supply is passed through the transmission line and transmission lines has become a necessity. Through this
line is shown the app. project the fault categorization and identification have
become easier
REFERENCES

[1] Ranjit Singh Sarban Singh , Baljit Singh Sarban Singh, Siti Aisyah
Anas, Yusof Yunus Centre of Telecommunication Research and
Innovation (CeTRI), Faculty of Electronics and Computer Engineering
(FKEKK), Universiti Teknikal Malaysia Melaka (UTeM), Malaysia,
Hang Tuah Jaya, 76100 Durian Tunggal, Melaka, Malaysia. Solar
Energy Research Institute, Universiti Kebangsaan Malaysia (UKM),
43600 Bangi, Selangor, Malaysia.
*ranjit.singh@utem.edu.my
[2] W. Al-hasawi, “Proposed techniques for Identifying Faulty Sections in
Closed-Loop Distribution Networks,” in 9th WSEAS/IASME
InternationalConference on Electrical Power Systems, High Voltages,
Electrical Machines, pp. 1-5,(2009).
[3] H. Lee, S. Member, and H. Huang, “A Low-Cost and Noninvasive
System for the Measurement and Detection of Faulty Streetlights,”
IEEE Trans. Instrum. Meas., vol. 64, no. 4, pp. 1019–1031, (2015).
[4] A. L. Saleem, “Street Light Monitoring and Control System,” Int. J.
Eng. Tech., vol. 1, no. 2, pp. 68-71,(2015).
Fig 7.1: Power Graph Fig 7.2: Message Notification
[5] J. Yates, “Streetlight Failure Leaves Neighbors in Dark,”
tribunedigital- chicagotribute 2010.
We get the notifications when there is a breakage of wire [Online].Available:http://articles.chicagotribune.com/2010- 09-
and we also get the notification at which pole it is 23/business/ct-biz-0923-problem- gloms- 20100923_1_streetlights-
disconnected. When there is a breakage in the transmission street- lamps-neighbors. [Accessed: 04-Apr- 2016].
line the wire is broken it gets notified in the app and also it [6] M. S. Rea, J. D. Bullough, C. R. Fay, J. A. Brons, J. Van Derlofske,
and E. T. Donnell, “Review of the Ssafety Benefits and other Effects
shows the decreased waveform. of Roadway Lighting,” (2009).
[7] J. Lee, Y. Su, and C. Shen, “A Comparative Study of Wireless
Protocols : Bluetooth, UWB, ZigBee, and Wi- Fi,” IECON Proc.
(Industrial Electron. Conference. pp. 46– 51, (2007).
[8] A. Lavric, V. Popa, C. Males, and I. Finis, “A Performance Study of
ZigBee Wireless Sensors Network Topologies for Street Lighting
Control Systems,” in 2012 International Conference on Selected
Topics in Mobile and Wireless Networking (iCOST), pp. 130–133,
(2012).
[9] M. N. Jivani, “GSM Based Home Automation System Using App-
Inventor for Android Mobile Phone,” Int. J. Adv. Res. Electr. Electron.
Instrum. Eng., vol. 03, no. 09, pp. 12121–12128, (2014).
[10] Xiaoxin Xu, Mingguang Wu, Cheng Ding, Bin Sun, and Jiangwei
Zhang, “Outdoor Wireless Healthcare Monitoring System for Hospital
Patients Based on Zigbee,” in 2010 5th IEEE Conference on Industrial
Electronics and Applications, pp. 549–554, (2010).
Fig 7.3: Values of power when there is a breakage of wire [11] A. A. Siddiqui, A. W. Ahmad, H. K. Yang, and C. Lee, “ZigBee based
and also when it regains its normal state Energy Efficient Outdoor Lighting Control System,” Adv. Commun.
Technol. (ICACT), 2012 14th Int. Conf., pp. 916–919, (2012).

As a result, we get that whenever a ditachment occurs in

the electrical pole lines the relay will be operated and the

35
NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

Enhancement of Power Quality Features using STATCOM for Industrial

Drive Applications
VENKATA P SUNILKUMAR B
PG Scholar, Dept of EEE, Narasaraopeta Engineering College, Narasaraopeta, Guntur (Dt), AP, India.

Abstract: Recently, developments in power electronics and semiconductor technology have lead improvements in power
electronic systems. Pulse Width Modulation variable speed drives are increasingly applied in many new industrial applications
that require superior performance for controlling the power flow for this industrial application requires Facts device, which is
operated under distribution system. A new control strategy is proposed in this paper with focus on dc voltage regulation.
Clustered balancing control is realized by injecting a zero-sequence current to the delta-loop, while individual voltage control is
achieved by adjusting the fundamental content of ac quasi-square-waveform voltage of high-voltage converter. The STATCOM
compensates both reactive power and harmonic currents drawn by non-linear loads; additionally it facilitates power factor
corrections. A new control strategy is proposed in this paper with focus on dc voltage regulation. Clustered balancing control is
realized by injecting a zero-sequence current to the delta-loop, while individual voltage control is achieved by adjusting the
fundamental content of ac quasi-square-waveform voltage of high-voltage converter. The simulation results are shown in the
below case using Matlab/Simulink software.

Keywords: Cascade H-bridge, Hybrid Multilevel, Static Synchronous Compensator (STATCOM), Induction Motor Drive.
I. INTRODUCTION have been employed in power industry for improvement of
With the rapid development of power electronics, Flexible system performances. Multilevel Inverter (MLI) received
AC Transmission Systems (FACTS) devices have been considerable attention during recent years and has been
proposed and implemented in power systems. FACTS widely recommended for high- and medium-power
devices can be utilized to control power flow and enhance applications. Among the basic MLI topologies, cascaded H-
system stability. These converter topologies can generate bridge (CHB) is featured by its modular structure and linear
high-quality voltage waveforms with power semiconductor relationship between the numbers of inverter elements and
switches operating at a frequency near the fundamental. levels. The main drawback of CHB inverter is the need for
Among the available multilevel converter topologies, the large number of isolated dc supplies. A cascaded H-bridge
cascaded multilevel converter constitutes a promising converter with equal dc voltage has been widely used for
alternative, providing a modular design that can be extended static synchronous compensator (STATCOM) application
to allow a transformer less connection. The delta-type because of natural modular and high-quality output spectrum.
cascaded hybrid single-phase H-bridge topology is preferred Compared with diode-clamped converter and flying capacitor
because of modularity and simplicity. This paper proposed a converter, the cascaded single-phase H-bridge converter
new dc voltage control strategy for those hybrid multilevel saves a large amount of clamped diodes and flying capacitors.
converters. Clustered balancing control is achieved by Cascade STATCOMs can be classified into staircase
injecting zero-sequence current to the delta-loop, and the modulation and pulse width modulation (PWM) in terms of
individual voltage control is realized by trimming the voltage control. Research has been carried out in both
fundamental content of quasi-square-wave voltage of high- staircase modulation and PWM, The authors of this paper
voltage converters. The problems which affect the power prefer PWM to staircase modulation when a transformer less
quality in distribution systems are pertaining to the cascade STATCOM is being applied.
specifications of the loads. Some of the most popular effects
are: the harmonics generated by nonlinear loads and II. CONFIGURATION OF THE STATCOM SYSTEM
unbalanced loads and the low-power factor of the loads. The configuration of a three-phase STATCOM rated at
100 V and 3 kVA, shown in Fig.1.which is based on hybrid
A part from nonlinear loads, events like motor starting, cascade single-phase H-bridge cells. Table I summarizes the
capacitor switching and unusual faults could also impose circuit parameters. The cascade number of N = 2 is assigned
power quality (PQ) problems. Fixed, mechanical switched to the prototype because of the restriction of the author’s
reactor/capacitor banks and Static VAR Compensator (SVC) laboratory condition, resulting in six converter cells in total.

36
NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1
The relationship between the average power absorbed by TABLE I: Control Gains and Parameters
the high-voltage converter and the power calculated by the
modulated waveform is obtained by

A. Decoupled Current Control

Fig.6. Modulation of the high-voltage converter for dc Referring to Fig.9, the set of voltage–current equation can
voltage control. be obtained as follows:

A. Design of DC Capacitor Voltages

In each phase cluster, the high-voltage converter and low
voltage converter complement each other to produce the
sinusoidal command voltage As shown in Fig.6. Therefore,
the low-voltage dc link illustrated in Fig. 7 must be higher
than the difference of sinusoidal command and quasi-square
waveform to guarantee the safe operation. (10)
Where RL is the equivalent series resistance of the inductor.
Applying the d–q transformations, the equations in d–q axis
are derived

(11)

The proportional and integral (PI) regulators with parameters

of kip and kii are introduced for closed-loop current control.
Fig.7. Principle for dc voltage decision. Parameters of kip and kii are given in Table I. The command
voltages in d-axis and q-axis are given by
III. CONTROL LOGIC DESIGN
Fig.8 shows a block diagram of the control algorithm
proposed in this paper. The whole control algorithm consists
of four parts, namely, decoupled current control, overall
voltage control, clustered balancing control, and individual
voltage control. (12)
Here, id and iq are the feedback currents in d-axis and q-
axis, respectively. i∗ d and i∗ qare the d-axis and q-axis
reference currents. The three-phase command voltages v∗ iu,
v∗ , and v∗ can be obtained by applying the inverse d–q
iv iw
transformations to vid and viq, as shown in Fig.9. The
command current generating algorithm intended for detecting
reactive and negative-sequence load current includes two
parts: the reactive current algorithm and the negative-
sequence current algorithm. These two parts are all based on
d–q transformations and moving average low-pass filter. The
main difference between them is that the negative-sequence
current algorithm needs to change the position of b-phase
current and c-phase current when applying d–q
transformations. As shown in Fig.10, the upper algorithm is
for reactive current detection and the lower algorithm is for
negative-sequence current detection. The three-phase line
Fig.8. Block diagram of the total control scheme for 100-V currents i∗la, i∗ , lbi∗ oulgc ht to be transformed into phase
3-Kva STATCOM.

37
NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1
current because of the delta configuration of the three
clusters. Fig.11 shows the diagram for this transformation.

Fig.12. Block diagram of overall voltage control.

Fig.9. Block diagram of decoupled control.

Fig.13. Clustered balancing control among the three

clusters by introducing a zero-sequence current, where
each of the three clusters is considered as single phase H-
bridge converters.

Fig.10. Block diagram of command current generating

algorithm. Fig.14. Block diagram of clustered balancing control.

B. Overall Voltage Control

Fig.12 shows the overall voltage control diagram. Vdc_ref is
the reference value for the sum of all the dc capacitors’
voltage. Vdc_sum acts as the feedback, which is obtained by
summing up all the dc capacitors’ voltage. The PI regulator is
preferred for overall control. The regulator design process for
kvp and kvi is similar to that in the literature [24]. The output
of PI regulator is the active component of command current.

C. Clustered Balancing Control

Fig.13 shows the block diagram of clustered balancing
control. Two PI regulators with constant parameters are
adopted for calculating the amount of power for
Fig.11. Diagram for the transformation from line current redistribution. The reference zero-sequence current is
to phase current. synthesized. Referring to the closed-loop control is formed in
Fig.14, where Vcu is the total dc voltage of u-phase cluster at
One of the solutions, as described in the following equation, steady-state operating point cu is the small voltage change
is preferred because of its independence from the zero-
sequence current [3]: around Vcu. The closed-loop transfer function is obtained by

(14)
Based on the parameters of kop and koi for PI regulators are
designed and the design processing can be found in the
(13) literature [4].

38
NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

Fig.15. Individual voltage control, taking u-phase cluster

for example.

Fig.17. Matlab/Simulink Model of Proposed Hybrid

Multilevel H-Bridge Converter based STATCOM.

Fig.16. Block diagram of individual voltage control.

D. Individual Voltage Control

Fig.15 shows the block diagram of the individual voltage
control. Let Δucu1 be the difference between the reference
voltage and the capacitor voltage of high-voltage converter

(15)
After introducing the proportional regulator kp, the closed
loop control based is formed in Fig.16, where cu1 is the
small voltage change around Vcu1. The closed-loop transfer
function is obtained by

(16)
Fig.18. Source Voltage, Output Voltage, Output Voltage
Based on the regulator kp is designed and the design
of Cell 1 and Output Voltage of Cell 2.
processing can be found in the literature [4].

VI. MATLAB MODELING AND SIMULATION

RESULTS
Here simulation is carried out in different cases, in that 1).
Proposed Hybrid Multilevel H-Bridge Converter based
STATCOM with RL, RC loads 2).Source side fault. 3).
Unbalanced load 4).Proposed Hybrid Multilevel H-Bridge
Converter based STATCOM with Induction Motor Drive.

Case 1: Proposed Hybrid Multilevel H-Bridge Converter

based STATCOM with RL, RC loads
Fig.17 shows the Matlab/Simulink Model of Proposed
Hybrid Multilevel H-Bridge Converter based STATCOM
using Matlab/Simulink Platform. As the dc voltage of the
high-voltage converter maintains at 110 V and those of the
low-voltage converter stays at 65 V, nine-level voltage
waveform is produced. The voltage steps of 45 and 65 V are Fig.19. Source Voltage, Source Current, Load Current,
close to each other, so it looks like a seven-level voltage STATCOM Current.
waveform. Fig.18 shows the Source Voltage, Output Voltage,
Output Voltage of Cell 1 and Output Voltage of Cell 2 of Fig.19 shows the Source Voltage, Source Current, Load
Proposed Hybrid Multilevel H-Bridge Converter based Current, STATCOM Current of Proposed Hybrid Multilevel
STATCOM. H-Bridge Converter based STATCOM.

39
NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1
Case 2: Source Side Fault
Fig.20 shows the Matlab/Simulink Model of Proposed
Hybrid Multilevel H-Bridge Converter based STATCOM
under source side fault condition.

Fig.23. confirms the effectiveness of dc voltage control

when source voltage sag happens.

As shown in Fig. 23, dc voltage keeps constant during the

interval of source voltage sag, and the compensating current
Fig.20 Matlab/Simulink Model of Proposed Hybrid is not affected because of the source voltage feed forward.
Multilevel H-Bridge Converter based STATCOM under The dc voltage control method is effective when source
source side fault condition. voltage is either normal or sag.

Case 4: Proposed Hybrid Multilevel H-Bridge Converter

based STATCOM with Induction Motor Drive

Fig.21. Source Voltage, Source Current, STATCOM

Current.

Fig.21 shows the Source Voltage, Source Current,

STATCOM Current of Proposed Hybrid Multilevel H-Bridge
Converter based STATCOM.
Fig.24. Matlab/Simulink Model of Proposed Hybrid
Case 3: Proposed Hybrid Multilevel H-Bridge Converter Multilevel H-Bridge Converter STATCOM Fed Induction
based STATCOM with Unbalanced load Motor Drive.

Fig.22. Matlab/Simulink Model of Proposed Hybrid Fig.25. Armature Current, Speed, Electromagnetic
Multilevel H-Bridge Converter based STATCOM with Torque.
Unbalanced load.

40
NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1
Fig.25 Armature Current, Speed, Electromagnetic Torque of [9] Y. S. Lai and F. S. Shyu, ―Topology for hybrid multilevel
Proposed Hybrid Multilevel H-Bridge Converter STATCOM inverter,‖ Proc. Inst. Elect. Eng.—Elect. Power Appl., vol.
Fed Induction Motor Drive. 149, no. 6, pp. 449–458, Nov. 2002.
[10] M. Manjrekar and T. Lipo, ―A hybrid multilevel inverter
VI. CONCLUSION topology for drive applications,‖ in Proc. IEEE Appl. Power
Reactive power compensation is an important issue in the Electron. Conf., Feb. 1998, vol. 2, pp. 523–529.
control of transmission systems. Reactive current increases
the transmission system losses, reduces the system power
factor, shrink the active power capability and can cause large-
amplitude variations in the load-side voltage.This paper has
analyzed the fundamentals of dc voltage control based on
cascaded hybrid multilevel nine level H-bridge converters
with industrial drive application. The control proposed
technique is characterized by the capability of maintaining
the unequal dc voltage at the given value without any
additional circuit, as well as by the ability of compensating
serious unbalanced loads of RC and RL. This control method
along with the STATCOM system has the merits of
producing high-quality output waveforms, reducing switching
loss, and improving whole system’s efficiency, Effect of dc
voltage control and dynamic performance of compensating
seriously unbalancing load.

VII. REFERENCES
[1] Jiliang Lin, and Yingjie He―A Novel DC Voltage Control
Method for STATCOM Based on Hybrid Multilevel H-
Bridge Converter‖ Ieee Transactions On Power Electronics,
Vol. 28, No. 1, January 2013.
[1] W. Song and A. Q. Huang, ―Fault-tolerant design and
control strategy for cascaded H-bridge multilevel converter-
based STATCOM,‖ IEEE Trans. Ind. Appl., vol. 57, no. 8,
pp. 2700–2708, Aug. 2010.
[2] C. Han, A. Q. Huang, M. E. Baran, S. Bhattacharya, W.
Litzenberger, L. Anderson, A. L. Johnson, and A.-A. Edris,
―STATCOM Impact study on the integration of a large wind
farm into a weak loop power system,‖ IEEE Trans. Energy
Convers., vol. 23, no. 1, pp. 226–233, Mar. 2008.
[3] H. Akagi, S. Inoue, and T. Yoshii, ―Control and
performance of a transformerless cascade PWM STATCOM
with star configuration,‖ IEEE Trans. Ind. Appl., vol. 43, no.
4, pp. 1041–1049, Jul./Aug. 2007.
[4] N. Hatano and T. Ise, ―Control scheme of cascaded h-
bridge STATCOM using zero-sequence voltage and negative-
sequence current,‖ IEEE Trans. Power Del., vol. 25, no. 2,
pp. 543–550, Apr. 2010.
[5] Q. Song and W. Liu, ―Control of a cascade STATCOM
with star configuration under unbalanced conditions,‖ IEEE
Trans. Power Electron., vol. 24, no. 1, pp. 45–58, Jan. 2009.
[6] R. Sternberger and D. Jovcic, ―Analytical modeling of a
square-wave controlled cascaded multilevel STATCOM,‖
IEEE Trans. Power Del., vol. 24, no. 4, pp. 2261–2269, Oct.
2009.
[7] A. J.Watson, P.W. Wheeler, and J. C. Clare, ―A complete
harmonic elimination approach to DC link voltage balancing
for a cascaded multilevel rectifier,‖ IEEE Trans. Ind.
Electron., vol. 54, no. 6, pp. 2946–2953, Dec. 2007.
[8] F. Z. Peng, J.-S. Lai, J.W. McKeever, and J. Van
Coevering, ―A multilevel voltage-source inverter with
separate DC sources for static var generation,‖ IEEE Trans.
Ind. Appl., vol. 32, no. 5, pp. 1130–1138, Sep./Oct. 1996.

41
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

GRID INTERCONNECTION OF SOLAR ENERGY SYSTEM WITH POWER

QUALITY IMPROVEMENT
Y.Rajesh Babu , T.Nagaraju
Department of Electrical and Electronics Engineering
KKR & KSR institute of Technology and Sciences, Guntur, AP, India.

ABSTRACT unbalance at distribution level. This results in an

Renewable energy resources (RES) are being additional hardware cost.. Here, the main idea is
increasingly connected in distribution systems the maximum utilization of inverter rating which is
utilizing power electronic converters. This paper most of the time underutilized due to intermittent
presents a novel control strategy for achieving nature of RES. It is shown in this paper that the
maximum benefits from these grid -interfacing grid-interfacing inverter can effectively be utilized
inverters when installed in 3-phase 4-wire to inject active power and having in load current
distribution systems. The inverter is controlled to performs following important functions: 1) transfer
perform as a multi-function device by of active power harvested from the. Moreover, with
incorporating active power filter functionality. The adequate control of grid-interfacing inverter, the
inverter can thus be utilized as: 1) power converter objectives can be accomplished either individually
to inject power generated from RES to the grid, and or simultaneously. The PQ constraints at the PCC
2) shunt APF to compensate current unbalance, can therefore be strictly maintained within the
load current harmonics, load reactive power utility standards without additional hardware cost.
demand and load neutral current. This new control In this paper inter connection of distributed
concept is demonstrated with extensive MATLA generation and grid with reduced harmonics is
B/Simulation. proposed.
Keywords: Active power filter (APF), Distributed System description
generation (DG), distribution system, grid The proposed system consists of RES connected to
interconnection, power quality (PQ), renewable the dc-link of a grid-interfacing inverter as shown
energy in Fig.1 the voltage source inverter is a key element
I. INTRODUCTION of a DG system as it interfaces the renewable
Renewable energy source (RES) integrated at energy source to the grid and delivers the generated
distribution level is termed as distributed power. The RES may be a DC source or an AC
generation (DG). The utility is concerned due to the source with rectifier coupled to dc-link. Usually,
high penetration level of intermittent RES in the fuel cell and photovoltaic energy sources
distribution systems as it may pose a threat to generate power at variable low dc voltage, while
network in terms of stability, voltage regulation the variable speed wind turbines generate power at
and power-quality (PQ) issues. Therefore, the DG variable ac voltage. Thus, the power generated
systems are required to comply with strict technical from these renewable sources needs power
and regulatory frameworks to ensure safe, reliable conditioning (i.e., dc/dc or ac/dc) before
and efficient operation of overall network. With the connecting on dc-link. The dc-capacitor decouples
advancement in power electronics and digital the RES from grid and also allows independent
control technology, the DG systems can now be control of converters on either side of dc-link.
actively controlled to Enhance the system
operation with improved PQ at PCC. However, the 1.1.DC-Link Voltage and Power Control
extensive use of power electronics based Operation
equipment and non-linear loads at PCC generate Due to the intermittent nature of RES, the
harmonic currents, which may deteriorate the generated power is of variable nature. The dc-link
quality of power. plays an important role in transferring this variable
The non-linear load current harmonics may result power from renewable energy source to the grid.
in voltage harmonics and can create a serious PQ RES are represented as current sources connected
problem in the power system network. Active to the dc-link of a grid-interfacing inverter. The
power filters (APF) are extensively used to current injected by renewable into dc-link at
compensate the load current harmonics and load voltage level can be given as

42
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

,)^*) . The reference grid neutral current I_n^* is

R set to zero, being the instantaneous sum of
IDC1 = ……
balanced grid currents. The grid synchronizing
VDC
angle θ obtained from phase locked loop (PLL) is
PRES is the Power Output if Renewable Energy used to generated unity vector template as
Sources 𝑈𝑎 = sin ∅ .................................. (3)
The current flow on the other side of dc-link can be 2𝜋
represented as 𝑈𝑏 = sin(∅ − )………………(4)
2
𝑃 + 𝑃𝐿𝑂𝑆𝑆 2𝜋
𝐼𝐷𝐶1 = 𝑃𝑖𝑛𝑣 = 𝐺 … … (2) 𝑈𝑐 = sin(∅ + 2 ) ........................ (5)
𝑉𝑑𝑐 𝑉𝑑𝑐 The Actual dc link voltage (Vdc) is sensed and
Where P_inv and〖 P〗_G, P_LOSS are total passed through a first order low pass (LPF) to
power available at grid-interfacing inverter side, eliminate the presence of switching ripples on the
active power supplied to the grid and inverter dc-link voltage and in the generated reference
losses, respectively. If inverter losses are negligible current signals. The difference of this filtered dc-
then PRES=PG link voltage and reference dc-link voltage V_dc^*
1.2.Control of Grid Interfacing Inverter is given to a discrete PI regulator to maintain a
The control diagram of grid- interfacing inverter constant dc-link voltage under varying generation
for a 3-phase 4-wire system is shown in Fig. 1. The and load conditions. The dc-link voltage error
fourth leg of inverter is used to compensate the Vdcerr (n) at nth sampling instant is given as :
neutral current of load. The main aim of proposed 𝑉𝑑𝑒𝑟𝑟 = 𝑉𝑑𝑐∗ − 𝑉𝑑𝑐(𝑛) …….. (6)
approach is to regulate the power at PCC during The controller for proposed system is shown in
1) PRES=0 Fig.2.
2) PRES <total load power and PV array is simulated either by programming or
3) PRES> PL modeling .Output characteristics of PV array is
While performing the power management shown in below figures by programming as
operation, the inverter is actively controlled in such mentioned in appendix . Simulink model of PV is
a way that it always draws/ supplies fundamental equivalent to single diode model representation.
active power from/ to the grid The above Fig.3 shows I-V and P-V curves
obtained from PV array with different solar
Irradiations and constant solar temperature 25°C
.The Maximum power is obtained at 1.0 sun i.e at
1000W⁄m^2 .
The below Fig4 shows I-V and P-V curves
obtained from PV array with constant solar
Fig.2 Block diagram representation of grid- Irradiations at 1000 W/m2 with different cell
interfacing inverter control temperatures .The Maximum power is obtained at
If the load connected to the PCC is non-linear or maximum temperature.
unbalanced or the combination of both, the given The terms V_pv ,P_pv and I_pvare the voltage,
control approach also compensates the harmonics, power and current from solar panel. From Fig.3
unbalance, and neutral current. The duty ratio of and Fig.4 the maximum power is obtained at
inverter switches are varied in a power cycle such maximum solar value when temperature constant
that the combination of load and inverter injected and maximum at minimum temperature when solar
power , appears as balanced resistive load to the value constant.
grid. The regulation of dc-link voltage carries the
information regarding the exchange of active
power in between renewable source and grid. Thus
the output of dc-link voltage regulator results in an
active current ( I_m) . The multiplication of active
current component (I_m)with unity grid voltage
vector templates ( U_a,U_(b,) U_c) generates the
reference grid currents (I_(a ,)^* I_(b , )^* I_(c Fig.10:Subcircuit diagram of MPPT controller.

43
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

The above Fig.10 is internal subsystem of MPPT

controller with P&O techinique. In this method
every instant of time calculated power and obtained
voltage from PV panel is compared with before
instants after some delay time. Using P&O
technique maximum power point is tracked which
is mentioned in above chapter.

Fig.13: Output waveform of single phase inverter.

Obtained simulation Output waveform of single
phase inverter is shown in above Fig.5.13 a square
Fig.11: Output waveform of MPPT controller. wave is generated for given input voltage is 12V
The above Fig 11 shows Output pulses of MPPT DC and obtained output voltage is 12VAC.
controller which is input to gate signal of IGBT or 2.4 SIMULATION OF MPPT BASED PV
MOSFET of boost circuit. These pulses are SYSTEMS WITH SINGLE PHASE
generated by using MPPT technique of Perturb and INVERTER.
observe method.
2.3 SIMULATION OF SINGLE PHASE
INVERTER
The inverters modeled in this paper use the tool
SimPowerSystems from Matlab since it allows the
simulation of complex power elements like
transistors without having to idealize them, thus
taking into consideration their nonlinearity and
losses. The system proposed in below Fig.12 is
modeled in Matlab using MOSFETs as power
devices in which having four MOSFETs of two leg.
MOSFETs 2 and 3on at the same time remaining in Fig. 14: Simulation diagram of MPPT based PV
off condition in which pulses are generated from systems with single phase inverter.
pulse generator after a certain duration of time
which mentioned in pulse generator MOSFETs
1and 4 are came to on condition using opposite
pulse generator which is nothing but NOT
operation .

Fig.15: Output Waveform Of MPPT based PV

systems with single phase inverter.
The above Fig.5.14 is a Fig.5.15 shows simulation
diagram of MPPT based PV system with single
phase inverter and the obtained waveform is a
Fig.12: Modeling of a single phase inverter square wave with distortions which are eliminated
using proper filters.

44
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

2.5. HARDWARE SETUP AND RESULTS The Fig 21 is a output waveform of MPPT
controller which is constant when there less rating
battery output will not generate. If output is not
generated then press output button for two seconds
to generate power to load.

Fig.16: Diagram of Hardware setup

The Above fig 16 shows the different components
which are mentioned and described above with pin
configurations , designing, connections and Fig.22: Connection diagram of MPPT controller
technical specifications which are mentioned in with single phase inverter.
data sheets. Arduino UNO, Opto coupler
(TLP250),MOSFETS IRF540,Battery, PV Panel,
Digital CRO are major component with connection
diagram shown above.
The PCB design of MPPT controller is shown in
below Fig 20 MPPT controllers will takes
maximum power from solar panel and charge the
battery using PWM technique and gives power to Fig.23: Output of single phase inverter with
load. Charging of battery and power is given to MPPT controller.
load at the same time by MPPT controller. MPPT The above Fig.22 shows Connection diagram of
controller will gives power to load only when solar MPPT controller with single phase inverter. It
panel and battery are connected to MPPT controller consist of MPPT controller, Arduino board with
with proper ratings. If there no proper connection single phase inverter.The above Fig 23 shows
or less rating will not develope voltage to load. output of single phase inverter with MPPT
Green light indicates proper working of controller, controller which is a square wave with distortions.
Red light indicates reverse connection CONCLUSION
Fig6.9.shows polarities of panel ,battery and load. This paper gives detailed explanation of PV cell,
characteristics of PV array at different
temperatures and solar irradiances values. Various
MPPT techniques with comparison among them
and proposed technique is Perturb and Observe
technique. Types of power electronic converters
available and their applications. Proposed inverter
is square wave inverter. And also mentioned
simulation and hardware results of PV cell, PV
array with and without MPPT controller and MPPT
based PV system with single phase inverter both
Fig.20 : PCB of MPPT controller hardware designing and simulation results. In
hardware designing pulses to inverter is generated
from arduino board .Actually arduino output is 5V
only for triggering of MOSFET devices need
minimum of 12V an opto coupler is needed i.e
TLP250which is explained in above with pin
diagram connection arrangement.
REFERENCES
[1] J. M. Guerrero, L. G. de Vicuna, J. Matas, M.
Castilla, and J. Miret, “A wireless controller to
Fig.6.21: Output of MPPT controller enhance dynamic performance of parallel inverters

45
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

in distributed generation systems,” IEEE Trans. Annu. Conf. Indus. Electron. Soc., 2008, pp. 2206–
Power Electron., vol. 19, no. 5, pp. 1205–1213, 2211.
Sep. 2004. [11]P. Rodríguez, J. Pou, J. Bergas, J. I. Candela,
[2] J. H. R. Enslin and P. J. M. Heskes, “Harmonic R. P. Burgos, and D. Boroyevich, “Decoupled
interaction between a large number of distributed double synchronous reference frame PLL for
power inverters and the distribution network,” power converters control,” IEEE Trans. Power
IEEE Trans. Power Electron., vol. 19, no. 6, pp. Electron, vol. 22, no. 2, pp. 584–592, Mar. 2007.
1586–1593, Nov. 2004.
[3] U. Borup, F. Blaabjerg, and P. N. Enjeti,
“Sharing of nonlinear load in parallel-connected
three-phase converters,” IEEE Trans. Ind. Appl.,
vol. 37, no. 6, pp. 1817–1823, Nov./Dec. 2001.
[4]P. Jintakosonwit, H. Fujita, H. Akagi, and S.
Ogasawara, “Implementation and performance of
cooperative control of shunt active filters for
harmonic damping throughout a power distribution
system,” IEEE Trans. Ind. Appl., vol. 39, no. 2, pp.
556–564, Mar./Apr. 2003.
[5]J. P. Pinto, R. Pregitzer, L. F. C. Monteiro, and
J. L. Afonso, “3-phase 4-wire shunt active power
filter with renewable energy interface,” presented
at the Conf. IEEE Renewable Energy & Power
Quality, Seville, Spain, 2007.
[6]F. Blaabjerg, R. Teodorescu, M. Liserre, and A.
V. Timbus, “Overview of control and grid
synchronization for distributed power generation
systems,” IEEE Trans. Ind. Electron., vol. 53, no.
5, pp. 1398–1409, Oct. 2006
[7]J. M. Carrasco, L. G. Franquelo, J. T.
Bialasiewicz, E. Galván, R. C. P. Guisado, M. Á.
M. Prats, J. I. León, and N. M. Alfonso, “Power-
electronic systems for the grid integration of
renewable energy sources: A survey,” IEEE Trans.
Ind. Electron., vol. 53, no. 4, pp. 1002–1016, Aug.
2006.
[8]B. Renders, K. De Gusseme, W. R. Ryckaert,
K. Stockman, L. Vandevelde, and M. H. J. Bollen,
“Distributed generation for mitigating voltage dips
in low-voltage distribution grids,” IEEE Trans.
Power. Del., vol. 23, no. 3, pp. 1581–1588, Jul.
2008.
[9]V. Khadkikar, A. Chandra, A. O. Barry, and T.
D. Nguyen, “Application of UPQC to protect a
sensitive load on a polluted distribution network,”
in Proc. Annu. Conf. IEEE Power Eng. Soc. Gen.
Meeting, 2006, pp. 867–872.
[10]M. Singh and A. Chandra, “Power
maximization and voltage sag/swell ride-through
capability of PMSG based variable speed wind
energy conversion system,” in Proc. IEEE 34th

46
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

HUMAN FOLLOWING ROBOT USING ARDUINO WITH GPS TRACKER

Guide Name: Mrs. Peram Bramarambavathi Bodeddula Naga Pravallika Yelchuri Karunakar
Electrical and Electronics Engineering Electrical and Electronics Engineering Electrical and Electronics Engineering
Narasaraopeta Engineering College Narasaraopeta Engineering College Narasaraopeta Engineering College
Narasaraopet, Andhrapradesh Narasaraopet, Andhrapradesh Narasaraopet, Andhrapradesh
bramara206eee@gmail.com bnagapravallika39@gmail.com yelchurikarunakar@gmail.com

Pondugala Sravani Pilli Mahesh

Electrical and Electronics Engineering Electrical and Electronics Engineering
Narasaraopeta Engineering College Narasaraopeta Engineering College
Narasaraopet, Andhrapradesh Narasaraopet, Andhrapradesh
pondugalasravani16608@gmail.com maheshpilli128@gmail.com

Abstract— Humanoid robotics is an emerging research field the platformproviding developers with high productivity and
that has received significant attention during the past years deep insight into their applications. Specificationfor a radio
and will continue to play an important role in robotics frequency (RF)-based, short- range connectivity technology
research and many applications of the 21st century and that promises to change the face of computing and wireless
beyond. In this rapid moving world, there is a need of robot communication. It is designed to be an inexpensive, wireless
such a “A Human Following Robot” that can interact and co- networking system for all classes of portable devices, such as
exist with them. Because of its human following capability, laptops, PDAs (personal digital assistants), and mobile
these robots can work as assistants for humans in various phones. It also will enable wireless connections for desktop
situations and it can also acquire or monitor certain computers, making connections between monitors, printers,
information associated with the human subject. keyboards, and the CPU cable-free. The controlling device of
In this project we present a prototype that uses the whole system is a Microcontroller. RFID module, DC
Arduino UNO along with basic sensors such as ultrasonic and motors are interfaced to the Microcontroller. The data
IR sensor. All the processing is carried out by the received by the module from Android smart phone is fed as
microprocessor while the control of the motors is carried out input to the controller. The controller acts accordingly on the
by the controller. In extension GPS tracker is used in our DC motors of the Robot. Therobot in the project can be made
project to identify the location of the robot. This robot can to move in all the four directions using the Android phone
further be modified by using many technologies such as this task will be done using an app and voice commands. In
Image processing, Pixy Camera etc. achieving this task, the controller is loadedwith a program
written using Embedded ‘C’ language.

Keywords—Arduino Microcontroller, Ultrasonic Sensor, II. Literature Survey

Bluetooth Module, Gps Tracker
a. Wi-Fi Based Human Tracking Robot
Many areas of the world are getting affected due to
I. Introduction natural calamities. Disasters are either man made or natural
The projects aim in designing a robot that can be such as earthquakes, terrorist attacks and flood etc. Rescue
operated using Android mobile phone. The controlling of the personnel must make quick decision under stress and try to
Robot is done wirelessly through. Here in the project the get victims to safety at their own risk. Previously, trained
Android smart phone is used as a remote control for operating dogs and rescue personnel were employed to perform all
the Robot. Android is a software stack for mobile devicesthat these tasks. The main objective of this paper is to develop
includes an operating system, middleware and key a fully automated mobile robot without using a camera,
applications. Android boasts a healthy array of connectivity which can rescue more number of people from the adverse
options, including Wi-Fi, and wireless data over a cellular conditions of dying due to natural calamities. By using this
connection for example,GPRS, EDGE (Enhanced Data rates robot, we can quickly get the amount of information available
for GSM Evolution), and 3G). Android provides access to a to the rescuers and more lives can be saved. The robot is
wide range of useful libraries and tools that can be used to designed for detecting humans in an unmanned area that can
build rich applications. In addition, Android includes a full be done using sensor units and track their location using GPS
set of tools that have been built from the ground up alongside and transmit the data to the receiver using IoT.

47
NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1
In the proposed method we are using Arduino controller
b. Human Following Robot Using Arduino to control the robot. Here the robot is controlled through
Humanoid robotics is an emerging research field Bluetooth module, Bluetooth module is interfaced with
that has received significant attention during the past years Arduino and it is connected to the Bluetooth in smart phone,
and will continue to play an important role in robotics from smart phone we can give the commands based on the
research and many applications of the 21st century and commands we give the robot will control. Ultrasonic sensor
beyond. In this rapid moving world, there is a need of robot is used to detect the obstacles and GPS will track the live
such a “A Human Following Robot” that can interact and co- location of the robot and update in Bluetooth module.
exist with them. Because of its human following capability,
these robots can work as assistants for humans in various The Robot must follow the following objectives:
situations and it can also acquire or monitor certain
 The robot must be capable of accurately follow a
information associated with the human subject. In this paper
person.
we present a prototype that uses Arduino Uno along with
 It should be capable of taking various degrees of
basic sensors such as ultrasonic and IR sensor. All the
turns.
processing is carried out by the microprocessor while the
 The robot must be insensitive to environmental
control of the motors is carried out by the controller. This
factors such as noise.
robot can further be modified by using many technologies
 The robot must be capable to avoid collision.
such as Bluetooth, Pixy Camera etc.

c. Bluetooth Based and Gps Based Follow Me Robot

Human-Following robots are being actively
researched for his or her immense potential to hold out
mundane tasks like load carrying and monitoring of target
individual through interaction and collaboration. The recent
advancements in vision and sensor technologies have helped
in creating more user-friendly robots that are ready to coexist
with humans by leveraging the sensors for human detection,
human movement estimation, collision avoidance, and
obstacle avoidance.

III. METHODOLOGY
Robotic technology has increased appreciably in past
couple of years. Such innovations were onlya dream for some
people a couple of years back. But in this rapid moving world, Fig: Block Diagram
now there is a need ofrobot such as “A Human Following
Robot” that can interact and co-exist with them. The A. Arduino UNO
development of robot technology had increased significantly
It is the brain of our project. It can give all the
due to industrial, medical and military applications. In
command to their sub ordinate components which should by
various fields with harsh environment such as underground
operated by the human behavior. And it also gives feedback
mining, war-zones, medical, construction, space exploration
to the other components and human. So that it can be the used
etc. the work done by one is extremely dangerous. Life of
as a medium of communication between human and robots &
individuals assisting are also put at risks. Tasks performed by
vice versa. It has specification of 8-bit CPU, 16 MHZ clock
humans have its own limitations in many ways. In order to
speed, 2 KB SRAM 32 KB flash Memory, 1 KB EEPROM.
perceive beyond the human limitation in vision, speed,
consistency, flexibility, quality e.tc we should make use of
B. DC Motors
robots. A key requirement for these robots is the ability to
DC Motor is a device that converts any form of
detect humans and to interact with the minnon-technical way.
energy into mechanical energy or imparts motion. In
The main objective of this dissertation is to make a robot that
constructing a robot, motor usually plays an important role
can help humans withvarious tasks. In this paper, we present
by giving movement to the robot. Here 4 DC motor are used
a prototype of a human following robot that uses Arduino
to drive the robot.
Uno and different sensors for detection and following an
object.
C. Ultrasonic Sensor

48
NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1
An ultrasonic sensor is an instrument that measures The power supply from 12V battery is given to the
the distance to an object using ultrasonic sound waves. The power supply board. The supply from the supply board will
working principle of this module is simple, it sends an be consumed by the components of our device. The required
ultrasonic pulse out at 40kHz which travels through the air instructions are coded in the Arduino. Arduino helps us to
and if there is an obstacle or object, it will bounce back to the perform all the operations required and processes the data.
sensor. By calculating the travel time and the speed of sound, The L293D motor driver drives the motor which helps the
the distance can be calculated. device to move. GPS antenna & receiver helps us to monitor
the latitude and longitude position of the device.
D. Motor Driver This System consists of Bluetooth Module (HC-05),
L293D is a typical Motor driver or Motor Driver IC Arduino Mega as the principle component of our System.
which allows DC motor to drive on either direction. L293D To track the human GPS is being used. The Bluetooth of one
is a 16-pin IC which can control a set of two DC motors device is turned ON and paired with our Bluetooth Module.
simultaneously in any direction. It means that you can control After the connection is established between both the devices,
two DC motor with a single L293D IC. Dual H-bridge Motor our GPS sensor comes in the action.
Driver integrated circuit (IC).

E. GPS Tracker
Global Positioning System (GPS) is a satellite-
based system that uses satellites and ground stations to
measure and compute its position on Earth. GPS is also
known as Navigation System with Time and Ranging
(NAVSTAR) GPS. GPS receiver needs to receive data from
at least 4 satellites for accuracy purpose. GPS receiver does
not transmit any information to the satellites.

F. Bluetooth Module
HC-05 is a Bluetooth module which is designed for
wireless communication. This module is capable of
communicating with pc, mobile phone or any other Bluetooth
enabled device. Bluetooth serial modules allow all serial
enabled devices to communicate with each other using
Bluetooth.
Fig: Output

Fig: Circuit Diagram

IV. Results

49
NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1
Fig: Control of Robot Through Arduino Bluetooth App

When the Bluetooth is ON the whole device will be

connected to the phone by through the Arduino Bluetooth
app. If the device faces any obstacle it will automatically
changes it direction and moves accordingly. We can control
the device using some instructions like S, R, L, F & B which
means stop, right, left, forward & backward respectively
which are encoded into our mobile app.

V. Conclusion
The project can be used in many areas like hospitals
for more accuracy and fast work in any emergency cases, in
shopping malls to carry items, we can attach various sensors
and cameras to get more features. This project challenged the
group to co-operate, communicate, and expand
understanding of electronics, mechanical systems, and
integration with programming. In this way, we completed this
project by believe that our project will be helpful in future
and it will help human to do any kind of works & hence my
purpose will be successful.

There are many interesting applications of this

research in different fields whether military or medical. A
wireless communication functionality can be added in the
robot to make it more versatile and control it from a large
distance. This capability of a robot could also be used for
military purposes. By mounting a real time video recorder on
top of the camera, we can monitor the surroundings by just
sitting in our rooms. We can also add some modifications in
the algorithmand the structure as well to fit it for any other
purpose. Similarly, it can assist the public in shoppingmalls.
So, there it can act as a luggage carrier, hence no need to carry
up the weights or to pull that.Similarly, sample number of
modifications could be done to this prototype for far and wide
applications.
VI. References

1. K. Morioka, J.-H. Lee, and H. Hashimoto, “Human-

following mobile robot in a distributed intelligent sensor
network,” IEEE Trans. Ind. Electron., vol. 51, no. 1, pp. 229–
237, Feb. 2004.
2. Y. Matsumoto and A. Zelinsky, “Real-time face tracking
system for human-robot interaction,” in 1999 IEEE
International Conference on Systems, Man, and Cybernetics,
1999. IEEE SMC ’99 Conference Proceedings, 1999, vol. 2,
pp. 830– 835 vol.2.
3. H. Takemura, N. Zentaro, and H. Mizoguchi,
“Development of vision-based person following module for
mobile robots in/outdoor environment,” in 2009 IEEE
International Conference on Robotics and Biomimetics
(ROBIO), 2009,
4. N. Bellotto and H. Hu, “Multisensor integration for human-
robot interaction,” IEEE J. Intell. Cybern.Syst., vol. 1, no. 1,
p. 1, 2005

50
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

IoT BASED SMART TOLLGATE SYSTEM USING RFID

CONTROL
1
Mr.G.Nagaraju (Assistant professor EEE), 2N.Sree Keerthi, 3S.Nizamuddin, 4R.Venkatrao,5G.Srinivas
Department of Electrical and Electronic Engineering (EEE),
Narasaraopeta Engineering College (NEC), Narasaraopet-522601, Guntur, India
1
Email: nagaraj204@gmail.com, 2myselfkeerthi.n@gmail.com,,3syednizam567@gmail.com,
4
venkataruthala77@gmail.com,5gottipatisrinivas068@gmail.com
---------------------------------------------------------------------***--------------------------------------------------------------------
-
Abstract - Smart Toll Gate System, an advent of the common advantage of this ATP system is that it is capable of eliminate
place global to the automated worldwide. It reduces human congestion in toll plaza, especially during those seasons when
intervention and the man-made mistakes. Bringing automation in traffic seems to be higher than normal.
societies has a primary advantage that is: machine/hardware
dependency is expanded (more dependable) and human 1.1 OBJECTIVE
dependency is decreased. This brings to an end that combining
automation with daily life will make lifestyles less difficult and The main objective of this project is to provide:
simpler. Nowadays almost all highways toll plazas are operated by
hand, where an operator collects cash from the motive force and • RFID based authentication system
affords a receipt. Since this manner may be sluggish, we often
come upon visitors jams on the toll plazas on busy highways. Toll • Automatic opening of door when RFID tag
collection in automated way can save money, energy, and man matches
power. In this work suggest a low cost and efficient approach
called Electronic Toll Collection. The use of RFID modules that 2. EXISTING SYSTEM
mechanically collects the toll from shifting automobiles once they
There are two methods of collecting tax presently used they are
cross the toll plaza. This project addresses the problems confronted
First is the traditional manual method where one person collects
at toll plaza & also introduce identity gadget for vehicles towards
money and issues a receipt. The other one is the Smart Card
which stolen and coincidence instances are registered the use of
method where the person needs to show the smart card to the
RFID.
system installed at the toll tax department to open the Gate.
Key Words: Node MCU microcontroller,RFID reader,RFID
card,servo motor,voltage regulator board,LCD display and Both the above mentioned method for collecting tax is time
connecting wires consuming method. Chances of escaping the payment of tax are
1. INTRODUCTION there. It leads to queuing up of following vehicles. Design and
development of a “RFID Based Automatic Toll Plaza” which is
As we all know that transportation is the backbone based on microcontroller, RFID technology and load cell to
of any country’s economy. Improvement in transportation save the time at toll plaza and having cashless operation As the
systems result into the good lifestyle in which we achieve name implies “RFID Based Automatic Toll Plaza” the key
extraordinary freedom for movement, immense trade in theme of our project is the automation. So here we will just take
manufactured goods and services, as well as higher rate of the overlook of what is mean by Automation. In simple words
employment levels and social mobility. In fact, the economic the Automation means the human being from the process with
condition of a nation has been closely related to efficient ways the machines. Before going further we just take the overlook of
of transportation. Increasing number of vehicles on the road, history of the toll plazas. So before the 90’s decade the toll
result into number of problems such as congestion, accident plazas were fully manual controlled. Means there are total four
rate, air pollution and many other . All economic activities for people for operating the Toll gate in this two people will be used
different tasks use different methods of transportation. For for opening & closing of the gate & another two are for
this reason, increasing transportation is an immediate impact reception of the money & data keeping etc. Semi Automatic
on productivity of nation and the economy. Reducing the cost Toll plazas were launched after the introduction of Express
of transporting resource at production sites and transport ways in 1995, in which data is stored in computers and gate
completed goods to markets is one of the important key operation is automatic, only two personals are required for
factors in economic competition. Automatic toll collection is single booth. But here we are going to see the human less toll
a technology allows the automated electronic collection of plaza.
toll costs. As it is studied by researchers and also applied in
various expressways, bridges, and tunnels require such a
process of Automatic Toll Plaza. ATP is capable of
determining if the vehicle is registered or not, and then
informing the management center about to process violations,
debits, and participating accounts .The most excellent
51
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1
have used an IR-sensor i.e. Infrared Sensor to indicate
that the vehicle has crossed the toll gateand the gate will
be closed.
3. PROPOSED SYSTEM If the card holder needs to recharge the card, the recharge
mode is selected. The LCD will display that the Recharge
This project gives the simplified procedure to passengers to pay mode is selected and instruct to show the card. The card
toll at toll booths by making them automated, vehicle theft has to be then swiped on the card reader. The LCD then
detection, signal breaking avoidance, tracking over speed shows the message to enter the recharge amount. The user
vehicles. All these activities are carried using single RFID tag thus has to enter the amount and then press Ok button.
saving the efforts of carrying money and records manually.
The RFID Readers mounted at toll booth will read the 3.2 Mechanism
prepaid RFID tags fixed on vehicles’ windshield and
automatically respective amount will be deducted. If the tag is RFID technology makes use of electromagnetic waves to
removed from the windshield then cameras fixed at two sites at capture and read transmitted data. Information is
toll plaza take snaps of the front and back number plate. Since electronically stored on a tag attached to an object or to
every vehicle registration ID is linked to users account, toll can be the carrier, and that tag's chip is activated when it's near a
deducted from the account bank directly. Vehicle travelling above reader, enabling it to share the access information it holds.
speed limit can be tracked with 100 % accuracy. Active wave When the circuit is powered ON the Arduino will initially
products are currently equipped with 256 Kbits of fixed memory. display a message as “swipe the card “on the LCD
The tag is powered with a replaceable 3V battery and the total display.
weight is 14 grams. Elementary signals are shown with the help of
blinking LEDs and beeping sounds. . Nowadays almost all 3.3 Components
highways toll plazas are operated by hand, where an operator a) a) Node MCU microcontroller:
collects cash from the motive force and affords a receipt. Since NodeMCU is an open-source LUA based firmware developed for
this manner may be sluggish, we often come upon visitors jams on the ESP8266 wifi chip. By exploring functionality with the
the toll plazas on busy highways. Toll collection in automated way ESP8266 chip, NodeMCU firmware comes with the ESP8266
can save money, energy, and man power. In this work suggest a Development board/kit i.e. NodeMCU Development board.
low cost and efficient approach called Electronic Toll Collection. Since NodeMCU is an open-source platform, its hardware design
is open for edit/modify/build

3.1 Block Diagram

Fig-1: Block Diagram Fig-2: Node MCU Microcontroller

IoT Based Toll Booth manager system helps the toll
booths to collect the toll by just swiping a card.
b) RFID Reader:
The project consists of four keys by which the user can
select the mode of toll collection. Once the RFID mode A radio frequency identification reader (RFID reader) is a device
is selected, the LCD displays the message to show the used to gather information from an RFID tag, which is used to
RFIDcard. The card has to be then swiped on the Card
track individual objects. Radio waves are used to transfer data from
Reader. After the card is swiped, the micro-controller:
Arduino will check if the card is valid or not. If the the tag to a reader. RFID is a technology similar in theory to bar
card is valid then the micro-controller will check if the codes. It detects the card and sends 12 digit alphanumeric unique
card has sufficient balance. The card balance is
displayed on the LCD display. Once the micro- code on the serial port
controller detects sufficient balance, the toll gate is
opened and the vehicle is allowedto pass through. We

52
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

e) Voltage regulator module:

A voltage regulator is a component of the power
supply unit that ensures a steady constant voltage
supply through all operational conditions. It regulates
voltage during power fluctuations and variations in
Fig-3: RFID Reader loads. It can regulate AC as well as DC voltages

c) RFID Card
An RFID credit card is equipped with radio frequency
identification technology. This allows your credit card to
communicate with a payment terminal using a radio frequency
instead of a magnetic strip. RFID technology allows you to
simply tap or wave your credit card near a card reader or ATM.
Using this technology to make purchases gives you the ability
to complete transactions within seconds. Plus, your card never
has to leave your hand, minimizing contact with the card
terminal and the likelihood of leaving your card in the reader.
Fig-6: Voltage regulator module
Radio-frequency identification (RFID) credit cards are a type of
contactless tag technology. The beauty of RFID credit cards is
that they allow you to make your payment by simply tapping
your card at the payment terminal. While
f) LCD display
RFID technology is becoming the norm for credit cards, not all
credit cards have been updated with the technology. If you’re A liquid crystal display (LCD) has liquid crystal material
not sure whether your card is RFID enabled, you can easily sandwiched between two sheets of glass. Without any voltage
check by taking a look at the card.
applied between transparent electrodes, liquid crystal molecules
are aligned in parallel with the glass surface shown in Fig 3.7. A
liquid-crystal display (LCD) is a flat-panel display or other
electronically modulated optical device that uses the light-
modulating properties of liquid crystals combined with polarizers.
Liquid crystals do not emit light directly but instead use a backlight
or reflector to produce images in color or monochrome.

Fig-4:RFID Card

d) Servo motor

A servo motor is a rotatory actuator that allows for a precise

control of angular position, velocity and acceleration. A DC Fig-7: LCD display
motor is a type of electrical machine that uses electrical
energy to convert it into mechanical energy for driving a
mechanical load. The position sensor provide a feedback g) Connecting wires:
signal corresponding to the present of the load. A connecting wire allows travels the electric
current from one point to another point without resistivity.
Resistance of connecting wire should always be near zero.
Copper wires have low resistance and are therefore suitable
for low resistance.Basically, there are four types of
electrical wiring procedures, Cleat wiring,Batten
wiring,Casing and caping.Enamelled copper wire is used in
applications such as coils where insulation is required but
Fig-5: Servo motor the thickness of the insulation may be an issue

53
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

IoT Based Toll Booth manager system helps the toll booths to
collect the toll by just swipinga a card. The project consists of
four keys by which the user can select the mode of toll
collection. Once the RFID mode is selected, the LCD displays
the message to show the RFID card. The card has to be then
swiped on the Card Reader. After the card is swiped, the
micro- controller. Arduino will check if the card is valid or
not. If the card is valid then micro-controller will check.
Fig-8: Connecting wires 5. CONCLUSION:
4. Experiment and Results RFID based security and access control system is more secure
The system of the smart tollgate system by using RFID and fast responded as compared to the other system like
access.As it contains the connections of the system biometric. The advantage of the RFID system is contactless
components,the RFID tags which are assumed as the vehicles and works without line-of-sight.By using Arduino, it is easy to
in the tollgate system and the RFID card is used to recharge the access and works very quickly while burning the code it is like
card that is used while the automobile is passing through the plug and play device users can change the function according
tollgate and it is the numeric card.The power cable is used to by using Arduino. It is easier to use and accurate also. Hence
supply the power to the sytem that is given to the voltage his project can be useful for implementation of access control
regulator. When the RFID card is scanned in RFID scanner, the application for tracking system as well as providing the
antenna of the tag receives signals from an RFID reader or security benefits. This project can improve by raising the
scanner and it returns the signal, usually with a few additional range of reader in which the tag read.
REFERENCES:
Annals of R.S.C.B., ISSN:1583-6258, Vol. 25, Issue 6, 2021,
Pages. 17614 - 17622 Received 25 April 2021;
Accepted 08 May 2021.
This system is helpful for protecting people and giving them a
security for their lives. This plays a main role in day- to-day
life . The modifications can be done in this system. This
system is a good prototype and useful.
[1] KhushBakht , AmadUd Din, AimanShehzadi ,
MaryumAftab -Design of an Efficient Authentication and
Access Control System using RFID , International Conference
on energy Conservation and Efficiency (ICECE),2019.
[2] Xiaoxu Wang , Yuesheng Wang – An office
intelligent access control system based on RFID, IEEE,2018.
[3] Mohammed A.H.Ali ,Nortasha A. Yusoff - Development
of Tele-Monitoring Attendance System Using RFID,IEEE
International Conference on Automatic Control and Intelligent
Systems(I2CACIS),2018.
[4] Nishitha.R , Sandeep Seetharam , Raksha.V,
Fig-9: System before working UmmeKulsum - IoT Based Automatic Billing System by
RFID, 4th International Conference on Recent Trends on
Electronics ,Communication and Technology (RTEICT),2019.
[5] Yashi Mishra, Gaganpreet Kaur Marwah ,
SekharVerma -Arduino Based Smart RFID Security and
Attendance System with Audio Acknowledgement,
International Journal of Engineering Research and Technology
(IJERT),2015,Vol.4.
[6] K. Balamurugan, Dr.S.Elangovan,
Dr.R.Mahalakshmi, R.Pavithra - Automatic Check-Post and
Fast Track Toll System Using RFID , IEEE International
Conference on Advances in Electrical Technology for Green
Energy (ICAETGT),2017.
[7] Sandeep Singh Rawat , ShaikSaidulu ,RasmiRanjan-
Secure ATM Door Locking System Using RFID, Springer
,2016.
[8] B. Nandhakumar , K. Naveen Kumar , M. Vijay ,
A.Sriram -RFID based Attendance System using IoT,
International Journal of Modern Science and Technology
(IJMST),2020
Fig-10: System after working
54
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

[9] Wisdom Gen P. Dumpayan, Matthew Lawrence

M. De Mesa, Nathalie Danielle F. Yucor, Eden T.Gabion ,
Jacueline D. Reynoso, Gabriel RodneiM.Geslani - Drop-
and-Tap’ Reverse Vending Machine with Stored Value
System Using RFID Scanner Technology , IEEE ,2017.
[10] ChanyuanZhai ,Andrew Landers , Bo Zhang –An
RFID- based solution for monitoring sprayer movement in
an orchard/vineyard , Springer , 2017.
[11] RumanaAnjum, VijayaKamble- Student Tracking
and Attendance Monitoring System Using RFID,
International Journal of Scientific Research in Computer
Science ,Engineering and Information Technology
(IJSRCSEIT),2017 ,Vol.2.
[12] Wenqing Zhang , Yongjian Liao , Shijie Zhou
,Jiaqing Luo , Hongrong Cheng - A Lightweight
Detection of the RFID Unauthorized Reading Using RF
Scanne

55
NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

IoT BASED TRANSFORMER MONITORING

SYSTEM

B.V.SUMANTH Dr.SK.MD. SHAREEF

UG student Associate Professor
Electrical and Electronics Electrical and Electronics
Engineering Engineering
Narasaraopeta Engineering Narasaraopeta Engineering
College College
Narasaraopet,Andhra pradesh Narasaraopet,Andhra pradesh

Abstract—Transformers are the main building block in a power

system. Any damages in transformer adversely affects the balance recorded data can be send using Wi-Fi module and accessed from
of a power system. The damages are mainly occurring due to anywhere around the world using IOT technology using HTTP
overloading and inefficient cooling. The main objective of the real protocol. This helps in identifying without human dependency. This
time monitoring of the health conditions of the distribution helps in identifying and solving a problem before a failure without
transformer using IOT technology. The parameters such as human dependency.
temperature, voltage, current, and oil level of a transformer are
monitored, processed and recorded in servers. For this purpose, we II. METHODOLOGY This Proposed project presents design
use sensors interfaced with Espwroom 32 microcontroller. The and implementation of IOT embedded system to measure load
recorded data can be send using Wi-Fi module and accessed from currents, over voltage, transformer oil level and temperature. This is
anywhere around the world using IOT technology. This helps in implemented by using on-line measuring system using Internet of
identifying human dependency, and solving a problem before a Things (IOT), with single chip Arduino microcontroller and sensors.
failure without human monitoring. Keywords: Transformers, Health It is installed at the distribution transformer site. The output values of
Conditions, Microcontroller, IOT Technology. sensors are processed and recorded in the system memory. System
programmed with some predefined instructions to check abnormal
I. INTRODUCTION- The Electricity plays an important role in our conditions. If there is any abnormality on the system, details are
life. Every moment of our life depends upon electricity. Electricity automatically updated in the internet through serial communication.
has several components and equipment helping human to transfer This Internet of Things (IOT) will help the utilities to optimally
and regulate the distribution according to usage. The most crucial utilize transformers and identify problems before any catastrophic
equipment of transmission and distribution of electric power is failure occurs. Thus, online measuring system is used to collect and
transformer. Operation of distribution transformer under rated analyze temperature data over time. So, Transformer Health
condition (as per specification in their name plate) guarantees their Measuring will help to identify or recognize unexpected situations
long service life. However, their life is significantly reduced if they before any serious failure which leads to a greater reliability and
are subjected to overloading, heating low or high voltage current significant cost savings. Transformer is one of the important
resulting in unexpected failure and loss of supply to a large number electrical equipment that is used in power system. Monitoring
of customers thus is affecting system reliability. Overloading, oil transformer for the problem before they occur can prevent faults that
are costly to repair and result in a loss of electricity
temperature load current and ineffective cooling of transformer are
the major cause of failure in distribution transformer. As a large III. MODELING AND ANALYSIS
number of transformers are distributed over a wide area in present
electric systems, it’s difficult to measure the condition manually of
every single transformer. So, we need a distribution transformer
system to monitor all essential parameters operation, and send to the
monitoring system in time. It provides the necessary information
about the health of the transformer. This will help and guide the
utilities to optimally use the transformer and keep this equipment in
operation for a longer period. The main aim of the project is to
acquire real-time data of transformer remotely over the internet
falling under the category of Internet of Things (IOT). Thus, the
responsible authority can access information on any power failure
or maintenance. Transformers are the main building block in a
power system. Any damages in transformers adversely affects the
FIGURE 1: BLOCK DIAGRAM
balance of a power system. The damages are mainly occurring due
to overloading and inefficient cooling. The main objective of the is
real time monitoring of the health conditions of the distribution For This Proposed Real-Time Framework, We Take a Voltage
transformer using IOT technology. The parameters such as sensor, oil level, A Current sensor And a LM35 Temperature Sensor
temperature, voltage and current of a transformer are monitored, for Monitoring Voltage, Current, Temperature, Respectively Data
processed and recorded in servers. For this purpose, we use three of The Transformer and Then Send Them to A Desired Location
sensors interfaced with Arduino. The 2 Anywhere in The World.

56
NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

FIGURE 2:CONNECTION DIAGRAM

FIGURE 5:TEMPERATURE ALERT TO GMAIL

These Three Analog Values Are Taken in Multiplexing Mode

Connected to A Programmable Microcontroller Arduino. Then The
Values Are Then Sent Directly Through a Wi-Fi Module Under TCP
IP Protocol to A Dedicated IP That Displays the Data in Real Time
Chart Form in Any Web Connected PC / Laptop/Mobile for Display.
The Real Time Data Is Also Seen at The Sending End Upon an
Android App Interfaced to The Microcontroller. The Supply of
Power Is Given Through Step Down Transformer 230/12V, Which
Steps Down the Voltage To 12V AC. This Is Converted to DC Using
a Bridge Rectifier and It Is Then Regulated To +5V Using a Voltage
Regulator 7805 Which Is Required for The Operation of The
Arduino, 3.3 Volt for The Wi-Fi Unit and Other Component. If
Overvoltage, less oil, over temperature And Over current Happens
Then Microcontroller Will Send Data Message to An Android App
And laptop.

IV. RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

FIGURE 6:VOLTAGE ALERT TO GMAIL

FIGURE 3: EXPERIMENTAL RESULTS FIGURE 4: PROJECT HARDWARE

The proposed technique with results has shown that the protection
scheme works properly with accuracy, sensitivity of this scheme
very high for the abnormal and faulty conditions.

57
NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

FIGURE 7:CURRENT ALERT TO GMAIL

FIGURE 8: FUEL ALERT TO GMAIL

Transformer Health Monitoring will help to identify or recognize

unexpected situations before any serious failure, which leads to
greater reliability and significant cost savings. If transformer is in
abnormal condition, we can know from anywhere.

FIGURE 10: Voltage in transformer without faults

FIGURE 11: Voltage in transformer with faults

FIGURE 9: NOTIFICATIONS TO MOBILE

58
NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

FIGURE 12: Temperature in transformer without faults

FIGURE 14 : Current in transformer without faults

FIGURE 13 : Temperature in transformer with faults FIGURE 15 : Current in transformer with faults

59
NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

 Highly efficient.
 Real time monitoring.
 It can eliminate the requirement of human power and
thus increases the efficiency and overall accuracy in
the system.
 Helps to detect the electricity theft.
 This system helps to assure the safety level and assure
to cause no harm to the environment and surroundings.
 Detect the faults in real time based on current, voltage,
temperature and oil level.
 Increase system reliability and stability by the
monitoring system.
 Over current, over temperature are prevented using this
technique.
 This helps in identifying without human dependency.
 This system helps to increase the health of the
transformer.

FIGURE 17 : Fuel level in transformer without faults

APPLICATIONS:

 Distribution of transformer monitoring.

 Smart grid.
 Power transformer monitoring.
 This system can be installed in rural and urban areas.
 This system can be implemented in industries.
 This monitoring system can also be used to monitor
home appliances.

No human power needs to monitor the transformer. Details about

the transformer are automatically updated in webpage. Voltage to
DC.

V. CONCLUSION The main goal of the project is to design and

construct an Internet of Things Transformer Monitoring System
which can display real time state in the transformer. After the
construction of the device, the system was tested successfully. That
is the device can monitor the condition of the transformer and send
data accumulated from the sensors through the Wi-Fi and displayed
over the IoT platform.

REFERENCES
[1] Length Matching". Labcenter Electronics. Retrieved 13
February 2018.
FIGURE 16 : Fuel level in transformer with faults [2] Satar, Mohamad Nasrul Abdul; Ishak, Dahaman (2011).
"Application of Proteus VSM modelling brushless DC motor
ADVANTAGES: drives". 2011 4th International Conference on Mechatronics
(ICOM). pp. 1–7. doi:10.1109/ICOM.2011.5937161. ISBN
978-1-61284-435-0. S2CID 43626052.
 Improved system reliability.

60
NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

[3] Narasimham, P.V.R.L.; Sarma, A.V.R.S; Roshankumar, P.; [4] Xiumei, Xu; Jinfeng, Pan (2011). "The simulation of temperature
Rajasekhar, K. (2006). "An efficient approach for and humidity control system based on PROTEUS". 2011
implementing Space Vector Modulation for controlling International Conference on Mechatronic Science, Electric
induction motor". 2006 India International Conference on Engineering and Computer (MEC). pp. 1896–1898.
Power Electronics. pp. 411–415. doi:10.1109/MEC.2011.6025856. ISBN 978-1-61284-719-1.
doi:10.1109/IICPE.2006.4685408. ISBN 978-1-4244- 3450-3. S2CID 15575589.
S2CID 33844636.

61
NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

IoT-BASED BATTERY MONITORING SYSTEM FOR

ELECTRIC VEHICLE
1
Dr.SK.MD.Shareef (Asscoiate professor EEE), 2A.anil babu, 3A.sai vara prasad, 4B.mamatha
Department of Electrical and Electronic Engineering (EEE),
Narasaraopeta Engineering College (NEC), Narasaraopet-522601, Guntur, India
Email: 1skmseee@gmail.com, 2anilbabuankam@gmail.com,,3saishivaartipamula@gmail.com,
4
mamathabollendi886@gmail.com
---------------------------------------------------------------------***---------------------------------------------------------------------
Abstract - In this project, we will builded a Battery everyday things can be connected via the internet,
Monitoring System using ESP8266 & Cloud. Using this making the world is at the user’s finger tips. Motivating
system, we can monitored battery voltage and percentage by the stated problems, in this work, the design and
from anywhere in the world. Therefore, this system is useful development of a battery monitoring system using IoT
for monitoring battery charging /discharging status technology is proposed.
remotely. In this IoTbased Battery Monitoring System, we
1.1 OBJECTIVE
used NodeMCU ESP8266 board to send the battery status
Transformers are the main building block in a power
data to the Firebass cloud. The IoT Cloud Dashboard will
system. Any damages in transformers adversely affects the
display the battery voltage along with the battery
balance of a power system. The damages are mainly
percentage in both the charging and discharging conditions.
occurring due to overloading and inefficient cooling. The
Key Words: Node MCU ESP8266, Lithium-ion battery, main objective of the is real time monitoring of the health
thingview IoT Mobile Application, Temperature Sensor, conditions of the distribution transformer using IOT
Current and Voltage Sensor, buzzer, LCD Display. technology. The parameters such as temperature, voltage
and current of a transformer are monitored, processed and
1. INTRODUCTION recorded in servers. For this purpose, we use three sensors
interfaced with Arduino. The recorded data can be send
Nowadays, electric vehicle (EV) is becoming popular using Wi-Fi module and accessed from anywhere around
since the fuel prices becoming more expensive. Due to the world using IOT technology using HTTP protocol. This
these scenario, many vehicle manufacturer looking for helps in identifying without human dependency. This helps
alternatives of energy sources other than gas. The use of in identifying and solving a problem before a failure without
electrical energy sources may improve the environment human dependency
since there are less pollution. In addition, EV produces great
advantages in terms of energy saving and environmental
2. EXISTING SYSTEM
protection. Most EVs used rechargeable battery which is
The module consists of Voltage Monitoring devices,
lithium ion battery. It is smaller to be compared with lead
Temperature Monitoring System, Data Reading System. All
acid. In fact, it has a constant power, and energy’s life cycle
these systems are interconnected and accessed using IOT
is 6 to 10 times greater compared with lead acid battery.
Technology. The BMS monitors the charging and
Lithium ion battery life cycle can be shortened by some
discharging of the battery, to maintain the health of the
reasons such as overcharging and deep discharges. On the
battery.BMS uses data points such as temperature, voltage,
other hand, EV usually has limited range of travelling due
and current to estimate the charge of the battery. All the
to battery size and body structure. Now, an important reason
control units in the microcontroller, access the data points
that limits the application of EV is the safety of existing
and send the data through a Wi-Fi module. The real-time data
battery technology.
is received by the thingview application by the user. If in
For example, overcharging battery not only could
case, the temperature, voltage and current data points cross
significantly shorten the life of the battery, but also cause a
serious safety accidents such as fire. Therefore, a battery beyond the limit, then the user is notified by the buzzer.The
monitoring system for EV that can notify the user about system has an IOT-based electrical vehicle battery
battery condition is necessary to prevent the stated monitoring system to ensure that the battery state can be
problems.Previous battery monitoring system only monitor tracked online. The system consists of the development of
and detect the condition of the battery and alarmed the user hardware for monitoring the battery. The system is capable
via battery indicator inside the vehicle. Due to the to show information such as battery condition, temperature,
advancement of the design of notification system, internet
of things (IoT) technology can be used to notify the location via sensors incorporated. The
manufacturer and users regarding the battery status. This smartphone application In the existing system, electric
can be considered as one of the maintenance. pulse generator.
Procedure that can be done by the manufacturer.
IoT utilizes internet connectivity beyond traditional
application, where diverse range of devices and
62
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

3. PROPOSED SYSTEM
Fig-2: Voltage sensor
The proposed project is about acquiring real time
status Battrey in EV.Temperature, voltage and current of
Battrey are monitored and send over internet The live
b) Current sensor
tracking of these parameters can be done using IOT A device that is used to detect & also change current to
technology from anywhere around the world. This is cost assessable output voltage is known as a current sensor. This
effective in nature. Thus, the responsible authority can access output voltage is simply proportional to the current flow
information on any over voltages or tempareture. It consists throughout the measured path. After that, this output voltage
of Esp32 board, node, voltage sensor, temperature sensor, signal is used to display the current measured within an
current sensor and power supply as shown. The sensors sense ammeter, for controlling purposes or simply stored for more
the parameters and send this to module. analysis within a data acquisition system. So this is the
function of a current senso
3.1 Block Diagram c) Tempareture sensor
DHT11 is a low-cost digital sensor for sensing
temperature and humidity. This sensor can easily interfaced
with any micro-controller such as Arduino, Raspberry Pi
etc… to measure humidity and temperature instantaneously.
DHT11 humidity and temperature sensor is available as a
sensor and as a module. The difference between this sensor
and module is the pull-up resistor and a power-on LED.
DHT11 is a relative humidity sensor. To measure the
surrounding air this sensor uses a thermistor and a capacitive
humidity sensor.

Fig-1: Block Diagram

From the above block diagram, shows the block
diagram of the proposed methodology is explained here in
Figure. 1 The proposed system consists of different sensors
Fig-3: Temparature sensor
like the current sensor, voltage sensor, a temperature sensor
for monitoring different battery conditions in the vehicle. d) Buzzer
Current sensor ACS712 is used to monitor the current through
battery and voltage sensor is used to monitor battery voltage The main function of this is to convert the signal from
in real-time. The voltage sensor can monitor the voltage of up audio to sound. Generally, it is powered through DC voltage
to 25V DC and the current sensor can monitor the current of and used in timers, alarm devices, printers, alarms, computers,
up to 5A. The temperature sensor will monitor the etc. Based on the various designs, it can generate different
temperature of the battery so that it will decide the sounds like alarm, music, bell & siren
performance of the battery. The outputs of the current sensor,
voltage sensor, and temp sensor are analog in nature and we e) L:ithium-ion-Battery
need toconvert that analog The whole operation of
components are controlled by Arduino. In this system, Lithium-ion-battery yMost of the electric vehicle
android application called Blynk IoTcommunicates with the lithium-ion-batteries . Because Lithium-ion batteries have
wi-fi module embedded on microcontroller unit. The higher energy densities than lead-acid batteries or nickel-
operation of GPS and the sensors can be observed in the metal hydride batteries, so it is possible to make the battery
application. size smaller than others while retaining the same storage
3.2 components capacity and saving space and reducing the overall size of the
a) Voltage sensor battery pack.
A voltage sensor is sensor used to calculate and monitor the
amount of voltege in an object. Voltage sensors can
determine the AC voltage or DC voltage level. The input of
this sensor is the voltage, whereas the output is the switches,
analog voltage signal, a current signal, or an audible
signal.Input

63
NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

Fig-5: Lithium-ion-battery

f) NODEMCU
It is an open-source software and hardware
developing environment. It is embedded with ESP8266
wi-fi module. It consists of power pins, I2C pins, GPIO Fig-8: Output
pins, UART pins, SPI pins, PWM pins, SDIO pins,
Output of the IoT based battery monitoring system with load
Control pi The figure shows the output of the IoT-Based monitoring
with load. In the system the input power is given to the
nodemcu. The current sensor and voltage sensor sensethe
voltage and current of the battery and that information sends
to nodemcu and nodemcu shows the values in LCD display
and also temperature sensor sense the temperature of the
battery. Under the with load
Fig-6: NODEMCU 4.1 RESULT ANALYSIS
Fig-9,10,11 shows the result of the conducted
4. Experiment and Result experiment. These figures explain thebattery monitoring
Monitoring Output of the IoT based battery monitoring system in the android application (Thingview). Fig-9 shows.
system without loadThe figure shows the output of the IoT-
Based without load. In the system the input power is given to
the nodemcu. There current sensor and voltagesensor sense
the voltage and current of the battery and that information
sends tonodemcu and nodemcu shows the values in LCD
display and also temperature sensor sense the temperature of
the battery. Underthe without load

Fig-7: Experimental setup

Fig-9: Voltage and current values of the battery without load

64
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

Fig-12: Voltage and current values of the battery with Load

Fig-10: Battery percrntage and power values without load
CONCLUSION
The main goal of the project is to design and
construct an Internet of Things battery Monitoring
System which can display real time state in the battery.
After the construction of the device, the system was
tested successfully. That is the device can monitor the
condition of the battery and send data accumulated
from the sensors through the Wi-Fi and displayed over
the IoT platform. All parameters that are critical and
needed and have exceeded their threshold can be sent
through SMS for immediate action to be taken. Even
though the construction of the system was successful,
there were some challenges. The general use of
prefabricated microcontrollers for such a project that
require specific features increases the complexity and
number of hardware modules to be used to execute a
simple desire.
REFERENCES
[1] K. Guo Dengfeng, Xu Shan, “The Internet of
Things hold up Smart Grid networking
technology,” North China Electr., vol. 2, pp. 59–
63, 2010.
[2] X. Fang, S. Misra, G. Xue, and D. Yang, “Smart
Grid The New and Improved Power Grid: A
Fig-11: Charging status and temperature values of the battery Survey,” IEEE Commun. Surv. Tutorials, vol. 14,
without load no. 4, pp. 944–980, 2012.
[3] B. P. Roberts and C. Sandberg, “The role of
energy storage in development of smart grids,” in
Proceedings of the IEEE, 2011, vol. 99, no. 6, pp.
1139–1144.

65
NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

[4] M. R. Sarker, Y. Dvorkin, and M. A. Ortega-

Vazquez, “Optimal participation of an electric
vehicle aggregator in day-ahead energy and
reserve markets,” IEETrans. Power Syst., vol. 31,
no. 5, pp. 3506–3515, 2016.
[5] J. W. Taylor and P. E. McSharry, “Short-term
load forecasting methods: An evaluation based on
European data,” IEEE Trans. Power Syst., vol.
22, no. 4, pp. 2213–2219, 2007.
[6] R. Liu, L. Dow, and E. Liu, “A survey of PEV
impacts on electric utilities,” in IEEE PES
Innovative Smart Grid Technologies Conference
Europe, ISGT Europe, 2011.
[7] Z. Rao, S. Wang, and G. Zhang, “Simulation and
experiment of thermal energy management with
phase change material for ageing LiFePO4 power
battery,” Energy Convers. Manag., vol. 52, no.
12, pp. 3408–3414, 2011.
[8] S. Piller, M. Perrin, and A. Jossen, “Methods for
state-of-charge determination and their
applications,” in Journal of Power Sources, 2001,
vol. 96, no. 1, pp. 113–120.
[9] L. Lu, et.al., “A review on the key issues for
lithium-ion battery management in electric
vehicles,” Journal of Power Sources, vol. 226.
pp. 272–288, 2013

66
NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

Multi-Objective Micro-Grid Design by NSGA-II

Considering Both Islanded and Grid-Connected
Modes
Balakrishna Nandigam P.Bramaramba vathi
EEE Dept. EEE Dept
Eswar college of Engg.
Balakrishnaeee5@gmail.com NEC
bramara206eee@gmail.com

Abstract— This study proposes a multi-objective optimal Micro-grids can operate in grid-connected or islanded
micro-grid design, wherein the same control strategy is modes, as well as handle transition between these modes. In
implemented to the inverters of DG units to enable the operation grid-connected mode, since a utility grid dominates the voltage
of micro-grids in two modes and seamless transition between the and frequency of a micro-grid, power flow control becomes the
modes. The main feature of the design is that it eliminates the only task of DG unit controllers; in islanded mode, the task of
need for control system reconfiguration and islanding detection such controllers is to directly control the voltage and frequency
algorithms. Its control topology comprises two control loops. The of a micro-grid [13]-[15].
outer loop is the angle droop control that generates the voltage Although a wealth of literature offers droop-based control
magnitude and phase angle reference of a micro-grid, and the
strategies that are applicable just to micro-grids operating in
inner loop is the state feedback control. Common to both
islanded mode (e.g. [4] and [19]-[20]), an ideal micro-grid is
operating modes are parameters, namely, feedback control gain,
droop coefficient, and Inductance-Capacitor-Inductance(LCL)
one that is controllable in both operation modes. This gap has
filter components that considerably affect dominant eigenvalues. stimulated recent interest in dual-mode micro-grid designs,
The contribution of this work is that minimizing the maximum which are classified into two distinct categories. The first one
real part of the eigenvalues of each operation mode considered a involves defining different control strategies for each operating
distinct objective function. The optimal design is formulated as a mode, whereas the second category entails the use of the same
multi-objective optimization problem, for which None- controller in two modes.
Dominated Sorting Genetic Algorithm II(NSGA-II) algorithm is The present research proposes an optimal micro-grid design
used to optimally calculate the parameters of the system and the that enables operation in islanded and grid-connected modes
controllers. Sensitivity analysis and evaluation results are without the need for controller reconfiguration and islanded
presented to demonstrate the effectiveness of the proposed detection algorithm, as well as provides seamless transition
control. between modes. The design employs a back-to-back (B2B)
converter instead of a static switch to ensure interface between
Key words: Micro-grid, Optimal design, smooth transition, a micro-grid and a utility grid. The main feature of the B2B
None-Dominated Sorting Genetic Algorithm II(NSGA-II). converter as an interlink is the total isolation of frequency and
power quality between the grids so that a utility grid is not
I. INTRODUCTION involved in control over micro-grid voltage and frequency [13].
Nowadays, providing a reliable and resilience power In the proposed design, when a micro-grid operates in grid-
system is essential to provide continuous power for equipment connected mode, the main grid satisfies only a predetermined
from low scales [1] of power to very large scales. In order to proportion of the micro-grid’s load demand. Similar to islanded
have such a system, both assets [2],[3] and system [4]-[6] must mode, therefore, in grid-connected mode, balance between
be considered. Recent developments in power electronics has generation and demand as well as setting the voltage and
made employing different kinds of compensators and power frequency reference of a micro-grid are taken care by DG units.
generations in the power systems feasible [7]-[9]. Therefore, Each DG’s inverter operates in droop control mode that
using distributed generation (DG) in micro-grids for these comprises two control loops. The outer loop is the angle droop
purposes, has become applicable. control that generates the voltage magnitude and phase angle
Micro-grid is defined as a local energy grid containing a reference of a micro-grid, and the inner control loop is the state
bunch of loads and controllable distributed generations. feedback control. Design parameters that are relevant to DGs
Characteristics of this power grid like two-way power transfer, are common in both operation modes. These are feedback
the presence of DG unit, and the use of a considerable number control gains, droop coefficients, and LCL filter components.
of power electronics pose challenges that require addressing The proposed design methodology also provides an
through the development of new voltage and frequency control efficient framework for the design and implementation of DG
methods [10]-[18]. controllers, which are the same in either of the operation

67
NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

modes. Its principal aims are the stability of a micro-grid in A. State-Space Model of the B2B Converter
each mode and seamless transition between modes. Stability The B2B converter is the key component of the proposed
and seamless transition are affected by two groups of micro-grid system design. This converter can be divided into
parameters. The first group is common to both modes. The two main parts: a rectifier and a VSI.
sensitivity analysis conducted in this work shows the profound 1) Rectifier Control
effects of these parameters on dominant eigenvalues of both The rectifier sets the DC link voltage at a constant value,
modes. The second group of parameters, which are related to thereby enabling the rectifier to contribute to seamless
the rectifier and VSI of the B2B converter, are rectifier control transition between modes. The power circuit of the rectifier is
parameters, VSI control parameters, and the LCL filter shown in Fig. 2. Three-phase AC voltage source and IGBT
components of the VSI. switches are assumed to be ideal and lossless.
Finally, in this work, the problem of the optimal design of The state-space model of the rectifier power circuit can be
the system is the optimization of the aforementioned parameter expressed as
groups, with the aim of simultaneous stability in grid- • r
connected and islanded modes. This optimization is formulated i  i
d d  iq v Ad  ud
as a multi-objective optimization problem (MOOP) that is l
solved using Non-dominated sorting genetic algorithm II • r
•  iuq  id vu 
iq  
(NSGA-II) [16]. Another contribution of this study is that q  uq
Aq
bmyicm
roin-gim
ridizcinogmtphoenm
enatxsim
anudmcorenatrloplalerrtsoafrteheopetiigmeanlvlyaludesiogfned CV  l d i  i u i 
 dc  d q   2d 1b d u i
2q 1b q 
each mode as a distinct objective function. Vdc V dc 
The rest of the paper is organized as follows. Section II where, i , vA is are the utility current and voltage and r and l
explains the understudy micro-grid components and the denote resistance and inductance of the feeder in the utility
corresponding control loops and, then, presents the extraction side, respectively. ud and uq are the control input signals of the
of the overall state-space model of micro-grids in each rectifier, u2d and u2q denote the control input signals of the
operating mode. Section III discusses the design strategy and inverter. C and Vdc represent the DC link capacitance and
the NSGA-II algorithm used in this work. Section IV provides voltage, respectively and i1b is the input current of LCL filterin
the simulation results, including those of the eigenvalue and VSI of B2B converter. Fig. 3 illustrates the control circuit
sensitivity analyses. This section also discusses case studies. composed of two control loops. These control loops, which
Section V concludes the paper. produce control input signals ud and uq, are used to generate
appropriate switch firing angles for PWM. Equation (2) shows
II. CONTROL STRATEGY AND MICRO-GRID MODEL the state-space calculations for the control loop in which state
Control strategy and micro-grid model Fig.1 shows the variables are namely, $, yd, yq.
proposed micro-grid system configuration, which includes
inverter-based DGs and load. This system is separate from the vA r l
utility by the B2B converter.
In grid-connected mode, using the B2B converter isolates i AC
DC
the micro-grid from the utility grid in terms of frequency and
voltage. Similar to the DG unit in islanded mode, B2B C
DC
converter in the grid-connected mode is intended to achieve AC
balance between supply and demand, as well as controlling the
i2b L1b
voltage and frequency of a micro-grid at the point of common
iline1 iline2
coupling (PCC). Such balance and control are realized by angle vn(DG1) vPCC vn(DG2)
droop control. The VSI of the B2B converter regulates Rline1 Lline1 Lline2 Rline2 i22 L12
predefined constant active and reactive power that is i21 L11 iload
transferred from the utility grid to the micro-grid and vice versa AC Load AC
via a PQ control scheme. These control schemes are DC DC
comprehensively discussed in this section. DG2
DG1
The state-space model of the micro-grid in connected mode Vdc1 Vdc2
is divided into four individual sub-models, namely, the B2B Fig. 1. System structure
converter, DG inverter, network, and load models. The B2B
converter model comprises the dynamics of the rectifier, the
VSI, and corresponding controllers. The model of each DG’s vA
VSI consists of a power controller (angle droop control) as the PWM
outer control loop and state-feedback control as the inner C Vdc
u
control loop. The dynamics of each sub-model is described on
the basis of its d-q reference frame. The state equation of be a Rectifier
common d-q reference frame (D-Q frame). To model an entire,
Fig. 2. Power circuit of rectifier
micro-grid system, network and load are represented in one of
the VSI’s reference frames all the sub-models must be
represented in the common reference frame.

68
NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

Vdc id vAd The PQ control scheme is implemented through the state-

lm
- PI1 idref+ PI2 ud
feedback control of a VSI. State-feedback control is employed
to regulate active and reactive power exchange between a
+ + PWM micro-grid and a utility grid at predefined constant values (Puref
Vdcref and Quref) in real time.
iqref u The reference signal generation of B2B converter,
PI3 Rectifier including calculation of voltage reference [13] and other
- vAq lm references of currents for the VSI as follows:
i
Fig. 3. Control circuit of rectifier V 2
pcc  Quref X 1b
V cfbref  cos(  )
V
• Vdcref Vdc
pcc cfbref pcc
1  uref X 1b P 
    pcc
  cfbref  tan  2 pcc  Quref X 1b 
 i
•
i V
 
d dref d
• i i v V cos( t  ) 
q qref q cfbref cfbref cfbref
Accordingly, feedback control inputs are given by the icfbref Vcfbref  Cf sin( t cfbref ) 
following relationship: vcfbref  vpcc 
ud  ki2  d  kp2 ki1  kp2 kp1Vdc  kp2 id i2bref  j X1b
 liq  vAd kp2 kp1Vdcref  i1bref  i 2bref  icfbref 
uq  ki3  q  kp3 id  lid  vAq where, Puref and Quref are the predetermined active and
Where, ki1, ki2, ki3, kp1, kp2, and kp3 are the coefficients of PI reactive power exchanged between a micro-grid and a utility
controllers. grid, respectively. The equation associated with feedback
1) VSI control: control input is expressed thus:
u2d ,q  k1b (i1brefd ,q  i1bd ,q )  k 2b (v cfbrefd ,q vcfbd ,q )
The VSIs used in DG units and the B2B converter have
 k 3b (i2brefd ,q  i2bd ,q ) 
exactly the same structure. The schematic of a VSI’s single-
phase equivalent power circuit is shown in Fig 4. [15], the where, u2d and u2q are the input control signals of a VSI,
dynamics of a VSI is formulated in its own d-q reference frame and k1b, k2b, and k3b are the gains of state-feedbackcontrol.
as The overall linearized small-signal state-space equation of
• Rf 1 Vdcu2d the B2B converter formulated by combining the state-space
v 
i  i  i  cfd L equations of all the sub-models (i.e., Equations (1) to (10)) is:
1d  •
X A X B v B v
Lf 1d 1q 

Lf f
• Rf 1

Vdcu2q b b b 1b A d ,q 2b pcc d ,q 
v
i1q  i1q  i1d  cfq L where,
Lf L f f T
• 1 1 X    i v i v i 
vcfd  i1d  vcfq  

b d ,q d ,q dc 1bd ,q cfbd ,q 2bd ,q
• 1 Cf C f i2d B. State-space model of a DG’s VSI
1
v  i  v  i
cfq
Cf 1q cfd
Cf 2q
As shown in Fig. 5., the droop control applied in the VSI of
• a DG unit has two control loops, namely, the angle droop
1 1
i  v  i 1 control loop and the state-feedback control loop. Angle droop
2d
 i2q  vnd
cfd L1 2d
L1 L1 control generates the references of the phase angle and
• 1 1 1 amplitude of the VSI output voltage. The relationship between
i2q  vcfq  i2q  i2d  vnq
L1 L L
1
Where state variables are denoted by i1, i2, and vcf and LCL real power/phase angle and reactive power/voltage magnitude
1 can be expressed by [2]
filter components are Lf , Rf,, Cf, and L1. icf is the capacitor i ref  i rated  mi (Pi  Pi rated ),
current and vn is the micro-grid node voltage where VsI is 
Vi ref Vi rated  ni (Qi Qi rated ), vcfi Vi i
connected to the micro-grid.
where, Virated and 6irated correspond to amplitude and phase
i1 i2 of output voltage of DGi, respectively, when DGi produces
vcf Pirated and Qirated for loading. Coefficients mi and ni denote angle
vn droop coefficients. Pi and Qi are average values of the
Rf Lf L1 measured active and reactive power. These can be expressed:
+ Cf P
c
V I )
icf i
s  c
(V I

cfid 2id cfiq 2iq
uVdc 
cfid I2iq 
c (V
Qi  Vcfiq I2id )
s  c
Fig. 4. Single-phase equivalent circuit of VSI [13] where, mc is the cut-off frequency of the low-pass filters.
The linearization results in

69
NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1
•
pi  c pi  cI2idovcfid  cI2iq vcfiq i2idq
o - vcfidq
 cvcfid i2id cvcfiq i2iq
 k3i PWM
o o Control
+ i uid
• k2i Signals
qi  cqi  cI2iq vcfid  cI2id vcfiq +
1idq
Generation i
o o - uiq
 cvcfiq i2id  cvcfid i2iq k1i
o o
where, o indicates nominal values. + Inverter
The state-feedback control loop is intended to track the i1irefdq
references of the VSI voltages and currents as its state
variables. The linearized state-feedback control equations vcfirefdq dq Reference Viref
Signals
relevant to DGi around system operation are i2irefdq Generation i 6ire
uid  ni k 2i qi  k1i i1id  k 2ivcfid abc
 k 3i i 2id  z 1i (k1i  k3i )vn (DGi)q
uiq  (z 2i k3i  z 4i k1i ) qi  k1i i1iq  k 2iv cfiq 
m Angle Power
i Pi Generation vndq(DGi)
 k 3i i 2id  (z 3i k3i  z 5i k1i )vn (DGi)d Droop
n i &
Substituting Equations (12) to (15) into the state-space i
Qi Low Pass Filter i i2idq
equation for the power circuit of a VSI yields
• •
X 1  A1X 1  B11v n (DG1)dq , X  A2X  B 21v n (DG 2)dq Fig. 5. Control loops in the inverter of DGi
2 2 
Equation (16) denotes the linearized small-signal state- except that B2B does not appear in this mode. Combining the
space equation of DGs, where linearized state-space equations of DG units, lines, and load,
X  p q T
i v i  we obtain the overall micro-grid state-space model in islanded
i  i i 1idq cfidq 2idq 
mode.
•
C. State-space model of network and load X mgi  Amgi X mgi 
The micro-grid design proposed in this work has three Xn
(22 1)  X 1 X 2
T
X mg
nodes (n(DG1), PCC, n(DG2)), as shown in Fig. 1. The micro-  A1  B11RN D1
 0 B11RN L 
grid load is modeled as a resistor with an inductor. The small- A 
mgi H1 A2  H 2 
signal state-space equation for the corresponding micro-grid  H3 
network and load can be written as  J1 J2 An  J 3 
• 
X n  An X n  BnV n  III. PROPOSED OPTIMAL DESIGN STRATEGY AND NSGA-II
where, i  , V  v
T
 T
ALGORITHM
In the proposed design strategy to stabilize a micro-grid in

X n = iline1DQ iline2 DQ lloadDQ n  n ( DG1) vPCC DQ vn(DG 2) DQ 
grid-connected and islanded modes, the parameters that require
DQ
i1ine1DQ, i1ine2DQ, and i1oadDQ denote currents of line1, line2 optimization are controller parameters, filter components, and
and load, respectively. vn1DQ, vn2DQ, and vn3DQ represent the power-sharing coefficients. These design parameters are
nodes of the micro-grid. Rline1 and Lline1, Rline2 and Lline2, and categorized into two groups (Table 1). The first group consists
Rload and Lload are resistances and inductances pertain to line1, of the parameters that affect stability in grid-connected mode,
line2 and load, respectively. and the second group contains parameters that are common to
D. Overall micro-grid model in grid-connected mode both modes. These parameters influence stability and power
sharing in grid-connected and islanded modes.
The overall state-space model of a micro-grid in grid- Accordingly, the proposed optimal design is formulated as
connected mode is obtained after applying transformation a MOOP, for which NSGA-II algorithm is employed.
technique for having the same dq-frame of all the sub- For stabilization, two eigenvalue-based objective functions
models, eaancdhuostihnegrK
, hCeL
ncreeliat tiisonshsoaw
t noidneEs qtouarteiloante(1th8e).sub- are defined:
models to
• A  f  f 1,f 2  
X mgc mgc X mgc

Where,   
Where: f 1  max real i  A mgi  ; f 2  max real i  A mgc    
Here, real (Zi) is the real part of the ith eigenvalue and f1 and
X (34 1)  X b X 1 X 2 X n T
mg
f2 are the objective functions. After the NSGA-II algorithm is
Ab  B1 0 0 B1  applied, the objective function values of 10 non-dominated
 G
A mgc  2
A1  G1 0 G3    solutions are determined (Table 2).
 D3 0 A2  D2 D4  IV. SIMULATION RESULTS
 
N4 N2 N3 An  N 1 
 
It is worth mentioning that all pareto-optimal solutions with
E. Overall micro-grid model in islanded mode respect to all objectives are the best solutions, because these
The state-space model of the sub-models in islanded mode is solutions are resulted from the seeking of entire search-space.
similar to that of the sub-models in grid-connected mode

70
NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

TABLE I. SYSTEM PARAMETERS OF THE MICRO-GRID

Parts Parameters Name of parameters
Filter of B2B Rfb, Lfb, Cfb, L1b
Gains of state-feedback control in
First K1b, K2b, K3b
VSI of B2B
part
Coefficients of controllers in
Ki1, Ki2, Ki3, Kp1, Kp2, Kp3
rectifier of B2B
Rf1, Lf1, Cf1, L11, Rf2, Lf2,,
Filters of VSIs of DGs
Cf2, L12
Second Droop coefficients m1, n1, m2, n2
part
Gains of state-feedback control in
k11, k21, k31, k12, k22, k32
VSIs of DGs a) Active power of DG1 (PDG1)

TABLE II. PARETO SOLUTIONS AND OBJECTIVE FUNCTION VALUES

Rank of
Parameters/solutions f1 f2
Solutions
MGA-1 -25.711 0.359 1
MGA-2 -25.7 -1E-11 1
MGA-3 -25.895 0.779 1
MGA-4 -23.98 -0.231 1
MGA-5 -26.573 3.729 1
MGA-6 -26.6813 4.591 1
MGA-7 -25.171 -0.082 1
MGA-8 -25.26 -0.041 1 b) Reactive power of DG1 (QDG1)
MGA-9 -25.156 -0.215 1
MGA-10 -26.639 3.331 1 Fig. 7. Micro grid shifts from grid-connected mode to islanded mode at t=3 s
by NSGA-II method. However, there are objective preferences and returns to grid-connected mode at t=5 s.
in the selection of final optimal solution between all obtained
non-dominated solutions based on fuzzy technique, the MGA-2
TABLE III. OPTIMIZED SYSTEM PARAMETERS FOR BOTH MODES
is chosen as the solution, and the micro-grids parameters are
tuned on the basis of its corresponding values (Table 3). Best solution
Values
Best solution
Values
Parameters Parameters
Cf1 0.00018 Lfb 0.021
Rf1 1.29 L1b 0.0372
Lf1 0.0198 k1b 0.152
L11 0.040 k2b 0.15
m1 4.772e-07 k3b 1.06
n1 0.000147 ki1 12.531
K11 1.305 ki2 -10.651
K21 1.5131 ki3 -11.171
K31 1.84 kp1 0.0168
Cfb 8.76e-05 kp2 0.8607
Rfb 2.59 kp3 0.0593
a) Active power supplied to micro-grid
TABLE IV. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF MICRO-GRID COMPONENTS

The utility and MG parameters Values

Frequency of grid 50 Hz
Voltage of grid 11 kV (L-L rms)
Load Micro-Grid 1MW & 1MVAR
DG1 Rating power 0.7 MW & 0.7 MVAR

DG2 Rating 0.7 MW & 0.7 MVAR

DC side voltage of DGs 3.5Kv

Transformer nominal
b) Reactive power supplied to micro-grid 3.5kV /11 kV 0.5 MVA
characteristics
Fig. 6. micro-grid shifts from grid-connected mode to islanded mode at t=3 s Micro-Grid lines 1+1.35j ohm
and returns to grid-connected mode at t=5 s

71
NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

[3] M. H. Naderi and J. Silva-Martinez, "Algorithmic-pipelined ADC with a

The technical specifications of the Micro-Grid components modified residue curve for better linearity," 2017 IEEE 60th
are presented in Table 4. To evaluate the effectiveness of the International Midwest Symposium on Circuits and Systems
(MWSCAS), Boston, MA, USA, 2017, pp. 1446-1449.
proposed design, a transition between two modes are simulated
[4] D.E. Olivares et al., “Trends in Microgrid Control,” IEEE Transactions
for the micro-grid system shown in Fig. 1. In this scenario, a on Smart Grid, Vol.5, No.4, Julay 2014
three-phase self-clearance fault occurs from t=3 s to t=5 s in [5] J. Faiz and M. Soleimani, "Dissolved gas analysis evaluation in electric
the utility side. Consequently, the micro-grid shifts from grid- power transformers using conventional methods a review," in IEEE
connected mode to islanded mode at t=3 s and remains in this Transactions on Dielectrics and Electrical Insulation, vol. 24, no. 2, pp.
mode for 2 seconds. At t=5 s, the deficiency is removed, and 1239-1248, April 2017.
the micro-grid returns to grid-connected mode. In the case of [6] R, Majumder, A. Ghosh, G. Ledwich, F. Zare, “Angle droop versus
transition states, DG controllers contribute to preserving micro- frequency droop in a voltage source converter based autonomous
microgrid,” in proceeding of PES ‘09. pp. 1-8, Calgary, July 2009.
grid stability. The rectifier controller also maintains the DC
[7] P. Dehghanian and S. Aslan, "Enhancing electric safety by improving
link capacitor voltage at a constant value. Fig. 6 illustrates system resiliency in face of extreme emergencies," 2017 IEEE IAS
power supply from the utility grid to the micro-grid at the PCC Electrical Safety Workshop (ESW), Reno, NV, 2017, pp. 1-1.
(Pb2b and Qb2b), and Fig 7 depicts the active and reactive [8] A. Bidram, A. Davoudi, F.L. lewis, S.S Ge, “Distributed adaptive
power of DG1 (denoted by PDG1 and QDG1) in this scenario. The Voltage Control of Inverter-Based Microgrids,” IEEE Transactions on
power deviation of DG2 is identical to that of DG1. In Fig. 6 Energy Conversion, Vol. 29, No. 4, pp. 862-872, Dec.2014.
and Fig. 7, transition states are shown with and without the [9] M. Soleimani, “Transient Stability Improvement with Fuzzy and ANFIS
controllable rectifier. The results confirm that transition Controllers for STATCOM Based on Energy Function”, International
Review of Automatic Control , Praise Worthy Prize S.r.l., vol 5, no 2,
between modes is seamless with the use of the proposed 2012, pp. 240-246
design. [10] M. Mahmoudi, H. Jafari, R. Jafari, “Frequency control of Microgrid
using state feedback with integral control”, IEEE, Electrical Power
V. CONCLUSION Distribution Networks Conference (EPDC), pp.1-6, November 2015.
This work has proposed a multi-objective optimal micro- [11] M. Dehghani, M. H. Khooban, T. Niknam, S. M. R. Rafiei ,”Time-
grid design, wherein the same control strategy is implemented Varying Sliding Mode Control Strategy for Multibus Low-Voltage
to the inverters of DG units. The B2B converter serves as an Microgrids with Parallel Connected renewable Power Sources in
Islanding Mode,” Journal of Energy Engineering, Vol. 142, No.4,
interface between a utility grid and a micro-grid, thus isolating Dec.2016.
their frequencies and voltages from each other. Accordingly, [12] H. Jafari, M. Mahmoudi, H. Rastegar, “Frequency control of Microgrid
the main task of a DG unit in both operation modes is to using model predictive control”, IEEE, Iranian conference on Smart
balance supply and demand, as well as control the voltage and Grids (ICSG).Tehran, Iran, pp.1-5, Julay 2012.
frequency of a micro-grid at the PCC. Such control is achieved [13] R. Majumder, A. Ghosh, G. Ledwich, F. Zare, “Power management and
by angle droop control as the outer control loop and state power flow control with back-to-back converters in a utility connected
feedback control as the inner control loop. The design problem micro-grid,” IEEE Transactions on Power System, Vol. 25, No.2,
pp.821-834, May 2010.
of setting of controller parameters, filter components, and
[14] P. Dehghanian "Quantifying Power System Resilience Improvement
power sharing coefficients—parameters that are relevant to DG Through Network Reconfiguration In Cases Of Extreme Emergencies."
units and are common to the two modes—is formulated as an M.Sc. Thesis Texas State University, 2017.
MOOP. NSGA-II is employed to search for the optimal [15] R. Majumder, B. Chaudhuri, A. Ghosh, G. Ledwich, F. Zare,
settings of optimized parameters. Minimizing the maximum “Improvement of Stability and Load sharing in an Autonomous
real part of eigenvalues of each mode is considered a distinct Microgrid using Supplementary droop Control Loop,” IEEE
objective function. The theoretical analysis, sensitivity Transactions on Power Systems, Vol.21, No.2, pp.796-808, May 2010
analysis, and evaluation results demonstrate the effectiveness [16] H. Jafari, M. Mahmoudi, F. Ahmadkhani, “A Complementary SVC-
Based Controller Design for Damping Both Local and Inter-Area
of the proposed control scheme in achieving the stable Oscillating Modes Using NSGA-II Algorithm”, International Review of
operation of a micro-grid system in grid-connected and Electrical Engineering (IREE), Vol.11, no1, 69-77, 2016, pp.69-77
islanded modes. The findings also show that the scheme [17] S. Pahizi, H. Lotfi, A. Khodaei, S .Bahramirad, “State of Art in
ensures smooth transition between modes and eliminates the Research on Microgrids: A Review,” IEEE Access, Vol.3, pp. 890-925,
need to reconfigure a control system and use islanding 2015.
detection algorithms. [18] M. R. Tavana, M. H. Khooban, T. Niknam, “Adaptive PI controller to
voltage regulation in power sysems: STATCOM as a case study,” ISA
REFERENCES transactions, Vol.66, pp. 325-334, Jan.2017.
[19] M. H. Khooban, T. Niknam, F. Blaabjerg, T. Dragicevic, “A new load
[1] P. Dehghanian, S. Aslan and M. Dehghanian, "Quantifying power
frequency control strategy for micro-grids with considering electrical
system resiliency improvement using network reconfiguration," 2017
vehicles,” Electric Power systems Research, Vol.143, pp. 585-598,
IEEE 60th International Midwest Symposium on Circuits and Systems
Feb.2017.
(MWSCAS), Boston, MA, USA, 2017, pp. 1364-1367
[20] O. N. Almasi, V. Fereshtehpoor, M. H. Khooban, F. Blaabjerg,
[2] F. Gau, Ch. Wen, J. Mao, Y.D Song, “Distributed Secondary Voltage
“Analysis, control and design of a non-inverting buck-boost converter:
and frequency restoration Control of Droop-Controlled Inverter-Based
A bump-less two-level T-S fuzzy PI control,” ISA transactions, Vol.67,
Microgrids,” IEEE Transactions on industrial Electronics, Vol. 62, No.7,
pp. 515-527, Mar.2017.
pp. 4355-4364, Julay 2015

72
NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1
Novel Multilevel Inverter Design with Reduced Device Count
GNaveen M.Tech D.Yamini V.Navya
Asst.Prof,EEE UG Student UG Student
Electrical and Electronics Engineering Electrical and Electronics Engineering Electrical and Electronics Engineering
Narasaraopeta Engineering College Narasaraopeta Engineering College Narasaraopeta Engineering College
Narasaraopet Narasaraopet Narasaraopet,
gubbanaveen231@gmail.com dasariyamini2002@gmail.com vankayalapatinavya9@gmail.com

Abstract— In this paper, a new topology for the DC-DC converters. Which are more compatible with
multilevel inverter is proposed. Here, in this proposed multilevel inverter for connecting multiple dc-dcconverter
topology we are using two well-known topologies as to multilevel converter. To overcome this problems
cascaded H-bridge multilevel inverter topology and multilevel inverter comes in to the picture in 1975 since 2
combining it with multi-string multi-level inverter decades research is going on in multilevel inverter. The
topology, and proposing a new multilevel inverter types of multilevel inverter has broad classification but
topology which is on the base reduced device count. flying capacitor MLI, diode clamped MLI, and H-bridge
The concept of Reduce device count is to reduce the MLI are famous from all this.
size of hardware as well as cost and complexity of
hardware. Here, with the help of this topologies, there Another topology which is combined with the multistring
is in the output we are able to make the thirty-one type is the cascaded H-bridge topology of the MLI.
level and that too with the help of only ten switching Basically the main types of the Multilevel inverter are
devices and four dc sources. The operating details of Flying capacitor MLI, Diode clamped MLI and the
strategy and system design of this proposed multilevel Cascaded H-bridge MLI. Here by combination of
inverter system is described and verified by simulation multistring MLI with the Cascaded H-bridge MLI new
results. proposed Hybrid Multilevel inverter topology is
introduced. Here asymmetric type Cascaded H-bridge MLI
Keywords—Multilevel inverter; Reduced device count; is used for the proposed hybrid MLI [1].
Gride-tie inverter; Solar inverter; Cascaded H-bridge
MLI; Multi-string MLI Here the proposed MLI is the combination of multistring
MLI and cascaded H-bridge MLI. Which have more
I.INTRODUCTION advantage compared to both of the MLI topology.

In the emerging era of power electronics smart grid and In section II. Explained concept of multi-string inverter
micro grids drawn attention toward green energy. The and cascaded H-bridge MLI. After that defined the
green energy introduces photovoltaic solar energy, wind proposed hybrid MLI. In section III. Discuss the switching
energy, smart electrical vehicle. All this green energy modulation scheme which is used for run the proposed
resource comes with unipolar output. To synchronize with hybrid MLI. After that simulation results are describe with
the main grid it requires converter which helps in tie with required waveform in section IV. And section V. where
green energy sources [1]. the conclusion of work is discussed.

The inverter is most suitable to utilize green energy II. NEW PROPOSED MULTILEVEL INVERTER
sources. To synchronize with electrical grid output of
inverter should contains higher voltage level. But the In the multi-string multilevel inverter (MLI) have two or
conventional two level inverter has some draw back. more than two strings are connected with their own
Output voltage of two level inverter is quasi square wave separated DC source to a single inverter. Here the
and to connect with electrical grid, output voltage of advantage of this design is that each string of the system is
inverter must be near to sinusoidal wave (IEEE 1547). For individually controllable [2]. This furthermore beneficial
that purpose required filter for two level inverter are bulky to the operation, it can be started with separated Dc source
in size and require more space [1]. Also the voltage or solar cell with few modules. When the requirement of
magnitude of inverter must be high enough to synchronize the new string, it can be easily attached to the existing
with the grid hence the required power electronic switch inverter design. This will allow the flexible design with
rating increases which increases cost and also introduces great efficiency. The single phase multi-string MLI
losses to the system. The smart grid and microgrid topology which is discussed above is shown in Fig.1. Here
contained several other power electronic convert such as this design consists total two DC power sources as a

73
NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

battery or solar cell connected desperately with the string in output[7].

of multilevel inverter. Fig.1 explains the five-level multi-
string MLI. From this design, some more benefits are an
improvement in output waveform, lower EMI and THD
and small filter size [4].

Fig.2 Thirteen level Modified Cascaded H-bridge MLI

Several benefits of this design are less cost and complexity

in design, lower switching loss. Also, it will effectively
diminish lower order harmonics so here total harmonic
distortion (THD) level in output is also reduced. Here also
Fig.1 Five level Multistring Multilevel Inverter the total number of switches reduced so total switching
loss is also reduced [7].
As show in above Fig. 1 six switch required to perform the
operation. As output required the two DC source are Now, if there is a designed with the combination of both
different or may be both have same value. And here the this technologies, then benefit of both the technology is
five level voltage output arrived. achieved in one design. Here, by this concept this new
novel designed multilevel inverter is proposed.
Here one another topology which uses is the cascaded H-
bridge MLI. In modified cascade H-bridge MLI consist of Here for the combination we are replacing one DC source
more than one DC sources and H-bridge module, here DC of multistring MLI with DC source of modified cascaded
power supply consists total three number of separate DC H-bridge MLI. This combination is as bellow.
voltage sources. Each source is connected with a cascaded
pattern with another source through a circuit consist of one
power electronic switch and a diode. This will make output
DC voltage source with the positive polarity with several
levels in the output. Here only one H-bridge is used with
three separated DC sources to achieve negative and
positive both polarity in output [6].

Here, output voltage +Vdc is achieved by switching on

control switch S1. Similarly, for the different output
voltage level across load are produced by switching on and
off the switches S1, S2 and S3. Now for the large-scale
total X number of DC sources or stages, equivalent
number of output level can be achieved by applying
equation as follows [7],

N = 2X+1

If here the rating of DC sources is an equal with Fig.3 Proposed New Multilevel Inverter Topology
multiplication of two then we can achieve thirteen level
with same design. In Fig.3 the new proposed multilevel inverter topology is
describe. Here total ten switches are used. Where the Six
Here the figure shown is modified cascaded H-bridge switches S1 to S6 are in the string and other four switches
thirteen level multilevel inverter. This design contain total are S7 to S10 are connected with battery. Switches in the
seven number of power electronic switches, three DC string are decide the output voltage polarity. While the
sources and seven control signal to generate thirteen level

74
NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

switches connected with the battery used to control the increase the step voltage output is lower the THD
supply DC voltage. By appropriate switching of the switch compared to others. Where Fig.5 is for the FFT analysis
S7 to S10 we can generate different supply voltage for the which is mention the THD result 12.06% and the clearly
DC bus supply. Here total six control pulse required to show the only third harmonic exist as majority.
generate thirty-one level in output.

TABLE I: Switching Table for proposed MLI

Positive Negative
Voltage S7 S8 S9 S10 Voltage
Operation Operation
SWITCH SWITCH
S1, S4, S5 S2, S3, S6
are ON are ON
240 ON ON ON ON -240
224 - ON ON ON -224
208 ON - ON ON -208
192 - - ON ON -192 Fig.4 Output Waveform for Line Voltage
176 ON ON - ON -176
160 - ON - ON -160
144 ON - - ON -144
128 - - - ON -128
112 ON ON ON - -112
96 - ON ON - -96
80 ON - ON - -80
64 - - ON - -64
48 ON ON - - -48
32 - ON - - -32
16 ON - - - -16

As show in Table I. which is the basic table forunderstand

the different voltage level output with various switches on
or OFF. Basically two main part of operation are the
positive voltage achieve and negative voltage achieve. For Fig.5 FFT analysis For the Line Voltage
perform the positive voltage operation switches S1, S4 and
S5 must be ON than other switches S7, S8, S9 and S10 are IV.CONCLUSION
on or off with appropriate voltage level achieve. Same
thing is happen when perform the negative voltage This work reports is on a single phase new proposed
operation. Just the change is the Switches S2, S3 and S6 multilevel inverter topology that produces total Thirty-one
are must be ON instead of the S1, S4 and S5. level in output with only ten number of switching devices.
The main aim of this paper was on the new multilevel
III. SIMULATIONS RESULTS inverter topology with more number of level in output with
less number of devices is satisfactory achieved. Here all
After performing the proposed new multilevel topology the results are carried out with the help of MATLAB
output waveform is derived with the help of MATLAB simulation.
Simulink. Here inverter parameter which is taken for
perform simulation are: REFERENCES

[1]. Rodríguez, José, Senior Member, Jih-sheng Lai, and

Parameter Value
Senior Member, ‘Multilevel Inverters : A Survey of
V1 battery 16 V Topologies , Controls , and Applications’, IEEE
V2 battery 32 V Industrial Magazine, 49 (2002), 724–38
V3 battery 64 V [2]. Schonberger, John, ‘A Single Phase Multi-String PV
V4 battery 128 V Inverter with Minimal Bus Capacitance’, Power
R load 50 Ω Electronics and Applications, 2009. EPE ’09. 13th
European Conference on, 1 (2009), 1–10
[3]. Rahim, Nasrudin Abdul, Senior Member, and Jeyraj
From the Fig.4 which is for line voltage is clearly show the
Selvaraj, ‘A Novel Multi-String Five-Level PWM
thirty-one level in the output voltage. The benefit of the

75
NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

Inverter for Photovoltaic Application’, 2011 IEEE 2015.

International Electric Machines & Drives Conference [7]. Dhanalakshmi, K., and K. S. Kavin, ‘Single Phase
(IEMDC) Thirteen-Level Inverter Using Seven Switches for
[4]. Rao, P V V Rama, ‘Multistring Multilevel Inverter Photovoltaic Systems’, in 2014 International Conference
Topology For Microgrid Applications’, IOSR Journal of on Circuits, Power and Computing Technologies,
Electrical and Electronics Engineering (IOSR-JEEE) E- ICCPCT 2014, 2014, pp. 1002–5
ISSN:, 2014 (2014), 72–75 [8]. Prasadarao K, V. S., P. Sudha Rani, and Gandham
[5]. Dr. Rama Rao P.V.V., S.Veerababu, N.Sarath Chandra, Tabita, ‘A New Multi-level Inverter Topology for Grid
‘Single Phase Multi-String Multilevel Inverter For Micro Interconnection of PV Systems’, 2014 Power and
Gride’, International Journal of Advanced Research in Energy Systems Conference: Towards Sustainable
Electrical, Electronics and Instrumentation Engineering, Energy, PESTSE 2014, 2014
Vol. 2, Issue 10, October 2013 5111–16
[6]. S.Lakshmipriya, R.K.Raghav, Dr.M.Muruganandam, ‘A
Thirteen Level Inverter Design Based on Hybrid MLI
Topology for Minimum THD’, International Journal of
Advanced Research in Electrical, Electronics and
Instrumentation Engineering, Vol. 4, Issue 2, February

76
NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

Novel Single-phase Nine-level PWM Inverter for

Grid Connected Solar PV Farms
1.G.Tejaswi 2.G.Naveen
Asst.Prof, Dept of EEE Asst.Prof, Dept of EEE
sri vahini institute of science and technology Narasaraopeta Engg College
tejathesinger@gmail.com gubbanaveen231@gmail.com

Abstract—This paper introduces a new asymmetrical multilevel to the grid, a multilevel boost converter (MLBC) is used to
inverter (MLI) for photovoltaic generation systems (PVGS). The balance the voltage over the four-series connected capacitors in
proposed MLI utilizes a single dc source, PV array, and four addition to the MPPT function [8].
series-connected capacitors to generate the nine-level output
voltage at reduced number of switching devices. The proposed Generally, MLIs are categorized into three main topologies
inverter is composed of the main and auxiliary circuits. The main [9]; the Cascaded H-bridge (CHBMLI) [10-12], the Neutral
circuit is a single-phase H-bridge inverter, which is responsible for Point Clamped [13, 14], and the Flying Capacitors (FC) [15, 16].
the output voltage polarity. The auxiliary circuit is a special A modified family of MLIs has been developed, recently, to
structure of switching devices to achieve the multilevel output reduce the number of switching devices which, in turn, reduces
voltage. Perturb and observe technique (P&O) is used for the inverter cost compared with conventional topologies [17-
maximum power point tracking (MPPT) of the PV array. 22].
Capacitors voltage balancing and MPPT are executed using
Multilevel inverters, which started by the NPC-MLI [23],
Multilevel Boost Converter (MLBC). The suggested MLI provides
number of advantages over traditional ones such as; an increased
have captured researchers’ attention than other topologies. MLIs
output voltage levels at a reduced switches number, single isolated synthesize the output voltage with an increased number of levels
dc supply is needed, low switching loss, low total harmonic without increasing the voltage ratings of switches. Furthermore,
distortion (THD), low dv/dt stress on the switches and hence, low it provides a number of merits over conventional inverters such
switches ratings and cost. The grid-tied PVGS, which applies the as; reduced harmonic contents, high-voltage capability, low total
MLI, is simulated using MATLAB/SIMULINK software. A real harmonic distortion (THD), low dv/dt voltage stress on switches,
time validation of the PVGS has been carried out. low electromagnetic interference (EMI) as well as the low size
Index Terms—Multilevel inverters, MPPT, P&O, PVGS, PWM, of output filter. However, MLIs require high number of switches
Voltage balance. and gate driver circuits which increases the inverter cost.
Other new MLI structures are suggested in the literature and
I. INTRODUCTION each of these structures has advantages and disadvantages based
Solar power systems have spread recently to alleviate on the utilized components number and the voltage stress on the
problems such as the green-house emission gases and other switches. A Five-level inverter is suggested in [17] to reduce the
ecological problems associated with conventional energy number of switching devices utilizing a bidirectional switch.
resources [1]. Since the power from the PV system is However, many components conduct in each mode, which
intermittent dc power, power conversion interface has an increases power loss. A staircase MLI is presented in [18] to
important role in connecting the system to the grid [2]. PV improve the inverter operation and to reduce the switching
modules have non-linear characteristics that depend on the solar losses. However, it uses large components number than used in
irradiance. At different irradiance levels, there is a unique point [19]. In the last one, a large number of separate dc sources are
on the P-V curve whereas the PV cell operates at its optimal required. Therefore, a five-level inverter, using low separate
efficiency and extracts the maximum available power. sources number, is presented in [20]. However, it is suitable for
Therefore, specially designed controllers are combined with the five-level without operation modularity.
solar modules for optimal power harvesting. In this paper, a new single-phase 9-level inverter is proposed
Recently, many MPPT techniques were introduced to extract the which reduces the number of switches to an economical level
maximum power of the PV array at uniform, fast-changing, and without affecting the inverter operation. The inverter is divided
partially-shaded irradiance conditions [1, 3]. The MPPT into two parts; the main circuit, which controls the output
techniques are classed into two types; the direct methods, such voltage polarity. The second part is the auxiliary circuit which is
as the P&O and incremental conductance (IncCond) techniques a combination of power switches and diodes to synthesize the
[4, 5], and the indirect methods, such as the sliding mode control multilevel output voltage. The output voltage levels are: +Vdc,
+3/4 Vdc, + 1/2 Vdc, + 1/4 Vdc, 0, - Vdc/4, -Vdc/2, - 3/4 Vdc, -Vdc .
(SMC) technique [6]. Direct methods are simple and require low
sensors number, which minimizes the system cost [7]. Hence, This paper is organized in the following sections. The MPPT
classical P&O technique is applied in this work. To connect the controller is discussed in section II. The nine-level inverter
PV array to the front-end of the MLI, which connects the system operation principles, levels generation, and switching strategy

77
NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

Fig. 1. Overall grid connected solar system through 9-level inverter

are given in section III. The grid-connected solar system control inverter. The power switches in the main H-bridge inverter circuit
scheme is illustrated in section IV. The simulation results and are identical power MOSFETs with reverse diodes. In the auxiliary
real-time validation are displayed and analyzed in sections V circuit, the power switches are identical power MOSFETs with
and VI, respectively. Finally, section VII concludes the work. reverse diodes except for two switches (S6 and S6*) which are
connected back to back to form a bidirectional switch. The single
II. MAXIMUM POWER POINT TRACKING TECHNIQUE dc source, i.e. PV array, is divided over four series-connected
Conventional P&O MPPT technique is used to extract the capacitors. Each capacitor voltage is equal to Vdc/4. As a result,
maximum available power from the PV array. Hence, it we can generate nine PWM levels in the output voltage
depends on the PV generated power based on the irradiance waveform, i.e., +Vdc, +3Vdc/4, +2Vdc/4, +Vdc/4, 0, -Vdc/4, -
level. Therefore; when dP/dV > 0, the controller disturbs the PV 2Vdc/4, -3Vdc/4, -Vdc.
voltage step-size in the same direction. Else, the MPPT
controller reverses the voltage step direction to achieve the Start

MPPT operation, as shown in Fig. 2. The PV array is used with

the following parameters; PMPP=1000 W, VMPP=67 V, and Measure VPV(n 1), IPV(n 1)
Vref  VPV(n 1)
IMPP=14.93 A. The flow chart of the fixed step-size P&O
algorithm is presented in Fig. 3.
PPV(n 1)  VPV(n 1)  IPV(n 1)

MeasureVPV(n),IPV(n)
Vref  VPV(n)

PPV(n)  VPV(n) IPV(n)

OPPV  PPV(n)  PPV(n 1)

No Yes
OPPV  0
Fig. 2. Conventional P&O MPPT technique
Vref (n 1)  Vref (n)  OV1 Vref (n 1)  Vref (n)  OV1

III. PROPOSED SINGLE-PHASE NINE-LEVEL INVERTER

A. Operation Principal and Circuit Configuration
Update
The circuit configuration of the proposed nine-level PWM V(n)=V(n-1)
inverter is shown in Fig. 4. The inverter power circuit consists I(n)=I(n-1)
of two main parts; The main and auxiliary circuits. The main
Return
circuit is a simple H-bridge inverter which consists of four
Fig. 3. Flowchart of the conventional P&O MPPT [1].
power switches (S1, S2, S3 and S4) to control the inverter
terminal voltage polarity over the two half operating cycles. The
auxiliary circuit consists of six power switches (S 5, S6, S6*, S7, S8, B. Generation of Output Voltage Levels
S9) and three power diodes (D1, D2, D3). The purpose of the last
one is to synthesize the different output voltage levels and to To illustrate the generation of the output voltage levels, the
deliver the different voltage levels to the back end of the H-Bridge modes of operation are listed in Table I.

78
NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

V Ref
V Car4
V Car3
V Car2
V Car1

P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 P6 P7 P8 P9 P10 P11 P12 P13 P14

B
Fig. 4. Proposed nine-level inverter circuit
A
TABLE I. SWITCHING STATES OF SINGLE-PHASE NINE-LEVEL PWM
INVERTER
S1
State Vab Iout Current path
i zero 0 + (S1 & DS3) or (S4 & DS2)
S2
ii zero 0 - (S3 & DS1) or (S2 & DS4)
iii Active Vdc/4 + S7, D3 & S4
S3
iv Active Vdc/4 - DS7, D2, S9 & DS4
v Active Vdc/2 + S6, S8, D1 & S4
vi Active Vdc/2 - S6*, D2 & DS4 S4

vii Active 3 Vdc/4 + S5, D1 & S4

viii Active 3 Vdc/4 - DS5, S8, D2 & DS4 S5
ix Active Vdc + S1 & S4
x Active Vdc - DS1 & DS4
S 6*
xi Active - Vdc/4 - DS5, S8, D2 & S3
xii Active - Vdc/4 + S5, D1 & DS3
xiii Active - Vdc/2 - S3, D2 & S6* S6

xiv Active - Vdc/2 + S6, S8, D1 & DS3

xv Active -3 Vdc/4 - S3, D2, S9 & DS7 S7
xvi Active -3 Vdc/4 + S7, D3 & DS3
xvii Active - Vdc - S3 & S2
S8
xviii Active - Vdc + DS3 & DS2

C. The Switching Patterns and Control Algorithm S9

Pulse width modulated switching scheme of the 9-level

Vdc
inverter is illustrated in Fig. 5. The proposed inverter is
controlled by comparing a reference rectified signal, VRef, with 0 ct
n 2n
four identical level-shifted carrier waveforms, Vcar1, Vcar2,
Vcar3, and Vcar4, see Fig. 5. The reference signal has the power -V dc

frequency, which is required for output voltage, however, the 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 8 8 89 810 811 812

four carrier waveforms are of the same amplitudes and different Fig. 5. Switching strategy of the 9-level inverter
levels at the same switching frequency, FSW. By comparing the
reference signal with the carrier waveforms, we can develop the By logical combinations between the main switching functions
main switching functions (A, B, C, and D) as depicts in Fig. 5. (A, B, C, and D) and the operation-intervals (Pn), A suitable
According to the intersection points of the reference and carrier switching pulses (Sn), for each switch, can be generated. Also,
signals, the main switching functions are generated. A complete turning switches ON at each fractional period depends on the
cycle of the output voltage signal is divided into eight operation switching angle (8n) and the modulation index (MI);
AN
modes which are related to the output voltage levels and the MI = (2)
corresponding operating period as follows: 4Ac
Mode 1: P1 = 0 < ct < 81 and P7 = 86 < ct < n where Am is the amplitude of the reference signal, and Ac is the
Mode 2: P2 = 81 < ct < 82 and P6 = 85 < ct < 86 amplitude of a carrier wave.
Mode 3: P3 = 82 < ct < 83 and P5 = 84 < ct < 85 Also, the frequency ratio (mf) is defined as:
fc
Mode 4: P4 = 83 < ct < 84 N = (3)
ƒ fN
(1)
Mode 5: P8 = n < ct < 87 and P14 = 812 < ct < 2n
Mode 6: P9 = 87 < ct < 88 and P13 = 811 < ct < 812 where fc is the frequency of the carrier signals, and fm is the
frequency of the modulating signal.
Mode 7: P10 = 88 < ct < 89 and P12 = 810 < ct < 811
From the intersection points between the reference signal
Mode 8: P11 = 89 < ct < 810 and the level shifted triangular carrier signals, a complete period
of the reference signal is divided into fourteen-time intervals (P1,

79
NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

P2, …, P14) as shown in Fig. 5. According to the MI, the To keep the system injecting maximum allowable power from
displacement phase angles (x, x=1, 2,…, 12 ) can be formulated the PV system, the reference grid current is generated based on
as follows; the PV power after the MPPT controller. The modulating signal
When the (0 < MI < 0.25), from the PI controller is then compared with level-shifted carrier
,
waveforms to generate the gating signals according to Eq. (8).
8 1 = 82 = n 8 =8 = 3n (4)
2 3 4 2

When the (0.25 ≤ MI < 0.5), V. SIMULATION RESULTS

8 = sin–1 ( Æc ) , 82 =n — 81 The solar array, MLBC, and 9-Level inverter were imitated
1
ÆN
(5) using MATLAB/SIMULINK. The system is used to inject the
83 =n + 81 , 84 = 2n — 81 power into the utility grid through a chock coil (Lf), see Fig. 6.
When the (0.5 ≤ MI < 0.75), The simulated system parameters are listed in TABLE II.
8 = sin–1 (Æc ) , 82 = sin–1 (2Æc)
1 ÆN ÆN
8 = n — sin–1 (2Æc) , 84 = G — sin–1 ( Æc )
3 ÆN ÆN

8 =n + sin–1 ( Æc ) , 8 = G + sin–1 (2Æc) (6)

5 ÆN 6 ÆN
8 = 2n — sin–1 (2Æc) , 88 = 2G — sin–1 ( Æc ),
7 ÆN ÆN

When the (0.75 ≤ MI < 1.0),

81 = sin–1 ( Æc ) , 8 = sin–1 (2Æc)
ÆN 2 ÆN

83 = sin–1 (3Æc) , 8 =n — 8
ÆN 4 3 Fig. 6. Single-phase nine-level inverter control scheme for load voltage
85 =n — 82 , 86 =n — 81 (7)
regulation
87 =n + 81 , 88 =n + 82,
1000
89 =n + 83 , 810 = 2n — 83,
Irradiance (W/m2)

800
811= 2n — 8 2, , 812 = 2n — 81,
600
The main switching functions (A, B, C, and D) are logically 400
combined with the suitable period intervals (P1, P2, …, P14) to 200
synthesize the switching pulses for each switch of the proposed 0
inverter circuit. The suitable resultant gate signals for the MLI 0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0
(a)
can be formulated as follows;
PV output power (W)

1000
S1 = P4 ·D
S2 = P11 ·D 800
S3 = P8 + P9 + P10 + P11 + P12 + P13 + P14 600
S4 = P 1 + P 2 + P 3 + P 4 + P 5 + P 6 + P 7
400
S5 = ((P3 + P4 + P5) · C)6· S×
200
S6× = ((P2+P +P 3 +P
) 6
4 +P 5 · B) (8)
+((P8 + P9 + P10 + P11 + P12 + P13 + P14) · C¯) 0

S = ((P + P ) · B) + ((P + P ) · C¯) 0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0
6 9 13 10 12 (b)
S7 = (P1 + P2 + P3 + P4 + P5 + P6 + P7) · A
S8 = ((P2 + P6) · B) + ((P3 + P4 + P5) · C¯)
PV output voltage (V)

60
S9 = P11 · D̄
40
It is clear from (7) and (8) that the power switches (S3, S4) of the
first leg of the main H-bridge inverter are operating 20
complementary and at the power frequency, i.e. 50 Hz.
0
However, the two switches (S1, S2) are also operating 0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0
complementary but at the switching frequency. (c) (c)
15
PV output curret (A)

IV. CONTROL SCHEME

10
The control scheme of the grid-connected solar system
through the MLI is shown in Fig. 6. A small chock coil filter is
5
applied to tie the MLI output voltage to the utility grid. The
closed-loop grid current control is applied to control the value of
injected power to the grid. The reference grid current (Ig*) is 0
0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0
compared with the actual grid current (Ig) and the error signal is Time (s)
applied to a conventional PI controller to regulate actual grid (d)
Fig. 7. PV-side results of the grid-tied solar system; (a) Solar irradiance, (b)
current to the reference value. The solar system is adjusted to
PV power, (c) PV voltage, (d) PV current
inject only the active power then operate at unity power factor.

80
NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

TABLE II. SIMULATION SYSTEM PARAMETERS 400 Inverter voltage Grid current Grid voltage 20

Grid side voltages (V)

Grid current (A)

Series inductor, L 0.01 mH
200 10
Capacitor, C1 1600 μF
0 0
Capacitor, C2 650 μF
Chock Coil, LF 5 mH -200 -10
AC utility grid (Vg, Fg) 220 V, 50 Hz -400 -20
Switching frequency, Fsw 10 kHz
0.10 0.12 0.14 0.16 0.18 0.20
(a)
Fig. 7 show the simulation results of the PV side results. The 8 Reference grid current Actual grid current
system input irradiation is a uniform fixed insolation as shown

Grid injected currents (A)

4
in Fig. 7(a). The array output power follows the irradiance shape
to tracks the MPP as depicts in Fig. 7(b). The PV array output 0
voltage and current are depicted in Fig. 7(c) and Fig. 7(d),
-4
respectively.
-8
The MLBC is used with the proposed inverter to step up the 0.10 0.12 0.14 0.16 0.18 0.20
dc voltage from the PV array to a convenient level for grid- (b)
400 20
connection. Furthermore, MLBC is used to balance the dc Grid current Grid voltage
voltage over four-series connected capacitor to decrease the

Grid current (A)

Grid voltage (V)
200 10
number of the required separate dc sources. Fig. 8 shows voltage
0 0
balancing over the four-series connected capacitors.
The grid-side results are shown in Fig. 9. The inverter -200 -10

terminal voltage, grid voltage and the grid injected current are -400 -20
depicted in Fig. 9(a). The proposed inverter synthesizes a nine- 0.10 0.12 0.14 0.16 0.18 0.20

level terminal voltage which is tied to the utility grid through a Time (s)
(c)
chock coil. The actual current, Ig, tracks the reference grid Fig. 9. Grid-side results of the grid-tied solar system; (a) Inverter voltage,
injected current, Ig*, which reveals the controller operation as grid voltage, and grid current, (b) Reference and actual grid currents, (c)
illustrated in Fig. 9(b). Furthermore, the grid voltage and current Grid voltage and current.
are in phase, which proves unity PF operation as shown in Fig. 100
Grid current FFT harmonic spectrum

9(c). Moreover, the FFT analysis of the grid injected current is

carried out as shown in Fig. 10. The THD of the grid injected 10
current is 2.15 %, up to 100 kHz, which matches the IEEE-519
standard. 1
(Ig %)

120
0.1
Capacitor voltages (V)

100

80
VC1
0.01
60 VC2
40 VC3
0.001
20 VC4 0.01 0.1 1 10 100
0 Frequency (kHz)
0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 Fig. 10. FFT analysis of the grid injected current.
Time (s) (THD is 2.15 % up to 100 kHz)
Fig. 8. Cascaded capacitors voltage balancing.
1000
PV output power (W)

VI. REAL-TIME SIMULATION 800

In this section, the MPPT controller, MLBC, as well as the 600

proposed inverter for the grid-tied system are designed and 400
simulated on MATLAB/SIMULINK, DSPACE block sets, 200
MATLAB to DSP interface library, real-time to Simulink sets, 0
0.00 0.01 0.02 0.03 0.04 0.05 0.06 0.07 0.08 0.09 0.10
and the DSPACE DS-1103 board control desk on the PC. The (a) PV Power
real-time simulation results are displayed using lower PV array 60
PV output voltage (V)

size to ensure the appearance of the nine-level output voltage.

Fig. 11 shows the PV side results which matches the 40
simulation results. The PV power tracks the irradiance shape for
MPPT. The voltage balancing over the series-connected 20
capacitors is displayed in Fig. 12. The four series-connected
capacitors voltages are balanced. 0
Finally, the grid side results are displayed in Fig. 13. The 0.00 0.01 0.02 0.03 0.04 0.05 0.06 0.07 0.08 0.09 0.10
Time (s)
inverter terminal voltage has nine levels and the grid voltage and (b) PV Voltage
current are in phase which proves the unity power factor Fig. 11. Real-time simulated PV side results
operation.

81
NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

400 20
Capacitors voltages (V)

80 VOut

Grid voltages (V)

Grid current (A)

200 10
VC1 Ig
60
VC2 0 Vg 0
40
VC3
20 -200 -10
VC4
0 -400 -20
0.00 0.01 0.02 0.03 0.04 0.00 0.01 0.02 0.03 0.04
Time (s) Time (s)
Fig. 12. Real-time simulated voltage balance over series capacitors Fig. 13. Real-time simulation of the grid side results

converter: A review," IEEE Transactions on Power

VII. CONCLUSIONS Electronics, vol. 30, pp. 37-53, 2015.
This paper suggested a single-phase nine-level inverter [10] M. Marchesoni, M. Mazzucchelli, and S. Tenconi, "A
with reduced switching devices for grid-tied solar PV farms. nonconventional power converter for plasma stabilization,"
Simple P&O MPPT technique is applied for MPPT of the PV IEEE Transactions on Power Electronics, vol. 5, pp. 212-219,
array through the MLBC. The proposed inverter ties the solar 1990.
system to the grid with reduced THD injection that matches [11] K. C. Jana, S. K. Biswas, and S. K. Chowdhury, "Performance
the IEEE - 519 standards. The MLBC is used to balance the evaluation of a simple and general space vector pulse-width
voltage over the series connected capacitors which feed the modulation-based M-level inverter including over-modulation
front end of the MLI. The inverter has been validated in operation," IET Power Electronics, vol. 6, pp. 809-817, 2013.
computer-aided simulation and verified using real-time [12] S. Vazquez, J. I. Leon, J. M. Carrasco, L. G. Franquelo, E.
results. DSPACE DS-1103 is used to implement the overall Galvan, M. Reyes, J. A. Sanchez, and E. Dominguez,
"Analysis of the power balance in the cells of a multilevel
grid-tied system. It is clear that the real-time results coincide
cascaded H-bridge converter," IEEE Transactions on Industrial
with the simulation. The main advantages of the proposed Electronics, vol. 57, pp. 2287-2296, 2010.
MLI can be briefed as follows;
[13] S. De, D. Banerjee, K. Gopakumar, R. Ramchand, and C. Patel,
 Minimizing the switching devices and cost "Multilevel inverters for low-power application," IET Power
 Low filer size to smooth the inverter output voltage. Electronics, vol. 4, pp. 384-392, 2011.
 High power density [14] E. Pouresmaeil, D. Montesinos-Miracle, and O. Gomis-
Bellmunt, "Control scheme of three-level NPC inverter for
REFERENCES integration of renewable energy resources into AC grid," IEEE
[1] A. I. Ali, M. A. Sayed, and E. E. Mohamed, "Maximum Power systems journal, vol. 6, pp. 242-253, 2012.
Point Tracking technique applied on partial shaded grid [15] T. Meynard and H. Foch, "Multi-level conversion: high voltage
connected PV system," in Power Systems Conference choppers and voltage-source inverters," in Power Electronics
(MEPCON), 2016 Eighteenth International Middle East, 2016, Specialists Conference, 1992. PESC'92 Record., 23rd Annual
pp. 656-663. IEEE, 1992, pp. 397-403.
[2] J.-C. Wu, K.-D. Wu, H.-L. Jou, and S.-K. Chang, "Small- [16] L. Zhang, M. J. Waite, and B. Chong, "Three-phase four-leg
capacity grid-connected solar power generation system," IET flying-capacitor multi-level inverter-based active power filter
Power Electronics, vol. 7, pp. 2717-2725, 2014. for unbalanced current operation," IET Power Electronics, vol.
[3] L. Liu, X. Meng, and C. Liu, "A review of maximum power 6, pp. 153-163, 2013.
point tracking methods of PV power system at uniform and [17] S.-J. Park, F.-S. Kang, M. H. Lee, and C.-U. Kim, "A new
partial shading," Renewable and Sustainable Energy Reviews, single-phase five-level PWM inverter employing a deadbeat
vol. 53, pp. 1500-1507, 2016. control scheme," IEEE Transactions on Power Electronics, vol.
[4] E. Bianconi, J. Calvente, R. Giral, E. Mamarelis, G. Petrone, 18, pp. 831-843, 2003.
C. A. Ramos-Paja, G. Spagnuolo, and M. Vitelli, "Perturb and [18] E. Babaei, "A cascade multilevel converter topology with
observe MPPT algorithm with a current controller based on the reduced number of switches," IEEE Transactions on Power
sliding mode," International Journal of Electrical Power & Electronics, vol. 23, pp. 2657-2664, 2008.
Energy Systems, vol. 44, pp. 346-356, 2013. [19] K. K. Gupta and S. Jain, "Multilevel inverter topology based
[5] M. A. Sayed, E. E. Mohamed, and A. I. Ali, "Maximum Power on series connected switched sources," IET Power Electronics,
Point Tracking Technique For Grid Tie PV System," in 7th vol. 6, pp. 164-174, 2013.
International Middle-East Power System Conference, [20] Z. Li, P. Wang, Y. Li, and F. Gao, "A novel single-phase five-
(MEPCON'15), Mansoura University, Egypt, 2015. level inverter with coupled inductors," IEEE Transactions on
[6] M. Farhat, O. Barambones, and L. Sbita, "Real-time efficiency Power Electronics, vol. 27, pp. 2716-2725, 2012.
boosting for PV systems using MPPT based on sliding mode," [21] E. Babaei, S. Laali, and Z. Bayat, "A single-phase cascaded
Energy Procedia, vol. 75, pp. 361-366, 2015. multilevel inverter based on a new basic unit with reduced
[7] N. Femia, G. Petrone, G. Spagnuolo, and M. Vitelli, number of power switches," IEEE Transactions on Industrial
"Optimization of perturb and observe maximum power point Electronics, vol. 62, pp. 922-929, 2015.
tracking method," IEEE Transactions on Power Electronics, [22] M. A. Sayed, M. Ahmed, M. G. Elsheikh, and M. Orabi, "PWM
vol. 20, pp. 963-973, 2005. Control Techniques for Single-Phase Multilevel Inverter Based
[8] J. C. Rosas-Caro, J. M. Ramírez, and P. M. García-Vite, "Novel Controlled DC Cells," Cell, vol. 1, p. V2, 2016.
DC-DC multilevel boost converter," in 2008 IEEE Power [23] A. Nabae, I. Takahashi, and H. Akagi, "A new neutral-point-
Electronics Specialists Conference, 2008, pp. 2146-2151. clamped PWM inverter," IEEE Transactions on industry
[9] S. Debnath, J. Qin, B. Bahrani, M. Saeedifard, and P. Barbosa, applications, pp. 518-523, 1981.
"Operation, control, and applications of the modular multilevel

82
NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

Optimal Location and Sizing of UPQC Using Hybrid

Dragonfly and Particle Swarm Optimization Algorithm
Dr.kaladhar Gaddala Dr.Sk.Md.Shareef
Electrical and Electronics Engineering Dept. Electrical and Electronics Engineering Dept.
St. Ann’s College Of Engineering and Technology Narasaraopeta Engineering College
Chirala, Andhrapradesh, INDIA Narasaraopeta, Andhrapradesh, INDI
kaladhar1.mtech@gmail.com skmseee@gmail.com

Abstract: regulation. At the Point of Common Coupling, the

series component includes voltage to maintain a
A nowadays FACTS device plays an important balanced and distortion-free system (PCC). At the
role in minimization of lot of power quality same time, the UPQC shunt section includes current
problems which leads to improvement of stability to the PCC, resulting in a regulated sinusoidal
of power system. Several optimization methods incoming current to the PCC bus. The majority of
are exploited to locate UPQC in distribution the UPQC research is focused on two bus
system. This paper presents a hybrid algorithm distribution systems. and focuses on UPQC
that links dragonfly (DA) and particle swarm performance [8] [9], in a short duration and not in
optimization algorithm (PSO). In the present long terms dynamically. If necessary, UPQC for
research the adopted algorithm is named as optimal sizing and location is modeled to alleviate a
Hybrid dragon fly and particle swarm given high degree of voltage sag. As a result, the
optimization (HDA-PSO). Using adopted value must be kept above the minimum required to
algorithm optimal location of UPQC is minimize the indicated maximum amount of voltage
discovered based on the voltage stability index sag. UPQC's main purpose is to compensate for
(VSI), Cost of UPQC and power losses. The supply voltage PQ difficulties such as sags,
adopted model is applied to IEEE-69 and IEEE- imbalance, swells, harmonics, and flicker, as well as
33 Bus systems. PQ concerns such as reactive current and unbalance
Keywords—UPQC Placement; Power Quality harmonics. Voltage adjustment could be achieved
Improvement; Particle swarm optimization by the use of active and reactive powers. When
Algorithm; DragonFly; Hybrid. significant voltage sag needs to be compensated,
both active and reactive power are necessary.
INTRODUCTION Numerous scholars have used evolutionary estimate
FACTS devices are now being used for reactive approaches to handle difficult problems that are not
power and voltage compensation under steady-state easily solved by traditional schemes in order to meet
network operating settings, thanks to technological the objective function under various constraints. The
advancements. The basic construction of UPQC is integration of UPQC in a power system is posing
made up of two compensators connected by a DC new problems to the power industry in terms of
link in a continuous loop. The UPQC features two system integration. In order to compensate for PQ
voltage source inverters connected to a DC energy difficulties, UPQC remains a most striking solution
storage capacitor, which will be used to improve for distribution systems. Experiments are being
imbalance, voltage sag, and flicker, as well as conducted to see if UPQC can be used to tackle
dynamic, active, harmonics, and reactive power problems like voltage swell, voltage sag, power

83
NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

voltage, and inappropriate harmonics in voltage and denotes the small variable, the voltage magnitude
current. Because swells are more crucial in nature for bth bus. The VSI should lie in the interval among
than sag, UPQC has a low efficiency while the load 0.9 to 1.1 and if there is any variation in this level,
power is low, and therefore has a limited capacitor the penalty is summed up.
lifetime. However, if UPQC is not installed in the
UPQC Cost US $ / kVAr   0.0003F 2  0.2691F  188.22
proper location in the network, it can significantly 1  As mUPQC  As (2)
increase network power loss and pave the way for a UPQCCost year  UPQCCost 
1  As mUPQC 1
variety of PQ issues such as voltage sag, harmonics,
under-voltage mitigation, and so on. Furthermore, 1 if V min  V b  V max 
 (3)

VSI   
the best location for UPQC to improve both PQ and 
exp  | 1  V b |  otherwise 
energy/power loss has yet to be determined.
Loss  NL Loss 
NL

F V 2  V 2  2VV cos      (4)
 k  k i j i j i j
Using a hybridization of DA and PSO, this k 1 k 1

research presents a model for optimal UPQC Modeling UPQC

position and sizing in power distribution systems.
The hybridization of DA and PSO in the suggested Fig 1 demonstrates the pictorial demonstration of
algorithm, and hence the presented model is called UPQC, which is modelled depending on 3-phase 4
HDA-PSO. The proposed model determines the best wire VSC.
position for a UPQC device based on the UPQC The UPQC is made up of two types of APF:
cost, power losses, and VSI. series and shunt. In general, the shunt APF is
connected to compensate for all concerns across all
OBJECTIVE MODEL FOR UPQC PLACEMENT AND loads. A three-phase series transformer connects the
LOCATION: AN OPTIMAL STRATEGY
series APF to a line in series. This serves as a
Objective Function controlled voltage source capable of resolving any
The allocation of UPQC is a significant voltage-related difficulties. UPQC reduces the load
component of the chosen power quality upgrade. disturbance region to a normal working region via a
The location of UPQC must meet the goals of fault protection technique.
enhancing the power quality. In reality, Eq. (1) Furthermore, it decreases voltage unbalances and
proves the introduced scheme's objective function. sags, as well as real-world power loss. Two
Obj  minUPQCcost  Loss VSI  (1) inverters are used, each of which is connected to a
single dc storage capacitor. One inverter is used for
From Eq. (1) having three variables, first one is series voltage placement, while the other is used for
the Loss which is specified in Eq. (4) [35], in which, shunt current insertion.
Fk denotes the conductance of k th line linked among
The working principles of a shunt inverter and a
i and j buses. Voltage angle of i and j buses is
series inverter are shown. The magnitude of voltage
pointed out by i and  j . Second one is the UPQC Vse fed through a series inverter based on the
cost, which is specified in Eq. (2) [34], where, As maximum voltage sag, which must be reduced. The
indicates the asset rate of return, third one is source voltage magnitude in voltage sag and normal
UPQCCost denotes the investment cost, UPQC year
Cost
conditions are indicated as V  kV andV  V and
s SO s SO

signifies the yearly cost of UPQC, F refers to ksag  1 k  . At every load voltage condition,
operating range in MVAr for UPQC’s, mUPQC VL  VSO  Vs . The necessary series voltage injection
denotes the UPQC’s durability. The VSI
measurement is defined in Eq. (3) [34], in which 

84
NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

for mitigating ksag p.u of voltage sag is estimated as THD I fu  THD I fu (12)
L L sh sh

given by Eq. (5). Therefore, the shunt compensating current’s


Vse  V L2  kV SO   2V L kVSO cos r.m.s value is illustrated by Eq. (13).
2

(5)
Vs 1  k 2  2k cos Ish  I shfu 1  THD2sh (13)
I fu
1  cos  / k  2cos cos   / k  THD
2 2 2
The active power required by the load when L L

lossless UPQC is taken into account is shown as From Eq. (13), the description of VA rating
active power obtained from the source. In the sense, regarding shunt inverter can be attained, and it is
kVs Is  VLIL cos , which offers the source current as specified in Eq. (14).
in Eq. (6), in which IL and Is denotes the SEsh  Vs Ish
(14)
compensated load current and source-end current,  Vs I Lfu 1  cos2  / k 2  2cos cos   / k  THDL2
correspondingly. From both Eq. (5) and (6), rating
of VA in series inverter is portrayed as given by Eq. Eq. (15) and (16) explains the active and reactive
(7). powers, which are distributed by the shunt inverter.
  tan 1cos     cos / sin    90o   .The delivered total
I  I cos / k (6) sh

s L
 reactive power of UPQC’s is specified by Eq. (17).
SE  V I  V I cos (7)
se se s s L 1 k  2k cos / k
2
Psh  SEsh cossh (15)
Eq. (9) and (8) denote the reactive and active Qsh  SEsh sinsh (16)
power distributed by the series inverter,
respectively. Accordingly, UUPQC  Qse  Qsh (17)
se  180o  tan1sin /1 cos  [27].

Pse  SEse cosse (8) Series Injected

transformer
3 phase AC supply
U se  SEse sinse (9)
The formulation of compensating current through
shunt inverter Ish is portrayed as in Eq. (10).

Ish  I s2  I L2  2I s I L cos   
(10)
 IL 1 cos2  / k 2  2cos cos   / k Ser

Furthermore, the shunt inverter performs the

compensation of harmonic available in load end as
specified in Eq. (11) and (12). Here, in Eq. (11) and
(12) , ILdi denotes distortion
Fig. 1 Demonstration of UPQC Circuit
element, I Lfu indicates the fundamental element,
THDL I shdi denotes
denotes the THD of load current, Main Constraints

distortion element, I fu
signifies the fundamental Equality constraints: With respect to phase
sh
angle and bus voltage magnitude, both active and
element, THDsh symbolizes the THD of shunt
reactive line power is displayed. Eq.(18) shows the
inverter current. active power balance in the distribution system. The
I Ldi  I dish (11) reactive power balance is depicted in Eq. (19). Here,

85
NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

PH
i
and PE denotes the active power and system
i
Here, PSa indicates the positions of the bus line, in
active power demand, which is inserted at ith bus which the UPQC is to be positioned and Sik refers to
correspondingly and Ploss refers to the total active the size of UPQC. Accordingly, a  1,2,3..N , in
power loss. which, N  33 and N  69 for the IEEE 33 bus
system and IEEE 69 bus systems, correspondingly.
   0
NL
PH  PE  o ik Vi 2  V j2  2VVi jcos  i  j (18) For achieving the mentioned objectives, these
i i
k 1

Q Q 
NL
 
p V 2  V 2  2V V sin     0 (19)
solutions encoding constraints are applied to the
HDA-PSO optimization model.
Hi Ei  ik i j i j i j
k 1

In Eq. (19), QHi indicates reactive power, which

was inserted at ith bus, Q Ei denotes the system PS1 .... PSN Si1 .... SiN Z
reactive power demand and Qloss refers to the
reactive power loss. pi j and oi j signifies the
susceptance and conductance, correspondingly Location Size
associated between i and j . V j andVi denotes the
voltage magnitude of both j and i buses. Fig. 2 Solution encoding

Inequality constraints: These parameters A. Simulation Setup

articulate the capacity of the system and its MATLAB 2018 a was used to implement the
functioning limits. In addition, these parameters are proposed model. The IEEE 69 bus system and the
categorized into foremost classes. IEEE 33 bus system were both employed. On the
basis of UPQC placement, three investigations were
Line flow limit: Under various specified states, it
conducted: I one location, (ii) two locations, and
denotes the highest power transfer over a specific
(iii) three locations. Furthermore, the proposed work
transmission line. Thermal or stability
was evaluated by changing the load circumstances
considerations determine the limits. The power flow
to 0%, 50%, 100%, 150%, 200%, and 250%,
limit parameter is portrayed as in Eq. (20), in which
respectively.
H max denotes the power flow’s utmost value via k th
k Conventional DragonFly Algorithm
line.
The dynamic and static swarming mechanisms
Hk  Hk max (20) are the driving force behind the DA model. These
Bus voltage limit: The bus voltage limit is two mechanisms are linked to the first and second
considered in relation to the voltage imbalance limit stages of the process, namely I exploration and (ii)
and the voltage magnitude limit node, respectively. exploitation. The following is a model of these two
The 3-phase node voltage magnitude limit phases: The formulation for separation is evaluated,
parameter is shown in Eq. (21). as in Eq. (22), in which Y j reveals the jth position

V min  V  V max (21) of the neighbouring individual, Y denotes the

position of the present individual and N signifies
Solution Encoding the count of the neighbouring individuals.
As shown in Fig. 2, the sizing and placements of N
the UPQC on the IEEE 33 and IEEE 69 test bus Hi    Y  Yj (22)
j 1
systems are supplied as solutions for encoding to
determine the ideal positioning and dimensions.

86
NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

Alignment is measured, as revealed by Eq. (23), the ith individual and t indicates the iteration
in which Qj signifies the velocity of the jth counter.
neighbouring individual. In addition, the Y t 1  pHi  aBi  cGi  fFi  eEi  wY t (27)
formulation for cohesion is given by Eq. (24), in
Following the evaluation of the step vector, Eq.
which Y j indicates the position of the jth
(28), in which t specifies the current iteration,
neighboring individual, Ne symbolizes the number manipulates the position vectors.
of neighborhoods and Y signifies the position of the
Y t 1  Y t Y t 1 (28)
current individual.
N It is necessary to fly across the exploration space
 j 1
e Q
j
Bi  (23) using an arbitrary walk, where no neighbouring
Ne
solutions exist, in order to improve the stochastic
N
 j 1
e Yj performance of the artificial dragonflies. Eq.
Gi  Y (24)
Ne modifies the dragonfly's position in such
circumstances (29), in which z signifies the
Attraction to a food resource is computed by Eq. dimension of the position vectors, and t stands for
(25) , in which Y  corresponds to the position of the the current iteration.
food source and Y signifies the position of the
Y t 1  Y t LevyzY t (29)
current individual.
The Levy flight is evaluated by Eq. (30), in
Fi  Y   Y (25)
which  is a constant factor and r1 and r2 are the
Distraction towards an enemy is specified by Eq. random numbers that are lying among [0,1]. Further,
(26) , in which Y  describes the position of the  is computed using Eq. (31), in which x x 1 .
enemy and Y denotes the position of the current 
r1  
individual. Levyx  0.01 1
 (30)
 r2 

Ei  Y  Y (26)
1
 

1        



Two vectors are evaluated and used to update the

position of the artificial dragonflies in an  sin 2 

     
exploration space and to complete their movements:   1  
 
1      2


 2  
step ( Y ) and position ( Y ).  
 2 
The step vector exposes the direction of
movement of the dragonfly, as computed in Eq.
Conventional PSO Algorithm
(27). Here, Hi indicates the separation of the ith
individual, p denotes the separation weight, a The PSO algorithm was originally created to
denotes the alignment weight, G signifies the ith encourage flock behavior in birds. The particles are
first arbitrarily positioned into the search space,
individual cohesion, c corresponds to the cohesion
which implies they are moved in certain directions
weight, B points to the alignment of the ith
arbitrarily. In addition, the particle's direction is
individual, Fi corresponds to the food resource of
gradually changed, and it begins to move in the
the ith individual, f symbolizes the food factor, e direction of its former optimal location. As a result,
corresponds to the enemy factor, w refers to the they look for a community and choose the finest
inertia weight, Ei signifies the enemy’s position of locations for a specific fitness purpose.

87
NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

fit  Dm  D optimal solution. PSO has been shown in a number

→ of studies to discover the best solution to a variety
The position of the particle p is defined as x D
m

→ of situations. PSO could swiftly converge on the

while its velocity is specified as v . Both variables
optimal solution because to its equations in finding
are initially arbitrarily chosen according to the two
the optimal solution by exploiting the best
formulas, then updated iteratively and defined in Eq
experience of the particles, i.e., it is good at
(31).
exploitation. PSO, on the other hand, can get stuck
→ → → → →
v  v ac1h1(q  x)  ac 2h2( f  x) (31) in local optima if it converges on the best solution
too soon. To put it another way, PSO is bad at
The inertia weight is a user-defined behavioral
exploration, which is a crucial part of the
parameter  that affects the amount of recurrence in
→ optimization process. When there is no surrounding
the particles' velocity. q identifies the particle's
dragonfly, DA uses the Levy flying to improve
previous best position (personal best) and f randomization and stochastic behavior. This could
specifies the swarm's previous best position (global considerably improve the algorithm's exploring
best).Further, this is weighted with the aid of process. During the operation, however, the best
stochastic variable h1 , h2 ~ we(0,1) and ac1, ac2 refers to experience, which is the personal best, of dragonfly
the acceleration constant. Furthermore, despite is not used. The DA converges on the optimal
having improved fitness, the velocity is added to the solution relatively slowly as a result of this, and it
current particle's position, which advances toward can become stranded in the local optima. To address
the next point in search space. The pseudo code of these issues, a new method is developed that
PSO is given in Algorithm 1. combines the salient features of the DA and PSO
→ → → (32) algorithms, namely, DA exploration and PSO
x  x v
exploitation. The dragonflies in DA are initially set
Algorithm 1: PSO algorithm to traverse the search space in order to locate the
Particle initialization with random positions and global solution region. The best DA position is then
velocities obtained. In the PSO equation (Equation 31), the
Till the end criteria: Repeat → → acquired best position from DA is then replaced as
Do for every particle with position and the global best position. The PSO method, which is
x v
velocity used in the exploitation phase, then uses the global
Updating velocity as in Eq. (31). best position from DA to deliver the expected
Enforce velocity boundaries optimal solution. The hybrid algorithm is given in
Particle move towards the new position via fig3 known as Hybrid DA-PSO Optimization
Eq. (31)
→ →
Algorithm.
If f    f   SIMULATION RESULTS AND ANALYSIS
x q
Position update as in Eq. (32)
PERFORMANCE ANALYSIS OF PROPOSED AND
End if
CONVENTIONAL MODELS BY VARYING THE LOADING
End
CONDITIONS WITH RESPECT TO NUMBER OF
LOCATION: 1 FOR IEEE 33 BUS SYSTEM
Proposed Hybrid DA-PSO Optimization
Algorithm for optimal UPQC location problem Loading (%) PSO DA HDA-PSO
Many optimization methods have been 0 516.98 515.34 515.08
presented to solve the problem of getting stuck in 50 556.8 556.85 556.8
local optima while algorithms strive to locate the 100 599.91 602.9 599.91

88
NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

150 642.22 642.53 642.22

200 690.7 690.73 690.7 PERFORMANCE ANALYSIS OF PROPOSED AND
250 740.43 740.43 740.43 CONVENTIONAL MODELS BY VARYING THE LOADING
CONDITIONS WITH RESPECT TO NUMBER OF
LOCATION: 2 FOR IEEE 33 BUS SYSTEM

Loading (%) PSO DA HAD-PSO

0 419.74 412.15 410.15
50 461.98 454.37 454.41
100 492.4 502.83 492.4
150 548.64 542.5 539.19
200 594.91 595.53 587.07
250 646.16 638.28 636.19

PERFORMANCE ANALYSIS OF PROPOSED AND

CONVENTIONAL MODELS BY VARYING THE LOADING
CONDITIONS WITH RESPECT TO NUMBER OF
LOCATION: 3 FOR IEEE 33 BUS SYSTEM

Loading (%) PSO DA HAD-PSO

0 378.3 385.55 376.28
50 423 421.49 421.06
100 470.6 461.09 458.61
150 508.7 508.8 505.33
200 563.39 555.9 553.2
250 604.62 604.77 602.41

PERFORMANCE ANALYSIS OF PROPOSED AND

CONVENTIONAL MODELS BY VARYING THE LOADING
CONDITIONS WITH RESPECT TO NUMBER OF
LOCATION: 1 FOR IEEE 69 BUS SYSTEM

Loading (%) PSO DA HAD-PSO

0 543.21 536.64 536.64
50 555.86 549.34 549.34
100 569.88 563.42 563.4
150 580.07 580.07 580.07
200 598.63 598.61 598.61
250 623.4 617.11 617.11

PERFORMANCE ANALYSIS OF PROPOSED AND

CONVENTIONAL MODELS BY VARYING THE LOADING
CONDITIONS WITH RESPECT TO NUMBER OF
LOCATION: 3 FOR IEEE 69 BUS SYSTEM
Fig3. Proposed Algorithm

89
NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

Loading (%) PSO DA HAD-PSO

0 429.19 433.2 429.19
50 445.71 454.11 441.78
100 460.65 461.41 455.74
150 474.85 474.92 471.1
200 488.72 493.22 487.93
250 526.39 513.09 511.94

PERFORMANCE ANALYSIS OF PROPOSED AND

CONVENTIONAL MODELS BY VARYING THE LOADING
CONDITIONS WITH RESPECT TO NUMBER OF Fig.3. IEEE-33 Test Bus Systems
LOCATION: 3 FOR IEEE 69 BUS SYSTEM

Loading (%) PSO DA HAD-PSO

0 396.52 400.44 395.11
50 412.22 413.81 407.72
100 426.99 429.95 421.66
150 441.61 442.42 436.88
200 456.46 467.27 453.71
250 474.93 480.77 474.8

33 Bus Systems:
The system's data is gathered from. Figure 3
depicts the system's network configuration. The
Fig.4. IEEE-69 Test Bus Systems
voltage at the base is 12.66 kV. The system's active
and reactive loads are 3715 kW and 2300 kVAr, to solve the multiobjective optimal power flow
respectively. It has 32 branches and 33 buses. The problems (MO-OPF) problem in a power system. As
distribution system's under voltage problem affects the DA is an algorithm that applies Levy flight to
21 of the 33 buses. Table I shows the outcomes of improve its randomness and stochastic
the UPQC installation. behavior, this could significantly develop the
exploration phase of the algorithm in an
69 Bus Systems: optimization. The PSO could quickly converge on
The system's data is derived from. Figure 4 the optimal solution because of its equations for
depicts the system's network configuration. The finding optimal solutions by using the best
voltage at the base is 12.66 kV. The system's total experience of the particles. This makes PSO
load is 3802.19 kW and 2694.6 kVAr. It has a total perform well at the exploitation phase in an
of 69 buses and 68 locations. There are 9 under optimization. The new HDA-PSO algorithm combines
voltage nodes out of 69 in the distribution system the prominent points of these two algorithms, which
(13.04 %). Table III& IV shows the results of the are the exploration phase of DA and the exploitation
UPQC installation for a 69-bus radial distribution phase of the PSO, to improve its performance for
system. a hybrid HDA-PSO algorithm is proposed finding the optimal solution of the OPF problem.

90
NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

The proposed algorithm was used to minimize fuel

cost, emissions, and transmission losses, which are
considered to be parts of the objective function. The
standard IEEE 33-bus and 69-bus systems were proposed algorithm. However, the computation time
employed to investigate the performance of the of the HDA-PSO is much slower than other All
proposed algorithm to find the optimal settings of simulation results support the applicability,
the control variables. In order to investigate the potential, and effectiveness of the shows the
single-objective and multi objective optimizations, complete performance analysis of IEEE-33 and
the simulation was divided into two cases. First, the IEEE-69 bus systems.
proposed algorithm was used to solve a single-
objective function. The results from the proposed
algorithm show its superiority over other
optimization algorithms in the literature. For the
other case, the HAD-PSO was successfully
algorithms in the literature because of the sequential
computation of DA and PSO. Tables V&VI are
employed to solve the MO-OPF problem because
the Pareto fronts generated by HDA-PSO are better
than those obtained by the original DA and PSO
algorithms.

91
NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

Table V: Complete analysis of 33 Bus System with UPQCs at different optimal locations

Without With One With two With three

S.NO Description
UPQC UPQC UPQCs UPQCs
1 Location - 31 30,4 32,30,25
2 Total real power loss (kW) 202.6771 288.8795 274.34 272.27
Total reactive power loss
3 135.141 865 335 59.55
(kVAr)
0.8892
0.8978
4 Voltage injected (p.u.) - 0.8866 0.8916
0.9666
0.9592

Table VI: Complete analysis of 33 Bus System with UPQCs at different optimal locations

Without With One With two With three

S.NO Description
UPQC UPQC UPQCs UPQCs
1 Location - 61 61, 59 61, 64, 68
Total real power loss
2 225.0044 330.96 302.89 300.38
(kW)
Total reactive power loss
3 102.2057 149.3381 137.4167 136.3658
(kVAr)
0.8837
0.8834
4 Voltage injected (p.u) - 0.89 0.9572
0.8999
0.8762
Conclusions Based on Variable Phase Angle Control Method,"
This paper has intended to design an optimal IEEE Transactions on Industrial Informatics, vol.
UPQC location and sizing using a nonlinear multi- 14, no. 7, pp. 3109-3123, July 2018.
objective function. The adopted models have [2] G. S. Kumar, B. K. Kumar and M. K.
concerned on reducing the UPQC cost, power Mishra, "Mitigation of Voltage Sags With Phase
system losses and VSI. Based on the logic of Jumps by UPQC With PSO-Based ANFIS," IEEE
hybridization process, the proposed algorithm was Transactions on Power Delivery, vol. 26, no. 4, pp.
termed as HDA-PSO Further, the proposed model 2761-2773, Oct. 2011.
was compared with traditional algorithms like PSO, [3] J. Ye, H. B. Gooi and F. Wu, "Optimization
LA, CSA, ROA, WS-WU,GM-DA and RMPF, and of the Size of UPQC System Based on Data-Driven
the better outcomes were attained. The analysis was Control Design," IEEE Transactions on Smart Grid,
performed in both IEEE 33 and IEEE 69test bus vol. 9, no. 4, pp. 2999-3008, July 2018.
systems, and the corresponding outcomes were [4] H. Heydari and A. H. Moghadasi,
attained. "Optimization Scheme in Combinatorial UPQC and
SFCL Using Normalized Simulated Annealing,"
References IEEE Transactions on Power Delivery, vol. 26, no.
3, pp. 1489-1498, July 2011.
[1] J. Ye, H. B. Gooi and F. Wu, "Optimal
Design and Control Implementation of UPQC

92
NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

[5] JayantiSarker and S.K.Goswami, " Optimal [12] N.GowthamShobhaShankar, " UPQC: A
Location of Unified Power Quality Conditioner in Custom Power Device for Power Quality
Distribution System for Power Quality Improvement", vol. 5, no. 1, pp. 965-972, 2018.
[13] Sergio A.González and María I.Valla, "
UPQC implemented with Cascade Asymmetric
Improvement", International Journal of Electrical Multilevel Converters", Electric Power Systems
Power & Energy Systems, vol. 83, pp. 309-324, Research, vol. 124, pp.144-151, July 2015.
2016. [14] Shafiuzzaman K.Khadem, MalabikaBasu
[6] S. Ganguly, "Multi-Objective Planning for and Michael F.Conlon, " A comparative analysis of
Reactive Power Compensation of Radial placement and control of UPQC in DG integrated
Distribution Networks With Unified Power Quality grid connected network", Sustainable Energy, Grids
Conditioner Allocation Using Particle Swarm and Networks, vol. 6, pp. 46-57, June 2016.
Optimization," IEEE Transactions on Power [15] Anup KumarPand and NishantPatnaik, "
Systems, vol. 29, no. 4, pp. 1801-1810, July 2014. Management of reactive power sharing & power
[7] S. Lakshmi and S. Ganguly, "Modelling and quality improvement with SRF-PAC based UPQC
allocation of open-UPQC-integrated PV generation under unbalanced source voltage condition",
system to improve the energy efficiency and power International Journal of Electrical Power & Energy
quality of radial distribution networks," IET Systems, vol. 84, pp. 182-194, 2017.
Renewable Power Generation, vol. 12, no. 5, pp. [16] V. Khadkikar and A. Chandra, "UPQC-S: A
605-613, 9 4 2018. Novel Concept of Simultaneous Voltage Sag/Swell
[8] S. Lakshmi and S. Ganguly, "Simultaneous and Load Reactive Power Compensations Utilizing
optimisation of photovoltaic hosting capacity and Series Inverter of UPQC," IEEE Transactions on
energy loss of radial distribution networks with Power Electronics, vol. 26, no. 9, pp. 2414-2425,
open unified power quality conditioner allocation," Sept. 2011.
IET Renewable Power Generation, vol. 12, no. 12, [17] B. B. Ambati and V. Khadkikar, "Optimal
pp. 1382-1389, 10 9 2018. Sizing of UPQC Considering VA Loading and
[9] MojtabaYavari, Sayyed HosseinEdjtahed Maximum Utilization of Power-Electronic
and Seyed AbbasTaher, " A non-linear controller Converters," IEEE Transactions on Power Delivery,
design for UPQC in distribution systems", vol. 29, no. 3, pp. 1490-1498, June 2014.
Alexandria Engineering Journal, Available online , [18] M. Brenna, R. Faranda and E. Tironi, "A
15 November 2018. New Proposal for Power Quality and Custom Power
[10] SudheerVinnakoti and Venkata ReddyKota, Improvement: OPEN UPQC," IEEE Transactions
"Implementation of artificial neural network based on Power Delivery, vol. 24, no. 4, pp. 2107-2116,
controller for a five-level converter based UPQC", Oct. 2009.
Alexandria Engineering Journal, vol. 57, no.3, [19] S. Devassy and B. Singh, "Design and
pp.1475-1488, September 2018. Performance Analysis of Three-Phase Solar PV
[11] PengLi, YuweiLi and ZihengYin, " Integrated UPQC," IEEE Transactions on Industry
Realization of UPQC H∞ coordinated control in Applications, vol. 54, no. 1, pp. 73-81, Jan.-Feb.
Microgrid", International Journal of Electrical 2018.
Power & Energy Systems, vol. 65, pp. 443-452, [20] Vinod Khadkikar, " Enhancing Electric
2015. Power Quality Using UPQC: A Comprehensive

93
NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

Overview" , IEEE Transactions on Power Computational and Applied Mathematics, vol. 184,
Electronics, vol. 27, no. 5, 2012. no. 1, pp. 205-222, 2005.
[21] B. Han, B. Bae, S. Baek and G. Jang, " New [30] Mohammad Jafari and Mohammad Hossein
configuration of UPQC for medium-voltage Bayati Chaleshtari, " Using dragonfly algorithm for
application", IEEE Transactions on Power optimization of orthotropic infinite plates with a
Delivery, vol. 21, no. 3, 2006. quasi-triangular cut-out", European Journal of
[22] Vinod Khadkikar and Ambrish Chandra, " A Mechanics A/Solids, vol. 66, pp.1-14, 2017.
Novel Structure for Three-Phase Four-Wire [31] Gaddala Kaladhar, "Optimal UPQC
Distribution System Utilizing Unified Power Location in Power Distribution Network via
Quality Conditioner (UPQC)", IEEE Transactions Merging Genetic and Dragonfly Algorithm", in
on Industry Applications, vol. 45, no. 5, 2009. communication
[23] Shafiuzzaman K. Khadem, Malabika Basu [32] D. Binu and B. S Kariyappa, " RideNN: A
and Michael F. Conlon, " Intelligent Islanding and New Rider Optimization Algorithm-Based Neural
Seamless Reconnection Technique for Microgrid Network for Fault Diagnosis in Analog Circuits",
With UPQC", IEEE Journal of Emerging and IEEE TRANSACTIONS ON
Selected Topics in Power Electronics, vol. 3, no. 2, INSTRUMENTATION AND MEASUREMENT,
2015. 2018.
[24] Srinivas Bhaskar Karanki, Nagesh Geddada, [33] Biswas S, Goswami SK, Chatterjee A,
Mahesh K. Mishra and B. Kalyan Kumar, " A "Optimal distributed generation placement in shunt
Modified Three-Phase Four-Wire UPQC Topology capacitor compensated distribution systems
With Reduced DC-Link Voltage Rating", IEEE considering voltage sag and harmonics distortions",
Transactions on Industrial Electronics, vol. 60, no. IET Gener Transm Distrib, vol. 8, no. 5, pp. 783–
9, 2013. 97, 2014.
[25] J. Ye, H. B. Gooi and F. Wu, "Optimal [34] Ganguly S, " Impact of unified power-
Design and Control Implementation of UPQC quality conditioner allocation on line loading, losses
Based on Variable Phase Angle Control Method," and voltage stability of radial distribution systems",
IEEE Transactions on Industrial Informatics, vol. IEEE Trans Power Deliv, vol. 29, no. 4, 2014.
14, no. 7, pp. 3109-3123, July 2018.
[26] M.E.H.Pedersen and A.J.Chipperfield, "
Simplifying Particle Swarm Optimization", Applied
Soft Computing, vol. 10, no. 2, pp. 618-628, 2010.
[27] Seyedali Mirjalili and Andrew Lewis, " The
Whale Optimization Algorithm", Advances in
Engineering Software, vol. 95, pp.51–67, 2016
[28] Gaddala Kaladhar, “Modified Whale
Optimization based Optimal Location of UPQC in
Distribution System for Power Quality Dr. Kaladhar Gaddala received his B.Tech
Improvement”, in communication. degree in Electrical and Electronics Engineering
[29] JohnMcCall, "Genetic algorithms for from Narasaraopeta Engineering College,
modelling and optimisation", Journal of Narasaraopeta. Master degree (M.Tech) also from
same college. Ph.D from SVU College of

94
NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

engineering, SV University,Tirupati.Presently he
has been working as Associate professor in
Electrical department since sixteen years in St.
Ann‘s College of Engineering & Technology,
Chirala.His research is going on now on DC-DC
Converters.

Dr. Sk. Md. Shareef received his B.Tech

degree in Electrical and Electronics Engineering
from University College Of Engineering,Andhra
University Visakhapatnam. Master degree (M.Tech)
from Narasaraopeta Engineering College. Ph.D
from University College Of Engineering, JNTU
University, KAKINADA. Presently he has been
working as Associate professor in Electrical
department of Narasaraopeta Engineering College,
Narasaraopet since fifteen years. His research is
going on now on DC-DC Converters.

95
NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

Performance Improvement of Three-phase

Dynamic Programmable Voltage Source and PID
Controller
Venkata Naresh K, Akash D, Narendra Kumar T, Hemanth Naga Sai B
Electrical and Electronics Engineering, Narasaraopeta Engineering College, Narasaraopet, A.P(522601)
kumpativenkatanaresh@gmail.com, akash9492469336@gmail.com
narendrakumarthota2000@gmail.com, hemanthnagasai42@gmail.com

Abstract--This project shows the influence of dynamic load these loads. In this section, we will review some of the
on power system. With the deviation of dynamic load existing approaches and highlight their strengths and
particularly RLC and power electric circuits which is limitations. One of the most common approaches is to
regularity dependent, the simulink of three phase dynamic use a pulse width modulation (PWM) technique to
load outcome will be demonstrated. The paper is based on
control the output voltage of the inverter. This
three-phase dynamic load to improve close loop. The main
problem of three phase dynamic load with PVS is that the technique is widely used due to its simplicity and
system performance is slow response with open loop efficiency, but it has limited accuracy and may result
system. The impartial of this paper was to investigate the in harmonic distortion. Another approach is to use a
active features of dynamic loads and its impact on power proportional-integral (PI) controller to regulate the
system based on PID controller with close loop. The results voltage of the load. This technique has been shown to
is compared with traditional PVS and showed that the be effective in controlling the output voltage, but it
proposed PVS with PID controller has the authority over may not be suitable for dynamic loads that exhibit
conventional system. time-varying behaviour. More recently, adaptive
control techniques have been proposed to address the
Keywords: Close loop, Three Phase Dynamic Load, challenges of controlling three-phase dynamic loads.
Programmable Voltage Source PVS, PID Controller These techniques use online identification of the load
parameters to adapt the control system and improve its
I. INTRODUCTION
performance. However, these techniques require a
Dynamic loading demonstrates can be used
significant amount of computational resources and
to investigate control system dependability problems,
may not be practical for real-time applications. The
but the process of showing load remains a difficult
proposed approach in this paper builds on the existing
task. Over the next ten years, non-linear loads such as
literature by combining the flexibility of a
electrical interference will make up about 70 to 85%
programmable voltage source with the accuracy of a
of the power being loaded into a system. This has
PID controller. The programmable voltage source
caused difficulties for control networks in recent
allows for precise control of the load voltage, while
years, as the act of controlling these devices becomes
the PID controller provides stable and accurate closed-
more complex. Power electronics with high rates of
loop control. The proposed approach has the potential
errors have also caused large amounts of problems for
to achieve superior performance compared to existing
systems. Though power devices often have significant
approaches while maintaining practicality for real-
impacts on power distribution, few attempts have been
world applications.
made to improve methods for evaluating the dynamics
of three phase loads. A stable system has been used to
III. METHODOLOGY
study methods, while others have attempted to apply
In this project, both simulation and
dynamic loading to an unstable system in order to
experimental approaches are utilized to assess the
determine positive feedback structures. However,
suggested enhanced closed-loop system for three-
these systems have not been able to be decoupled in a
phase dynamic loads, which is based on a
universal way across different network conditions.
programmable voltage source and a PID controller.
The simulation is carried out using
II. RELATED WORK
MATLAB/Simulink, a popular tool for simulating
The control of three-phase dynamic loads is
power electronics systems. A simulation model is
a well-studied problem in the field of power
constructed according to the mathematical equations
electronics. Various closed-loop control systems have
of the proposed system, and the results are leveraged
been proposed to address the challenges of controlling
to analyze and optimize its performance. The

96
NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

simulation model is subjected to various load optimize the system's performance, including the
conditions and disturbances to examine the response system's response time, steady-state error, and control
and stability of the system. signal characteristics. The simulation also enables the
The experimental verification of the evaluation of the system's behavior under different
proposed system is executed through a lab setup load conditions and disturbances.
comprising a programmable voltage source, a three- Overall, the simulation provides a valuable tool to
phase inverter, a resistive load, and a PID controller. analyze and optimize the proposed improved closed-
The programmable voltage source generates the loop system for three-phase dynamic loads based on a
desired load voltage, while the three-phase inverter programmable voltage source and a PID controller
converts DC voltage into AC voltage to power the before experimental implementation.
load. A microcontroller-based system implements the V. RESULTS
PID controller, and the performance of the system is The Simulink of proposed PVS with PID
assessed under different load conditions. controller is executed based on Simulink matlab with
By comparing experimental outcomes with C++ programme. Figure 1 shows the Simulink of
simulation findings, the efficacy of the proposed PVS-PID controller which consists of three phase
system in controlling three-phase dynamic loads is programmable voltage source, three phase dynamic
verified. Settling time, rise time, overshoot, and load, and PID controller with multiplexing and RLC
steady-state error are employed as performance load with high voltage 500kv and power 2000MVA.
metrics to evaluate system performance. The results The main target of PID controller is to minimize the
are further contrasted with existing control methods to error between the desired and actual signal as results
highlight the superiority of the proposed system. to improve close loop system performance.
IV. SIMULATION

Fig 1 Proposed PVS and PID Controller

The simulation model consists of the
following components:
1. Three-phase programmable voltage source: Fig 2 Positive Sequence Voltage and Comparison
This component generates the desired load Result of Magnitude
voltage waveform based on the input control The supply voltage of system is shown in
signals. figure 3 with value 500 KV. Also, the three phase load
2. Three-phase inverter: This component current is equal to 100 from peak to peak as shown in
converts the DC voltage into AC voltage to figure 3.
drive the load.
3. Three-phase dynamic load: This component
models the dynamic behavior of the load and
includes both linear and nonlinear
components.
4. PID controller: This component generates
the control signal based on the difference
between the desired load voltage and the
actual load voltage.
The simulation model is built based on the
system's mathematical equations, including the three-
phase voltage source equations, three-phase inverter
equations, and load equations. Various load conditions
and disturbances are applied to the simulation model
to investigate the system's response and stability.
The simulation results are used to analyze and Fig 3 Supply Voltage and Three-phase Load Current

97
NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

reduction and the selection of appropriate

components.
Overall, the proposed approach has the
potential to improve the control of three-phase
dynamic loads, offering superior performance
compared to existing approaches. Further research is
needed to explore the full potential of this approach
and to address practical challenges in implementing
the proposed system in real-world applications.

CONCLUSION
The proposed closed-loop system based on a
programmable voltage source and a PID controller has
Fig 4 Active Power been shown to be effective in regulating the voltage of
The simulation is carried out by applying a three-phase dynamic loads. The simulation results
step input signal to the programmable voltage source demonstrate that the system can maintain a stable and
and observing the system's response. The simulation accurate output voltage even in the presence of load
results show that the closed-loop control system is disturbances and parameter variations. Compared to
capable of regulating the voltage of the three-phase existing approaches, the proposed system offers a
dynamic load within the desired range. The superior combination of flexibility and accuracy,
performance of the system is evaluated based on the making it well-suited for practical applications.
rise time, settling time, and steady-state error.
Future work could involve the
The simulation results demonstrate that the implementation of the proposed system in a real-world
proposed system achieves a faster rise time and setup and testing its performance under varying load
settling time compared to the existing PWM and PI conditions. Additionally, the possibility of integrating
control methods. Furthermore, the steady-state error adaptive control techniques into the system could be
of the proposed system is significantly reduced explored to further improve its performance. Overall,
compared to the existing methods. These results the proposed system shows promise in addressing the
indicate that the proposed system can achieve superior challenges of controlling three-phase dynamic loads
performance in regulating the voltage of three-phase and has the potential to contribute to the advancement
dynamic loads. of power electronics technology.

VI Discussion REFERENCES
The proposed closed-loop system for three- [1] Larsson, “High frequency distortion in power
phase dynamic loads based on a programmable grids due to electronic equipment”,Licentiate
voltage source and PID controller showed promising dissertation, Luleå University of
results in the simulation study. The simulation Technology, kellefteå, Sweden, 2006.
analysis demonstrated that the proposed approach is [2] Akhtar, M.Y. (1969). Comprehensive
effective in maintaining a stable and accurate output consideration of transient frequency
voltage, even in the presence of significant load deviation in power system transient stability
disturbances. One of the key strengths of the proposed studies. PROC. IEEE, 166 (11), 1920- 1969.
approach is the flexibility provided by the [3] Benson, A.R., and Wohlgemuth, D.G.
programmable voltage source. The ability to precisely (1963). System Frequency Stability in the
control the load voltage is critical for applications that Pacific Northwest. System Frequency
require accurate control of power delivery. The PID Stability, 765-769.
controller also played an essential role in ensuring [4] D. Karlsson and D. J. Hill, “Modelling and
stable closed-loop control, providing fast response to identification of nonlinear dynamic loads in
load disturbances while minimizing overshoot and power systems,” IEEE Trans. Power Syst.,
steady-state error. vol. 9, no.1, pp. 157–166, Feb. 1994
It is important to note that the proposed [5] G. Andersson: Modelling and Analysis of
approach was only tested through simulation analysis, Electric Power Systems, ETH Zurich, 2009.
and further experimental validation is necessary to [6] G. L. Skibinski, R. J. Kerkman and D.
confirm the results. Additionally, the implementation Schlegel, “EMI emissions of modern PWM
of the proposed system in practical applications may AC rives,” IEEE Industry Applications
require additional considerations, such as noise Magazine, vol. 5, Issue: 6, pp. 47 - 80, 1999.
[7] Karisson, D., and Hill, D.J. (1994). Modeling

98
NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

and Identification of Non-linear Dynamic California Public Utilities Commission,

Load in Power System. IEEE Transaction on B&V Project No. - 176365, May 2013.
Power Systems, 9 (1), 157- 166. [18] R.H. Salim and R.A. Ramos, "A Model-
[8] Kim, B.H., Kim, H., and Lee, B. (2012). Based Approach for Small-Signal Stability
Parameter Estimation for the Composite Assessment of Unbalanced Power Systems,"
Load Model. Journal of International Council IEEE Trans. Power Systems, vol.27,
on Electrical Engineering, 2 (2), 215- 218. pp.2006-2014, Nov. 2012.
[9] I. Xyngi, A. Ischenko, M. Popov, and L. [19] P.W. Sauer and M.A. Pai, Power System
Sluis, "Transient Stability Analysis of a Dynamics and Stability, Illinois: Stipes
Distribution Network with Distributed Publishing L.L.C, 2006, p. 26, 35, 47, 155,
Generators," IEEE Trans. Power Systems, 165, 195.
vol. 24, pp. 1102-1104, May 2009. [20] P. Kundur, Power System Stability and
[10] R.S. Thallam, S. Suryanarayanan, G.T. Control, New Delhi: Tata McGraw Hill,
Heydt, and R. Ayyanar, "Impact of 2012, p. 858, 861.
Interconnection of Distributed Generation on [21] S. Abhyankar, "Development of an
Electric Distribution Systems – A Dynamic Implicitly Coupled Electromechanical and
Simulation Perspective,” in Proc. 2006 IEEE Electromagnetic Transients Simulator for
Power Engineering Society General Power Systems," Ph.D. dissertation, Dept.
Meeting. Elect. Eng., Illinois Institute of Technology,
[11] Z. Miao, M.A. Choudhry, and R.L. Klein, Chicago, 2011.
"Dynamic simulation and stability control of [22] M. Dilek, F. de Leon, R. Broadwater, and S.
three-phase power distribution system with Lee, “A Robust Multiphase Power Flow for
distributed generators," in Proc. 2002 IEEE General Distribution Networks”, IEEE
Power Engineering Society Winter Meeting, Trans. Power Systems, vol. 25, pp. 760-768,
pp.1029 – 1035. May 2010.
[12] B.W. Lee and S.B. Rhee, "Test Requirements [23] H. Jain, A. Parchure, R.P. Broadwater, M.
and Performance Evaluation for Both Dilek, J. Woyak., "Three Phase Dynamics
Resistive and Inductive Superconducting Analyzer - A New Program for Dynamic
Fault Current Limiters for 22.9 kV Electric Simulation using Three Phase Models of
Distribution Network in Korea," IEEE Trans. Power Systems," in Proc. 2015 IEEE IAS
Applied Superconductivity, vol. 20, pp. Joint ICPS/PCIC Conference.
1114-1117, June 2010. [24] Parameters for Dynamic Models of Power
[13] E.N. Azadani, C. Canizares, C and K. Plant Equipment. [Online]. Available:
Bhattacharya, "Modeling and stability https://www.scribd.com/doc/283485862/Par
analysis of distributed generation," in Proc. ameters-for-Dynamic-Models-
2002 IEEE Power and Energy Society ofPowerPlant-Equipment
General Meeting. [25] IEEE 39 Bus System, Illinois Center for a
[14] E. Nasr-Azadani, C.A. Canizares, D.E. Smarter Electric Grid (ICSEG). [Online].
Olivares, and K. Bhattacharya, "Stability [26] G.G. Karady, S. Saksena, B. Shi, N. Senroy,
Analysis of Unbalanced Distribution "Effects of Voltage Sags on Loads in a
Systems With Synchronous Machine and Distribution System," Power Systems
DFIG Based Distributed Generators," IEEE Energy Research Center, Ithaca, NY, PSERC
Trans. Smart Grid, vol.5, pp. 2326- 2338, Publication 05-63, Oct. 2005.
Sept. 2014. [27] V. Spitsa, R. Salcedo, Ran Xuanchang, J.F.
[15] Xuefeng Bai, Tong Jiang, Zhizhong Guo, Martinez, R.E. Uosef, F. de Leon, D.
Zheng Yan and Yixin Ni, "A unified Czarkowski and Z. Zabar, "Three–Phase
approach for processing unbalanced Time–Domain Simulation of Very Large
conditions in transient stability calculations," Distribution Networks," IEEE Trans. Power
IEEE Trans. Power Systems, vol.21, pp. 85- Delivery, vol.27, pp.677-687, April 2012
90, Feb. 2006.
[16] M. Reza, J.G. Slootweg, P.H. Schavemaker,
W.L. Kling, L van der Sluis., "Investigating
impacts of distributed generation on
transmission system stability," in Proc. 2003
IEEE Bologna Power Tech Conference.
[17] Black & Veatch, "Biennial Report on
Impacts of Distributed Generation,"

99
NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

PROTECTION OF INDUCTION MOTOR FROM

OVER VOLTAGE, OVER CURRENT AND
TEMPERATURE
Mr. G. Naveen M.Tech. Jeevan Kumar Yadla Balu Prasad Tanikonda
Assistant Professor Electrical and Electronics Engineering Electrical and Electronics Engineering
Narasaraopeta Engineering College Narasaraopeta Engineering College Narasaraopeta Engineering College
Narasaraopet, India Narasaraopet, India Narasaraopeta, India
Naveen@nrtec.in jeevanyadla02@gmail.com tanikondabalu1707@gmail.com

Rajesh Bonige Veeranjaneyulu kumbha

Electrical and Electronics Engineering Electrical and Electronics Engineering
Narasaraopeta Engineering College Narasaraopeta Engineering College
Narasaraopeta, India Narasaraopetal, India
rajeshbonige@gmail.com kumbhaveeranjaneyulu1999@gmil.com

Abstract— This project explains about IOT Based remote due to their high robustness, reliability, low cost and
monitoring for HT motor. HT motor was normally used widely in maintenance and high efficiency. They are also critical
the industrial field in which it works on 3.3kv,6.6kv and in11kv. If components in many commercially available equipment’s and
any fault occurs, that causes HT motor to be failure. Which it leads industrial processes. Controlling an induction motor is
to an shut down of generating station or in industrial field and there
will be an chance of occurrence of heavy loss. To avoid such a
difficult due to its strong nonlinear behavior stemming from
failure, an continuous monitor had to be done. The main motto of magnetic saturation effects and a strong temperature
this project is to continuous monitoring of various parameters of dependency of the electrical motor parameters. Especially, the
motor like speed, vibration, temperature, current and voltage of HT rotor time constant of induction motors can change in a wide
motor and controls it by using an IOT. Protection of an induction range due to rotor temperature. These factors make
motor (IM) against possible problems, such as over voltage, over mathematical modelling of motor control systems difficult. In
current, overload, over temperature, and undervoltage, occurring real applications, only simplified models are used. The
during its operation is very important, because it is used intensively commonly used control methods are voltage/frequency, stator
in industry as an actuator. IMs can be protected using some current flux and field-oriented controls. Induction motors are
components, such as timers, contactors, voltage, and current relays.
This method is known as the classical method that is very basic and
perplexing electro-mechanical devices used in most industrial
involves mechanical dynamic parts. Computer and programmable applications for the transformation of power from electrical to
integrated circuit (PIC) based protection methods have eliminated mechanical form. Induction Motors are utilized worldwide as
most of the mechanical components. However, the computer-based the workhorse as a part of mechanical provisions. Such
protection method requires an analog to digital conversion (ADC) motors are robust machines utilized for general purposes, as
card, and the PIC-based protection method does not visualize the well as in risky areas and serious situations. Broadly useful
electrical parameters measured. In this study, for IMs, a new provisions of induction motors incorporate pumps, transports,
protection method based on a programmable logic controller (PLC) machine instruments, diffusive machines, presses, lifts, and
has been introduced. In this method, all contactors, timers, relays, bundling supplies. Induction motor is the most modest
and the conversion card are eliminated. Moreover, the voltages, the
currents, the speed, and the temperature values of the motor, and the
electrical machine from a construction point of view.
problems occurring in the system, are monitored and warning Induction motors are highly reliable, require low maintenance
indicators are shown using coloured LED’s. Experimental results and have high efficiency. The motor fault is due to mechanical
show that the PLCbased protection method costs less, provides and electrical stress. Mechanical stress is caused by overload
higher accuracy as well as a safe and visual environment compared and sudden load change, which can produce vibration in the
with the classical, the computer, and the PIC based protection motor. Electrical stress is caused by short circuit, temperature
systems. rise and some other fault like speed, single phasing. Hence the
fault occurs in the motor. Such failure is costly and can lead
Keywords— Arduino,Wifi-Module,Sensors,LCD to increased maintenance cost and wasted raw material. To
I. INTRODUCTION overcome the above problem, the fault detection here are a
wide range of an A .C motors and motor characteristics in
Protection of induction motors is important because most existence, because of the numerous duties for which they are
industrial applications use induction motors from the market used. All motors need protection, but fortunately, the more
fundamental problems affecting the choice of protection are it is connected. There are some important differences
independent of the type of motor and the type of load to which between the protection of induction motors and synchronous

100
NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1
motors, and these are fully dealt with in the appropriate implemented. Researchers were able to gain a better insight
section. Motor characteristics must be carefully considered into the mechanisms of these failures and use this knowledge
when applying protection; while this may be regarded as to both improve the design of the machine itself and develop
stating the obvious, it is emphasized because it applies more the means to diagnose machine faults more effectively.
to motors than to other items of power system plant. Induction machine failures are commonly divided based
on the main machine components, into three main groups,
II CHARACTERISTICS OF OVER CURRENT
namely, stator, rotor and bearing faults. As can be seen in
PROTECTION
Figure 2.7, around 40% of faults associated with induction
There is a wide variety of relay-units. These are classified machines are due to bearing failures, whereas faults
according to their type and characteristics. The major associated with stator windings account for 38% of induction
characteristic includes: machine failures, and failures associated with rotors account
• Definite characteristic for approximately 10% of induction machine failures.
• Inverse characteristic
• Extremely Inverse
• Very Inverse
There can be between 2 to 8 the choice depends on
discrimination desired. Instantaneous relays are which have
no intentional time lag sod which operate in less than 0.1
second, usually less than 0.08 second.
The relays which are not instantaneous are called Time
Delay Relay'. Such relays are provided with delaying means
as drag magnet, dash poss. bellows, escape mechanisms,
backstop arrangement, etc. The operating time of a relay for
a particular setting and magnitude actuating quantity can be
known from the characteristics supplied by the manufacturer.
An inverse curve is one in which the operating time; becomes
less as the magnitude of the actuating quantity is increased.
But for higher magnitudes of actuating quantity the time is Fig. 2. Common Faults in Induction Motors
constant. Definite time curve is the in which operating time IV CHARACTERIZATION OF CHAOTIC MOTION IN
is little affected by magnitude of actuating current. However ARC FAULTS
even definite time relay has a characteristic which is slightly In any electrical system, an arc fault can occur because
inverse. The characteristic with definite minimum time and of a number of reasons. Some of the main reasons that lead to
of inverse type is called Inverse Definite Minimum Time such a fault are insulation aging, loose connections or even
(IDMT) characteristics accidental damage during routine maintenance. These faults
are prone to happen in vehicles the more they’re exposed to
factors like water, dust, vibration and frequent maintenance.
Furthermore, the probability of occurrence and the intensity
of such faults will become greater in the future as the
electrical system’s power levels keep increasing. Once it
starts sparking, the wire surface will heat up and release
conductive material. As an electrical arc is produced and
sustained, extremely high pressures are generated in the arc
that in turn, will blow hot, ionized gas and particles onto
nearby materials that may be flammable. In due course
nearby conductors may also get involved and the arc will
escalate. According to Usually a decibel (dB) versus
frequency spectrum is used in order to give a wide dynamic
range and to detect the exclusive current signature patterns
that are characteristic of different faults. The MCSA uses the
current spectrum of the machine for locating the fault
frequencies. When a fault is present, the spectrum of the line
current becomes changed from healthy motor. Motor current
Fig. 1. Definite Minimum Time (IDMT) signature analysis can diagnose problems such as broken
characteristics. rotor bars, abnormal air gap eccentricity, shorted turns in low
III DIAGNOSTIC METHODS USED FOR INDUCTION voltage stator windings, and certain mechanical
MOTOR PROTECTION problems/drive train. gap distance.
In recent years, condition monitoring as well as fault For air gaps on the order of 1 mm, the relationship is
diagnostics of squirrel cage induction machines received approximately linear and is given by
considerable attention from both industry and academe. A V = (3pd + 1.35) kV
number of different techniques that address various types of where p is air pressure in atmospheres and d is gap distance
the most common failures have been developed and in mm. So, for air at atmosphere potential of about 4 kV is

101
NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1
needed to establish an arc across a one millimetre gap. Even overtemperature conditions. In the future, this project can be
though a high voltage is required to start an arc over a gap of developed by using current sensors and a phase sequence
1 mm, it is easy to create an arc with lower voltage, by sensor for protecting the overloads and also the motor from
separating two charged electrodes. Once the arc is created, it applying the wrong phase sequence.
may be sustained by a much lower voltage because it passes Induction motor Protection system from single phasing,
through a conductive path of heated plasma where there are over-voltage, undervoltage, overheating and phase reversal
many free electrons available for conduction. provides the smooth running of the induction motor expands
its lifetime and also efficiency. Generally, these faults occur
A. Arc Fault Circuit when the supply system is violating its rating. When the
motor is running at rated current, load and voltage then these
Arc fault circuit interrupters (AFCIs) represent an
faults will not be generated. Generally, the smooth running of
important AFD for preventing AFCI was developed to
the motor can depend on the supply voltage under the set limit
eliminate certain unwanted arcs a potential, electrical fire
& load which is determined by the motor should also be under
causes. Electric arcs operate at several thousand degrees
the stated limit.
Celsius at their centre. They also generate a pressure wave
Therefore, this is all about the induction motor
that will blow molten metal or burning material from their
protection system project and its working. We hope that the
centre on to ignitable material. Since an overcurrent
information which is provided in this article is very useful for
protective device (OCPD), a circuit breaker or fuse, will
you for a better understanding of this concept.
detect and interrupt an arc above the OCPD characteristic
curve, circuits are already protected against these higher
current arcs. The AFCI addresses arcs below and to the left
of the characteristic curve of an overcurrent protective
device.

Fig. 4. Block diagram

B. Results
a. Voltage Under Normal Condition

Fig. 3. Typical time-current characteristic of a circuit

breaker
V WORKING AND RESULTS
A. Working
The main goal of this project is to design an induction
motor protection system for guarding the motors against any
faults happening from single phasing and overvoltage
conditions. The induction motor is an essential device in
various industrial applications. These motors work on 3-
phase supply and a standard temperature to keep the loads at
preferred conditions. But; if any phase goes lost or there is a
growth in the temperature of the windings it harms the motor.
Thus, the proposed system helps to give protection to the
motors in the industries by eliminating the power to the
electric motor immediately if any of the phases misses out of
the 3-phases, or if the motor’s temperature exceeds the
threshold value. The proposed system uses a 3-phase power
supply, where 3 single-phase transformers are allied to it. The
project has a set of the operational amplifier which is used as
comparators for relating input voltages. A thermistor is used
to sense the temperature of the induction motor by connecting
with the body of the induction motor. This motor is
functioned by switching the main relay, which is worked by
Fig. 5.1. Voltage Under Normal Condition
another set of relays by detecting single phasing &

102
NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1
For Coordination of Voltages and Output of three-phase 3.3 < Voltage 6.6 for and up to 200kW. 6.6 < Voltage < 11
induction motors it is recommended that the minimum rated for and up to 1000Kw.Voltage under normal condition as
output should be greater than the limits given below in terms shown in the above figure 5.1
of the rated voltage: 2 < Voltage < 3.3 for and up to 100kW.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
b. High Voltage Condition Electrical and Electronics Engineering for his indispensable
encouragement to complete the thesis.
We convey our special thanks to our beloved and
honorable Principal Dr. M. SREENIVASA KUMAR
M.Tech,Ph.D.(UK),MISTE,FIE (I) and to our college management for
providing excellent lab Facilities for the completion of
project within our campus. Finally, we express indebtedness
to everyone remotely involved with this project
CONCLUSION
When the HT motor is running condition the parameter
of the motor is viewed in LCD display screen and notification
were also send to mobile telnet app. Suppose any fault occurs
in the motor parameter, we can switch OFF the motor through
mobile telnet app. The motor data are also displayed serially.
So that we can able to monitor the parameters of the motor
continuously and protect the motor from failures. Failures of
motor leads to an shut down of generating station or in
industrial field and there will be an chance of occurrence of
heavy loss. To avoid such a failure, a continuous monitor had
to be done. The advantage of this project is simple and fast
monitoring and accessing of data automatically.
REFERENCE
Fig. 5.2. High voltage condition [1]. http://www.edisontechcenter.org/inductionMotors.html;
ABB high voltage modular induction motors allow industries [2]. Dr. Yaduveer Singh and Mandhir Varma,
to operate within a wide power range and with great starting 2010“Fundamentals of Electrical Engineering
performance. ABB high voltage modular induction motors [3]. http://www.teslasociety.com/strasbourg.htm;
offer also high reliability, availability and efficiency in [4]. http://ieeexplore.ieee.org/stamp/stamp.jsp?arnumber=1
demanding applications. The High voltage condition this is 454598
shown in the above figure 5.2 [5]. http://197.14.51.10:81/pmb/ELECTRONIQUE/The%20
c. HIGH TEMPERATURE CONDITION Induction%20Machine%20H andbook%20-
%200849300045/0004_PDF_C01.pdf;
[6]. http://www.electricaleasy.com/2014/02/working-
principle-and-types-of.html;
[7]. http://static.schneider-
electric.us/docs/Circuit%20Protection/0600DB0301.pdf
;
[8]. http://www.electrical4u.com/over-current-relay-
working-principle-types/;
[9]. http://www.sayedsaad.com/Protection/files/Over_curre
nt/1_Overcurrent.htm;
[10]. http://www.maintenancetechnology.com/2004/07/t
emperaturemonitoringiskeytomot or reliability/;
[11]. http://ieeexplore.ieee.org/stamp/stamp.jsp?arnumbe
r=1547550;
[12]. https://bib.irb.hr/datoteka/779323.2_Brief_Review
_of_Motor_Current_Signatu re An alysis.pdf;
[13].
[14]. http://www.reliableplant.com/Read/28633/motor-
current-signature-analysis;
[15]. http://www.naun.org/main/UPress/saed/saed-5.pdf;
[16]. http://ecmweb.com/content/basics-arc-fault-
protection;
[17]. http://www.afcisafety.org/qa.html;

Fig. 5.3. High Temperature Condition

103
NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

PROTOTYPE OF ADVANCED HIGHWAY

POWER GENERATION AND EV’S WIRELESS
CHARGING
Dr.P.Lakshmanan M.E,Ph.D. Pavan Kalyan Kunchanapalli Srikanth Kummari
Head Of The Department Electrical and Electronics Engineering Electrical and Electronics Engineering
Narasaraopeta Engineering College Narasaraopeta Engineering College Narasaraopeta Engineering College
Narasaraopet, India Narasaraopet, India Nandyal, India
lakchandp@gmail.com kunchanapallipavankalyan@gmail.com srikanth200205@gmail.com

Prasanna kumar Undrasi Pavan Kumar Musani

Electrical and Electronics Engineering Electrical and Electronics Engineering
Narasaraopeta Engineering College Narasaraopeta Engineering College
Guntur, India Nandyal, India
prasannakumarundrasi@gmail.com upparipavankumar174@gmail.com

Abstract— The objective of the project is to design a wind In India the need of electricity is more than its production.
turbine to recapture wind energy from vehicles on the highway. The focus on energy generation from Renewable Energy
Wind energy is considered the fastest growing clean energy Resources has increased significantly. Different sources of
source. However; it is limited by variable natural wind. renewable energy include biomass, solar, geothermal,
Highways can provide a considerable amount of wind to drive
hydroelectric, and wind energy. Among these resources wind
a turbine due to high vehicle traffic. This energy is unused. The
wind turbines will be placed on the medians therefore air flow has proved to be a cheaper alternative energy resource and
from both sides of the highway will be considered in the design. hence extensive research efforts have been put to improve the
Since the wind source will fluctuate, a storage system for the technology of electricity generation through wind energy.
power generated will be designed to distribute and maintain a The world has enormous potential of wind energy that should
constant source of power. Ideally, the turbine can be used as a be utilized for electricity generation.
power source for EV’s Charging, streetlights and other public Wind energy is the fastest growing source of clean energy
amenities. Additionally, we use Piezo electric generation and worldwide. A major issue with the technology is fluctuation
solar panels in roads for Extra Power Generation. in the source of wind. There is a near constant source of wind
power on the highways due to rapidly moving vehicles. The
Keywords—solar, vawt, piezo electric sensor, wireless charging motivation for this project is to contribute to the global trend
towards clean energy in a feasible way. Each vehicle on the
I. INTRODUCTION highway offers an intermittent and uncontrolled source of
Regarding our crucial need for energy for its importance in wind power. The design of the wind turbine must include
all aspects of life, the searching for renewable and non- storage of power and a system to distribute the generated
renewable energy sources was a must. In recent years, fossil power effectively. Wind turbines are traditionally used in
fuel is considered the only and most reliable source of energy remote locations. This offers the additional challenge of
that human being used. Concerning the benefits of this fossil having to transport the power generated to the location
energy, it is an danger of running out because its formation wherein it will be utilized. Fortunately, the wind turbine in
takes millions of years. Furthermore, its uttermost this project is designed for use in high traffic areas where the
disadvantage lies in the toxic gases which affects our demand for power is high.
environment in addition for our shield, the Ozone layer. This Energy generation using solar photovoltaic requires large
is a serious threat which affect our way of living, and the area. As cost of the land is growing day by day, there is a
solution was reducing the use of the fossil fuel and substitute strong requirement to use the available land as efficiently as
it with green energy sources. This transformation for green possible. Here, we explored the potential of energy
energy have reduced that pollution which harm the generation using the land beside national road highways. This
environment, pollute the air we breathe and destroy animal’s space can contribute to the energy generation without extra
habitats. On the other hand, the cost of changing from non- cost for the land. It also results in energy efficiency. When a
renewable to renewable source can be costly. Our research is vehicle travels in a road, the wheels exert a force into the
based on looking into a source of energy which eliminates the piezoelectric device and so the deformation in the material
negative effects and use our surrounding to solve this takes place. This deformation absorbs the force and helps in
dilemma, so we can provide some kind of relief. power generation.

104
NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1
II. EXESTING RESEARCH & SYSTEM amount of wind pressure generated on these roads due to
wind disturbance/ wind turbulence created by these
A. VAWT automobiles. As any automobile passes along the path, it
In a report in Malaysia, it is evident that the aerodynamic creates a very huge air pressure on the nearby surrounding
energy loss of moving vehicles in motorways in Malaysia is areas. This high pressure of wind is till now of no use
estimated 1.2 MTOE (million tons of oil equivalent, 1 TOE = especially in India. Till now there is no as such technology
11.63MWh) annually since 2002. Morbiato et al. have made developed and implemented in India to utilize this high
a thorough statistical analysis of the measurement data pressure column of wind so generated. With concern to this,
between vehicle speeds on highways and the wind speeds we had tried to develop a vertical axis wind turbine which
produced. They concluded that based on traffic clusters and works on the principle of these highway wind energy.
traffic related wind speeds during different daytime and
weekday hours, an energy conversion beyond the 1.4 kW is In this project we are using three types of renewable
possible. The moving vehicles produce wind speed that may energy resources which are piezo, solar, wind which can
reach 24 m/s depending on its speed and its size, where it can produce sufficient energy to charge the electrical vehicles and
hit the wind turbine blades at speeds up to 6 m/s Ishuga, supply to grid. This energy can be multiplied by
considers energy harvesting from highways as a novel way of implementing a series of wind turbines, solar and piezo.
re-using partial energy lost by high-speed vehicles in an In the block diagram As shown in the figure Fig-1 Solar
urban environment, in addition to the normal environment and wind produces dc source and piezo produces ac source so
wind speed that rotates the blades of wind turbines to produce ac is converted to dc and this is supplied to charge controllers
more energy. Storage by a battery makes this idea feasible to charge batteries after that the battery is supplied to wireless
when the excess amount of energy generated can be used in charging modules . Here Ev’s are wirelessly charged the
case when there is less traffic. There are two main excess power in the battery is supplies to dc to ac converter.
configurations of vertical axis wind turbines. The Savonius
wind turbine is easy to build, simple in shape, and looks better After that converted ac is connected to grid and highway
than a traditional wind turbine. But the speed is limited. utilities. This project can accept bidirectional power flow that
Therefore, they are not very popular at industrial scale. But is we can receive power from grid to batteries and vice versa.
for small scale projects, this type can be very handy. It is Every 10km considered as a unit like multiple units are
drag-driven with low efficiency. The second one is the connected parallel and supply power each together.
Darrieus wind turbine, which can achieve high speeds;
therefore, it is popular among the large-scale energy
producers. However, it is not simple and has three types:
oval-shape rotor, H-rotor and helical type. It is lift-driven
with high efficiency.
B. Solar
Highways are studied for energy generation using solar
photovoltaic technology. To demonstrate our approach on the
use of land and its solar potential, two areas, namely
Ahmedabad-Rajkot national highway road and Ahmedabad-
Vadodara national expressway, are taken for modelling. The
total span of the Ahmedabad-Rajkot national highway is 205
km, and that of the Ahmedabad-Vadodara national express
highway is 93 km. Using solar photovoltaic technology on FIG -1: BLOCK DIAGRAM
highways, for example, using solar-powered LED roadway
lighting, security lighting, highway changeable message etc. A. Equations
Although these are very important applications, in terms of I.PIEZO
power generation or power saving. The electrical power output delivered to the resistive load
C. Piezo Electric Sensor is measured by the equation :
𝑉2
The self-powered Piezo Energy Harvesting Circuit 𝑃= ………………………………………..………(1)
collects intermittent or continuous energy input from the 𝑅
piezo generator and efficiently stores their associated energy II.VAWT
in an on board capacitor bank. During the charging process, 𝑊𝑖𝑛𝑑 𝑃𝑜𝑤𝑒𝑟 =
the capacitor voltage is continuously monitored. When it 1 𝜌𝐴𝑉3…………………………………...(1)
2
reaches 5.2V the module output is enabled to supply power
where,
to an external (user) load. At this point 55mJ of energy are
v is the velocity of the wind (m/s),
available. When “generator” energy input is high, the output
ρ is the air density kg/m3
voltage remains ON continuously. Capacitor voltage is
A (m2) is the cross-sectional area that wind passes through
clamped at 6.8V. If external power demand exceeds
the wind turbine.
generation, the output voltage decreases.
The cross-sectional area is the diameter of the rotor (D)
III. BLOCK DIAGRAM & CIRCUIT DIAGRAM multiplied by the height of rotor (H). The reference density
used is the standard sea level value (1.225 kg/m3). The power
On keeping prime focus on the heavy duty automobiles
extracted by the wind turbine is determined by:
on highways/expressway, we found out that there is large

105
NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1
𝑃𝑜𝑤𝑒𝑟 𝑒𝑥𝑡𝑟𝑎𝑐𝑡𝑒𝑑 = 𝑉𝑡 = 𝑛 × 𝑣𝑝 𝑃𝑡 = 𝑚 × 𝑣𝑝 ×
1 𝜌𝐴𝑉3𝜂 𝐶𝑝…………………………(2) 𝑖𝑝………………………….(2)
2
Where Vt= Total voltage output
Here Cp is the power coefficient, which shows efficiency of
n= no. of PV’s connected in series
a wind turbine design and η is the efficiency of mechanical
vp= single PV voltage
drive unit. Wind turbines cannot convert all of the wind
energy into work and, unlike other generators, they can only Pt= total capacity of PV system
m= no. of PV connected in parallel
produce energy in response to the wind that is immediately
ip= single PV current
available. The maximum power that can be extracted from a
given wind stream is defined by what is known as the Betz IV. WIRELESS CHARGING
limit. The maximum value for the power coefficient is called
the Betz limit (Cp-max = 0.5926), but it’s hard to get this Basic principle of wireless charging is same
efficiency exact from wind turbine during experiment. Also, as transformer working principle. In wireless charging there
the swept area limits the volume of air passing through the are transmitter and receiver, 220V 50Hz AC supply is
wind turbine. The rotor converts the energy contained in the converted into High frequency alternating current and this
wind in rotational movement. So the greater the swept area, high frequency AC is supplied to transmitter coil, then it
the greater the power output obtained for the same wind creates alternating magnetic field that cuts the receiver coil
conditions and causes the production of AC power output in receiver
The most suitable model for wind turbine power is: coil. But the important thing for efficient wireless charging is
𝑃𝑤𝑖𝑛𝑑 = 𝑃𝑅𝐸 ∗ (𝑉𝑤 − 𝑉𝑤𝑐𝑖 ) ⁄ (𝑉𝑤𝑅 − 𝑉𝑤𝑐𝑖 )……………(3) to maintain the resonance frequency between transmitter and
if Vwci< Vw< VWR receiver. To maintain the resonant frequencies, compensation
Pwind = PRE if VWR< Vw,<VWEF networks are added at both sides. Then finally, this AC power
Pwind = 0 if VW< VWEF & Vw> VWEF at receiver side rectified to DC and fed to the battery
Where PRE = rated electrical power through Battery Management System (BMS).
Vwci = cut-in wind velocity or speed Based on the application, Wireless charging systems for
VWR = rated wind speed EV can be distinguished into two categories:
VWEF = cut – off wind speed 1. Static Wireless Charging
Cut in wind speed is relatively small for small scale wind 2. Dynamic Wireless Charging
turbines. So, even when wind speed is not very high the A. Inductive wireless charging
turbine will operate. The basic principle of IWC is Faraday's law of induction.
Speed of wind changes with the height. We have two laws for Show in fig-2 Here wireless transmission of power is
determining the wind speed at some vertical height. achieved by mutual induction of magnetic field between
Here, we use power law for determining the vertical height transmitter and receiver coil. When the main AC supply
which is𝑍as- applied to the transmitter coil, it creates AC magnetic field
𝑉ℎ
= ( ℎ ) 𝛾 ....................................................... (4) that passes through receiver coil and this magnetic field
𝑉𝑟ℎ 𝑍𝑟ℎ moves electrons in receiver coil causes AC power output.
Vh=wind speed at vertical height This AC output is rectified and filtered to Charge the EV’s
Vrh=wind speed at reference height energy storage system. The amount of power transferred
Vrh= vertical height of tower depends on frequency, mutual inductance and distance
Z rh=reference height between transmitter and receiver coil. Operating frequency of
γ=power law exponent generally it is taken as 1/7 when IWC is between 19 to 50 KHz.
there are no specific site data.
III.SOLAR
A .PV Modules
Performance of PV modules is a function of PV cell
silicon, the temperature of solar cell and solar irradiances
exposed on the solar cell.
Regression parameter for maximum power output of PV
module is
𝑃 = −(𝖺 𝐺 + 𝛽) ∗ (𝑇 + 0.03375𝐺) + 𝛾𝐺 +
ᶾ…………..(1)
where G = Total solar radiation absorbed by PV module in
w/m2
T = Temperature around PV module
α ,β, γ and ᵹ are constant from result of PV modules
FIG-2: INDUCTIVE WIRELESS CHARGING SYSTEM
B. PV Array
To meet the demand, a number of PV modules are
connected in series and parallel connection. Series
connection determines the DC output voltage and parallel
connection determine the capacity of PV array output.

106
NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1
V. RESULT 6V
4.4v(4mm )
(Rated OBTAINED
EVS 5.4v(2mm) -
A. Figures and Tables voltage to
3.6v(6mm)
OUTPUT
supply)

220v
200v OBTAINED
GRID (need to -
(obtained voltage) OUTPUT
supply)

TABLE-1: OUTPUT AND STATUS TABLE

Output and status table as shown in the table-1. In this table

output values of Solar, Piezo, Vawt, EV’s and Grid for
different inputs.
CONCLUSION
In this project, first time ever of its kind, an approach to
utilize solar energy to meet the global challenges like climate
change, pollution, and energy insecurity and also to address
FIG-3: OVERALL PROTOTYPE IMAGE
the biggest challenge for the photovoltaic technology, i.e.,
The above picture is overall project image which includes in land cost. Indian roads are paying a very vital role in the
the white square boxes are VAWT, the green one are solar economy through transportation, whose share has been
panels, piezo also included inside the road. which is As increased before 2000 only to 60% in total sharing of 40%
shown in the figure Fig-3 with railways. This means that efficiency of the vehicle and
life of the road are equally important. Conclusively, extensive
data is collected on wind patterns produced by vehicles on
both sides of the highway. Using the collected data, a wind
turbine is designed to be placed on the medians of the
highway. Although one turbine may not provide adequate
power generation, a collective of turbines on a long strip of
highway has potential to generate a large amount of energy
that can be used to power streetlights, other public amenities
or even generate profits by selling the power back to the grid.
This design concept is meant to be sustainable and
environmentally friendly. Additionally, a wind turbine
powered by artificial wind has a myriad of applications.
Theoretically any moving vehicle can power the turbine such
FIG-4: CHARGE CONTROLLER WITH CHARGING INDICATION as an amusement park ride. The highway wind turbine can be
In the fig-4 Charge controller with charging indication. Red used to provide power in any city around the globe where
colour led indicates charging while blue indicates full charge. there is high vehicle traffic.
It takes power from the solar and vawt
REFERENCES
TABLE I [1] Nayan HR (2015) Power Generation Using Piezoelectric Material. J
Material Sci Eng 4:171
RATED STATUS FINAL [2] Aldo Romani, Rudi Paolo Paganelli, Marco Tartagani. (2011). Fast and
(VOLTA
OBTAINED
OF CHARGE OUTPUT Reliable Modeling of Piezoelectric Transducers for Energy Harvesting
GE)
(VOLTAGE)
CONTROLLER RESULT
Applications. Procedia Engineering 25:1345 – 1348
[3] Highway Helical Wind Turbine Project (Next Generation Highway's
Potential For. (2012, November 20). (Department of Mechanical
Engineering YCET Kollam. Kerala) Retrieved February 14, 2013, from
Youtube.com:
YES (LOW
1.9V
VOLTAGE) OBTAINED [4] http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8g5G0LXCNDM
VAWT 6V 2.6V
FOR ALL OUTPUT
3.8V
VALUES
[5] Global Statistics. (n.d.). Retrieved from Global Wind Energy Council:
http://www.gwec.net/global-figures/wind-energy-global-status/
[6] Lal, S, Raturi, A: Techno-economic analysis of a hybrid mini-grid
system for Fiji islands. Int. J. of Energy and Environ. Engineering 3, 10
EACH(6
(2012)
10V YES
SOLAR
V)
18.22V YES
OBTAINED [7] Oyedepo, S: Efficient energy utilization as a tool for sustainable
22.43V YES
OUTPUT development in Nigeria. Int. J. of Energy and Environ. Engineering 3,
6*8=40V 11 (2012)
[8] Zweibel, K: Should solar photovoltaics be deployed sooner because of
long operating life at low, predictable cost? Energy Policy 38(11),
NO
0.17 NO
OBTAINED
PIEZO 100mv 0.23 (since controller
OUTPUT
requires 5v min
supply)

107
NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

Real Time monitoring the smart meters based on Block chain Technology
K Ramesh
Department of Electrical & Electronics Engineering,
Bapatla Engineering College
Bapatla, India
Email Id: rameshbec.nandur@gmail.com

Abstract— Ensuring the reliability and players which are doing some really fantastic
uninterrupted power supply to end users work in terms of blockchains in energy
by using smart metering in micro and segment particularly our power ledger .A
macro grids possible with novel network of computers now as they are
technology and which has to be distributed network computers they do not
transparency with out any cyber provide any scope for hackers to try and play
attacks/hackers is blockchain technology with the system for two reasons. One is the
(BCT). In this article BCT implemented blockchain is basically a string of blocks
significantly at micro/macro smart grid connected to each other until acted to each
network, where cumulative such network other which are more like in
give efficient improvement would be quiet cryptographically hashed right [7]. So the
interesting. hash of block 0 will be used to encrypt the
block 1 and the hash of block 1 is used to
Keywords— Block chain; smart meter; encrypt block 2 and so on . So the point is the
certificate; Grid; cryptographically longer the chain grows it is absolutely
I. Introduction impossible to manipulate or alter anything in
the chain. And that's a reason even if and the
In this paper we basically discuss best part is since this is distributed so there
how blockchain is being utilized in smarter are multiple partners in the business network
grids across the globe and how some use who will have a copy of the same ledger so
cases can be good fit as a technology. importantly if any hacker tries to change or
Currently from a blockchains point of view to manipulate a content in a particular
the energy market is somewhere around USD segment of a ledger, it will automatically get
180 million dollars and it is expected in next invalidated and it will be of no use because
five years it will grow to something like 5000 there are so many nice good copies available
USD. Different businesses are actually using on our network which can be used from there
blockchain for various things but then onwards and that's the reason it has hardly
particularly for financial transactions and any scope for a hacker to do anything there
interactions why because it offers a secure and that's a reason why so many industries
way of secure channel for doing business, are working towards adoption of blockchain
managing data and all that now it has really from our industry from the energy industry
made a significant impact on the operational point of view blockchain is offering a new
cost in reducing the operational costs and tempo proof mechanism for authentication,
maintaining the data integrity we can reduce authorization and data exchanges [8-10].
the capital expenditure for that matter in These are the three basic tenets where we see
terms of adoption [2]. That's the reason why a lot of adoption in energy grids from
globally the energy markets are looking to blockchain technology point of view .
blockchain as a long-term solution to most of
the problems at the current. As we know, Relying on automation and remote
energy segment is facing a couple of key access and because of this there are a couple
of security concerns which we need to deal

108
NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

with. Particularly two majors things, one is involvement. This is something which is
the authentication which is the verification already being worked on with. So as the
that someone who is entering into the system conventional sources of energies are
is a genuine person having the right identity depleting very rapidly right so governments
to do it and second is the authorization that across the globe are looking for alternative
the verification is someone who does enter energy sources in terms of renewable
has the authority to do what he has to so the energies. It may be solar or wind or
point is authentication and authorization are whatsoever [11-12].
two important aspects where smart bits needs
to be tackled because of automation and Now the problem is all these are
remote access. If we see a few application small micro grids where all these energies is
areas of blockchain in a smarter grid, first is getting generated. It needs to be fed back into
prevents hacking in malicious attacks. Since the grid so that people can buy. So actually
blockchain has a security which is enabled the consumer of the electricity is now a
through a public/private encryption with key producer as well. But the point is how to
access. So anybody who is trying to get into effectively use this energy which is getting
a system must verify the credentials, must generated .So for that matter a blockchain
verify their energy and their authentication to based system provides an efficient peer-to-
do anything on the network. Blockchain is peer trading mechanism for our localized
the necessary technology to really make the housing complex which is generating some
power grid safe. There is an application area sort of energy. If we have a house X which
where blockchain can be really put to a good generates some excess solar power feeding it
to use. It can become the backbone of a back to the grid. As this and all information
secure and efficient infrastructure [3] .Now is recorded on a blockchain, how much
with the migration of the industrialization we energy is being generated how many it's been
have seen a lot of migration of population consumed at what point in time it's been
towards urban areas in the last few decades generated and consumed and what is the
and which actually resulted in acute shortage relevant rate at that point. All on blockchain
of basic amenities that a particular city could it allows for a seamless and legitimate way of
provide .And the reason is the resources were doing. As we know peer-to-peer business we
not able to scale up the way the population have to be a trading .So there is another good
poured in and the urbanization happen to application of blockchain from energy grid
establishing Smarter Cities. In the creation of point of view in terms of electricity
infrastructure for smaller cities and all that certificates [16].
now again how blockchain can help as we Conventionally electricity
know talking about identifiable identities and certificates have been used big time in terms
authorization . of trading and all. So in a grid the electricity
Authorized access we can use is in the form of non-conventional sources
blockchain for record recording and storing like Sun wind or so many other renewable
transaction in an immutable form which can sources.To keep track of how this clean
make the data exchanges between these energy is produced and how it can be
distributed gadgets in a very seamless and a distinguished is important. There are
cost-efficient way.It can actually provide a governments around the world have actually
security that is very much needed for a created our system based on credible
smarter City to really work because as such certificates. We call them as energy
the entire city is interconnected in terms of certificates. This conventional approach of
all those devices and all those services which managing these certificates is really a big
the city offers [15]. A blockchain can really task . When a renewable power plant
help in creating a peer-to-peer energy trading generates units of electricity today or
metered spits out the data and it basically gets

109
NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

logged in a spreadsheet [5] .The suspect sheet electricity being supplied. So the households
is then sent to the registry which gets the data of the electricity cards all a like that. So what
entered into a new system and the certificate did it was the energy transition actually had a
is created [6]. Once a healthy weight is new source which was basically fed into the
created, a second set of brokers basically grid. That was one thing second is
deals between buyers and sellers of these transmission system operator to use
certificates and some third party then verifies innovative blockchain technology for
these certificates after their purchase [4] . So managing the entire electricity grid.
overall it's actually such a buzzing tank
system which racks up so much of There are so many other ways of
transaction costs and there is definitely a using blockchain in this particular scenario.
scope of so much of accounting errors as So another way they're doing is they are
well. In this particular entire process now using intelligent electricity meters for
what if the meter could directly write that providing benefits to energy producers and
particular data which it is generating on a end-users in terms of improved data
blockchain base ledger. So the moment we collection. Now what will happen is since
do that it provides a very basic sort of a trust these meters are properly secured, the
that the unit being created or generated. So if blockchain technology can make smart
we can manage the electricity certificates meters more secure and it can actually
over a blockchain base network they can be prevent security gaps by acting as a
nothing better of handling things. Like that decentralization transaction lock and then it
consider the owner of a small power can also create necessary conditions for peer-
generators like rooftop panels or some wind to-peer trade where the locals actually trade
turbines or that they are not able to maximize energy in a more efficient manner [1]. Now
their profits[17]. blockchain has really provided renewable
energy macro gates which is an efficient way
Because in the current system they of enforcing real time differential billing as
are not able to make distinction between the well. So with the blockchain based system
renewable energy produced and the this overall documentation becomes a lot
conventional energy produced on the grid. more transparent, a lot more flexible in terms
Electricity provider to get back the of people to adopt to it and it is hence far
compensation for which he has generated the more better than a conventional system.
electricity in a blockchain based system. This
can be almost instantaneous in real time so Block chains are really good at
that's what is the difference. Hence these managing micro grids and smart grids. A
small micro grid producers can really make smart meter can directly log in the units it has
their businesses profitable. If our neighbour generated on a blockchain ledger. On an
is producing electricity and it is being energy trading again blockchain can be a
consumed by some other person on the same very effective technology to use as there are
Lane. So since it's easy to manage on a smart contracts of the chain codes are
blockchain based network this notion has autonomous codes. They are configured for a
been made possible and hence we know the certain business process. Nobody can
entire concept of electricity certificates has manipulate it [18-19]. So we can be pretty
been pretty much eased outweigh and ensured that whatever is being done is
simplified. The first blockchain distributed actually according to the rules .And if we
database for managing electricity grid is know contract terms so there is a lot more
developed by IBM [13-14]. It basically used trust in the system when there is a trading
the permission from blockchain network network based on a blockchain based
which uses the hyper ledger fabric to technology .Similarly real-time pricing is
integrate the capacity of the surplus again one aspect where energy trading can
really benefit a lot .

110
NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

Peer-to-peer trading where buying In order to maintain sustainability supply to

and selling of electricity is being done by the consumers novel technology always
neighbours within a same neighbourhood welcome the world. This article which give
[22-23]. Another important area where importance of smart meter effectively used in
blockchain can be used in smart grids is the smart grids by considering the proposed
control and security. The approach of uses blockchain technology. The proposed
can be the compliance monitoring. Now in all technique which given equal importance to
industries there is a good set of checks and contractors, consumers, traders and
balances being put and we need to adhere to government bodies.
those compliances and governances since
blockchain is naturally compliant.So the III. Reference
monitoring is made very easy because it is [1]. Zhang, Shaomin, Jieqi Rong, and Baoyi
embedded in the system. It's not that to have Wang. "A privacy protection scheme of
additional measures to do the compliance smart meter for decentralized smart
which is really a great saving from our home environment based on consortium
manufacturers. From our producers point of blockchain." International Journal of
view another good blockchain use case in Electrical Power & Energy Systems 121
terms of payment schemes. We can have (2020): 106140.
some electricity tokens which we can use as
barter maybe to buy and sell using those [2]. Gao, Jianbin, et al. "GridMonitoring:
tokens and even those tokens can be Secured sovereign blockchain based
monetized with the banks as there is a fiat monitoring on smart grid." IEEE
currency [24-25] .We can have wallets in Access 6 (2018): 9917-9925.
which we can actually store those tokens [3]. Lombardi, Federico, et al. "A
that's another way of utilizing and making blockchain-based infrastructure for
payments over a blockchain based system. reliable and cost-effective IoT-aided
Blockchain can really ease out the cross- smart grids." (2018): 42-6.
border payments.
[4]. Li, Meng, et al. "Blockchain-based
The payments are made simplified anomaly detection of electricity
and easy and effective in more real time consumption in smart grids." Pattern
compared to so many days which used to Recognition Letters 138 (2020): 476-
take. Using a blockchain base technology 482.
another very important aspect is supply chain
and logistics in terms of inventory [5]. Mannaro, Katiuscia, Andrea Pinna, and
management. Now if you remember the Michele Marchesi. "Crypto-trading:
example of the food security where we know Blockchain-oriented energy
how supply chain is basically integrated into market." 2017 AEIT International
the overall retail system [20-21] .We will Annual Conference. IEEE, 2017.
find that it has really made a lot of difference
[6]. Cheng, Jiin-Chiou, et al. "Blockchain
in terms of realizing the value reducing the
and smart contract for digital
cost giving a more visibility making it more
certificate." 2018 IEEE international
transparent that way. So there can be so many
conference on applied system invention
use cases where a blockchain can be really
(ICASI). IEEE, 2018.
put to good use in a smart grid and of course
there's another use case towards [7]. Beck, Roman, et al. "Blockchain–the
decarbonization where we can use gateway to trust-free cryptographic
blockchain to regard all those to have transactions." (2016).
footprints which are being generated.
[8]. Cohn, Alan, Travis West, and Chelsea
II. Conclusion Parker. "Smart after all: blockchain,

111
NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

smart contracts, parametric insurance, power or sell your own-it'll all be on a

and smart energy grids." Georgetown blockchain." IEEE Spectrum 54.10
law technology review 1.2 (2017): 273- (2017): 56-61.
304.
[18]. Yu, Ting, Zhiwei Lin, and Qingliang
[9]. Kumari, Aparna, et al. "When Tang. "Blockchain: The introduction
blockchain meets smart grid: Secure and its application in financial
energy trading in demand response accounting." Journal of Corporate
management." IEEE Network 34.5 Accounting & Finance 29.4 (2018): 37-
(2020): 299-305. 47.
[10]. Mika, Bartek, and Alexander Goudz. [19]. Lo, Sin Kuang, et al. "Evaluating
"Blockchain-technology in the energy suitability of applying
industry: blockchain as a driver of the blockchain." 2017 22nd International
energy revolution? With focus on the Conference on Engineering of Complex
situation in Germany." Energy Computer Systems (ICECCS). IEEE,
Systems (2020): 1-71. 2017.
[11]. Bao, Jiabin, et al. "A survey of [20]. Tse, Daniel, et al. "Blockchain
blockchain applications in the energy application in food supply information
sector." IEEE Systems Journal (2020). security." 2017 IEEE international
conference on industrial engineering
[12]. Winter, Thomas. "The advantages and engineering management (IEEM).
and challenges of the blockchain for IEEE, 2017.
smart grids." (2018).
[21]. Hilt, Michael, Daniel Shao, and
[13]. Kamath, Reshma. "Food traceability Baijian Yang. "RFID security,
on blockchain: Walmart’s pork and verification, and blockchain:
mango pilots with IBM." The Journal of Vulnerabilities within the supply chain
the British Blockchain Association 1.1 for food security." Proceedings of the
(2018): 3712. 19th Annual SIG Conference on
[14]. Bhuvana, R., and P. S. Aithal. Information Technology Education.
"Blockchain based Service: A Case 2018.
Study on IBM Blockchain Services & [22]. Devine, Mel T., and Paul Cuffe.
Hyperledger Fabric." International "Blockchain electricity trading under
Journal of Case Studies in Business, IT, demurrage." IEEE Transactions on
and Education (IJCSBE) 4.1 (2020): 94- Smart Grid 10.2 (2019): 2323-2325.
102.
[23]. Livingston, David, et al. "Applying
[15]. Pieroni, Alessandra, et al. "Smarter blockchain technology to electric power
city: smart energy grid based on systems." (2018).
blockchain technology." Int. J. Adv. Sci.
Eng. Inf. Technol 8.1 (2018): 298-306. [24]. Chen, Yan. "Blockchain tokens and
the potential democratization of
[16]. Zhao, Fangyuan, Xin Guo, and Wai entrepreneurship and
Kin Victor Chan. "Individual green innovation." Business Horizons 61.4
certificates on blockchain: A simulation (2018): 567-575.
approach." Sustainability 12.9 (2020):
3942. [25]. Oliveira, Luis, et al. "To token or not
to token: Tools for understanding
[17]. Peck, Morgen E., and David blockchain tokens." (2018).
Wagman. "Energy trading for fun and
profit buy your neighbor's rooftop solar

112
NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

RPM DISPLAY FOR BLDC MOTOR WITH SPEED

CONTROLLER
1
B.Tarun, 2P.Sai Lakshmi Prasanna, 3Sk Mohammad Suhel, 4M.Ramu and 5Mr.Sk Karimulla
(Assistant professor EEE)
Department of Electrical and Electronics Engineering (EEE),
Narasaraopeta Engineering College (NEC), Narasaraopet-522601, Guntur, India
Email:
1
tarun.boni99@gmail.com, 2prasannapulletikurthi@gmail.com, 3suhel122002@gmail.com, 4ramumandla01@gmail.com,
5
krm.shaik@gmail.com
---------------------------------------------------------------------***---------------------------------------------------------------------
Abstract-The objective of this paper is to control the speed special stator periphery are described, which develop a speed
of the brushless Permanent magnet DC motor through control system for a BLDC motor by closed loop control
microcontroller. Nowadays every industry has become technique. The proposed system uses a microcontroller of the
automated industry. To make the industry automation the 8051 family and a rectifiedpower supply. A set of IR transmitter
equipment and machineries should be controlled and photodiode are connected to the microcontroller for
automatically. In this paper, the objective is to control the counting the number of rotations per minute of the DC motor as
BLDC motor automatically through microcontroller 8051.So a speed sensor. Optocoupler is connected to trigger the
control of the machineries which involving this motor can be MOSFET for driving the BLDC motor which is duly interfaced
done accurately, thus making the industrial automation to the microcontroller. The speed control of the BLDC motor is
production rate increased. The hardware project is designed to archived by varying the duty cycles (PWM Pulses) from the
control the speed of a BLDC motor using closed loop control microcontroller.
technique. BLDC motor has various application used in
2. TYPES OF CONTROL TECHNIQUE OF BLDC
industries like in drilling, lathes, spinning, electric bikes etc.
MOTOR
DC Brushless Motor uses a permanent magnet external rotor,
Though various control techniques are discussed, basically two
three phase of driving coils. Hall Effect devices are used to methods are available for controlling BLDC motor. They are
sense the position of rotor, and the associated drive sensor control and sensor less control. To control the machine
electronics. using sensors, the present position of the rotor is required to
determine the next commutation interval. Motor can also be
Key Words: BLDC Motor, Microcontroller, Transformer, controlled by controlling the DC bus rail voltage or by PWM
Rectifier, Voltage Regulator, LED display, Keypad, Opto method. Some designs utilize both to provide high torque at
Isolator, Speed Sensor, MOSFET high load and high efficiency at low load. Such hybrid design
also allows the control of harmonic current. In case of common
1. INTRODUCTION DC motors, the brushes automatically come into contact with
the commutator of a different coil causing the motor to continue
Brushless dc (BLDC) motors are gradually replacing dc its rotation. But in case of BLDC motors the commutation is
done by electronic switches which need the rotor position. The
motors and ac motors due to their high efficiency, silent
appropriate stator windings have to be energized when rotor
operation, small size, reliability, high operating speed, low poles align with the stator winding. The BLDC motor can also
maintenance and excellent speed torque characteristics. be driven with predefined commutation interval. But to achieve
Permanent magnet brushless dc (BLDC) motors have used precise speed control and maximum generated torque, brushless
wide application due to their power density and ease of commutation should be done with the knowledge of rotor
control. Brushless dc motors in the fractional horsepower position. In control methods using sensors, mechanical position
range have been used in various types of actuators in sensors, such as a hall sensor, shaft encoder or resolver have
been utilized in order to provide rotor position information. Hall
advanced aircraft and satellite systems. Most popular
Position sensors or simply Hall sensors are widely used and are
brushless DC motors are mainly three phases which are popular. Whenever the magnetic poles pass near the sensors,
controlled and driven by full bridge transistor circuits. they either give a high or low signal, indicating North or South
Together with applying permanent magnet excitation, it is Pole is passing the pole. The accurate rotor position information
necessary to obtain additional torque components. These is used to generate precise firing commands for power
components can be obtained due to a difference in magnetic converter. This ensures drive stability and fast dynamic
permeance in both quadrature and direct axis; therefore, response. The speed feedback is derived from the position
sensor output signals.
reluctance torque is developed and torque null regions are
reduced significantly. In this paper, a brushless DC motor with 3. CONSTRUCTION AND OPERATING
distributed winding and a special form of PM-rotor with
PRINCIPLE

113
NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1
phase and coils B and D the other phase. A Hall Effect sensor
Brushless DC motors were developed from conventional monitors rotor position, providing feedback to the embedded
brushed DC motors with the availability of solid state power MCU for commutation, speed regulation, and fault detection.
semiconductors. Brushless DC motors are similar to AC Commutation between the two phase windings in the dc fan
synchronous motors. The major difference is that takes place electronically by alternately applying power to L1
synchronous motors develop a sinusoidal back EMF, as and L2. Dead zones between the power pulses limit current for
compared to a rectangular, or trapezoidal, back EMF for speed control and helps minimize a cogging effect when the
brushless DC motors. Both have stator created rotating rotor magnets align with the stator coils. The on-and-off power
magnetic fields producing torque in a magnetic rotor. A of the commutation period resembles the output from a pulse-
brushless dc motor is turned inside out, so that the field is on width
the rotor and the armature is on the stator. The brushless dc Modulator, or PWM.
motor is actually a permanent magnet ac motor whose torque
"current characteristics mimic the dc motor. Instead of
commutatingthe armature current using brushes, electronic
commutation is used. This eliminates the problems
associated with the brush and the commutator arrangement,
for example, sparking and wearing out of the commutator
brush arrangement, thereby, making a BLDC motor more
rugged as compared to a dc motor. Having the armature on
the stator makes it easy to conduct heat away from the
windings, and if desired, having cooling arrangement for the
armature windings is much easier as compared to a dc motor.

4. BASIC BLOCK DIAGRAM

The basic construction of a brushless-dc motor consists of a

fan blade attached to a permanent magnet rotor that
surrounds the electromagnetic coils of the stator and
associated control electronics.

5. BLDC MOTOR SPEED CONTROL

Pulse-width modulation (PWM) is a commonly used technique

for controlling power to an electrical device, made practical by
modern electronic power switches. The average value of
voltage (and current) fed to the load is controlled by turning
the switch between supply and load on and off at a fast pace.
The longer the switch is on compared to the off periods, the
higher the power supplied to the load is. The PWM switching
frequency has to be much faster than what would affect the
load, which is to say the device that uses the power. The term
duty cycle describes the proportion of on time to the regular
interval or period of time; a low duty cycle corresponds to low
The coils work in pairs, with coils A and C forming one power, because the power is off for most of the time. The main

114
NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1
advantage of PWM is that power loss in the switching
devices is very low. When a switch is off there is practically
no current, and when it is on, there is almost no voltage drop
across the switch. Power loss, being the product of voltage
and current, is thus in both cases close to zero. PWM works
also well with digital controls, which, because of their on/off
nature, can easily set the needed duty cycle. The duly cycle
determines the speed of the motor. The desired speed can be
obtained by changing the duty cycle. The PWM in
microcontroller is used to control the duty cycle of DC
motor.

8. CONCLUSION

In this paper the speed of the BLDC motor is being controlled

by using microcontroller and it is being made to run at desired
6. LOGICAL OPERATION OF BLDC MOTOR
speed by using PWM technique. The project can be used for
controlling the speed in the SPACE.

9. REFERENCES

[1]. Kusko, A. &Peeran, S. M. (1987) Brushless DC motor

using asymmetrical field magnetization. IEEE Transactions on
Industrial Applications, 23 (2):319

[2]. Bolton, H. R. & Ashen R.A. (1984) Influence of motor

design and feed current waveform on torque ripples in
While logic high during the on time duty cycle is delivered brushless dc motor. IEE Proceeding, 131 (3): 82 –90
by the microcontroller to the input of the OPTO coupler, The
OPTO led glows to bring the OPTO transistor pin no 5 and 6 [3]. Duane, H. (2002) Brushless Permanent Magnet Motor
to conduct. Now 12V supply is given at the junction point of Design. University ofMaine, Orno, USA, 2nd ed.
R7 and R8 and reaches the gate of the MOSFET Q1 via D4
for Q1 to conduct thus enabling the motor to get supply to [4]. R.Krishnan, “Electric Motor Drives Modeling, Analysis,
run. A freewheel diode is used across the motor to conduct and Control, PrenticeHallInternationaInc., New Jersey, 2001
the charge stored in the motor during off period. During off
time of the International Journal of Engineering Science and [5]. “New Approach to Rotor Position Detection and Precision
Computing, March 2017 6047 http://ijesc.org/ duty cycle the Speed Control of the BLDC Motor”Yong-Ho Yoon Tae-Won
OPTO transistor does not conduct and the charge which is Lee Sang-Hun ParkByoung-Kuk Lee Chung- 1-4244-0136-
stored in the gate of Q1 forces Q3 to conduct while the 4/06/$20.00'2006 IEEE
motor stops. This ON and OFF the motor reduces the speed.
The DC power is available to the motor via the MOSFET as [6]. G.Madhusudhanrao, B.V.SankerRam, B.SampathKumar,
per the PWM generated by micro controller depending upon K.Vijay Kumar,” Speed Control of BLDC Motor using DSP”,
the input given to microcontroller International JournalofEngineering Science and Technology
Vol.2 (3),2010
7. HARDWARE SETUP

115
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

Smart Energy Meter using GSM

P.NAGANJANEYULU SINGIRI ADHARSH MUKKARALA ANIL KUMAR
Assistant Professor UG Student UG Student
Electrical and Electronic Engineering Electrical and Electronic Engineering Electrical and Electronic Engineering
Narasaraopeta Engineering College Narasaraopeta Engineering College Narasaraopeta Engineering College
Narasaraopet, India Narasaraopet, India Narasaraopet, India
naganjaneyulu@nrtec.in sriadharshn236@gmail.com anilsolo6300@gmail.com

KOVURI SIVA TEJA SHAIK JOHN SAIDA

UG Student UG Student
Electrical and Electronic Engineering Electrical and Electronic Engineering
Narasaropeta Engineering College Narasaropeta Engineering College
Narasaropet, India Narasaraopet, India
sivateja641@gmail.com Skjohnsaidasaida076@gmail.com

Abstract— The demand for power has increased which needs lot of man power to note the energy consumption
exponentially with time. One avenue through which today's of the consumer. On the other hand, consumers are also not
energy problems can be address through the reduction of energy satisfied with the services of energy provider. Energy meter is
usage in households. This has increased the emphasis on the a device that measures the amount of electrical energy
need for accurate and economic methods of power consumed by the residential or business related consumers.
measurement. The goal of providing such data is to optimize and The electrical consumption is measured in kilowatt-hours
reduce their power consumption. This model presents a smart (kWh) by all electrical services using kilowatt-hours meters.
energy meter for an automatic and superior metering and
billing system. The integration of the Arduino and GSM Short Smart energy meters using GSM technology typically
Message Service (SMS) provide the meter reading system with consist of a microcontroller, a GSM modem, and an energy
some automatic functions that are predefined. The proposed meter. The microcontroller is responsible for controlling the
energy meter system can incorporate with embedded controller energy meter and the GSM modem. The GSM modem is used
and GSM modem to transmit the data like consumed energy in for communication with the energy meter and for sending data
kWh, generated bill, security services (line Cut/On) over GSM to a central server. The energy meter measures the energy
mobile network such as data can be then fed and integrated into consumption of the user and sends the data to the
existing energy management systems located at power microcontroller. This technology has become increasingly
companies or organizations to provide the services among the
popular due to the need for remote monitoring and control of
customers without man-power.
energy consumption.
Keywords—— smart meter, GSM based energy meter,
energy meter.

I. INTRODUCTION
Electric power has become indispensable to human
survival and progress. Apart from the efforts to meet the
growing demand, automation in the energy distribution is also
necessary to enhance people’s life standard. Traditional meter
reading is inefficient to meet the future residential
developmental needs. So there is increased demand for
Automatic Meter Reading (AMR) systems, which collect
meter readings electronically and its application is expanding
over industrial, commercial and of the analog and mechanical
nature of the components in these meters. Collection of meter Fig 1: Block diagram of Smart energy meter
reading is also in efficient because a meter reader has to
physically be onsite to utility environment. Traditional electro II. PROBLEM STATEMENT
mechanical meters used today, are prone to drift over In Conventional metering system to measure electricity
temperature. It is approximately 10 years that smart meter consumption the energy provider company hire persons to
technologies have been studied and developed. For measuring visit each house and record meter reading manually which is
the electrical consumptions different kind of technologies used for billing, the bill then sent to consumer by post or hand
have been developed and used. As for billing, the consumer delivery, this is not only sluggish but laborious, with the
had to wait for whole month to get monthly bill because company having no control over these meters. There is a stark
energy provider had to generate bills by several methods. At amount of revenue loss being incurred by our country due to
the moment, most of developing countries are using the energy theft which is a serious problem, people try to
traditional electro-mechanical watt meters which have manual manipulate meter reading by adopting various corrupt
meter reading system and the readings are not automated, practices such as current reversal, partial earth fault condition,

116
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1
bypass meter, magnetic interference etc. With the aid of this Fig 2: Metering infrastructure
project a definite solution is proffered which allows power
companies to have total control over energy meters and have V. ENERGY DISTRIBUTORS
real time information of same from a remote location with Energy distribution refers to the process of transporting
little human effort and at reduced cost as compared to and distributing energy from its source to the end-user. In
conventional methods simple terms, it is the way that energy is distributed and
delivered to homes, businesses, and other users. This process
III. EXISTING SYSTEM involves the generation of energy, the transmission of energy
Before the development of smart energy meters using over power lines and other infrastructure, and the distribution
GSM technology, traditional energy meters were used to of energy to individual customers.
measure energy consumption. These meters were usually
analog and mechanical, and they relied on the physical Energy distributors are companies or organizations that
movement of a dial or needle to measure energy consumption. are responsible for distributing energy to end-users. They take
Traditional energy meters were typically installed in homes the energy generated from power plants and other sources, and
and businesses, but they did not provide real-time monitoring deliver it to homes, businesses, and other customers through a
and control of energy consumption. The readings had to be network of power lines and other infrastructure. Energy
manually taken by the energy company, and the energy bills distributors play a critical role in ensuring that energy is
were based on estimated usage rather than actual usage. available to meet the needs of society.
Furthermore, traditional energy meters did not provide any They are responsible for maintaining and upgrading
information about the patterns and trends of energy the energy distribution system, ensuring that energy is
consumption, which made it difficult for users to manage their delivered safely and efficiently, and providing customer
energy usage and reduce their energy costs. service and billing. Energy distributors work closely with
In the existing system, electricity meter reading for energy producers and regulators to manage the energy supply
electricity usage and billing is done by human workers from and ensure that energy is available when and where it is
home to home and building to buildings. This requires huge needed. In simple terms, energy distributors are the
number of workers and long working time to achieve middlemen between the energy producers and the end-users,
complete area data collection and billing. Human workers responsible for delivering energy to homes and businesses.
billing are prone to reading error as sometime the houses Some energy distributors in India: In India, the distribution
electric meter is placed where it isn't easily accessible.. of energy is primarily the responsibility of state-owned
electricity boards and private distribution companies. Some of
IV. PROPOSED SYSTEM the major energy distributors in India include:
A smart energy meter using GSM is a device that measures
• Bharat Heavy Electricals Limited (BHEL)
electricity consumption in a building and sends the data to a
remote server using the GSM network. The main components • Power Grid Corporation of India Limited (PGCIL)
of such a system are the energy meter, a microcontroller, a
GSM modem, and a server. The energy meter measures the • Tata Power
electricity consumption and sends the data to the • Reliance Energy
microcontroller.
• Adani Electricity Mumbai Limited (AEML)
The microcontroller processes the data, formats it into a
suitable format, and sends it to the GSM modem for • BSES Rajdhani Power Limited (BRPL)
transmission over the GSM network to the server. The server • BSES Yamuna Power Limited (BYPL)
receives the data, stores it in a database, and makes it available
for analysis and billing purposes and metering infrastructure. • CESC Limited
This system allows for real-time monitoring of electricity • Torrent Power
consumption and can help identify patterns and inefficiencies, • Madhya Pradesh Power Generation Company
leading to reduced energy costs. Additionally, the use of GSM Limited (MPPGCL)
enables remote monitoring and control of energy usage,
reducing the need for manual meter readings and improving • Andhra Pradesh Southern Power Distribution
the accuracy of billing. Company Limited (APSPDCL)

117
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1
Fig 3: Energy Distribution The force on the disc is proportional to the current and
voltage of the coil. The permanent magnet controls Their
rotation. The permanent magnet opposes the movement of the
VI. ENERGY METERS disc and equalizes it on the power consumption. The
cyclometer counts the rotation of the disc.
The meter which is used for measuring the energy utilizes
by the electric load is known as the energy meter. The energy VII. ARDUINO
is the total power consumed and utilized by the load at a Arduino is an open-source prototyping platform in
particular interval of time. It is used in domestic and industrial electronics based on easy-to-use hardware and software.
AC circuit for measuring the power consumption. The meter Subtly speaking, Arduino is a microcontroller based
is less expensive and accurate. prototyping board which can be used in developing digital
An energy meter, also known as a utility meter or an devices that can read inputs like finger on a button, touch on a
electricity meter, is a device that measures the amount of screen, light on a sensor etc. and turning it in to output like
electric energy consumed by a residential, commercial or switching on an LED, rotating a motor, playing songs through
industrial building. The meter records the amount of a speaker etc.
electricity used in kilowatt-hours (kWh), which is then used to The Arduino board can be programmed to do anything by
calculate the customer's monthly bill. Energy meters can be simply programming the microcontroller on board using a set
either digital or analog, and they are typically installed by the of instructions for which, the Arduino board consists of a USB
local utility company. plug to communicate with your computer and a bunch of
Single phase energy meter: Single phase energy meter is connection sockets that can be wired to external devices like
used for home appliances. The single phase energy meter is motors, LEDs etc.
directly connected between the line and load. It consists of two
electromagnets one is the shunt magnet and other is the series
magnet and in between these two magnets we are having the
aluminum disk.

Fig 5: Arduino UNO

 USB: Can be used for both power and
communication with the IDE
 Barrel Jack: Used for power supply
Fig 4: Single Phase Energy Meter
 Voltage Regulator: Regulates and stabilizes the
So this aluminum disk is rotating in the magnetic field. The input and output voltages
speed of this disk is proportional to the part which is consumed
by the appliance. Read my article on the Electrical House  Crystal Oscillator: Keeps track of time and
wiring, in this article you will learn how energy meter is regulates processor frequency
connected, and also explains the complete house wiring.  Reset Pin: Can be used to reset the Arduino Uno
The energy meter has the aluminum disc whose rotation  3.3V pin: Can be used as a 3.3V output
determines the power consumption of the load. The disc is
placed between the air gap of the series and shunt  5V pin: Can be used as a 5V output
electromagnet. The shunt magnet has the pressure coil, and the
series magnet has the current coil. The pressure coil creates  GND pin: Can be used to ground the circuit
the magnetic field because of the supply voltage, and the  Vin pin: Can be used to supply power to the
current coil produces it because of the current. board
The field induces by the voltage coil is lagging by 90º on  Analog pins (A0-A5): Can be used to read analog
the magnetic field of the current coil because of which eddy signals to the board
current induced in the disc. The interaction of the eddy current
and the magnetic field causes torque, which exerts a force on  Microcontroller (ATMega328): The processing
the disc. Thus, the disc starts rotating. and logical unit of the board

118
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1
 ICSP pin: A programming header on the board Microcontroller contains all essential components of a
also called SPI microcomputer such as CPU, RAM, ROM/EPROM, I/O lines
etc. Some single chip microcontrollers contain devices to
 Power indicator LED: Indicates the power status perform specific functions such as DMA channels, A/D
of the board converter, serial port, pulse width modulation, etc.
 RX and TX LEDs: Receive (RX) and transmit
(TX) LEDs, blink when sending or receiving
serial data respectively
 Digital I/O pins: 14 pins capable of reading and
outputting digital signals; 6 of these pins are also
capable of PWM
 Reset button: Can be used to reset the board
VIII. ARCHITECTURE OF ARDUINO
It’s an 8-bit parallel data lines by which the data travels
inside the MCU (NOTE: this is the reason why AVR is an 8-
bit MCU). Arithmetic Logic Unit, the core/heart of the entire
system where typically all commands get executed. It
basically pretty similar to the RAM (Random access memory)
we see inside our computers. (Electrically Erasable
Programmable Read Only Memory) it’s very similar to
another component in our computer namely Hard Disk, i.e. a Fig 7: Pin diagram of Microcontroller
permanent storage.
VCC: Digital supply voltage.
GND: Ground.
Port B (PB7:0) XTAL1/XTAL2/TOSC1/TOSC2
Port B is an 8-bit bi-directional I/O port with internal pull-
up resistors (selected for each bit). The Port B output buffers
have symmetrical drive characteristics with both high sink and
source capability.
As inputs, port B pins that are externally pull low will
source current if the pull-up resistors are activated. The Port B
pins are tri-stated when a reset condition becomes active, even
if the clock is not running.
Port C (PC5:0)
Port C is a 7-bit bi-directional I/O port with internal pull-
up resistors (for each bit). The PC5..0 output buffers have
symmetrical drive characteristics with both high sink and
source capability. As inputs, Port C pins that are externally
pulled low will source current if the pull-up resistors are
activate. The port C pins are tri-stated when a reset condition
Fig 6: Architecture of Arduino becomes active, even if the clock is not running.

These are the bunch of registers which is used as a PC6/RESET

switches or controls for different features of AVR. This are 32 If the RSTDISBL fuse is programmed, PC6 is used as an
registers each having 8-bit which is a general storage space for input pin. If the RSTDISBL fuse is not used, PC6 is used as a
data. But, remember, SRAM is also a temporary storage but reset input. A low level on this pin for longer than the
these registers have some specialty among all. A couple of minimum pulse length will generate a reset, even if the clock
registers which are very special to the MCU & to us also. This is not running.The minimum pulse length is generate. Shorter
is a register which has a responsibility to track the position of pulses are not guaranteed to generate a reset.
the program that is currently executing. It is also a permanent
storage but it’s only for storing the program we write to it. Port D (PD7:0)
These are import for the MCU but not too much to us. Port D is an 8-bit bi-directional I/O port with internal pull-
IX. MICRO-CONTROLLER up resistors (selected for each bit). The port D output buffers
have symmetrical drive characteristics with both high sink and
A microcomputer made on a single semiconductor chip is source capability.
called single-chip microcomputer. Since, single chip
microcomputers are generally used in control applications, 7. AVCC: AVCC is the supply voltage pin for the A/D
they are also called microcontrollers. converter, PC3:0, and ADC7:6. It should be externally
connect to VCC, even if the ADC is not use. If the ADC is

119
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1
used, it should be connect to VCC through a low-pass filter. For example, D is the actual AT command name in ATD
Note that PC6..4 use digital supply voltage, VCC. and +CMGS is the actual AT command name in AT+CMGS.
However, some books and websites use them interchangeably
8. AREF: AREF is the analog reference pin for the A/D as the name of an AT command. Some commands used in our
converter. project:
9. ADC7:6 (TQFP and QFN/MLF Package Only) AT+CMGF=1 //enter SMS sending mode
X. GSM MODULE AT+CMGS=”mobile no.”<message //send SMS
GSM (Global System for Mobile Communications) ATD9876543210; //make phone call
module is a type of wireless communication module that
enables a device to send and receive data over the mobile XI. WORKING OF SMART ENERGY METER USING
network. It operates on the GSM frequency band and uses the GSM
standardized GSM protocol for communication. The GSM
module can be integrated into various types of devices such as The smart energy meter is used for control and monitoring
smartphones, modems, alarms, and industrial automation of energy consumption without any human interference. The
systems, to provide wireless connectivity. smart energy meter working.

The module typically contains a microcontroller, a radio • First, connect circuit as per the above circuit
frequency (RF) transceiver, and a GSM modem, and connection and switch ON the supply
communicates with the device through a serial interface such • The energy meter is supplied by single phase 230V
as RS-232 or UART. GSM is widely used for mobile AC, 50HZ supply.
communication and is the most widely used mobile
communication technology globally. • And also supply the power to the Arduino UNO board
with 12V DC or connect board to the personal laptop
• The GSM 800a module is powered by using 230V to
12V DC adapter.
• And the load (bulb) connected to the energy meter
through the bulb holder.
• All components are excited and the bulb is ON.
• The energy meter is measure the power consumption
of the load bulb.
• The arduino UNO and GSM module is interface, the
energy meter measured pulses are send to the arduino
Fig 8: GSM module • The arduino UNO convert the pulses into the energy
consumption value by using the programming
Its functions include:
• The programming helps to arduino to calculate or
• Read, write and delete SMS messages. finish the task based on our instruction.
• Send SMS messages.
• Monitor the signal strength.
• Monitor the charging status and charge
• Read, write and search phone book entries.
What is AT Command?
They are known as AT commands because every
command line starts with “AT” or “at”. AT commands are
instructions used to control a modem. AT is the abbreviation
of Attention.
GSM/GPRS modems and mobile phones support an AT
command set that is specific to the GSM technology, which
includes SMS-related commands like AT+CMGS (Send SMS
message), AT+CMSS (Send SMS message from storage), Fig 9: Circuit diagram of Smart energy meter
AT+CMGL (List SMS messages) and AT+CMGR (Read
SMS messages). • The arduino UNO also format the energy
consumption and its cost into SMS or message
Note that the starting “AT” is the prefix that informs the format.
modem about the start of a command line. It is not part of the
AT command name. • The formatted SMS is sent to the GSM module.

120
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1
• The GSM module having some AT commands, which  Privacy Concerns
are used to transfer the SMS to the receiver mobile
phone Applications:

• Some AT commands are AT+CMGF=1, The areas in which smart meters are useful are as
AT+CMGS=\”mobile number\” etc. mentioned below.

• The SMS is received to the consumer and also energy  Accurate settlements
distributors.  Frequent and cheaper
• It will helps us to minimize the energy consumption  Correct and timely billing
or reduce waste of energy consumption.
 Prepayment.
 Fraud detection.
STEPS FOR PROGRAMMING
 Tariff
• Setting up the development environment means
involves installing the Arduino IDE software on  Subsidiary Service Support & Research Support
computer.
ACKNOWLEDGMENT
• Interface the Arduino UNO with GSM module
It gives us immense pleasure to express our gratitude to
• Connecting the Arduino board to the computer using everyone who helped us in the successful completion of our
a USB to UART cable project titled "SMART ENERGY METER USING GSM".
• Open the IDE and write the code in editor and save it. It is with great pleasure that we acknowledge our
• After writing the code, click the “upload” button to sincere thanks and deep sense of gratitude to our guide
upload the code to the Arduino board. Mr.P.NAGANJANEYULU M.Tech Assistant Professor,
Dept. of E.E.E., for his valuable glance through the course of
• Once the code is upload, you can use the serial this work. His unflinching help, suggestions, direction and
monitor to see the output of your code or you can use guidance have helped in Smooth project of the project work.
various inputs.
We express our sincere thanks to
• If necessary, you can modify the code and repeat the Dr.P.LAKSHMANAN M.E, Ph.D, Professor Head of the
uploading and testing process until you achieve the Dept. Of Electrical and Electronics Engineering for his
desired results. indispensable encouragement to complete the thesis.
XII. ADVANTAGES,DIS-ADVANTAGES & We convey our special thanks to our beloved and
APPLICATIONS honorable Principal Dr.M.SREENIVASA KUMAR
M.Tech,Ph.D,(UK),MISTE,FIE(I) and to our college
Advantages: management for providing excellent lab Facilities for the
There are several advantages to using a smart energy meter completion of project within our campus. Finally, we express
with GSM technology, including: indebtedness to everyone remotely involved with this project.
 Real-time Monitoring We are very much gratitude to all faculty members
of the Department for their kind cooperation with out which
 Increased Efficiency this work could not have been to this shape. We would like to
 Convenient Billing thank the non-teaching staff all my friends who made us stay
here at NEC a memorable one.
 Remote Monitoring and Control
CONCLUSION
 Improved Power Grid Management
In conclusion, smart energy meters using GSM technology
 Increased Customer Satisfaction have several advantages and can play a key role in
modernizing energy distribution systems. The use of GSM
 Environmentally Friendly technology allows for real-time monitoring of energy
Dis-advantages: consumption, enabling customers to better understand their
energy usage and make informed decisions to reduce their
There are also some disadvantages to using a smart energy energy consumption and costs. Additionally, smart energy
meter with GSM technology, including: meters can provide energy distributors with more accurate and
 Cost reliable data, which can help them to better manage energy
supply and demand and improve the efficiency of their
 Complexity operations.
 Security However, there are also some disadvantages to using smart
energy meters with GSM technology. The cost of installation
 Reliability and maintenance can be high, and the technology can be
 Technical Support complex and difficult to understand. Furthermore, the
transmission of energy consumption data over GSM networks
 Inaccurate Data

121
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1
can raise privacy concerns, and the accuracy of the data Communication and Signal Processing (ICCSP), 2016
collected can be impacted by a variety of factors. International Conference on (pp. 1716-1722). IEEE, November
2016.
REFERENCES [6] Win Adiyansyah Indra, Fatimah Bt Morad, Norfadzlia Binti
Mohd Yusof and Siti Asma Che Aziz, GSM-Based Smart
[1] Ashna, K. & George, S.N., “GSM based automatic energy Energy Meter with Arduino Uno, International Journal of
meter reading system with instant billing”, Proceedings - IEEE Applied Engineering
International Multi Conference on Automation, Computing, [7] Research ISSN 0973-4562 Volume 13, Number 6 (2018) Ali
Control, Communication and Compressed Sensing, iMac4s, RA, Hussain M, Mahmood T. Low-Cost GSM based Smart
2013, pp.65–71 Energy Meter Design: Capable of Demand Side Management
[2] Miqdad, A., et al. "Space Cooling Load Monitoring System and Data Logging, 2018 3 rd International Electrical
with IoT." 2018 IEEE 5th International Conference on Smart Engineering Conference (IEEC 2018) Feb, 2018 at IEP Centre,
Instrumentation, Measurement and Application (ICSIMA). Karachi, Pakistan.
IEEE, 2018. [8] Zahoor Hussain, Shahzad Memon, Lachhman Das,
[3] B.Lichtensteiger, B.Bjelajac, C.Müller, and C.,Wietfeld, RF Muhammad Hammad-u-Salam, Nasir Ahemd Memon, Jawad
mesh systems for smart metering: system architecture and Hussain Awan, Raza Hussain Shah, Zulfiqar Ali Bhutto, GSM
performance. In Smart Grid Communications Based On Demand Smart Power Load Management Service
(SmartGridComm), 2010 First IEEE International Conference Module, IJCSNS International Journal of Computer Science
on (pp. 379-384). IEEE. October 2010. and Network Security, VOL.17 No.9, September 2017.
[4] Z.M.Fadlullah, Fouda, M.M., Kato, N., Takeuchi, A., Iwasaki, [9] Pandya, V. & Shukla, D., “GSM Modem Based Data
N. and Nozaki.Toward intelligent machine-tomachine Acquisition System”, International Journal of Computational
communications in smart grid. IEEE Communications Engineering Research, Vol. 2, No. 5, 2012, pp.1662–1667.
Magazine, 49(4), pp.60-65, 2011
[5] M.A.Zaveri, S.K. Pandey, and J.S. Kumar, Collaborative
service oriented smart grid using the Internet of Things. In

122
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

STUDY AND ANALYSIS OF CUK, SEPIC AND

ZETA DC-DC CONVERTERS
V. NAVEEN KUMAR(UG Scholar), CH. NAGA MALLESWARA RAO(UG Scholar), A. HEMANTH KUMAR(UG Scholar), T.
RANGA BABU(UG Scholar).
M. CHANDRA SEKHAR, M.Tech(Guide)
widely used non-isolated applications. Most of these DC-DC
Abstract— Study & Analysis of CUK, SEPIC & ZETA DC- converter ICs use either in internal or external synchronous
DC converter is presented in this project work. The fixed rectifier. Their only magnetic component is usually an output
DC voltage has not been suitable for many applications and inductor and thus less to generating electromagnetic
voltage level. Hence, we have to convert fixed DC voltage interference. For the same power and voltage levels, it usually
into variable DC voltage. For the conversion of fixed DC has lower cost and fewer components while requiring less
voltage into variable DC voltage DC-DC converters are peboard area than an isolated DC-DC converter. For lower
widely used. Generally, DC-DC converters are used to get voltages non-isolated buck converters can be used.
variable DC voltage from fixed DC voltage. The variable 1.3. OBJECTIVES
output voltage can be obtained by varying duty cycle. In this The main objective of the project is to analyse the performance
project CUK, SEPIC and ZETA converters have been of converter through MATLAB Simulink. The performance of
simulated with different duty ratio and analysed in term of converter have been analyze with respect to the different auto
ripple current. The performances of converter have been ratio and ripple factor. In this project CUK, SEPIC, and ZETA
analysed with respect to the different duty ratio and ripple converter have been simulated with different duty ratio and
factor. The performance of converter is analyzed through analyzed in term of ripple current.
MATLAB/SIMULINK.
Keywords— CUK DC-DC CONVERTER TOPOLOGIES
 CUK converter
I. INTRODUCTION  SEPIC converter
A DC-DC converter is power electronic circuit that converts a  ZETA converter
source of direct current (DC) from one voltage level to another. 
The output voltage is may be uniform and linear from the CUK CONVERTER
supply voltage. Power level ranges from very low to very high The CUK converter is a type of DC-DC converter that has an
DC to DC converter have been used. The converter is used to output voltage magnitude that is either greater than or less than
convert fixed DC voltage to the variable DC voltage which is the input voltage magnitude. It is essentially a boost converter
used for many applications. The main advantage of the high followed by a buck converter with a capacitor to couple the
step up DC converter is the generation of the high voltage. A energy. The output voltage of non-isolated CUK is typically
DC-DC converters can be viewed as DC transformer that also inverting, and can be lower or higher than the input. It uses
delivers a DC voltage or current at different than the input a capacitor as its main energy-storage component. The CUK
source. This DC transformation is possible by using electronic converter is a type of DC/DC converter that has an output
switching, where as in conventional transformers it is possible voltage magnitude that is either greater than or less than the
by means of electromagnetic induction. The DC-DC converter input voltage magnitude. It is essentially a boost converter
finds wide applications in regulated switch-mode DC power followed by a buck converter with a capacitor to couple the
supplies and in DC motor drive applications. DC-DC energy.
converters are nonlinear in nature. The design of high
performance control for them is a challenge for both the control CIRCUIT DIAGRAM OF CUK CONVERTER
engineering engineers and power electronics engineers. In
general, a good control for DC-DC converter always ensures
stability in arbitrary operating condition. Moreover, good
response in terms of rejection of load variations, input voltage
changes and even parameter uncertainties is also required for a
typical control scheme.
1.2. LITERATURE SURVEY
The non-isolated converter usually employs an inductor, and
there is no DC voltage isolation between input and the output.
The vast majority of applications do not required DC isolation Fig. 1. Circuit Diagram of CUK Converter
between its input and output voltages. The non-isolated DC-DC
converter has a DC part between its input and output. Battery- Operation
based systems that don't use the AC power line represent a As shown in Fig1, Cuk the converter consists of a total of Six
major application for non-isolated DC-DC converters. Point-of- components, L1, L2, C1, C2, diode D, and switch S. Before
load DC-DC converters that draw input power from an isolated studying its operation, we will consider the ideal conditions for
DC-DC converter, such as a bus converter represent other the components, such that L1, L2, C1, and C2 do not hold any

123
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1
charge in it. To simplify it, the working of Cuk converter words low cost, high efficiency, and low noise. CUK converter is used
for 2 Cases. In mode1 when the switch S is open, the inductor in automotive consumer-electronics, Ideally, since there is no
currents IL1 and IL2 flow through the diode. Capacitor C is current in the capacitor and inductor, When The switch is
charged through the diode by energy from both the input and L. turned ON the source will charge the inductor, flow of current
Currents IL decreases, because Vc is lesser than Vd. Energy is observed from L1 to the switch and back to the source. The
stored in L2 feeds the output. Therefore, IL2 also decrease. In
inductor L1 gets charged and acts as a storage element with
mode 2 when switch S is closed, Vc1 reverse biases the diode.
The inductor currents Il1 and I12 flow through the switch. Since polarity from positive to negative. Technically, there will be a
Vc1 >Vo. C1 discharges through the switch and transferring small amount of stored voltage in C1. There is no flow of
energy to the output and L2 Therefore, IL2 increases. The input current to load. When the switch is turned ON, just as in case1
feeds energy to L1, causing IL1 to increase and it's shown in inductor gets charged L1 and the current flows from the source
the Fig. 2.9. The modes operation is shown in the Fig. 2.10.The to inductor L1 and to capacitor C2 and load. But now the
non-isolated DC-DC converters are Buck Converter, Boost charged capacitor C1 which holds the voltage dissipates its
Converter, Buck-Boost Converter, Cuk Converter, and SEPIC energy to the load. The voltage stored in capacitor C1 acts as a
Converter. The output voltage of non-isolated CUK is typically voltage source where current flows from the capacitor C1 to C2
also inverting, and can be lower or higher than the input. It uses and Load. It also charges the inductor L2 in this process where
a capacitor as its main energy-storage component. The CUK diode d is reverse biased. As shown in Fig.3, when the switch
converter is a type of DC/DC converter that has an output
is turned OFF, the inductor L1 dissipates the stored energy by
voltage magnitude that is either greater than or less than the
input voltage magnitude. It is essentially a boost converter reversing its polarity. In addition to the stored energy
followed by a buck converter with a capacitor to couple the dissipating from L1, the current will flow from the source to the
energy inductor L1. The reason for the flow of current in the inductor
is because the current flowing from the inductor L1 is not
completely DC. When the switch is turned OFF case 2 is
repeated where capacitor C1 dissipates its energy, In addition
to that the inductor L2 which was charged in case3 dissipates
its energy to the load such that along with capacitor C1 and L2
dissipate the stored energy to the load. The diode is forward
biased where capacitor C2 and L2 dissipate the energy where
the output voltage is reversed. Due to this topology of the
ON/OFF mechanism, we get a reversed polarity at the output
when compared with the input side voltage. It consists of an
input voltage Source Vs, a MOSFET switch S, an anti-parallel
diode D, a capacitor C1 , for transferring energy, a capacitor C₂
for storing energy, two inductors L1 and L2, and a load resistor
R. Let V1 and V₂ be the voltages across the capacitors C₁ and
C₂ respectively. The coupling capacitor can be placed in
between the source side inductor land load sideinductor2.The
capacitor can be placed in parallel with the load resistance, the
Fig.2. Operation Modes of CUK Converter
freewheeling diode can be placed in parallel with the coupling.
Let I1, and I2 be the currents through the inductors L1 and L2,
The CUK converter is a type of DC-DC converter that has an respectively. When Switch S is on, the circuit is in charging
output voltage magnitude that is either greater than or less than mode. When Switch S is off, the circuit is in discharging mode.
the input voltage magnitude. It is essentially a boost converter
followed by a buck converter with a capacitor to couple the
energy. The output voltage of non-isolated CUK is typically
also inverting, and can be lower or higher than the input. It uses
a capacitor as its main energy-storage component. The CUK
converter is a type of DC/DC converter that has an output
voltage magnitude that is either greater than or less than the
input voltage magnitude. It is essentially a boost converter
followed by a buck converter with a capacitor to couple the
energy. The CUK converter is a type of DC-DC converter that
has an output voltage magnitude that is either greater than or
less than the input voltage magnitude. The CUK converter is
capable of providing output voltage that is either greater than or
lesser than the input voltage depending on the duty cycle. It has

124
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1
Fig .3. General Characteristics of CUK Converter Fig .4. Circuit diagram of SEPIC converter
SEPIC converter is used to overcome the limitation of
When the switch is turned ON, inductor L1 gets charged and conventional buck boost converter like inverted output,
stored energy in the capacitor C1 supplies the energy to load. pulsating input current, high voltage stress make it unreliable
Inductor L2 supplies energy or energizes the capacitor C1. C1 for wide range of operation MATLAB simulation is being used
acts as the voltage source for the load. When the switch is to validate the method and show the effectiveness of the design.
turned OFF, inductor L1 discharges the energy and supplies
power to the capacitor C2. And L2 supplies the power to the The capacitor CIN is required to reduce the effects of the
load which was energized when the switch was turned ON. parasitic inductance and internal resistance of the power supply.
The boost/buck capabilities of the SEPIC are possible because
2 - SEPIC CONVERTER of capacitor C, and inductor L2. Inductor L1 and switch S create
The single-ended primary-inductor converter (SEPIC) is a type a standard boost converter, which generates a voltage (Vs) that
of DC/DC converter that allows the electrical potential is higher than VIN. whose magnitude is determined by the duty
(voltage) at its output to be greater than, less than, or equal to cycle of the switch S. MOSFETS offer much higher input
that at its input. The output of the SEPIC is controlled by the impedance and lower voltage drop than bipolar junction
duty cycle of the control switch (S1). A SEPIC is essentially a transistors (BJTs), and do not require biasing resistors as
boost converter followed by an inverted buck-boost converter, MOSFET switching is controlled by differences in voltage
therefore it is similar to a traditional buck-boost converter, but rather than a current, as with BJTS.
has advantages of having non-inverted output (the output has
the same electrical polarity as the input), using a series
capacitor to couple energy from the input to the output (and thus
can respond more gracefully to a short-circuit output), and
being capable of true shutdown: when the switch S1 is turned
off enough, the output (V0) drops to 0 V, following a fairly
hefty transient dump of charge. The SEPIC converter allows a
range of de voltage to be adjusted to maintain a constant
Voltage output. SEPIC converter is used to overcome the
limitation of conventional buck boost converter like inverted
output, pulsating input current, high voltage stress make it
unreliable for wide range of operation MATLAB simulation is
being used to validate the method and show the effectiveness of
the design. All de-de converters operate by rapidly turning on
and off a MOSFET, generally with a high superior. For the
SEPIC, when the pulse is high/the MOSFET is on, inductor 1
is charged by the input voltage and inductor 2 is charged by
capacitor 1. The diode is off and the output is maintained by
capacitor 2. When the pulse is low/the MOSFET is off, the
inductors output through the diode to the load and the capacitors
are charged. The greater the percentage of time (duty cycle) the
Fig .5. Waveforms of SEPIC Converter
pulse is low, the greater the output will be. This is because the
longer the inductors charge, the greater their voltage will be. A SEPIC is said to be in discontinuous-conduction mode or
However, if the pulse lasts too long, the capacitors will not be discontinuous mode if the current through either of inductors
able to charge and the converter will fail as shown in frequency L1 or L2 is allowed to fall to zero during an operating cycle.
pulse. What the converter does as a result of this is what makes The voltage drop and switching time of diode D1 is critical to a
the SEPIC converter. SEPIC's reliability and efficiency. The diode's switching time
needs to be extremely fast in order 33 to not generate high
voltage spikes across the inductors, which could cause damage
to components. Fast conventional diodes or Schottky diodes
may be used. The resistances in the inductors and the capacitors
can also have large effects on the converter efficiency and
output ripple. Inductors with lower series resistance allow less
energy to be dissipated as heat, resulting in greater efficiency (a
larger portion of the input power being transferred to the load).
Capacitors with low equivalent series resistance (ESR) should
also be used for C1 and C2 to minimize ripple and prevent heat
build-up, especially in C1 where the current is changing

125
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1
direction frequently. The SEPIC converter allows a range of de Perturbation and Observation (P&O) method, also known as
voltage to be adjusted to maintain a constant Voltage output. hill climbing method, is popular and most 35 commonly used
in practice because of its simplicity in algorithm and the ease of
ZETA CONVERTER implementation. Circuit diagram of ZETA converter is shown
in the Fig. 2.12.The ZETA converter is another option for
Similar to the SEPIC DC/DC converter topology, the ZETA regulating an unregulated input-power supply. A ZETA
converter topology provides a positive output voltage from an converter is a fourth order de-de converter capable of
input voltage that varies above and below the output voltage. amplifying and reducing the input voltage levels without
The ZETA converter also needs two inductors and a series inverting the polarities.
capacitor, sometimes called a flying capacitor. Unlike the
SEPIC converter, which is configured with a standard boost
converter, the ZETA converter is configured from a buck
controller that drives a highside PMOS FET. The ZETA
converter is another option for regulating an unregulated input-
power supply, like a low-cost wall wart. 34 To minimize board
space, a coupled inductor can be used. This article explains how
to design a ZETA converter running in continuous-conduction
Fig. 6. Circuit Diagram of ZETA Converter
mode (CCM) with a coupled inductor. Nowadays a dc-dc
converter is widely used as power supply in electronic systems. Operation
A ZETA converter is a fourth order de-de converter capable of ZETA converter exhibits two different modes as follows; In
amplifying and reducing the input voltage levels without model The first mode is obtained when the switch is ON
inverting the polarities. The reason being is that it includes two (closed) and instantaneously, the diode D is OFF. An equivalent
capacitors and two inductors as dynamic storage elements. circuit shown in Fig. 2.13 and 2.14. During this period, the
Compared with a CUK or SEPIC converters, the ZETA current through the inductor L, and L2 are drawn from the
converter has received the least attention. Among the renewable voltage source V. This mode is the charging mode. Mode1
options, solar PV energy has been drawing increasing interest shows a simple circuit diagram of a ZETA converter, consisting
in recent years as an alternative and important source of energy of an input capacitor, CIN; an output capacitor, Cout coupled
for the future. Solar cells transform energy from an essentially inductors L1 and L2; an AC coupling capacitor, Cc a power
unlimited source the Sun" into useable electricity. PV systems PMOS FET, Q1; and a diode, D1. Figure shows the ZETA
constitute an environmentally friendly alternative way for converter operating in CCM when S1 is on and when S1 is off.
energy production using the energy from the sun. PV system, To understand the voltages at the various circuit nodes, it is
virtually zero running cost energy is the input source of power. important to analyze the circuit at DC when both switches are
They operate quietly without emissions, even if the load off and not switching. Capacitor Ce will be in parallel with
increases. With recent developments, solar energy systems are Cout, so Ce is charged to the output voltage, Vout, during
easily available for industrial and domestic use with the added steady-state CCM. Figure 2 shows the voltages across L1 and
advantage of minimum maintenance. However, the output L2 during CCM operation. When S1 is off, the voltage across
power induced in the photovoltaic modules depends on solar L2 must be Vout since it is in parallel with Cout Since Cout is
radiation and temperature of the solar cells. Photovoltaic charged to Vout, the voltage across S1 when S1 is off is VIN+
modules have a very low conversion efficiency of around 15% VOUT therefore the voltage across L1 is -Vout relative to the
for the manufactured ones. Besides, due to the temperature, drain of S1. When S1 is on, 36 capacitor Cc, charged to Vour,
radiation and load variations, this efficiency can be highly is connected in series with L2; so the voltage across L2 is +Vin,
reduced. In fact, the efficiency of any semiconductor device and diode D sees VIN+VOUT. The currents flowing through
drops steeply with the temperature. In order to ensure that the various circuit components. When S1 is on, energy from the
photovoltaic modules always act supplying the maximum input supply is being stored in L1, L2, and Cc. L2 also provides
power as possible and dictated by ambient operating conditions, lour. When S1 turns off, L1's cur- rent continues to flow from
a specific circuit known as Maximum Power Point Tracker current provided by Cc, and L1b again provides lOUT.
(MPPT) is employed therefore, to maximize the efficiency of
the renewable energy system, it is necessary to track the
maximum power point of the PV array. In most common
applications, the MPPT is a DC-DC converter controlled
through a strategy that allows imposing the photovoltaic
module operation point on the Maximum Power Point (MPP)
or close to it. The proposed scheme consists of a solar panel, a
ZETA DC-DC converter, and MPPT controller. In this
Maximum power point tracking is achieved by using

126
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1
Fig. 7. Switch ON Mode of ZETA Converter Fig. 10. General Characteristics of ZETA Converter
In mode 2 the operation starts when the switch is OFF and the
diode D is ON position, the equivalent circuit shown in Fig.
2.13. This stage or mode of operation is known as the Simulink model of CUK converter
discharging mode since all the energy stored in L₂ is transferred
to the load R.

Fig. 8. Switch OFF Mode of ZETA Converter

The ZETA converter is a fourth-order converter with multiple
real and complex poles and zeroes. Unlike the SEPIC converter,
the ZETA converter does not have a right-half-plane zero and Fig. 11. Simulink Model of CUK Converter
can be more easily compensated to achieve a wider loop
bandwidth and better load- transient results with smaller output-
capacitance values. Reference 1 provides a good mathematical
model based on state-space averaging. The model excludes
inductor DC resistance (DCR) but includes capacitor ESR. 37
Even though the converter in Reference 1 uses ceramic
capacitors, for the following design example, the inductor DCR
was substituted for the capacitor ESR so that the model would
more closely match measured values. The open-loop gain
bandwidth (ie., the frequency where the gain crosses zero with
an acceptable phase margin of typically 45°), should be greater
than the resonant frequency of L2and C1 so that the feedback
loop can dampen the nonsinusoidal ripple on the output with
fundamental frequency at that resonant frequency.

Fig. 12. Simulation Results of CUK Converter

Fig. 13. Simulink Model of SEPIC Converter

127
NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1
CONCLUSION
The performances of the various DC to DC converters like
CUK, SEPIC and ZETA converter have been analysed in this
project. The DC-DC converter simulation has been carried out
using MATLAB/S. The performances of the various DC to
DC converters like CUK, SEPIC and ZETA converter have
been in terms of ripple current and also simulation work was
carried out different duty ratio.
Finally, comparison results made between different duties
ratios. The waveforms that have seen on a ZETA converter
with a constant output voltage and variable input voltage and
load confirmed the simulation results of that converter.
FUTURE SCOPE
The simulation studies can be extended further using
controlling the voltage in the power plants like solar, thermal
and wind and battery charging applications.

REFERENCES
[1]. F. L. Luo, H. Ye, "Advanced DC/DC Converters',
CRC Press, 2004.
Fig. 14. Simulation Results of SEPIC Converter [2]. S. Maniktala, Slave Converters Power Auxiliary
Outputs', EDN Magazine, Elsevier,2002.
[3]. P.Constantin,etal.,'Electronicaindustrială,
EdituraDidacticăşiPedagogică, Bucureşti, 1983.
[4]. H. S-H. Chung, et al., 'A Novel Maximum Power
Point Tracking Technique for Solar Panels Using a
SEPIC or CUK Converter', IEEE Transaction on
Power Electronics, Vol. 18, No. 3, May 2003.
[5]. M. Dobre.F.Ion-supervisor, 'Corecțiafactorului de
putereinconvertoareleincomutaţie curețelede
comutare deordin zero', Proiect de diplomă,
Universities Valahia, Târgovişte, iulie 2007.
LTC1622 Low Voltage Input Current Mode Step-
Down DC/DC Controller, Data Sheet, Linear
Technology, 1998.
[6]. B. Axelrod, Y. Berkovich, and A. loinovici,
Fig. 15. Simulink Model of ZETA Converter "Transformer less de-de converters with a very high
de line-to-load voltage ratio, J. Circuits, Syst.
Comput., vol. 13, no. 3, pp. 467-475, Jun. 2004.
[7]. K. Kuwabara, E. Miyachika, and M. Kohsaka, "New
switching regulators derived from switched-capacitor
de-de converters', IEICE, Tokyo, Japan, Tech. Report
IEICE, PE88-5, 1988, pp. 31-37.
[8]. P. Constantin, et al., 'Electronică industrială, Editura
Didactică şi Pedagogică, Bucureşti, 1983.
[9]. Čuk, Slobodan; Middle brook, R. D. (June 8, 1976).
A General Unified Approach to Modeling Switching-
Converter Power Stages (PDF). Proceedings of the
IEEE Power Electronics Specialists Conference.
Cleveland, OH. pp. 73-86 Retrieved 2008-12-31.
[10]. Boost-buck.com: Easy Design of the
Optimum Topology Boost buck (CUK) Family of
Power Converters: How to Design the Transformer
in a CUK Converter.
[11]. A Text book of Power electronics by
Fig. 14. Simulation Results of ZETA Converter
Muhammad Rashid. [12] Wei GU 'Designing a sepic

128
NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1
converter' national semiconductor application note
1484 June 2007.
[12]. Unnat Pinsopon and Chanin and Chanin
Bunlaksananusom modeling of a sepic converter
operating in continuous conduction mode', Institute
of Technology Ladkrabang (KMITL), chalongkrung
Rd. Ladkrabang, Bangkok.
[13]. Ridley, R. (2006). "Analyzing the SEPIC
converter. Power Systems Design Europe.
[14]. Florian ION, Gabriel Predusca, A
Comparative study of SEPIC, CUK and ZETA
converters. Scientific Bulletin of the Electrical
Engineering Faculty-2008.Francis. T. Narashimarao.
D. A Soft-Switching DC/DC Converter With High
Voltage Gain for Renewable Energy Application,
International Journal of Engineering Research and
Applications. Vol. 2, Issue 3, May-Jun 2012,
pp.2410-2416.

129
NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

Wireless battery Charging for Electric Vehicles

Guide: Mrs.P.Bramarambavathi M.Tech S.Vamsi siva kumar reddy S.Gowtham Yadav
Assistant professor Electrical and Electronics Electrical and Electronics
Narasaraopeta Engineering College Engineering Engineering
Narasaraopet, India Narasaraopeta Engineering College Narasaraopeta Engineering College
bramara206eee@gmail.com vamsisivakumarreddy@gmail.com yadavgowtham09@gmail.com

P.V Manikanta CH. Rakesh

Electrical and Electronics Electrical and Electronics
Engineering Engineering
Narasaraopeta Engineering College Narasaraopeta Engineering College
Manikanta22.potti@gmail.com rakesh.chinde8@gmail.com

ABSTRACT:
Wireless power transmission (WPT) is popular and gaining technology finding its application in various fields. The power is
transferred from a source to an electrical load without the need of interconnections. WPT is useful to power electrical devices
where physical wiring is not possible or inconvenient. The technology uses the principle of mutual inductance. One of the future
applications finds in automotive sector especially in Electric Vehicles. This paper deals with research and development of
wireless charging systems for Electric vehicles using wireless transmission. The main goal is to transmit power using resonance
coupling and to build the charging systems. The systems deal with an AC source, transmission coil, reception coil, converter and
electric load which are battery.

KEYWORDS:
Wireless power transfer; Resonance; Inductance; Electric vehicles; High frequency converters

CITATION:
K. Parmesh, R.P. Neriya and M.V. Kumar. 2016. Wireless Charging System for Electric Vehicles, Int. J. Vehicle
Structures & Systems, 8(5), 285-288. doi:10.4273/ijvss.8.5.05.
1. Introduction limited range of wire, vehicle has to change its
Mankind has been using automotive vehicles for orientation to connect to the charger. These can be
transportation from one place to another. These vehicles addressed by wireless charging systems for electric
use internal combustion(IC) engines to drive it. Due to vehicles. This provides flexible and hassle free charging
increased number of vehicles there is environmental and also systems can be built at home, parking lot,
pollution caused by IC engines and reduction in fossil garage etc. Fig. 1 shows simplified diagram of car and
fuels. The latest innovations in the Automotive Industry wireless charging system implemented in automotive
are helping to improve fuel efficiency and reduce industry [2]. Many wireless power transfer techniques
emissions. One such technological advancement is are used to implement this technology. These methods
Hybrid vehicles which use both IC engines and electric use coils to transmit power. Coil will produce a short
motors to drive the vehicles or a car in simple words, range magnetic field, when a second coil is placed an
helping to reduce the amount of emissions produced electric current will flow through it. The magnetic field
maintaining the performance of the engine. However, in has transferred power from one coil to other called
the future, the focus is on clean and green energy Induction. It is necessary to analyze these techniques
producing zero emissions. Design and manufacture of based on the application to obtain optimum results for
electric vehicles has led to major interest in current the system to function correctly. Table 1 shows different
industry [1]. Since these vehicles run on battery the techniques with its advantages and disadvantages [3]
main drawbacks are high cost, short distance travel and [4].
long charging time. Consumers are constantly looking This work uses resonant coupling methods to
for a better solution to improve the travel efficiency. achieve efficient power transmission. The system is
Hence wired charging systems were built at every gas configured at the reasonable air gap based on the ground
station. clearance of electric vehicle. This air gap is enough to
Wired charging also have some limitations like provide good amount of coupling coefficient. The
socket points, spacing occupied by the charging station, design of coils plays major role, factors like geometry,

130
NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1
frequency and coil placement to deliver the maximum The circuit consists of primary and secondary winding
power with a uniform field distribution. L1 and L2 respectively. R1, C1 connected at primary side
and R2, C2 at secondary side. These components are
linear and passive in nature. The RLC circuit exhibits a
property of resonance. The values of LC can be adjusted
in such way so as to obtain a resonant frequency of 10
kHz to 30 kHz. The current through the primary coil I1
is determined by input voltage V1, and by the total
impedance of the secondary coil as seen by the primary
coil. The total impedance of the circuit is given by,
The through current can be kept constant in amplitude
Fig. 1: Prototype of wireless charging system
if input voltage is varied as a function of R1, which
Table 1: Wireless power transfer techniques would result in induced voltage in secondary, which is
Techniques Advantages Disadvantages denoted by M in Fig. 3 called mutual inductance, where
Simple, safe and high Short transmission Inductive M=L12=L21. The series to series topology behaves like
coupling transfer efficiency in distance needs short a constant current source producing constant output
distance. accurate alignment. current. In order to obtain the resonant frequency with
a fixed inductance of coils capacitance C1 and C2 can
This work uses resonant coupling methods to achieve be calculated by Eqn. (2).Mutual Inductance M is
efficient power transmission. The system is configured at further dependent on the distance and position of the
the reasonable air gap based on the ground clearance of primary and secondary coils. The ratio of the mutual
electric vehicle. This air gap is enough to provide good inductance M and square root of self-inductances L1
amount of coupling coefficient. The design of coils plays and L2 is termed as coupling coefficient k, shown in
major role, factors like geometry, frequency and coil Eqn. (3).
placement to deliver the maximum power with a uniform
field distribution.
2. Wireless charging system architecture
The system shown in Fig. 2 gives an overview consisting
of various components for charging to take place.AC
supply is used as the source which is supplied to high
frequency(HF) converter which converts source low
frequency to high frequency. This output is fed to the Fig. 4: Circuit model for series to series topology
transmission coil (TX). From the principle of resonant
coupling the reception coil (RX) is coupled. The output is 3. Design of transmission & reception coils
given to AC-DC converter to obtain rectified DC to Wireless power systems use magnetic cores to improve
charge the battery which the load. The coils in the project the magnetic flux density and current running through a
which is used to transmit power wirelessly are called closed loop creates magnetic flux density denoted as B.
magnetic resonators. Firstly, a rapidly oscillating current This loop encloses a surface S through this magnetic flux
is fed to a coil at a specific resonant frequency using HF . Eqn. (4) and Fig. 4 explain the concept [5]. Placing
Converter. This creates magnetic field in the region second closed loop within the surrounding of the first
around a transmission coil, tune a reception coil to the loop, due to the magnetic flux density B the second loop
same resonant frequency as the source it will couple will have a mutual flux 12 as given by,
resonating anywhere within that region, converting
oscillating magnetic field into an electrical current within (4)
the reception coil this response is called coupled magnetic Magnetic flux density B is proportional to applied current
response. The power can be fed to the load for charging a I. In order to run a current in closed loop coil is used. If
battery. This power can be distributed across multiple the coil has N turns each turn will have magnetic flux
loads. density B i.e. B NI. So when we consider two coils or
closed loops with N1 and N2 turns magnetic flux between
both the coils give mutual inductance. The inductance of
the coils is determined by factors like geometry, coil
alignment and permeability of the
medium as follows,

Fig. 2: Block diagram of wireless charging system (5)

The basic circuit model of the WPT system is (6)

shown in Fig. 3 connected in series to series topology Where μ0 defines permeability constant measures amount
[5]. Considering the complexity of the system it’s easy of resistance exhibited to form magnetic field in vacuum
to analyze the simplified equivalent network model. μ0= 4π × 10−7 H·m−1. μr relative permeability defines

131
NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1
ability of conductor in magnetic field. A is the area of frequency. Fig.6 depicts the transmission coil and
crosssection the conductor. l is the length of the conductor reception coil placed one above the other within the air
or coil. Similarly, the values of the self inductance L of gap of 10 cm to obtain maximum field distribution
the coils can be calculated using the Eqn. (6). Where d is enclosed in an air box which acts as transfer medium.
the diameter of cross-section [5]. All the above can be The material of the coils is set to copper. The air box
implemented in simulation tools to analyze the working medium is chosen as air. Material of the conductor and
of the coils in 2D and 3D space. air decides the μr relative permeability.

Fig. 4: Loops and magnetic flux

4. 2-Dimensional analysis Fig. 6: 3-D visualization of the coils enclosed in an air box
Finite Element Magnetics Method (FEMM) an open
The static magnetic analysis can calculate self and
source tool that helps in 2-D analysis of planar problems
mutual inductances of a coil. Analysis needs to be
in the conductor in which components like heat, current,
performed to determine magnetic coupling between the
magnetics can be studied. Results such as self and mutual
two coils as a function of the spatial location with
inductance, resistance can be extracted. Fig. 5 shows a 2D
respect to each other. The terminals of transmission coil
placement of primary and secondary coils having 20 turns
are excited with current. The flow of current in a coil
each with a minimum air gap of 20 cm for a uniform field
exhibits magnetic field which is coupled with reception.
distribution to obtain optimum inductance [5]. This
Post analysis we obtain the fields distributed across the
design is intended to be used in series to series topology
coils within the air box. This data is helpful to
producing constant output current. Table 2 displays the
understand the coupling and design of coils in real time.
extracted values after the simulation.
Figs.7 (a) and (b) show the plots of 2-D and 3-D field
distribution respectively. The excitation to the coils in
Maxwell is given in passive method. In order to realize
active external HF converters are necessary to excite the
coils to resonant frequency.

Fig. 6: 2-D Visualization of the coils

Table 2: Simulated results from 2-D FEMM
Geometry Simulated
Values Values
specifications results
Primary coil
Primary coil turns 20 167 µH
inductance
Secondary coil Secondary coil
20 167 µH
turns inductance
Mutual
Coil radius 30 mm 50.6 µH Fig. 7(a): 2-D field distribution
inductance
Primary coil
Core radius 1.2 mm 21.5 mΩ
resistance
Secondary coil
Air gap 20 cm 21.5 mΩ
resistance
5. 3-Dimensional analysis
ANSYS Maxwell is the electromagnetic field analysis
software that uses finite element method. It is a
powerful tool to study the complex 3-D model of coils
in space similar to real world environment [7]. The
design was performed on ANSYS Maxwell v16.0 at
Circuit Simulation and PCB fabrication Lab, TIFAC Fig. 7(b): 3-D field distribution
CORE, VIT University. The flexible drawing tool
helped us to design geometry of coils in 3-D space. The
reception coil is replicated from transmission coil since
both the self inductance have fixed to tune at resonating

132
NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

6. Design of converters [5] M. Cederl. 2012. Inductive Charging of Electrical

Vehicles, Master Thesis, Stockholm, Sweden.
Design of a power supply systems in wireless charging
[6] M.T. Thompson. 1999. Inductive Calculation Techniques
system plays a crucial role. The major challenge was to
-
obtain High frequency in terms of kHz and output power
Part II Approximations and Handbook Methods Power
Pout of 1 kW to excite the coils and charge the load
Control and Intelligent Motion.
respectively [8]. HF converters in transmission side and
[7] http://www.ansys.com.
AC-DC converters in reception side were realized on
[8] P.S. Sniak. 2013. Three-Phase AC–AC Power Converters
MATLAB Simulink. In real time we used the same high
Based on Matrix Converter Topology, Power Systems,
current capacity diodes 1N5406 used in HF converter. Springer-Verlag, London.
Fig. 8 shows the circuit diagram of converter system [9]. https://doi.org/10.1007/97814471-4896-8_2.
[9] M.B. Shamseh, A. Kawamura, I. Yuzurihara and A.
Takayanagi. 2014. A wireless power transfer system
optimized for high efficiency and high power applications,
Proc. 7th Int. Power Electronics Conf., Hiroshima, Japan.

Fig. 8: Time scope values of HF converter; Input voltage & current

=
230V & 5A, Output voltage & current = 200V & 10A

7. ANSYS Simplorer co-simulation

All the systems analyzed individually and obtained
optimum results. In order to understand the functioning
of overall system, we used a powerful tool called ANSYS
Simplorer. This tool helped us to accurately design the
complex wireless charging control systems [7]. The
Wireless coils were imported from Maxwell and
integrated within Simplorer circuit with the help of
equivalent active and passive components. The values of
RLC were chosen for resonant frequency. L is the fixed
value of coils inductance co-simulated from Maxwell.
Post analysis input power (Pin) and output power (Pout)
were calculated with different RLC combinations. These
experimental results supported us to a build a prototype
of the wireless charging system for electric vehicles.
8. Conclusion
In this work, design and analytical experiments were
performed for wireless power transmission and charging
system. We accurately designed all the models for
individual system and co-simulated in the end. We see
that maximum efficiency of the system depends on the
resonance and distance between coils to achieve an
optimal power transmission. gives the input and output of
the developed wireless charging system.

REFERENCES:
[1] http://www.sae.org.
[2] http://www.witricity.com/applications/automotive.
[3] S. Bhattacharya and Y.K. Tan. 2012. Design of static
wireless charging coils for integration into electric vehicle,
Proc. IEEE ICSET, Nepal. https://doi.org/10.
1109/icset.2012.6357389.
[4] X. Mou and H. Sun. 2015. Wireless power transfer: survey
and roadmap, Proc. IEEE 81st Vehicular Tech.
Conf., Glasgow, UK. https://doi.org/10.1109/vtcspring.
2015.7146165.

133
NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

A MODEL OF LED MATRIX USING ARDUINO

Gali Naga Yaswanth Reddy Yalamandala Vinay Gandikota Phanindra
Electrical and Electronics Engineering Electrical and Electronics Engineering Electrical and Electronics Engineering
Narasaraopeta Engineering College Narasaraopeta Engineerin College Narasaraopeta Engineering College
Guntur, India Guntur, India Guntur, India
yaswanth123456reddy@gmail.com vinaychowdary11438@gmail.com phanindragandikota12@gmail.com

Yatthapu Yaswanth
Electrical and Electronics Engineering
Narasaraopeta Engineering College
Guntur, India
yaswanthyatthappu2@gmail.com

Abstract— In this project, we will learn about LED Matrix

Displays. This is the simple interface between Arduino and LED
Matrix to display information (even scrolling information and
images can be displayed). An LED matrix is a two dimensional
array of LEDs that can be used to display symbols, characters
or even images. LED matrix modules are one of the commonly
used display devices and are used in major applications like
electronic display panels and notification systems. The project is
based on the Arduino Uno microcontroller board. Out of the 14
available digital input/output pins on the Arduino Uno, we need
only three pins to implement this project. One pin provides the
clock signal to the LED display driver IC (MAX 7219) while
another pin is used to transmit the serial data to the IC for
displaying on the LED matrix.

Keywords—matrix display; microcontroller; digital learning;

wireless control

I. INTRODUCTION Fig 1: LED Matrix Module

An LED matrix or LED display is a large, low-resolution
form of dot-matrix display, useful both for industrial and II. PROBLEM STATEMENT
commercial information displays as well as for hobbyist Although the output of modern computers is generally all
human–machine interfaces. It consists of a 2-D diode matrix in the form of dot matrices (technically speaking), computers
with their cathodes joined in rows and their anodes joined in may internally store data as either a dot matrix or as a vector
columns (or vice versa). By controlling the flow of electricity pattern of lines and curves. Vector data encoding requires less
through each row and column pair it is possible to control each memory and less data storage, in situations where the shapes
LED individually. By multiplexing, scanning across rows, may need to be resized, as with font typefaces. For maximum
quickly flashing the LEDs on and off, it is possible to create image quality using only dot matrix fonts, it would be
characters or pictures to display information to the user. By necessary to store a separate dot matrix pattern for the many
varying the pulse rate per LED, the display can approximate different potential point sizes that might be used. Instead, a
levels of brightness. Multi-coloured LEDs or RGB-coloured single group of vector shapes is used to render all the specific
LEDs permit use as a full-colour image display. The refresh dot matrix patterns needed for the current display or printing
rate is typically fast enough to prevent the human eye from task. All points addressable (APA), or pixel addressable, in the
detecting the flicker. The primary difference between a context of a dot matrix on a computer monitor or any display
common LED matrix and an OLED display. device consisting of a pixel array, refers to an arrangement
An OLED display is the large, low resolution dots. The whereby bits or cells can be individually manipulated, as
OLED monitor functionally works the same, except there are opposed to rewriting the whole array, or regions such as
many times more dots, and they are all much smaller, allowing characters, every time a change is needed.
for greater detail in the displayed patterns. A dot matrix is a 2- III. SYSTEM OVERVIEW
dimensional patterned array, used to represent characters,
symbols and images. Most types of modern technology use The system mainly divided into two parts: remote
dot matrices for display of information, including mobile controller and display unit. Remote controller consists of three
phones, televisions, and printers. The system is also used in push buttons named manu, up and down. An IR remote (the
textiles with sewing, knitting and weaving. In printers, the transmitter) sends out pulses of infrared light that represent
dots are usually the darkened areas of the paper. In displays, specific binary codes correspond to commands. The IR
the dots may light up, as in an LED, CRT, or plasma display, receiver decodes the pulses of light into the binary data that
or darken, as in an LCD. This application note also describes the device's microprocessor can understand. The
how the brightness of each individual LED can be controlled microprocessor then carries out the corresponding command
in multiplex mode. This involves dividing the LED driving to the microcontroller of display unit and control the display
sequence into three levels in the time domain. accordingly. The system can also be controlled by manual
switches.

134
NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

IV. PROPOSED SYSTEM

LED matrix display is device used for displaying the
information on machine, railway departure indicators, clocks
and there are so many other devices which required a simple
display of very low resolution. These displays are available in
different resolutions. Led matrix is a dot matrix of large
display, low resolution value and is useful for both industrial
or commercial displays as well as for hobbyist human
interface machines. In contains a 2-D diode matrix which have
the cathode joined in rows and anode in columns. In this LED
matrix each can be control individually by controlling the
electricity through each pair of columns or rows diodes. These
matrices are very popular matrix by means of displaying
information it, allows the static and animated images and text.
To control an individual LED, you set its column LOW and
its row HIGH. To control multiple LEDs in a row, you set the
row HIGH, then take the column high, then set the columns
LOW or HIGH as appropriate; a LOW column will turn the Fig 3: Arduino Uno Board
corresponding LED ON, and a HIGH column will turn it Off.

V ARDUINO TYPES
Arduino board is an open-source platform used to make
electronics projects. It consists of both a microcontroller and
a part of the software or Integrated Development Environment
(IDE) that runs on your PC, used to write & upload computer
code to the physical board. The platform of an Arduino has
become very famous with designers or students just starting
out with electronics, and for an excellent cause.
• Arduino Uno (R3)
• Arduino Nano
• Arduino Micro
• Arduino Due
• LilyPad Arduino Board
Fig 2: LED Display • Arduino Bluetooth
IV. ARDUINO UNO PIN DESCRIPTION • Arduino Diecimila
Arduino is a open-source hardware, and software platform • RedBoard Arduino Board
used to design and build electronic devices. It designs and
manufactures microcontroller kits and single-board interfaces • Arduino Mega (R3) Board
for building electronics projects. The Arduino boards were • Arduino Leonardo Board
initially created to help the students with the non technical
background. The Arduino board can be programmed to do • Arduino Robot
anything by simply programming the microcontroller on • Arduino Esplora
board using a set of instructions for which, the Arduino board
consists of a USB plug to communicate with your computer • Arduino Pro Mic
and a bunch of connection sockets that can be wired to
• Arduino Ethernet
external devices like motors, LEDs etc.
• Arduino Zero
Arduino is based on open source i.e. all the design
specifications, schematics, software are available openly to all • Fastest Arduino Board
the users. Hence, Arduino boards can bought from vendors as
they are commercially available or else you can make your VI. OPERATION OF LED MATRIX
own board by if you wish i.e. you can download the schematic
from Arduino’s official website, buy all the components as per Dot matrix units typically come in either a 5×7 or
the design specification, assemble all the components, and 8×8 matrix of LEDs. The LEDs are wired in the matrix such
make your own board. There are many types of Arduino that either the anode or cathode of each LED is common in
boards available in the market but all the boards have one each row. In other words, in a common anode LED dot matrix
thing in common: they can be programmed using the Arduino unit, each row of LEDs would have all of their anodes in that
IDE. The reasons for different types of boards are different row wired together. The cathodes of the LEDs would all be
power supply requirements. wired together in each column. A typical single color 16X64
matrix unit will have 16 pins, 16 for each row and 64 for each

135
NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

column. The reason the rows and columns are all wired  LED is a lot thinner than the LCD or Plasma.
together is to minimize the number of pins required. If this  Contrast ratios not consistent.
were not the case, a single color 16X64 dot matrix unit would  Much higher price.
need 65 pins, one for each LED and a common anode or
cathode connector. By wiring the rows and columns together, Applications:
only 16 pins are required.However, this now poses a problem
if you want a particular LED to light in a certain position. Dot Matrix Display is the simple and more
commonly used displays for showing advertisement
information in shops, clocks, railway departure indicators,
bus routes, etc where low cost displays are required with
limited resolution. Further it is used extensively by electronic
enthusiasts in their hobby projects.

VIII. ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

It gives us immense pleasure to express our gratitude

to everyone who helped us in the successful completion of
our project titled “A MODEL OF LED MATRIX USING
ARDUINO”.
It is with great pleasure that we acknowledge our
sincere thanks and deep sense of gratitude to our guide
Mr.SK.KARIMULLA M.Tech Assistant Professor, Dept. of
E.E.E., for her valuable glance through the course of this
Fig 4: Display Interface work. Her unflinching help, suggestions, direction and
guidance have helped in Smooth project of the project work.
For example, you had a common anode unit and We express our sincere thanks to
wanted to light the LED at X, Y position 5, 3 (5th column, Dr.P.LAKSHMANAN M.E,Ph.D, Professor & Head of the
3rd row), then you would apply a current to the 3rd Row and Dept. of Electrical and Electronics Engineering for his
ground the 5th column pin. The LED in the 5th column and indispensable encouragement to complete the thesis.
3rd row would now light. you want to also light the LED at We convey our special thanks to our beloved and
column 3, row 6. So you apply a current to the 6th row and honorable Principal Dr.M.SREENIVASA
ground the 3rd column pin. The LED at column 3, row 6 now KUMARM.Tech.,Ph.D.(UK),MISTE,FIE(I) and to our
illuminates. But wait…the LEDs at column 3, row 6 and college management for providing excellent lab facilities for
column 5, row 6 have also lit up. the completion of project within our campus. Finally, we
This is because you are applying power to row 3 and express indebtedness to everyone remotely involved with this
6 and grounding columns 3 and 5. You can’t turn off the project.
unwanted LEDs without turning off the ones you want on. It We are very much gratitude to all faculty members
would appear that there is no way you can light just the two of the Department for their kind cooperation with out which
required LEDs with the rows and columns wired together as this work could not have been to this shape. We would like to
they are. thank the non-teaching staff, all our friends who made us stay
here at NEC a memorable one.
VII. ADVANTAGES, DISADVANTAGES &
APPLICATIONS IX. CONCLUSION

Advantages: This is a Notice that uses LED Matrix Display. In

this project we are going to develop a display, to scroll the
 It is a reliable technology that is recognized information or to display the information. The c+ program
throughout the world. input will convert through Arduino and subsequently will be
 Emits high quality images. viewed on the LED. Our goal with this project is to
 It offers very low energy consumption. revolutionize, rater digitalize the traditional use of notice
 You can easily increase its power. boards in schools & colleges, etc…
 It is more environmentally friendly than other So, we conclude that any information that can be
similar products. displayed on the LED matrix display by using the code and is
 It offers a long lifespan. depends on the code which we are used to display
 Led displays are programmable. information. It is to enroll the everywhere at public places
like schools, colleges, etc., to revolunize the technology at
Disadvantages: variant situations demand and noticed by the scrolling
information on LED matrix display
 LEDs are more expensive than conventional lighting
technologies.
 LEDs can shift color due to age and temperature.

136
NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

X. REFERENCES

[1] B. Amolgajre “Led display literature review. Light

emitting diode, Incandescent light bulb, halogen
lamp,”2013.
[2] M.Archer, “advanced digital electronics, oxford
University press,” 2000.
[3] B. Borat, “ A Course in Digital Processing,” 6th edition,
Wiley 1997.
[4] M. A. Mazidi. “the Microcontroller and Embedded
System,” Second Edition, Pearson, 2012.
[5] FL. Chris “Field application,” Engineer cooper electronic
technologies.2013.
[6] T. Edward, “Principles of information display,” 3rd
edition, graphic press. Electrical Design News, Volume
32, Issues 11-15, 1990, Rogers Publishing Company,
1987.
[7] J. Greenfield, “ Digital Electronic Design,” 4th
edition, Oxford University press. 1999.
[8] C Kesparis, “Electrical and Computer
Engineering,” 7th edition, central Florida USA.
2003.
[9] C. W. Lu and K. J. Hsu “A high-speed low-power
rail- to-rail Column driver for AMLCD application
IEEE journal of solid-state circuit.” Vol.39, No 8.
2004.
[10] M.J. Bell. “ An LED column driver using a switch
capacitor DAC,” IEEE Journal of solid-state circuit
capacitor. Vol. 40, No 12, pp2756-2763, 2005,
ISSN 0018-92.
[11] J. Lim & A. Oppenheim, “Advanced Topics in
Digital Processing,” 2nd edition, Prentice Hall
limited, NewDelhi. 1988.
.

137
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

A Proto Type Of Advanced Automotive Safety

System With Obstacle Avoiding, Bluetooth Control & Voice Control
1k.Roshan 2.V.Nitish 3.K.vinaykumar 4.S.M.abrar 5.sk.Abdulkalam(Assistant Professor)
Department Of Electrical and Electronics Engineering
Narsaraopeta Engineering College (NEC), Narsaraopet-522601,Guntur,India
Email: 1.kothanroshan8@gmail.com 2.nitishkumar964@gmail.com
3. vinaykumarchuwdary@gmail.com 4.shaikabbu4601@gmail.com
And 5.skabdulkalam07@gmail.com

ABSTRACT many tasks in a human’s life that are quite time

A Robot is an electro-mechanical machine that is consuming with little output in return. The answer
guided by control mechanisms. Robots are to this problem is automation. In our project we
extensively used in factories replacing humans in propose a robot design which is multi featured and
performing repetitive and dangerous tasks because on a relatively low cost. The line following
of extreme environment conditions. Prevalent use mechanism can be applied to various places where
of blue tooth communication has led to its one needs to monitor things.
application in communication as interfacing II SYSTEM OVERVIEW
microcontrollers like Arduino UNO with android. The project consists of four main parts- Line
According to commands received from android the follower robot, Bluetooth robot, Surveillance robot
robot motion can be controlled. This robot is like a and Obstacle avoider. The line follower is
car that follows a designated path while avoiding simulated using two IR sensors placed just in front
obstacles on its pathway and spying via live camera of the robot and the directions are guided through
stream. the turning OFF and ON of the IR sensors. The
Keywords: Arduino UNO, Bluetooth control, Line Bluetooth module helps us in forming an
following, Obstacle avoiding, Live streaming, interaction between our robot and the android
L293D motor driver, HC-05 Bluetooth Module, phone. Connections are made on the Arduino with
Ultra sonoic sensors the Bluetooth module and it is interfaced with the
I INTRODUCTION phone using an android application. Surveillance is
A Robot is a machine that is usually designed to carried out using live streaming apps available. The
reduce the amount of human work where it is obstacle avoider part of the robot is handled using
applicable. It is an analogy for any machine that is IR sensors again. A basic block diagram of a robot
controlled by man varying from a simple toy to is shown in figure 1.
heavy machinery. Robots have even replaced
humans in performing various tasks that they are
unable to perform due to physical disability, size
limitation or extreme environment [1].
It is usually developed to reduce risk factor for
human work and increase comfort of any worker.
Besides this, it helps to save our time by increasing
its efficiency manifolds. Our modern civilization is
going towards autonomous work day by day for
reducing unnecessary human efforts on easy
matters and ensuring more comfort and safety for Fig 1 Block diagram of the Robot
the concentration on other important works. The Arduino needs a power supply which is
We have designed a robot that has several tasks provided by DC batteries of 5 Volts. After the
to perform besides following a line. We’ve had power supply has been connected the sensor starts
various encounters in our day to day life at the sending analog signals to the sensor module which
thought of which only one thing strikes our mind- further sends the digital signal to the Arduino
what if this could be done autonomously? There are board. If the Bluetooth module is connected to any

138
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

android device, commands can be received from 4.2 Ultra Sonic Sensors
the phone. The Arduino board further drives the An ultrasonic sensor is an electronic device that
motors which produce motion in the desired measures the distance of a target object by emitting
direction. ultrasonic sound waves, and converts the reflected
sound into an electrical signal. Ultrasonic waves
III. FLOWCHART OF THE PROJECT travel faster than the speed of audible sound (i.e.
The user has a choice to select one of the two the sound that humans can hear). Ultrasonic
operation modes available i.e. Bluetooth control sensors have two main components: the transmitter
and Line following. (which emits the sound using piezoelectric
If line following mode is selected, the two sensors crystals) and the receiver (which encounters the
placed on the front of the robot sense the path and sound after it has travelled to and from the target).
move on black line accordingly. While following In order to calculate the distance between the
the path, if an obstacle is detected the sensor goes sensor and the object, the sensor measures the time
high and control can be switched to Bluetooth. it takes between the emission of the sound by the
Table .I Simulation Parameters transmitter to its contact with the receiver. The
If Bluetooth mode is selected, characters are formula for this calculation is D = ½ T x C (where
entered which perform the respective operations of D is the distance, T is the time, and C is the speed
moving either in left, right, forward or backward of sound ~ 343 meters/second). For example, if a
directions. The flowchart is given in the figure 2. scientist set up an ultrasonic sensor aimed at a box
and it took 0.025 seconds for the sound to bounce
Fig -2: Flowchart of the robot mechanism
back, the distance between the ultrasonic sensor
IV. COMPONENTS
and the box would be:
4.1 Arduino UNO
Arduino is an open-source electronics platform
based on easy-to-use hardware and software.
Arduino boards are able to read inputs - light on a
sensor, a finger on a button, or a Twitter message -
and turn it into an output - activating a motor or
turning on an LED. It can be connected to a
computer via a USB cable or an AC to DC adapter.
Arduino consists of both a physical programmable
circuit board (often referred to as a
microcontroller) and a piece of software, which
runs on the computer, used to write and upload
computer code to the physical board. Arduino Fig -5: Ultra sonic sensor module
microcontrollers are pre-programmed with a boot
loader that simplifies uploading of programs to the
on-chip flash memory.

Fig -6: Wave diagram

Ultrasonic sensors are used primarThey can be
Fig -3: Pin diagram of Atmega328P found in automobile selfily as proximity sensors. -
microcontroller board [2] parking technology and anti-collision safety
systems. Ultrasonic sensors are also used in robotic
Fig -4: Arduino Uno obstacle detection systems, as well as
microcontroller board. manufacturing technology. In comparison to

139
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

infrared (IR) sensors in proximity sensing

applications, ultrasonic sensors are not as
susceptible to interference of smoke, gas, and other
airborne particles (though the physical components
are still affected by variables such as heat).
Ultrasonic sensors are also used as level sensors to
detect, monitor, and regulate liquid levels in closed
containers (such as vats in chemical factories).
Most notably, ultrasonic technology has enabled
the medical industry to produce images of internal
organs, identify tumors, and ensure the health of
babies in the womb.
HC05 Bluetooth Module
A Bluetooth module is a module designed for Fig -8: Pin diagram of L293D motor driver
transparent wireless serial connection setup. HC- Working of L293D: There are 4 input pins for
05 Bluetooth module is used in a robot controlled L293D: pin 2, 7 on the left and pin 15, 10 on the
via Bluetooth to establish communication between right. The pins on the left will regulate the rotation
mobile phone and the microcontroller. It operates of motor connected across left side, and the pins
at a voltage of a convenient 1.8 volts. connected on the right for motor connected on the
HC-05 has a range of 9m. It has four pins: righthand side. The motors are rotated on the basis
VCC (Power 3.3 – 6V), GND, TXD, RXD of the inputs provided across the input pins as
LOGIC 0 or LOGIC 1.

Fig -7: HC-05 blue tooth module Fig -9: Connections of motor driver with Arduino
L293D Logic Table: Let’s consider a motor
4.3 L293D Motor Drive connected on left side output pins. For rotating the
L293D is a typical motor driver or motor driver IC motor in clockwise direction the input pins has to
which allows DC motor to drive on either direction. be provided with Logic 1 and Logic 0. Pin 2 =
L293D is a 16pin IC which can control a set of two Logic 1 and Pin 7 = Logic 0 | clockwise direction
DC motors simultaneously in any direction. It Pin 2 = Logic 0 and Pin 7 = Logic 1 | anticlockwise
works on the concept of H-bridge. H-Bridge is a direction Pin 2 = Logic 0 and Pin 7 = Logic 0 | Idle
circuit which allows the voltage to be flown in (no rotation) {impedance state} Pin 2 = Logic 1 and
either direction. As voltage need to change its Pin 7 = Logic 1 | Idle (no rotation) Similarly motor
direction for being able to rotate the motor in can also operate across input pin 15, 10 for motor
clockwise or anticlockwise direction, hence Hi on right hand side.
bridge ICs are ideal for driving DC motor. In a 4.4 DC Motors
single L293D chip there are two H-bridge circuits Almost every mechanical movement that we see
inside the IC which can rotate two DC motors around us is accomplished by an electric motor.
independently. Electric machines are means of converting energy.
Motors take electrical energy and produce
mechanical energy [10] he working principle of a
DC motor is: whenever a current carrying

140
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

conductor is placed in a magnetic field, it The line following mode is selected by clicking on
experiences a mechanical force. The direction of the triangular button as shown in the above
this force is given by Fleming's lefthand rule and snapshot and the robot enters into an automatic line
its magnitude is given by F=BIL. Where, following mode where the guiding buttons do not
B=magnetic flux density, I=current and L=length respond. Likewise, for switching to Bluetooth the
of the conductor with in the magnetic field. square button is selected and to stop the robot the
Fleming's lefthand rule: If we stretch the first circular button is clicked on.
finger, second finger and thumb of our left hand to
be perpendicular to each other and direction of V. EXPERIMENTAL RESULTS
magnetic field is represented by the first finger, The visible movement of the robot with the
direction of the current is represented by second combined action of left and right motors has been
finger then the thumb represents the direction of the observed. With the help of Bluetooth mechanism,
force experienced by the current carrying we can move our robot the way we want. For the
conductor. forward movement of the robot, the left as well as
the right motor needs to move in clockwise
Fig -10: Working principle of DC direction. Similarly, for moving the robot in the left
motors direction, only the right motor should be moved in
When armature windings are connected to a DC clockwise direction and for moving the robot in the
supply, current sets up in the winding. Magnetic right direction, only the left motor should be moved
field may be provided by field winding in clockwise direction. Likewise, for reverse
(electromagnetism) or by using permanent movement both the motors should rotate in
magnets. In this case, current carrying armature anticlockwise direction
conductors experience force due to the magnetic
field, according to the principle stated above. MOVEMENT LEFT MOTOR RIGHT MOTOR
Commutator is made segmented to achieve
unidirectional torque. Otherwise, the direction of
force would have reversed every time when the FORWARD CLOCKWISE CLOCKWISE
direction of movement of conductor reverses the
magnetic field. LEFT STOP CLOCKWISE
4.5 Bluetooth Android Application
Smartphones are more affordable and efficient RIGHT CLOCKWISE STOP
hand held devices which can be used to support
collaborative activities in a community Bluetooth REVERSE ANTI ANTI
is mainly used for data exchange; add new features CLOCKWISE CLOCKWISE
to smartphones
The application used to control the robot is
‘Arduino blue tooth controller’ available for free
on android play store. Initially a select menu pops
up to connect to a given available device. After
choosing HC-05 as the option, ‘controller mode’ is
selected to set the command equivalents to be used
in the application. The screenshots of the Bluetooth
mobile application used is given below.

Fig -11: Snapshots of the application

The switching between line following and
Bluetooth mode is done by selecting different
buttons from the given options and further after Fig 12(a). Results
selecting the Bluetooth mode, we can guide our
robot into following the given four directions.

141
NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

Fig 12(b). Results

142
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

ADVANCED HOME AUTOMATION WITH RASPBERRY PI

AND DEEP LEARNING
M. Sobha Srilatha
Department of ECE
Sasi Institute of Technology & Engineering
Andhra Pradesh, India

ABSTRACT smart vehicular networks. The first mentions of

The goal of the Internet of Things-based self-driving cars may be found in the early 20th
safe house entrance project is to build a smart, century. although this has only been possible in the
creative, and secure entry utilising a raspberry Pi recent decade because to developments in areas
controller, a camera, and a variety of sensors like as deep learning, computer systems for route
(including an infrared sensor). Telegram alerts are planning, communication standards, and image
employed because users of all ages may easily processing. Autonomous vehicles have several
access and use the same social media platform. positive effects, like lowering the price of
Face-recognition software is a kind of computer transportation by facilitating car sharing, easing the
technology that may utilise data about a person's transition to alternative fuels, decreasing the
facial features for identifying purposes. Face number of people injured or killed in traffic
recognition technology has been a popular area of accidents, and more. The study is focused on the
study in the fields of pattern recognition and issues of communication and security in IoT. We
artificial intelligence due to its many desirable also show that cyberattacks on these generic
traits. Using the Telegram app to notify the user has models are possible. The use of the internet of
benefits, including the fact that it allows for more things in security systems is becoming more
secure communication between the user and the popular these days.
home automation system. Interest in Internet of
Things-based smart home systems has been on the
rise recently. In this study, we present a Raspberry
Pi–based facial recognition–telegram–
notification–smart home security system. The
person's face is photographed and compared to
stored photos. Connected to the motor circuit is the
Many different kinds of face recognition
output of the face recognition algorithm, which
algorithms, such as active appearance support
checks to see whether the recorded person's picture
vector machines, have been created. texture-based
is a match against the database photographs. If the
deep learning neural network Bayesian model
door doesn't open, the owner will be alerted
Appearance-based face recognition with direct
through telegram that someone they don't know is
connection is the primary topic of this study.
trying to get in. Anyone with access to the telegram
The design, implementation, and experimental
account will get alerts. In addition, we equip the
results of a facial recognition security system and a
proposed system with fire and gas sensors to give
sensor-based safety system developed on a
the user with safety warnings about fire and gas
Raspberry Pi that will be linked to a smart home
leaks.
management system suggested in the next sections
I. MOTIVE OF THE WORK
will be presented in this article..
Gartner has named "Cyber Physical Security
II. LITERATURE SURVEY
Architecture" and "Internet of Things" two of the
In general, the term "smart living" refers to
top ten key technology trends for 2016, signalling
adopting practises and solutions that are superior to
that the world is on the cusp of a new digital
the conventional, time-consuming, and inefficient
revolution. Safe navigation, pollution control,
approaches we have been employing up until now.
reduced land utilised for parking, energy economy,
Cameras and digital locks that use one or the other
shorter delay, passenger comfort, and congestion
kind of technology to unlock the door are just two
management via smooth traffic flow are only some
examples of the numerous available "smart
of the benefits that may be gained by implementing

143
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

security" devices on the market today. Using the IV. WORKING OF PROPOSED SYSTEM
internet and wireless networks, remote home Our study focuses on 2D facial recognition with
security grants entry to a visitor at the front door text message alerts. Servo motors are being used to
even when the owner is not there. When referring ensure that only authorised personnel may enter
to RFID technology, the word "IoT" was formerly certain areas. At now, we are only able to store a
often used (RFID). After it was put into place, the person's five distinct expressions in a single
most prevalent explanation of the Internet of database folder (folder 1, folder2.). In the end, we'll
Things was that it is built on communication have a face recognition app on our desktop; when
protocols whose infrastructure is distributed all we run the python code, it'll read all the image
over the world. When used with IoT (Internet of databases stored in folders, and when a valid user
Things) devices, it enables remote monitoring and approaches the door, the raspberry Pi camera will
management of such gadgets in a simulated take a picture; the image will be compared to the
environment [1]. In tandem with the rise of "smart stored images, and if a match is found, the door will
cities," the necessity for even the most fundamental open. However, if an unauthorised person gains
forms of personal protection has increased. entrance to the home, the buzzer will activate, the
Using Raspberry Pi for Facial Recognition and door will lock itself, and a telegraph with a picture
Detection The human ability to recognise faces is of the intruder will be sent to the owner. Here, a fire
modelled in modern face recognition software. senor detects the blaze, notifies the user, and
Smart computing does this by generating a "facial triggers the water pump to automatically spray.
bunch" of 70 nodal points. Facial characteristics And if there's a gas leak, the gas sensor will notify
are catalogued in a database. The face is identified the user.
by comparing it to these templates. In this study,
we connected the Raspberry Pi board to an LCD
screen, a camera, and a motor. start
Automatic Face Recognizer Applying Haar
Cascades Paul Viola and Michael Jones [2, 3]
suggested a useful approach for object detection Person stands in front of camere
utilising cascade classifiers trained on the Haar
feature set. It's a machine learning-based method of
Capture the face
adapting to new situations in which a cascade
function is taught using examples both good and
bad. The Paper's Objectives Secure Home Entry Compare the image with stored
with Face Recognition and Notification through images in the data base

Telegram is the focus of this study, with the goal of

detecting photographs of people entering a home
No
and comparing them with images in databases. If face image
WIFI module
is recognised
III. PROPOSED SYSTEM

Telegram
YES server

Unlock the
door
Image sends to
the admin
telegram app

stop

Fig.3: Flow Chart Of Proposed system

Fig.2: Block diagram Of Proposed system

144
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

V. KNN FACE RECOGNITION VII. DESCRIPTION OFRASPBERRY PI

Identifying people by their faces K-Nearest i.The Idea to create the Raspberry Pi
Neighbor Method implementation splits up into The idea for a cheap and small computer for
two stages: training and testing. There are a total of children originated in 2006, when four researchers
790 photos utilised throughout training, split into at the University of Cambridge's Computer
158 courses with 3 training images and 2 test Laboratory, Eben Upton, Rob Mullins, Jack Lang,
images for each class. The training process is and Alan Mycroft, noticed a steady decline in the
shown in great detail in Figure. number of applicants for computer science degrees
at the Advanced Level. The scenario in the 2000s
was considerably different from the 1990s, when
most of the youngsters applying came to the
interview as experienced hobbyist programmers. A
typical candidate in the 2000s may simply have
done some web design.
When faced with issues like an insufficient school
curriculum or the bursting of a financial bubble,
one individual or a small group of individuals may
Testing, on the other hand, makes use of a feature-
do little to make a difference. They were
rich database that was built using data collected
determined to build a platform that, like the old
during training.
home computers, could boot into a programming
VI. KNN CLASSIFICATION
environment and do something about the fact that
Classifying faces is the first step in comparing and
computers had become so costly and obscure that
contrasting test and training data in face datasets.
programming experiments on them had to be
The KNN algorithm is one of the simplest
disallowed by parents. As a result, the Raspberry Pi
classification methods available. This technique of
was developed as a gadget that children could use
categorization, although simple, is yet quite useful.
to study computer science and electronics.
KNN relies on a system in which a group of people
ii.Hardware Layout
decide both the training samples and the testing
samples. If k=1, the sample being tested is placed
in the class with the fewest number of members.
However, the effectiveness of the KNN might be
diminished if the appropriate k value is not
determined for a given situation [14]. In face
recognition systems, the eigen image from the
feature extraction process is fed into a K-Nearest
Neighbor (KNN) classifier, yielding the following
classification results.

Fig.6: Block Diagram of Raspberry Pi3B+

iii. Raspberry pi Os:
The Raspberry Pi's OS is stored on the
accompanying SD card (the OS is the software that
makes it work, like Windows on a PC or OSX on a
Mac). Many people find this the most challenging
aspect of setting up their Raspberry Pi because of
how different it is from conventional PCs. It's not
hard at all; it's simply unusual!
These steps are meant just for PCs running
Windows.
Fig 5:The Results of Identification Using KNN

145
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

In order to use a Raspberry Pi, you will Case(i).When Door is Open:

need to download its operating system (The
recommended OS is called Raspbian)
Open the compressed file you just
downloaded.
To extract the whole file, right-click the file
and choose the option. If you do as instructed, the
resulting file will have the.img extension. Only
disc imaging software is capable of writing
this.img file to your SD card.
iv. Telegram Bot
Like WhatsApp and Facebook Messenger, Fig.8:Door Open Case
Telegram is a web-based instant messaging Case(ii).When Door is close:
service. If you have access to Wi-Fi or a mobile
data plan, you may use Telegram to communicate
with your friends and family. Telegram is a cloud-
based messaging service that places a premium on
both privacy and swiftness. Its success has led to
the messenger's rise to prominence as a viable
substitute for established players in the market.
Since its inception in 2013, the programme has
attracted more than 500 million regular monthly Fig.9:Door Close Case
users. Telegram is instantaneous like WhatsApp Case(iii).When Face detection:
and fleeting like Snapchat. Similar to WhatsApp,
Telegram lets you share your online presence with
a communication partner and send each other
media (text, images, videos, audio files, location
data, contacts, and documents), as well as share
your location. You may have this data erased
automatically after a certain amount of time has
passed if you want to provide an expiration date
when you submit it.
Telegram's security features are another one of its
distinguishing characteristics. Conversations,
group discussions, and shared files are all secured.
Because of this, you can't see them until you know Fig.10:Face Detection Case
what they are. Telegram's "private conversations" Case(iv).When Image Received in Telegram:
feature encrypts all communications between chat
participants.
VIII. PROTOTYPE OF PROPOSED
SYSTEM:

Fig.11:Image Recived In Telegram

Fig.7:Prototype of Proposed Block diagram.

146
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

CONCLUSION Controlled Street Lighting Isle Based on

The suggested automated security system requires Raspberry-Pi Card, a ZigBeeSensor Network and
nothing in the way of resources. Because of its WiMAX Sensors"' 2014
incorporation of the Internet of Things, the 5. Ouz Gora,"' A Novel Video/Photo Recorder
suggested solution is both cost-effective and Using an Online Motion Sensor- Trig- gered
suitable for use in real time scenarios. The WAN- Embedded System Innovative Systems Design and
based system allows the homeowner to keep an eye Engineering"', iisteISSN 2222-1727
on and even make adjustments to the home from 6. V. Ramanath "`Implementation of Improved
afar. The Internet of Things (IoT) allows for remote Face Recognition Technique for Car Ignition
management and monitoring of this setup. The Access Control Using Raspberry Pi"',
structure is readily adaptable, with no need to Microcontroller International Journal of Emerging
reorganise the auxiliary features. The functionality Science and Engineering Volume-3 Issue-9, July
of this system is not restricted to either online or 2015
offline environments. In the future, the banking 7. CheahWai Zhao et.al. "`Exploring IOT
system, shops, private firms, and debit cards might Application Using Raspberry Pi"' International
all use a security system based on the Internet of Journal of Computer Networks and Applications
Things to combat fraud. In addition, the database at Volume 2, Issue 1, January - February (2015) 40
the local police station may be connected with this WSN based industrial automation using raspberry
one, so that those with criminal records can be pi
identified and tracked. 8. Amol A. Dharmapurikar1, R.B. Waghmare
THE BIG PICTURE "`RASPBERRY Pi IN AUTOMATION
Due of the adaptability of the suggested system. It International Journal of Science, Technology &
may be used to increase safety in places where Management"'IJSTMVolume No.04, Issue No. 03,
privacy is paramount, including private residences March 2015
like homes, hospitals, and even apartments. This 9. Raguvaran. K ,"' Raspberry PI Based Global
system supports both single- and multi-factor Industrial Process Monitoring Through Wireless
authentication mechanisms, with the former Communication International Conference on
relying on one-time passwords (OTPs) and the Robotics, Automation, Control and Embedded
latter on biometric or radio frequency identification Systems18-20 February 2015.
cards inserted into the system if an unauthorised 10. Mukesh Kumar, Sanjeev Sharma, and
user is detected. Mansav Joshi, Design of Real Time Data
REFFERENCES Acquisition with Multi Node Embedded Systems,
1. MrutyunjayaSahani, AvinashNayak, Rishabh IJCA., vol. 42, no. 11, pp. 6 12, 2012.
Agrawal and DebaduttaSahu, \A GSM, WSN and 11. Raspberry Pi O_cial website. [Online]
Embedded Web Server Architecture for Internet Available: http://www.raspberrypi.org/ [12]
Based Kitchen Monitoring Systemr," International Raspbian Operating System. [Online] Available:
Conference on Circuit, Power and Computing http://www.raspbian.org/MAEER'
Technologies, 2015.
2. Ravi M S," Raspberry PI based Data Sensing
and Logging System using Wireless Sensor Nodes
(WSN) and Local Area Network (LAN)",
International Journal of Engineering Research &
Technology (IJERT)Vol. 4 Issue 05, May-2015
3. KeerthiVallap Reddy, SandeepSunkari, "`A
New method of License plate recognition system
using Raspberry Pi processor"'
IJCSIET{International Journal of Computer
Science information and Engg Technologies ISSN
2277-4408
4. Fabio Leccese ,"' Marco Cagnetti and Daniele
Trinca A Smart City Application: A Fully

147
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

OVERVIEW AND AN APPROACH TO DEVELOP A FOUR QUADRANT

CONTROL SYSTEM FOR DC MOTORS WITHOUT USING
MICROCONTROLLER
S. Srinivasa Rao- UG student
Dr. P. Lakshmanan- Professor
Department of Electrical and Electronics Engineering
Narasaraopeta Engineering College,Guntur, India

ABSTRACT TM. Consider the load torque is constant and not

In this paper, we proposed an approach to designed dependent on the motor speed.
a four quadrant control system for a DC motor The four operating modes of the motor are:
without using Microcontroller. The four quadrants 1.1. Full load condition:
of operation of DC motor are clockwise, counter This is the first quadrant operation in which the
clock-wise, forward brake and reverse brake. After motor is lifting the loaded cage upwards. The
a brief review about the operating principle of DC direction of rotation of motor ω will be in
motors, we have described the need of a four anticlockwise direction, i.e., positive speed during
quadrant control system and its speed control this condition. The load torque acts in opposite
techniques in those quadrants. It is found that the direction to that of motor rotation. Therefore, to
four quadrant operation of the dc motor is highly raise the load upwards, the motor torque, TM
recommended for industries where motors are should act in the same direction of motor speed, ω.
required to rotate in clockwise as well as counter- Hence, the motor speed and motor torque both will
clockwise and apply brakes instantly in both the be positive. Also the power taken from the supply
directions. In case of an emergency, the motor is positive. This is called forward motoring.
needs to be stopped immediately. In such cases, the 1.2. No load condition:
proposed system is very appropriate as both This is the second quadrant operation in which the
forward braking and reverse braking are possible. motor is lifting the unloaded cage upwards. As
Application of a reverse voltage across the motor mentioned above, the counterweight is heavier than
for a brief period causes instantaneous braking in the unloaded cage and this can lead the hoist to
both the directions. For this purpose, 555 timer is move upwards at a dangerous speed. To prevent
used which develops required pulses. For the this, motor must produce a braking torque in the
operation of the motor push buttons are provided. opposite direction of motor speed. Therefore, the
These buttons are interfaced to the circuit torque TM will be negative and speed ω will be
providing an input signal to it; which in turn positive. Since the speed of the cage is positive, it
controls the DC motor through a driver IC. receives the power from the supplyand so the
Keywords: Four Quadrant Operation, DC Motor, power is positive. This second quadrant operation
555 Timer, L293D IC. is called forward braking.
I. INTRODUCTION 1.3. No load reverses motoring:
As per the requirement, a motor is needed to This is the third quadrant operation where no load
operate in any quadrant. The need of four quadrant hoisted down as shown in Fig. 1.1. The downward
operation can be very well demonstrated with the motion of empty cage is prevented by the
help of the operation of a motor lifting a load as counterweight. So the direction of TM should be in
shown in Fig. 1.1. The can be either no load or load the same direction of ω. The direction of rotation is
conditions. A steel wire is wounded on a drum to reversed due to the downward movement of the
raise the cage and a counterweight. The cage, i.e., ω is negative and hence TM also
counterweight magnitude is less than the loaded becomes negative. The power supplied to the
cage, but greater than that of empty cage. For each motor is positive. This third quadrant operation is
quadrant of operation, we have shown the direction called reverse motoring.
of rotation ω, load torque, TL, and motor torque 1.4. Full load reverse motoring:

148
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

In the fourth quadrant, the loaded cage moves It is possible to develop positive or negative torque
downwards and the motion takes place without use by controlling voltage. The Fig 2.1. Shows four
of any motor. But there is achance that it will move quadrant operation of a separately excited DC
downwards at a dangerous speed. Hence braking is motor in which the torque is indicated by a dot
required to limit the speed of the cage within a safe symbol on one of motor terminals.
range. Hence, the direction of ω is negative and TM 2.2.1. Forward Motoring:
is positive. Also the power is negative. This fourth In this mode of operation, the applied voltage,
quadrant operation is called reverse braking. Hence power, speed and torque are all positive. Therefore,
it can be derived that an electrical machine can act the motor rotates in forward direction.
as a motor in first and second quadrants and it can
act as a generator in third and fourth quadrants.
Only a separately excited DC motor or three- phase
AC induction motor can operate in these four
different modes.

Figure.4.2(a) Forward Motoring

2.2.2 Forward braking:
In this mode of operation, the motor runs in
forward direction but current flows in negative
direction. This negative torque reverses the
direction of energy flow. Since the load torque and
motor torque are in opposite direction, the
combined effect will cause to reduce the speed of
the motor. The process by which the mechanical
energy of the motor is returned to the supply is
Figure. 1. Four Quadrant operation of DC motor
called as regenerative braking.
II. FOUR QUADRANT OPERATION OF A
SEPARATELY EXCITED DC MOTOR
In a separately excited DC motor, the steady state
speed is controlled by applying the appropriate
magnitude and polarity of the voltage. The torque
of the motor is directly proportional to the armature
current.

Figure.5.2(b) Regenerative Braking

2.2.3. Reverse Motoring:

This is the third quadrant operation of the motor in
which the motor voltage and current are negative.
Thus, the power is positive. Due to the reverse
polarity of the supply, the motor starts rotating in a
Figure.2. Four quadrant operation of a separately anticlockwise direction.
excited DC motor

149
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

The block diagram of motor speed control

operation is shown in Fig. 3.1.
The speed control for DC motor is done by using
four- quadrant chopper which makes it potential to
exhibit forward & reverse motoring and braking.
The speed of DC motor is directly proportional to
armature voltage and inversely proportional to
flux. If the flux is kept constant, the speed can be
varied by varying the armature voltage. By
reversing armature voltage, the direction of
Figure.6.2 (C) Reverse Motoring rotation can be reversed. In this paper, we used a
2.2.4. Reverse Regenerative Braking: small Fractional Horse Power (FHP) DC motor.
This is the fourth quadrant mode of operation in The armature of FHP is excited by a variable dc
which the voltage is negative and its armature supply which is obtained from four-quadrant
current is positive. This mode of operation is alike chopper. The system can be provided with various
to the second quadrant operation and the control keys. These keys can be START,
regeneration occurs whenever the back emf is more FORWARD, FORWARD BRAKE, REVERSE,
than the negative supply voltage. Hence the torque REVERSE BRAKE and STOP. Using these keys,
will be positive which opposes the load torque, thus we can set the motor to run in any one of the modes.
the speed of the motor will be reduced during The speed can be varied by varying the voltage
reverse operation of the motor. given to the PWM converter.
3.1. 555 TIMER:
The 555 Timer IC is an integrated circuit
implementing a diversity of timer and
multivibrator applications. The standard 555
package includes over 20 transistors, 2 diodes and
15 resistors on a silicon chip installed in an 8-pin
mini dual-in- line package (DIP-8). The 555 timer
IC is a simple 8 pin DIL package IC. It can be used
as a monostable or astable multivibrator. It can be
used to source or sink 100mA or supply voltages of
5v to 15v. It can also disrupt the power supply or
Figure.7.2 (d) Reverse Regenerative Braking can be used as a decoupling capacitor.
III. MOTOR SPEED CONTROL
OPERATION

Figure.3.2 555 Timer IC

3.2. Motor Driver L293D
L293D is a dual H-bridge motor driver IC. L293D
acts a current amplifier as it takes a low-current
Figure. 3.1. Block diagram of motor speed control signal and provides a higher-current signal.
control

150
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

This high current control signal is used to drive the

motors. L293D contains two inbuilt H-bridge
driver circuits. In its common mode of operation,
two DC motors can be driven simultaneously, both
in forward and reverse direction. L293D has 2 set
of provisions where one set has input 1, input 2,
output 1 and output 2 and other set has input 3,
input 4, output 3 and output. If pin no 2 & 7 are
high, then pin no 3 & 6 are also high. If enable 1
and pin number 2 are high leaving pin number 7 as
low, then the motor rotates in forward direction. If
enable 2 and pin number 10 are high leaving pin
number 15 as low, then the motor rotates in forward
direction If enable 1 and pin number 2 are low
leaving pin number 7 as high then the motor rotates
in reverse direction. If enable 2 and pin number 15
are high leaving pin number 10 as low, then the
motor rotates in forward direction.
3.2.3 DC Motor:
A DC motor runs on direct current (DC) electricity.
A simple 2-pole DC electric motor can be used for
this approach.
IV. FUTURE SCOPE
This proposed approach can be enhanced by using
higher power electronic devices to operate high
capacity DC motors. Regenerative braking for
optimizing the power consumption can also be
incorporated.
V. CONCLUSIONS
It can be studied that the four quadrants of
operation of DC motor are clockwise, counter
clock-wise, forward brake and reverse brake. The
need of a four quadrant control system and its
speed control techniques in those quadrants are
explained. Our approach suggests used of 555
timer which develops required pulses. For the
operation of the motor push buttons are provided.
These buttons are interfaced to the circuit
providing an input signal to it; which in turn
controls the DC motor through a driver IC.
VI. REFERENCES
[1]. Texas Instruments Reference Guide Guide
"TMS320L F/LC240xA DSP Controllers
Reference Guide System and Peripherals."
[2]. Ahmad Azli N., Short Course Notes on
Electrical Drives, UNITEN/UTM, 2008.
[3]. Ned Mohan, Tore M. Undeland and
William P. Robbins, “Power Electronics:
Converters, Applications and Design” Wiley, June,
1989.

151
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

REAL TIME STREET LIGHT MONITERING AND CONTROL

Guide: Mr.SK.Abdul Kalam M.Tech,(Ph.D) Kagga Francis B.Johnson
Assistant professor Electrical and Electronics Electrical and Electronics
Narasaraopeta Engineering College Engineering Engineering
Narasaraopet, India Narasaraopeta Engineering College Narasaraopeta Engineering College
Kaggafrancis742@gmail.com bestajaansan@gmail.com

D.Amaresh Sk.Abdul rafi

Electrical and Electronics Electrical and Electronics
Engineering Engineering
Narasaraopeta Engineering College Narasaraopeta Engineering College
da342692@gmail.com skrafisk662@gmail.com

Abstract:
The objective of the project is to provide automatic control and fault detection of street lamps. The lighting system which targets
the energy and automatic operation on economical affordable for the streets and send information about the street lamp fault to the
control room. Moreover, errors which occur due to manual operation can also eliminate. The street light system is checking the
weather for street lamp ON/OFF condition. The weather is bright or dark, are sense through a LDR sensor. If the weather is bright,
the system will be OFF otherwise system will be ON. The light condition is also used to check the lamp glowing status through
LDR sensor. If light glows then the sensor sends the value to street light system through the Wi-Fi module. Here, also the PIR
sensor is used to measure the motion of vehicle or any other object. According to the program, whenever there is no vehicle cross
as the PIR sensor, the light will glow as dim. Otherwise the light will glow as bright.

Keywords: Arduino UNO, PIR Sensor, LDR Sensor, ESP8266, IoT.

operation is used to find the light fault detection and send to the
1. INTRODUCTION control room using ESP8266 Wi-Fi module.

In our country, the corporation street light consumes more power Here the intensity of the street light to be controlled by the
when roads are desolate. However with the increasing importance controller. Whenever PIR sense the motion of vehicle, the street
for saving power and proper maintenance are leads to save the light will glow as bright or normal. Otherwise the street light will
natural resources for the future. A smart street light system can glow as dim.
reduce the power of Corporation Street light for desolate roads. 3. BLOCK DIAGRAM AND DESCRIPTION

In our project gives the solution to those problems. An automatic

street light system using sensors and wireless modules for
implement a system. The LDR (Light Dependent Resistor) sensing
the weather condition.

The system can identify the bright or dark environment using LDR.
The weather is dark the system allows to ON the street lights. The
weather is bright the system allows to OFF the street lights. Same
this LDR operation is used to find the light fault detection and send
to the control room using ESP8266 Wi-Fi module.

Here the intensity of the street light to be controlled by the

controller. Whenever PIR sense the motion of vehicle, the street
light will glow as bright or normal. Otherwise the street light will
glow as dim.

2. PROPOSED SYSTEM
Block Diagram
The street light control and fault detection system is implemented As described in the introduction two parameters are to be
through an arduino. Nowadays, the street lamps are operate considered in this project. One, the intensity of the street light
manually. controlled for the vehicle movement and another one fault
But the cloud storage system operates the street lamps ON/OFF light identification.
and find the fault in the street lamps automatically. Same this LDR

152
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1
Power supply
Power supply is require for every component in the block diagram.
Two kind of power supply is given to the components
• External power supply
• Internal power supply(from the controller)
The controller is driven by the external power supply. Here, the
AC power is converted in to DC power using transformer,
rectifier and regulator. The operating voltage of the sensors are Figure.1. PIR Sensor
International Journal of Engineering Science and Computing, March 2019 20217 http://ijesc.org/
taken from the controller. In other words the controller provide
the internal power supply to the sensors. The controller provide LDR Module:
two separate constant DC power supply of 3.3V and 5V. The LDR uses the light dependent change of resistance according to
constant DC power supply is to drive the sensors. intensity of light. Two resistance are connected in parallel one
is standard resistance and the other is LDR. According to the
Sensors voltage divider rule the intensity is measured as change of
Sensors are used to measure the various parameters considered. output voltage this is analog signal. LDR the resistance of this
The Passive Infrared Sensor (PIR) sensor module is used for device increases as the intensity of light decreases they have
motion detection of the people, animals, or other objects. The PIR inverse relation with each other.The resistance of the LDR is
sensor provide analog output when the object motion detection. maximum at darkest and minimum as brightness increases. Two
Light dependent resistance(LDR) is used to measure the intensity cadmium sulphide (cds) photoconductive cells with spectral
of the light by resistance change. LDR is a resistor, whose value responses similar to that of the human eye. The cell resistance
of resistance is altered according to the intensity of the light falling falls with increasing light intensity. Application include smoke
on them. As per the flow of in the above block diagram the detection, automatic lighting control, batch counting and burglar
intensity of the street light vary by the controller when PIR detect alarm systems.
motion of the object and send information about light fault.

ESP8266 WiFi Module:

The ESP8266 WiFi Module is a self-contained SOC with
integrated TCP/IP protocol stack that can give any microcontroller
access to your WiFi network. The ESP8266 is capable of either
hosting an application or offloading all WiFi networking functions
Figure.2. LDR Sensor
from another application processor.
ESP8266 WiFi Module
Controller
The ESP8266 WiFi Module is a self-contained SOC with
The sensor values are given to the controller and produce control
integrated TCP/IP protocol stack that can give any
signal according to designed program for the project. Controller
microcontroller access to your WiFi network. The ESP8266
consist of ALU, memory unit, processing unit. According to the
is capable of either hosting an application or offloading all
program written in the memory, the controller produce the control
WiFi networking functions from another application
signals. These control signals are given to the street light. The
processor.
controller used in this project is ARDUINO UNO type controller.

4. HARDWARE IMPLEMENTATION

The hardware implementation of street light control is divided

into various modules such as PIR Module; LDR Module;
ESP8266 WiFi Module.

PIR Module
A PIR-based motion detector is used to sense movement of people,
animals, or other objects. An individual PIR sensor detects Figure.3. ESP8266 WiFi Module
changes in the amount of infrared radiation impinging upon it,
which varies depending on the temperature and surface 5. SOFTWARE IMPLEMENTATION
characteristics of the objects in front of the sensor. When an
object, such as a human, passes in front of the background, such Arduino UNO
as a wall, the temperature at that point in the sensor's field of view Arduino is common term for a software company, project and
will rise from room temperature to body temperature, and then user community that designs and manufactures computer
back again. The sensor converts the resulting change in the opensource hardware, open-source software and
incoming infrared radiation into a change in the output voltage, microcontrollerbased kits for building digital devices and
and this triggers the detection. interactive objects that can sense and control physical

153
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1
devices. The project is based on microcontroller board
designs, produced by several vendors, using various
microcontrollers.These systems provide sets of digital and
analog I/O pins that can interface to various expansion board
(termed shield) and other circuits. The board feature serial
communication interfaces, including Universal Serial Bus
(USB) on some models, for loading programs from personal
computers. For programming the microcontrollers, the
Arduino project provides an integrated development
environment (IDE) based on a programming language named
processing, which also supports the languages, C and C++.
The UNO is a microcontroller board based on the
ATmega228P. It has 14 digital input/output pins (of which 6
can be used as PWM outputs), 6 analog inputs, a 16 MHz
quartz crystal, a USB connection, a power jack, an ICSP
header and a reset button.

Fault Detection

Flow Chart Description:

Intensity Control:
Initially, the process is started. Then read the PIR value. If the
PIR value is equal to one then the light glow bright. If the PIR
value is not equal to one then the light glow dim. Finally the
process is stop.
Figure.4.Arduino UNO Flow Chart
Fault Detection:
Initially, the process is started. Then read the LDR value. If the
LDR value is less than fifty then the message send to the control
room through the WiFi module. Finally, the process is stop.

6. RESULT AND DESCRIPTION

The complete module of implemented Automatic Street Light

Control hardware module

This figure refers the street light glows on dim, if PIR not detect the
motion of any object.

Intensity Control

154
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

[2]. Farah Ramadhani, and Kamalrulnizam Abu Bakar, and

Muham-Mad Gary Shafer. “Optimisation Of Standalone Street
Light System With Consideration Of Lighting Control”, IEEE,
2013.

[3]. ViswanathNaik.S, S.PushpaBai, Rajesh.P and Mallikarjuna

Naik.B, IoT Based Green House Monitoring System International
Journal of Electronics and Communication
Engineering & Technology (IJECET), Volume 6, Issue 6, June
(2015), pp. 45-47
This figure refers the street light glows on bright, if PIR detect the
motion of any object. [4]. Dr. Kavitha, C. Ramesh Gorrepotu and NarendraSwaroop,
“Advanced Domestic Alarms with IOT”, International Journal of
Electronics & Communication Engineering and Technology 7(5),
2016, pp. 77–85.

[5]. KeniPrashanthet. “Automated street lighting system using IoT”.

International Journal of Advance Research, Ideas and
Innovations in Technology

[6]. Cho,S.K., and Dhingra, V. (2008). “Street Lighting Control

Based on Lon Works Power Line Communication”, IEEE
International Symposium on Power Line Communications and Its
Applications, Jeju City, 2-4 April 2008, pp. 396- 398.

This graph shows the output of LDR sensor through IoT.

7. CONCLUSION

By referring all the results, it can be concluded that both

hardware and software development of this project meet the
objective of design. A working prototype of street lighting
automation system was successfully built using Arduino Uno.
Usage of PIR sensor as the input gives energy saving to the
system since LED turn on only when there is movement from
vehicles, thus, the usage of power consumption by LED
decreases. An automatic street light control and fault detection
system with cloud storage in this project, control the street light
ON/OFF automatically depends on the weather situation and
we can easily identify the light faults in this system easily and
also the system sends alert message to the system room. About
16.67 % energy can be saved when compared LED for street
lighting automation system with LED used for public street
lighting. However, 58.33 % energy can be saved when
compared LED for street lighting automation system with HPS
used for public street lighting. For future development, this
system can be upgraded for two ways road especially in
highways, traffic routes and urban areas.

8. REFERENCES

[1]. Automatic Street Lights On/Off Application Using IoT”,

International Journal of Mechanical Engineering & Technology
(IJMET) Volume 8, Issue 8, August 2017, pp. 38–47, Article
ID: IJMET_08_08_005

155
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

BLUETOOTH AND VOICE COMMAND OBSTACLE AVOIDING ROBOT

BASED ON ARDUINO
J Suresh(Assistanat professor), Ramachandra College of Engineering,
Koteswararao Ch, Helapuri Institute of Technology & Science,
Department of EEE
Andhra Pradesh, India

ABSTRACT transmitters which will get reflected by any nearby

The main aim of this project is to operate the object and the sensor will see toward to get any
obstacle avoidance robot and the device is return echo. The distance for object detection can
controlled by using the voice command and be subsequently changed by our own means in the
Bluetooth signals. It has an ultrasonic sensor which coding algorithm. The distance will get calculated
is used to sense the obstacle coming in between the of the transmitted signal and receive echo in the
path of robot and it notify object detection to the control system.
user. when a command for the robot is recognized, B. VOICE COMMAND:
then voice module sends a command message to Speech recognition can be defined as the machine's
the robot microcontroller (ATmega328P). Based capacity to hear and understand human speech or
on the signal, microcontroller analyses the message to comprehend and follow spoken instructions. It
and takes appropriate actions and working of the operates using algorithmic codes that translate
robot controlled by servo motor. The voice control word sequences from detected speech or voice into
technique consists of an Android app which commands for Arduino IDE, the development
communicates with the robot via Bluetooth environment for Arduino UNO. They enable us to
module. The Hardware part is done and Software control our systems in accordance with our desired
part is implemented in Arduino IDE module. needs.
KEYWORDS: Obstacle detection, Voice C. BLUETOOTH CONTROL:
command, Arduino UNO, Ultrasonic sensor, A smartphone can wirelessly control the robot. The
Motor driver(L293DIC), DC series gear motors, user can communicate with Robot directly using
HC-05 Bluetooth module, Servo moto the smartphone's Android app. The robot can halt
I. INTRODUCTION: as well as go forward, backward, left, and right. A
The combination of major fields such as Bluetooth module HC-05 or HC-06 connects to the
mechanical, electrical and electronics provides Arduino's Bluetooth-controlled robot car. With the
automation systems which are known as Robots. help of an Android software that is installed on the
The growths in these industries are a major reason phone, we may give the robot certain voice
for the efficiencies in every sector by reducing the commands. The commands are received at the
human effort and interaction. By doing such, this receiving end by a Bluetooth transceiver module,
promises us a safer environment in dangerous and which transmits them to the Arduino and controls
insightful grounds. Due to its precision and the robot.
absolute accuracy it has made a major presence in II. LITERATURE SURVEY:
all the essential fields whether it is education, bio- The essential focus of this research is speech
medicals, engineering and so on. recognition technology by converting speech into
A. OBSTACLE AVOIDENCE: the text message. Controlling hardware utilizing
To achieve the obstacle avoidance in the system we speech was impractical before. This examination
are using an Ultrasonic distance sensor which is will help us in actualizing this innovation for the
connected to the L298D motor shield followed by debilitated ones who can't drive the vehicle all
Arduino UNO. This sensor is used to detect any alone. The utilization of sensors will give more
object at some certain distance using sonar. This noteworthy wellbeing from abrupt hits because of
non- contact ultrasound sonar is used to measure the auto stopping mechanism and hinder include. A
the distance between the object and the sensor. It Bluetooth module (HC-05) is utilized to set up a
consists of two transmitters, a control circuit and a correspondence connection between the vehicle
receiver for emitting and receiving pulse data and human voice orders using the Android
respectively. A high ultrasonic sound is emitted by Application.

156
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

The RF transmitter of the Bluetooth can take programs (or sketches) [3]. The programs in the
human voice orders which are changed over to sketchbook can be opened in the file menu>
encoded advanced information for the benefit of a sketchbook or on the open button in the toolbar.
satisfactory range (up to 100 meters) from the The first time you open Arduino software, it will
robot. The recipient unravels the information automatically create a guide for your sketchbook.
before taking care of it to the microcontroller to You can view or change the location of the
drive DC engines through engine driver L293D for sketchbook area with the preferences box.
vital work. An Arduino UNO is modified to peruse
voice orders and react appropriately. Ultrasonic
sensors interfaced with the Arduino can help in
snag identification. Considering this component
for the future degree may demonstrate achievement
in vehicle robotization.
III. SOFTWARE IMPLEMENTATION:
A. ARDUINO IDE (INTEGRATED
DEVELOPMENT ENVIRONMENT)
Arduino Integrated Development Environment - or
Arduino Software (IDE) - consists of a text editor,
code message, text console, toolbar with standard
function keys, and a series of menus. It connects to
Arduino and Hardware to download programs and
interact with them. Programs written using
Arduino Software Integrated Development
Environment platform are called sketches (codes).
These sketches are written in a text editor and are
saved with into file extension. The editor in the
platform has features for cutting/pasting and
searching/replacing codes. The message area
provides feedback while saving and sending and
also displays errors. The console displays the text
output, including complete error coding and other
information text. In the lower right corner of the B. ANDROID APPLICATION:
window shows the configured board and serial
port. Toolbar buttons allow you to verify and
upload programs, build, open, and save sketches,
and then open a serial monitor.
Arduino Open Software (IDE) makes it easy to
write code and upload it to the board. It works on
Windows, Mac OS, and Linux. The Arduino
project provides an integrated Arduino
development environment (IDE), which is a
platform application written in Java. It is designed
to introduce programming techniques to artists and
other young people who are unfamiliar with
software development. It includes a code editor By using MIT APP INVENTOR, we developed an
with features such as syntax highlighting and app to control the robot. Figure below shows the
automatic steering and provides an easy one-click interface of MIT APP INVENTOR.
way to integrate and load programs on the Arduino The Android application allows you to connect to
board. The Arduino IDE main window is shown in the HC-05 module via Bluetooth and allows you to
Fig 1. Arduino Software (IDE) uses the concept of send signals to Arduino so that it can perform the
a sketchbook: a common place to store your tasks you want successfully.

157
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

APP INTERFACE FOR BLUETOOTH

CONTROL: METHODOLOGY:
The basic block diagram for the implementation of
the project is as shown in figure

The sonar system is used in HC-SR04 ultrasonic

sensor todetermine distance to an object like bats
APP INTERFACE OF VOICE COMMAND: do. It offers excellent non-contact range detection
from about 2 cm to 400cm or 1feet to 13 feet. Its
operation is not affected by sunlight or black
material. The ultrasonic sensor emits the short and
high frequency signal. If they detect any object,
then they reflect back echo signal which is taken as
input to the sensor through Echo pin .Firstly user
initialize Trigger and Echo pin as low and push the
robot in forward direction. When obstacle is
detected Echo pin will give input as high to
microcontroller. Pulse In function is used for
calculating the time of distance from the obstacle.
Every time the function waits for pin to go high and
starts timing, then timing will be stopped when pin
go to low. It returns the pulse length in
microseconds or when complete pulse was not
received within the timeout it returns. The timing
has been determined means it gives length of the
pulse and will show errors in shorter pulses. Pulses
from 10microseconds to 3 minutes in length are
taken into consideration.
After determining the time, it converts into a
distance. If the distance of object is moderate then
speed of robot get reduced and will take left turn,
If obstacle is present in left side then it will take
right turn. If the distance of object is short then
speed of robot get reduced and will turn in
backward direction and then can goin left or right
direction. This robot was built with an
Arduinodevelopment board on which
microcontroller is placed.

158
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

A. SENSOR FOR OBSTACLE 1. Key/EN:

AVOIDANCE: It is used to bring Bluetooth module in AT
Varieties of sensors are available which can be commands mode. If Key/EN pin is set to high, then
used for the detection of obstacles some of the very this module will work in command mode.
popular sensors are: Infrared sensors (IR), Otherwise by default it is in data mode. The default
Ultrasonic sensors, Cameras, which can be used as baud rate of HC- 05 in command mode is 38400bps
a part of Computer Vision, Sonar. It canmeasure and 9600 in data mode.
the distance in its field of view of about thousands
to hundreds points In the design of robot, we are
using ultrasonic sensors for obstacle detection and
avoidance The ultrasonic sensors continuously
emits the frequency signals, when obstacle is
detected this signals are reflected back which then
considered as input to the sensor.

HC-05 module has two modes,

1. Data mode: Exchange of data between

devices.
2. Command mode: It uses AT commands
The ultrasonic sensor consists of a multi vibrator, which are used to change setting of HC-05. To send
which fixed at its base. The multi vibrator is these commands to module serial (USART) port is
combination of a resonator and vibrator the used.
ultrasonic waves generated by the vibration are 2. VCC: Connect 5 V or 3.3 V to this Pin.
delivers to the resonator. Ultrasonic sensor actually 3. GND: Ground Pin of module.
consists of two parts: the emitter which produces a 4. TXD: Transmit Serial data (wirelessly
40 kHz sound wave and detector which detects 40 received data by Bluetooth module transmitted out
kHz sound wave and sends electrical signal back to serially on TXD pin)
the microcontroller. HC-SR04 ultrasonic sensors 5. RXD: Receive data serially (received data
are used which consist of 4 pins VCC, Trigger, will be transmitted wirelessly by Bluetooth
Echo and GND. module).
B. SENSOR FOR VOICE AND 6. State: It tells whether module is connected
BLUETOOTH CON TROL: or not.
It is used for many applications like wireless BLOCK DIAGRAM FOR TRANSMITTER
headset, game controllers, wireless mouse, SIDE:
wireless keyboard, and many more consumer
applications. It has range up to <100m which
depends upon transmitter and receiver,
atmosphere, geographic & urban conditions. It is
IEEE 802.15.1 standardized protocol, through
which one can build wireless Personal Area
Network (PAN). It uses frequency-hopping spread
spectrum (FHSS) radio technology to send data
BLOCK DIAGRAM FOR RECEIVER SIDE:
over. It uses serial communication to communicate
with devices. It communicates with
microcontroller using serial port (USART).
Bluetooth serial modules allow all serial enabled
devices to communicate with each other using
Bluetooth.
It has 6 pins,

159
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

C.SENSOR FOR VIDEO RECORDING been found within 30 cm. The robot may simply
(ESP32): WHY ESP32? move forward if there is nothing within 30 cm of it
ESP32 can function as a full standalone system or because the way is clear. The robot must engage in
as a slave device to a host MCU, which lessens the obstacle avoidance if something is closer than 30
burden on the primary application CPU caused by cm. Stopping the robot is the first step in the
communication stack overhead. Using its obstacle avoidance process! The robot will crash if
SPI/SDIO or I2C/UART interfaces, ESP32 may you don't quickly stop it! The robot must determine
connect to other systems to provide Wi-Fi and its best course of action after coming to a standstill.
Bluetooth capability. As you would when crossing the street, it
The ESP32 CAM WIFI Bluetooth Development accomplishes this by looking in both directions.
Board has an OV2640 camera module built into it The robot takes a reading while turning left, right,
and the ability to use a camera in addition to using and left again. Another check is made to determine
the ESP32 chip. A compact, very competitive the appropriate course of action. If going left is the
camera module that can function on its own as a best course of action, you must first turn around
bare minimum system is available in the ESP32- and head back. The robot just travels forward
CAM. Widely applicable in numerous IOT because it is already oriented in the appropriate
applications is the ESP32 CAM. It is appropriate direction if moving right is the best course of
for wireless positioning system signals, industrial action.
wireless control, wireless monitoring, QR wireless
identification, and other IOT applications.

IV. FEATURES:
1. The smallest 802.11b/g/n Wi-Fi SOC
module.
2. Lower power 32-bit CPU, can also serve
the application processor.
3. Up to 160 MHZ clock speed, summary
computing power up to 600 DMIPS.
4. Built-in 520 KB SRAM, external
4MPSRAM.
5. Supports
UART/SPI/I2C/PWM/ADC/DAC.
6. Supports OV2640 and OV7670 cameras,
built-in flash lamp.
V. FLOW CHART:
The flow chart for the obstacle-avoidance robot's VI. PROBLEM STATEMENT:
operation is shown in Figure. It starts by looking 1) The present automobiles are not suitable for
for obstacles within 30 cm. If there is an handicapped and old age people.
obstruction, the vehicle stops, rotates to the left, 2) This technique of our project will help them
and looks for anything that is closer than 30 cm. todrive their vehicle on their own.
The answer to the check is either yes or no. Yes, 3) This use of sensors will provide greater
indicating that there is an object that is 30 cm or safety fromsudden hits due to auto braking and
closer. No, which indicates that no objects have slow down feature.

160
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

4) Prevention from hazardous and fatal Working of Methodology

situations.
5) Automatic braking and Bluetooth module
controller will make the process handy and easy to
detect and to provide judgments for the vehicle.
VII. PROPOSED SYSTEM:
Speech Recognition is a technology which permits
theprocedure of a speech input to text and is
speaker independent. This permits it to be used in
numerous applications differing from digital
assistants to controlling machinery.
This paper put forward strategies which can be
used in managing a robotic vehicle through
connected speech input. The speech recognizer
platform will be an Android smartphone which
communicates with the car using Bluetooth
Connectivity. This method permits forsystematic
recognition and effortless data transfer.
Additionally, the robot will also have the potential
to detect obstacles and notify the user to use a
different command. Our proposed technique will
be functional for applications such as assistive
robots for people with disabilities or in industrial
applications such as work robots

VIII. ANALASYS:
When the robot gets power from 9v lithium-ion
battery supply, the Arduino Uno gets booted up,
and the car starts, after this driver gives command
to the robot via Arduino Bluetooth App. The X. RESULT:
commands of the driver are, “Move Forward”, Hence, our Bluetooth and voice-activated Arduino-
“Move backwards”, “turn left” and “turn right.” based obstacle avoider robot avoids collisions and
After that, the robot senses the obstacle in is aware of its surroundings. Moreover, it locates
front/back via sensors (ultrasonic sensor) it stops. impediments and moves in response to vocal
Then the robot waits for the next given by the commands from the user. Because our robot can
driver depending upon the command robot will move in two seconds when input is given, the
move accordingly. Following block diagram gives Bluetooth module, which is utilised for
a look at the methodology of the system. communication, allows for accuracy over short
distances. To our advantage, we have used an
IX. APPLICATIONS: ultrasonic sensor. As the ultrasonic sensor is
1. Used in mobile robot navigation systems unaffected by light, smoke, dust, mist, etc., we have
2. Used for household work like automatic placed one on the robot's front side where it may be
vacuum cleaning utilised to identify obstacles and prevent collisions.
3. Used in dangerous environments, Detection and sophisticated communication with
where humanpenetration could be fatal. the user are accomplished through voice
4. Automatic change overs of traffic signals commands.
5. Intruder alarm system Robots and smartphones are a natural fit for us to
6. Counting instruments access switches achieve smart living not just at work but also in our
parking meters homes, thanks to the widely used and readily
7. Back sonar of automobiles accessible Bluetooth technology. Using mobile
smartphones to operate robots and other wireless

161
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

devices is going to become a very popular trend as International Journal of Advanced Computational
they become more sophisticated. We can draw the Engineering and Networking, vol. 2, pp. 740-741,
conclusion that this concept of smart living will August 1987.
enable us to wirelessly and remotely control our [7] Vaghela Ankit1, Patel Jigar2, Vaghela
environment. Our knowledge must grow in order Savan3 “Obstacle Avoidance Robotic Vehicle
to keep up with the challenges' constant expansion Using Ultrasonic Sensor, Android And Bluetooth
and better handle the changes in the world. In the For Obstacle Detection” International Research
same way, it is intended that this activity will be a Journal of Engineering and Technology (IRJET),
first step towards bigger improvements and vol. A247, pp. 29-32, 2005.
objectives. [8] Aniket D. Adhvaryu et al “Obstacle-
avoiding robot with IR and PIR motion Sensors”
IOP Conference Series: Materials Science and
Engineering, vol. A247, pp. 529-551, April 2005.
[9] Kirti Bhagat, Sayali Deshmukh, Shraddha
Dhonde, Sneha Ghag, “Obstacle Avoidance
Robot”, Bachelor of computer engineering,
IJSETR, volume 5, issue 2, February 2016.
[10] M Saravanan, B Selvababu, Anandhu
Jayan, Angith Anand, and Aswin Raj, “Arduino
Based Voice Controlled Robot Vehicle”, IOP
Conference Series: Materials Science and
Engineering et al 2020 IOP Conf. Ser.: Mater. Sci.
Eng. 993 0121.

REFFERENCES
[1] Byoung-Kyun Shim; Yoo-Ki Cho; Jong-
Baem Won; Sung- HyunHan Control, Automation
and Systems (ICCAS), 2011 A study on real-time
control of mobile robot with based on voice
command, 11th International Conference on
Publication Year: 2011 www.migi.com for
selecting motorsand other robotic concepts.
[2] A paper on Arduino Based Voice
Controlled Robot, K.Kannan,PG Scholar,
Embedded System Technology, SRM University,
Tamilnadu, India, Dr. J. Selvakumar, AP (S.G),
ECE Department, SRM University, Tamilnadu,
India.
[3] A. K. and R. C., ‘Voice Controlled Robot,’
International Journal Of Innovative Research In
Technology, vol. 1, no. 11,pp. 338- 344, 2014.
[4] International Journal of Advanced
Researchin Computerand Communication
Engineering, vol. 4, no. 9, pp. 212-216,September
2015.
[5] J. and D. , ‘Home Automation and security
system usingandroid adk,’ International journal of
electronics communication, 2013.
[6] Amir attar, Aadilansari,Abhishek desai,
shahid khan, dip ashrisonawale “line follower and
obstacle avoidance bot using arduino”

162
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

BOOST CONVERTER USES A SWITCHED CAPACITOR FROM Z-PLUS

NETWORK
R.NaveenKumar(assistant Professor), Ramachandra College of Engineering
T. Venkateswara Rao(assistant Professor),DNR College of Engineering and Technology
Department Of Electrical and Electronics Engineering
Andhra Pradesh, India.

ABSTRACT you're in this predicament, the Z-source inverters

A DC-DC boost converter using a Z-network and (ZSI) [3] is your best bet. In addition to multistage
switched capacitors (ZSCBC). The Z-network is power conversion, it supports single-stage
integrated with such a switching capacitor to conversion. Traditional voltage- and current-
provide high voltage gain at duty ratios lower than source inverters' limitations are greatly reduced . A
the conventional quasi-Z-source dc-dc converter group of semi (QZSI) inverter with voltage gains
(QZSC), while still providing the same advantages comparable to those of traditional ZSI are shown in
of a common ground and decreased voltage stress [4]. Reducing overvoltage across Z-source
on Z-network capacitors. The suggested converter, capacitors is the goal of another QZSI with an
in contrary to the QZSC, places less strain on the interrupted input current. As compared to the ZSI,
switch the total diodes voltage even when the input this QZSI is much larger. Several ZSI-based
voltage is raised dramatically. Z-network with converters with single-stage conversion, brief
decided to switch DC-DC boost converter protection of inverter legs, and alternative
simulation is performed in MATLAB Simulink modulation schemes for improved voltage gain,
(ZSCBC). reduced inductance current ripple, and other
Keywords: Boost converter,quasi-Z-source dc–dc performance indices are shown in [5]–[7].
converter (QZSC), switched capacitor (SC), Z- Modulation methods, their influence on reliability
source inverter (ZSI). Furthermore, [8] delves into the harmonics of a z-
I INTRODUCTION source inverter and their applications. Alterations
The ongoing global fossil fuel energy crisis has in voltage/current stresses and power loss due to
shifted attention towards renewable energy modulation methods are also discussed. In [9],
sources. In the instance of rooftop solar (PV) power inductors are swapped out with switched-inductor
production, integration and power regulation (SL) cells to increase the voltage gain of the ZSI.
through the DC grid are among the options [1]. The gain is improved by the swap, but only at the
Because to their very fluctuating and extremely price of a smaller switching frequency range and
low vout, PV panels need a series of intermediary increased overvoltages on the components. With
cascade step-up energy conversion structures in the introduction of SL-based QZSI (SLQZSI) in
order to function autonomously. In order to convert [10], one of the inductances of QZSI is swapped
the low voltage from the Pv modules to the high out for an SL cell, resulting in a voltage gain larger
voltage needed in the dc-link of the inverter, a basic compared to QZSI [3]. To improve the voltage
dc dc - dc boost (BBC) is required. This multi-stage gains of dc-dc converters, Z-networks are
electronic power conversion may accomplish the combined with switching capacitors (SCs). Many
aimed-for result, but the required number of workable answers to this conundrum may be found
intermediate converters is high, which increases in the relevant literature. The voltage gain of ZSC
the complexity of the process. More converters not has been much improved. Including a SC cells in
only increase the number of components, but also the chain reaction. Nevertheless, it has poor voltage
decrease overall efficiency, which in turn decreases gain, no continuous input current, and no
dependability [2]. While theoretically BBC is commonality among its output and input terminals.
optimal, the duty ratio is limited by semi of the Improved voltage gain is achieved in the QZSC
gadgets, inductors, and efficiency concerns. with wattage cell described in by reducing the
significant voltage gain is possible. As a result, a allowable duty-ratio range and increasing the
front-end converter located inside the inverter's voltage stress from across devices. Even though
DC-Link voltage regulation should not use BBC. If none of the two new QZSC topologies with such a

163
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

solitary SC branch share a common ground, overall Converter with a Suggested Z-network Switched
voltage gain is negligible. Figure 1(b) shows a Capacitor (ZSCBC).
switching capacitor-based X y dc-dc converter
(SCZSC), which, while being limited by II.STEADY-STATE ANALYSIS OF ZSCB
discontinuous input current, provides a higher The ZSCBC [see Fig. 1(b)] is a simple circuit that
voltage gain while retaining all the properties of the consists of a modified Z-network (L1, L2, C1, C2,
converter in Fig. 1(a). Most of the converters D1, and D2), a SC configuration (C3, C4, C5, D2,
discussed in the literature suffer from serious D3, plus D4, capacitor c C6, switch S, and diode
problems that must be fixed right away. The output D5), and a diode D5. The converter is presumed to
and input terminals are not connected to a common be operating in CCM mode. When in one of the
ground, the voltage gain is poor, voltage stress is converter's two modes, switch S seems to be either
high across devices, the duty ratio range is narrow, engaged or disengaged.
and there is no common ground. These limitations Mode 1: This is the initial state, initiated by turning
prompted the proposed converter and Z-network on the switch S, and illustrated by the analogous
plus SC-based solution, which creatively combines circuit in Fig.2 (a). Since they have a negative
switching capacitor and the Z-network to power across them, diodes D1, D2, & D4 are in
overcome them. A new ZSCBC is presented in this their off states. L1 and L2 begin charging through
article. As can be seen in Fig. 1(b), the voltage gain
is increased when a quasi-Z-network is combined
with a switched capacitor. ZSCBC maintains all
the advantages of SOQZSC outlined in [18]. The
device volt strain in ZSCBC is the same even if the
circuit components are laid out differently. The
steady-state analysis and working principle of the
ZSCBC are presented in. Design formulas for the
converter's parameters and efficiency assessments
are also supplied. below, in this paragraph. In the
third section, we show our dynamic simulation and
controller layout. A contrast to contemporary
converters is provided in Section IV. A breakdown
of the experimental results for ZSCBC as well as
its regulator.

Fig. 2.Forms of a ZSCBC at rest

1(a)
components C1 and C2 capacitors. Output
capacitor C3 and C4 charge each other in a separate
circuit (S-C3-D3-C4). both C1 and C2 capacitors.
As the load discharges the capacitor C5, the
capacitor C3 is charged by the capacitor C4 (S-C3-
D3-C4). The voltage formulae for Fig. 2(a) are as
follows: vL1 = (Vg + vC2), vL2 = (Vg + vC1), vC3
= vC4, vC5 = (Vg + vC5), and so on.
1(b) Mode 2: Fig. 2 depicts the relevant circuitry for
Fig. 1. The Z-source switching capacitor dc-dc this operating mode (b). This setting takes effect
converter (a) (SCZSC). (b) The Dc-Dc Boost after switch S is turned off. The duration of this
mode is given by D = (1 D). Light emitting D3

164
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

through D5 are not conducting because they are in Inverter. The benefits of the more conventional Z-
a reverse bias condition. Capacitors C1 and C2 Source Inverter are fully inherited by the quasi-Z-
begin discharging the power from inductors L1 and source inverter. Continuous input current, lower
L2, with only the output capacitor C6 providing component ratings, and improved dependability
power to the load. To calculate voltage, KVL came are just a few of the ways in which the Quasi X and
up with the following formulas: vL1 = vC1, vL2 = y inverter outshines its Z-Source inverter
vC2, vC5 = (vC3 + vC4), vC4= (Vg + vC1 + vC2), counterpart. For these reasons, the Quasi X y
and vC5 = (vC3 + vC4). inverter is an excellent choice for renewable energy
III BOOST CONVERTER STEP-UP power conditioning applications.
CONVERTER
The fundamental boost converter's wiring diagram.
When an output voltage greater than the input
voltage is necessary, this circuit is utilised.

Fig -5: QUASI Z-SOURCE INVERTER

Fig. 3.Boost Converter Circuit To address the drawbacks of the conventional
In the ON state of the transistor, Vx = Vin, and VSI, a new architecture called the X and y
in the OFF state of the transistor, Vx = Vo due to inverter (ZSI) has been developed. Although
the inductor current flowing through the diode. In these modern topologies do offer certain benefits
this study, we assume that the inductor current is over traditional ZSI, such as preserving the
continuously flowing (continuous conduction). For constant input current and lowering overvoltage
the current to stay constant, the voltage that crosses just on Z- source capacitors, they do not provide
the inductor must be zero. any further voltage boost capability.
V SWITCHING CAPACITORS
To achieve optimal performance, semiconductors
used in Static Pulsed Power cycle between two
different operating modes. The switching
frequency of an SCR-based AC-DC Phase Shift
Controller is about 50 Hz, whereas that of a
MOSFET-based power supply is well over 1 MHz.
For these and other reasons, including optimal
drive, reduced power, EMI/RFI concerns, and
switching-aid-networks, researchers have focused
Fig.4.Voltage and current waveform on the shifting or dynamic behaviour of Power
(Boost Converter) Semiconductor devices, especially the faster ones.
The voltage output must be positive and Both "forced commutation" and "natural (line)
constructive because the activity ratio "D" between commutation" are often used to describe the
0 and 1. The output voltage sense has been switching behaviour of SCRs. Since the mechanics
reversed, as shown by the negative sign. of turning on the SCR are often irrelevant, both
IV. QUASI Z-SOURCE INVERTER terms pertain to its off mechanism. It is common
By adopting a new architecture known as practise to use a di/dt limiting snubber made of
Quasi Z-source inverter, its drawbacks may be inductive components as a safety precaution. The
addressed. The ZSI has been extended to create the 'commutation components' or'margin angle' for the
Quasi-Z-Source Inverter (QZSI). The link here SCRs are sized based on the turn-off data. The vast
between source and inverter in the Sort of pseudo majority of all losses are due to conduction. In
inverter circuit is an LC impedance network, which order to minimise the size and weight of the filter
sets it apart from the more common Z Source components, modern fast converters work at

165
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

substantially higher switching frequencies. As a VI SIMULATION AND RESULTS

result, junction temperatures have been increasing
due to switching losses. Devices are switched on
and off in a completely silent manner by using
special methods. This, in addition to effective
management tactics and better evacuation of the
produced heat, allows to utilize the devices with
little deration. In this section, we take a look at the
switching operation, calculate the dissipation of the
device, and outline the design steps again for
cooling system.
Using a Switching Capacitor

Fig -8: Dc-dc Boost Converter using

Suggested ZSCBC

Quasi-dynamic ZSI's simulation model is

constructed using the topology's dynamic state-
space equation; as shown, this equation is
grounded in the topology's shoot-through and non-
shoot-through states of operation. Diode voltage
Fig.6.Switched Capacitor in Charging Mode drop, capacitance, and inductance, and resistance
While attached parallel to V1, the capacitor C are all taken into account. A representation in
stores energy, and when connected in series with equivalent circuit form of the Quasi-ZSI circuit's
the source, the capacitor C discharges energy to the behaviour in its shoot-through operational state. In
load. Whenever V0 = +Vc1, the capacitor Bank is MATLAB/Simulink, the blocks stand in for the
recharged via the S2 switch. individual subsystems of the dynamic model of the
quasi-ZSI system. There are two loops in the quasi-
Z-subsystem. network's Voltages are found by
dividing integrated currents by Z-Network
capacitance. Currents and voltages are not shown
in any of these cycles, which just serve to obscure
them. We need a state subsystem that operates
independently of the switches. Throughout this
time period, the voltage that flows through the
capacitor will remain constant. On the other hand,
the capacitor state across and the shoot-through
state will be equivalent, and vice versa. By
combining the currents in the right way, we can
calculate the true voltage across the capacitors. In
Fig.7.Discharged Capacitor Mode Turned On the shoot through mode of operation, the signal
In the proposed MLI architecture, the discharge produced by the switch block is used to pick the
of capacitor C begins at the front end, with switch proper voltage or current signal. The maximum
S1 conducting. Diode D & switch S2 are disabled Dc-link voltage is calculated using the current and
when the battery is draining. The load capacity voltage signals produced by the voltage switching
current is given by V0 = V1 + VC1, where V1 and block and the current switch block in the loop.
VC1 are the energy sources powering the load.

166
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

Fig.9. MOSFET Switching Device Voltage and

Current Measurements
Fig -12 The Current Waveform at the Output
of a Switching Capacitor
the switching pulses and currents in the part of the
device and output capacitor. Maximum value under
damping of the input inductor current is achieved
for the waveform of current travelling through the
inductor, capacitance, diodes, and output current.
The output current has stabilised and shows just a
little amount of ripple. voltage load against erratic
changes (Ig:2A-3A)

Fig.10. Current and voltage produced by a metal-

oxide semiconductor field-effect transistor
When interfaced with practically any logic
circuit or driver that can provide a positive output,
the MOSFET can function as a switch thanks to its
positive voltage level and very high (almost
infinite) input resistance. Protecting the Load
Voltage from Irregular Changes ( Vg :20 V-95V,
Ig:0A-45A ).

Fig.13. The switching pulses and currents in the

output capacitors
The switching pulses and currents in the output
capacitors. The diode voltage stresses Vd1 and
Vd3 are comparable, as are the diode current
stresses Id1 and Id3. Inductor, capacitors, diode,
and terminal voltage waveforms are all
underdamped to maximise the input inductor
current's value. withstand a surge in voltage ( Vg
:10 V-95V).

Fig.11. The Current and Voltage of a Switched

Capacitor Are Measured

167
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

ensured by doing comprehensive analyses and

developing a unified power controller. Using actual
and measurable data, an a Controller's utility for
regulating against transient fluctuations inside the
load and source voltages was shown. The designed
controller also efficiently nullified the influence of
the source's low-frequency disturbances. There is
load voltage variance of on the output of a X and y
shunt capacitor dc-dc Buck converter (45V- 85V).
REFERENCES
[1] M. Forouzesh, Y. P. Siwakoti, S. A. Gorji, F.
Fig.14. DC-DC Boost Converter Output Voltage Blaabjerg, and B. Lehman, “Step-up DC-DC
Using a Z-Network and a Switching Capacitor converters: A comprehensive review of
voltageboosting techniques, topologies, and
applications,” IEEE Trans. Power Electron., vol.
32, no. 12, pp. 9143–9178, Dec. 2017.
[2] X. Feng, J. Liu, and F. C. Lee, “Impedance
specifications for stable DC distributed power
systems,” IEEE Trans. Power Electron., vol. 17,
no. 2, pp. 157–162, Mar. 2002.
[3] F. Z. Peng, “Z-source inverter,” IEEE Trans.
Ind. Appl., vol. 39, no. 2, pp. 504–510, Mar./Apr.
2003.
[4] J. Anderson and F. Z. Peng, “Four quasi-Z-
Fig.15.Waveform of Voltage Produced by a source inverters,” in Proc. IEEE PESC, Jun. 2008,
Switched Capacitor at Its Output pp. 2743–2749.
The switching pulses and currents in the [5] Y. P. Siwakoti, F. Z. Peng, F. Blaabjerg, P. C.
output capacitors. The diode voltage stresses Vd1 Loh, and G. E. Town, “Impedance-source
and Vd3 are comparable, as are the diode current networks for electric power conversion part I: A
stresses Id1 and Id3. Maximum value under topological review,” IEEE Trans. Power Electron.,
damping of the input current is achieved for the vol. 30, no. 2, pp. 699–716, Feb. 2015.
waveform of current travelling through the [6] O. Ellabban and H. Abu-Rub, “Z-source
inductance, capacitors, diodes, and output current. inverter: Topology improvements review,” IEEE
Protecting the Load Voltage from Irregular Ind. Electron. Mag., vol. 10, no. 1, pp. 6–24, Mar.
Changes ( Vg :40 V-85V). 2016.
CONCLUSION [7] Y. P. Siwakoti, F. Z. Peng, F. Blaabjerg, P. C.
In this research, we introduced a ZSCBC Loh, and G. E. Town, “Impedance-source
that improves upon QZSC in terms of voltage gain networks for electric power conversion part II:
while keeping the main advantages of QZSC, such Review of control and modulation techniques,”
as common ground, a wider duty ratio range, and IEEE Trans. Power Electron., vol. 30, no. 4, pp.
less undervoltage on the Z-network capacitors. A 1887–1906, Apr. 2015.
stable analysis of the ZSCBC compared with the [8] P. Liu, J. Xu, Y. Yang, H. Wang, and F.
other reported topologies 1-7 revealed that 1) the Blaabjerg, “Impact of modulation strategies on the
switch and the electrodes encounter the same reliability and harmonics of impedancesource
voltage stress regardless of their actual location, 2) inverters,” IEEE J. Emerg. Sel. Topics Power
the strain on the toggle and electrodes is lower at Electron., to be published.
even high voltage gain, and 3) the addition of an [9] M. Zhu, K. Yu, and F. L. Luo, “Switched
emitter network increases the voltage gain. The inductor Z-source inverter,” IEEE Trans. Power
proposed converter offers an extra feature not seen Electron., vol. 25, no. 8, pp. 2150–2158, Aug.
in the first six topologies: voltage gain 2010.
enhancement. Shuttered stability of ZSCBC was

168
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

[10] M.-K. Nguyen, Y.-C. Lim, and G.-B. Cho,

“Switched-inductor quasiZ-source inverter,” IEEE
Trans. Power Electron., vol. 26, no. 11, pp. 3183–
3191, Nov. 2011.
[11] M.-K. Nguyen, Y.-C. Lim, and J.-H. Choi,
“Two switched-inductor quasi-Z-source inverters,”
IET Power Electron., vol. 5, no. 7, pp. 1017–1025,
Aug. 2012.
[12] J. Zhang and J. Ge, “Analysis of Z-source
DC-DC converter in discontinuous current mode,”
in Proc. IEEE APPEEC, Mar. 2010, pp. 1–4

169
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

Development of Algorithm for the Order Reduction of High order Dynamic Systems
Adopting Affine Arithmetics
Dr. S. Srikanth (PROFESSOR)
BVCEC
Email:- sambana.srikanth@gmail.com

ABSTRACT that in many cases Affine arithmetic is able to

This article presents a new algorithm for the produce interval estimates that are much better than
reduction of high order uncertain systems by the ones obtained with standard interval arithmetic.
adopting Dynamic Routh Approximation (DRA) Interval arithmetic has been used by earlier
and Affine Arithmetic (AA). This new algorithm is researchers to establish a mathematical model for
applicable for the reduction of Continuous SISO the uncertain physical systems. Very few methods
system. Measurement errors due to variation in have been suggested in the international literature
ambient conditions may result the system as an for the reduction of High order system in general
uncertain system unlike other methods in literature. and for systems with uncertainties in specific. It
This method generates a stable reduced order can be observed from the earlier methods than
model to a stable original high order uncertain many of the methods considered Interval
system unlike other methods available in Iteration arithmetic to handle uncertain systems. Sometimes,
literature. Applications of Affine Arithmetic avoid an application of Interval arithmetic gives an
many of the limitations associated with Interval unstable model for a stable original high order
Arithmetic such as unbounded solution in many system. These limitations can be avoided by using
significant cases. The suggested procedure has Affine Arithmetic (AA). The method presented in
been validated using typical numerical examples the next section generates stable reduced order
available in Interval literature. model for a stable high order system. This method
Keywords: Uncertain systems, reduced order also retains the first K-time moments of the high
models, Affine Arithmetic, Dynamic Routh order system in the reduced order model. An
Approximation Method. effective matching of time response characteristics
I INTRODUCTION of high order system and its reduced order model is
The analysis and design of practical control guaranteed.
systems become complex when the order of the This paper is organized as follows: Reduction
system increases. Therefore, it is necessary to procedure is given in Section II. Numerical
represent a high order system by a low order examples and comparison of proposed method
model- which is a sufficient substitution of the high with other well-known techniques is shown in
order system in all mathematical processes. Since Section III.
last two decades model order reduction problem II REDUCTION PROCEDURE
has been ample area of research since it minimizes In this section, a simple algorithm for reducing
various computational efforts and increases the high order is presented. The coefficients of reduced
possibility of accurate simulation and design order models are obtained by using Dynamic Routh
process. Model order reduction methodologies Approximation Method without finding time
have been proposed for reduction of fixed moments of the original system. In this method
parameter systems, continuous SISO model [1-2]. Gamma and Delta tables are required to be
Affine arithmetic is potentially useful in every formulated.The high order continuous system
numeric problem where one needs guaranteed transfer function is given as follows:Consider the
enclosures to smooth functions. Affine arithmetic transfer function of higher order in the interval
is one of several computational models that were system as follows:
proposed to overcome the problems of interval
arithmetic. Affine arithmetic keeps track of first –
order correlation between computed and input
quantities; this correlation is automatically
exploited in primitive operations, with the result

170
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

The 𝑟𝑡ℎ order reduced model 𝑅𝑟(𝑠) is characterized

by

III. NUMERICAL EXAMPLE

Where Example 1: Consider a 6th order stable interval
system given below [2]:
With G(s) 
[2,3] s5  [70,71] s4  [762,763] s3  [3610,3611] s2  [7700,7701]s  [6000,6001]
[1,1] s6  [41,42] s5  [571,572] s4  [3491,3492] s3  [10060,10061] s2  [13100,13101]s  [6000,6001]

Now it is proposed to obtain reduced order model

by suggested method.The reduced order models
The interval α- parameters be obtained from a are,
Routh like table as follows:
α-table:
[𝒄−, 𝒄+] [𝒄− , 𝒄+ ] [𝒄− , 𝒄+ ]
𝒏 𝒏 𝒏−𝟐 𝒏−𝟐 𝒏−𝟒 𝒏−𝟒
= [𝒄− , 𝒄+ ]𝟎𝟎 𝟎𝟎
= [𝒄− , 𝒄+ ]
𝟎𝟏 𝟎𝟏
= [𝒄− , 𝒄+ ]
𝟎𝟐 𝟎𝟐
[𝒄− , 𝒄+ ] [𝒄− , 𝒄+ ] [𝒄− , 𝒄+ ]
𝒏−𝟏 𝒏−𝟏 𝒏−𝟑 𝒏−𝟑 𝒏−𝟓 𝒏−𝟓
= [𝒄− , 𝒄+ ]
𝟏𝟎 𝟏𝟎
= [𝒄− , 𝒄+ ]
𝟏𝟏 𝟏𝟏
= [𝒄− , 𝒄+ ]
𝟏𝟐 𝟏𝟐

:
:
[𝒄− , 𝒄+ ]
𝒏−𝟏,𝟎 𝒏−𝟏,𝟎

[𝒄− , 𝒄+ ]
The step responses of the original interval system
𝒏𝟎 𝒏𝟎
and the models obtained by the proposed method
……(𝟓)
are compared in fig. 1a and fig. 1b.

The interval α-parameters can be obtained as,

The interval δ-parameters can be obtained from a

table constituted from the coefficients of the
numerator of original high order interval system as
follows:
δ - table:
[𝒅−, 𝒅+] [𝒅− , 𝒅+ ] [𝒅− , 𝒅+ ]
𝒏 𝒏 𝒏−𝟐 𝒏−𝟐 𝒏−𝟒 𝒏−𝟒
= = [𝒅− , 𝒅+ ]
𝟏𝟏 𝟏𝟏
= [𝒅− , 𝒅+ ]
𝟏𝟐 𝟏𝟐
[𝒅−𝟏𝟎, 𝒅+𝟏𝟎]
[𝒅− , 𝒅+ ] [𝒅− , 𝒅+ ] [𝒅− , 𝒅+ ]
𝒏−𝟏 𝒏−𝟏 𝒏−𝟑 𝒏−𝟑 𝒏−𝟓 𝒏−𝟓
= [𝒅− , 𝒅+ ] = [𝒅− , 𝒅+ ] = [𝒅− , 𝒅+ ] Fig. 1a: Comparison of step responses.
𝟐𝟎 𝟐𝟎 𝟐𝟏 𝟐𝟏 𝟐𝟐 𝟐𝟐

[𝒅− , 𝒅+ ] [𝒅− , 𝒅+ ] [𝒅− , 𝒅+ ]

𝟑𝟎 𝟑𝟎 𝟑𝟏 𝟑𝟏 𝟑𝟐 𝟑𝟐

:
:
[𝒅− , 𝒅+ ]
𝒏−𝟏,𝟎 𝒏−𝟏,𝟎

[𝒅− , 𝒅+ ]
𝒏𝟎 𝒏𝟎
……(𝟕)
The interval δ-parameters can be defined as the
ratios of the first column elements of the δ-table as
given below: Fig. 1b: Comparison of step responses.

171
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

To ascertain the superiority of the proposed

method, the reduced order models obtained by the
proposed method are compared with some of the For the above original system, the 2nd order model
existing methods available in literature. by the proposed method is obtained as given below:
Example 2:
Consider a 4th order stable interval system given The 2nd order model obtained by Ismail et. al. [9]
below [8]: method is:

The step responses of the original interval system,

The 2nd order model by the proposed method is
the 2nd order models obtained by the proposed
obtained:
method and the Pade approximation method of
Ismail et. al. [9] are compared in fig. 3a and fig. 3b.
The 2nd order model obtained by the method of It can be observed from the fig. 3a and fig. 3b that
Bandyopadhyay et. al. [8] is given by: the reduced model obtained by the proposed
method gives much better approximation of the
original interval system than the reduced model
It is observed that the model obtained by the
given by Ismail et. al. [9]. Further, it can also be
proposed method is stable as it satisfies the
observed that the proposed method does not require
Kharitonov’s stability theorem, The response
performing reciprocal transformations and
shows the effectiveness of the proposed method.
formation of two Routh type interval arrays unlike
the Pade approximation method[9].

Fig -2a: Comparison of step responses

Fig -3a: Comparison of step responses.

Fig. 2b: Comparison of step responses.

Example 3:
Consider a 3rd order stable interval system given Fig -3b: Comparison of step
below [9]: responses.

172
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

CONCLUSION: Systems Using Modified Routh Approximation

A new algorithm has been suggested in this and Factor Divison Method, 35th National Systems
article for the order reduction of uncertain system. Conference (NSC-2011), Dec 9-11, 2011.
The flexibility of this method can also be exhibited [9]. M. K. Sharma and D. Kumar, "Modified γ-
by applying the algorithm for the reduction of SISO δ Routh approximation method for order reduction
systems. It can be observed that the new method of discrete interval systems," 2015 10th Asian
decreases the number of computations as compared Control Conference (ASCC), 2015, pp. 1-5.
to earlier methods and also retains the stability of [10]. Jiang, C., Fu, CM., Ni, BY. et al.
the original high order system in their reduced Interval arithmetic operations for uncertainty
order models. This method gives a close analysis with correlated interval variables. Acta
approximation of time response characteristics of Mech. Sin. 32, 743–752 (2016).
original High order system and their reduced order [11]. oukezzoula, R., Foulloy, L.,
models as the Affine Arithmetic is used to handle Coquin, D. et al. Gradual interval arithmetic and
the uncertain parameters of the system. fuzzy interval arithmetic. Granul. Comput. 6, 451–
REFERENCES: 471 (2021).
[1]. ShouxiangWang, KaiWang FeiTeng, [12]. Duracz J., Farjudian A., Konečný
GoranStrbac, LeiWu “An affine arithmetic-based M., Taha W. (2014) Function Interval Arithmetic.
multi-objective optimization method for energy In: Hong H., Yap C. (eds) Mathematical Software
storage systems operating in active distribution – ICMS 2014. ICMS 2014.
networks with uncertainties”, Applied Energy, [13]. Jerzy Michnik and Artur
Volume 223, 2018, Pages 215-228. Grabowski, “Modelling Uncertainty in the Wings
[2]. David Romero-Quete; Claudio A. Method Using Interval Arithmetic”, International
Cañizares, “An Affine Arithmetic-Based Energy Journal of Information Technology & Decision
Management System for Isolated Microgrids”, Making, Vol. 19, No. 01, pp. 221-240 (2020).
IEEE Transactions on Smart Grid, Volume-10, [14]. Andrzej piegat, marek landowsk “is an
Issue-3, 2019. interval the right result of arithmetic operations
[3]. Vinod Raj, Boddeti Kalyan Kumar, "A onintervals?”, int. J. Appl. Math. Comput. Sci.,
modified affine arithmetic-based power flow 2017, vol. 27, no. 3, 575–590
analysis for radial distribution system with
uncertainty", International Journal of Electrical
Power & Energy Systems, vol. 107, pp. 395, 2019.
[4]. JieLiu, HengCai, ChaoJiang, XuHan,
ZhengZhang, “An interval inverse method based
on high dimensional model representation and
affine arithmetic”, Applied Mathematical
Modelling, Volume 63, November 2018, Pages
732-743.
[5]. Snehashish Chakraverty, Saudamini Rout,
“Affine Arithmetic Based Solution of Uncertain
Static and Dynamic Problems”, Synthesis Lectures
on Mathematics and Statistics, March 2020.
[6]. San, O., Maulik, R. Neural network
closures for nonlinear model order reduction. Adv
Comput Math 44, 1717–1750 (2018).
[7]. Cagniart N., Maday Y., Stamm B. (2019)
Model Order Reduction for Problems with Large
Convection Effects. Partial Differential Equations
and Applications. Computational Methods in
Applied Sciences, vol 47. Springer, Cham.
[8]. D. Kranthi Kumar, S. K. Nagar and J. P.
Tiwari, Model Order Reduction of Interval

173
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

Development of Algorithm for the Order Reduction of High order Dynamic Systems
Adopting Affine Arithmetics
CH. Venkata amarnadh, A. Padma priyanka, M. Praveen, M. Ganesh,
Guide: Mrs.S. Saritha M.Tech
Narasaraopeta Engineering College
Email:- chennupalliamarnadh2000@gmail.com, amarthaluripriya2001@gmail.com,
mamidipraveen8133@gmail.com, ganesh.m2001@gmail.com, sarithaguda123@gmail.com,

ABSTRACT absorption is maximum when the panel is

This paper presents the outline and execution of perpendicular to the sun. Hence we are using a
simple, easy and cheaper automatic dual axis solar solar tracker to maximize the energy generation
tracking system using Arduino UNO as the control and improve the efficiency 40% more than the
element and light detecting sensors (LDRS) as the fixed panel. In general, during the day the single
sensing element. This project involves advanced axis tracker moves from east to west with one
level of technology to capture maximum amount of degree of freedom. While the modern tracker tracks
energy using sun’s radiations. The main purpose is east west and north south movement of the sun. In
to increase the efficiency of tracking system which this project we are integrating dual axis solar
can rotate in all four directions continuously tracking
according to intensity of radiations and for energy
conversion. In this, the voltage from panel is II METHODOLOGY
calculated from time to time in an interval of 1hr The entire set up is divided into 3 parts the light
and this voltage is used to sense the weather detecting unit, monitoring unit and the movement
conditions and display the climatic temperatures. controlling unit. [1]
Keywords: Solar panel, Arduino UNO, Light
detecting resistors (LDRs), servo motors,
temperature sensors, humidity sensors, rain drop
sensors.
I INTRODUCTION
The demand for reliable and abundant source of
energy has been increasing day by day [1]. So,
government improved the usage of renewable
energy sources there by curtailing the usage of
conventional source of energy. Sun is the most
valued source of renewable energy. By using Figure .1 BLOCK DIAGRAM
photovoltaic cell we can harness solar energy and 2.1 LIGHT DETECTING UNIT
later photovoltaic effect can be used to convert It consists of four light detecting resistors each
solar energy into electrical energy and this energy forming a pair of two. It measures the light
can be used in wide applications like solar thermal intensity and converts it into analog voltage and
energy, solar heating, photovoltaic, solar gives the input to the controller. One pair of LDR
architecture etc. [2]. The output of photovoltaic cell trace the location of sun in east- west direction and
directly depends the other pair senses in the north-south direction.
on the intensity of light and sun’s positions changes Resistance is inversely proportional to intensity of
continuously in a day. As sun is a major source of light and hence it decreases with increase in light
this renewable energy, a dual axis solar tracker intensity. The relationship between light intensity
which can track the radiations from the sun in all and resistance is given in the equation
the directions with maximum intensity is found. RL = 500/LUX
[5]This dual axis solar tracker takes the sun 2.2 MONITORING UNIT
radiations as the input and converts to electrical Arduino is the main monitoring unit of the entire
energy this electrical energy which is obtained apparatus as showed in fig.1..LDR is connected to
fulfil majority of the country needs.[3] Energy the first four pins of Arduino i.e. A0- A4.Arduino

174
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

takes the input from the LDR and based on that it receive more light, the vertical servo will move in
gives instructions to servomotors to rotate either in that direction. If more light is sensed by top LDR’s
horizontal or vertical directions. then the servo motor moves in that direction. The
2.3 MOVEMENT CONTROLLING UNIT analog values from two left LDRs and two right
The movement controlling unit comprises of two LDRs are compared for angular deflection. If the
servo motors. The Arduino gives an output of 5v right set of LDRs receives more light than the right
which is used to drive the servo motor which can set, the horizontal servo will move in that direction.
be driven by an input of about 4.5 volts. One of the Take a pcb board. Fix the solar panel in the center
motor controls the horizontal rotation while the of the PCB
other controls the vertical rotation. Only one motor • Mark the points for 4 LDRs to the four
functions at a time so as to reduce the power corners of the solar panel and bring the two wires
consumption. of the panel to check the output.
2.4 WEATHER SENSOR • Now cut one of the two leads of the LDR so
It comprise of a weather sensing unit in which that one lead is shorter and other is longer to
arduino is used as an interfacing device and indicate the polarities, which will be easier while
indicates the surrounding temperature conditions soldering.
and humidity which is displayed on LCD display • Insert these four LDRs into to the marked
device. points in the PCB.
• Bend the perforated metal strips
III.THE EXPERMIENT (aluminum) into the respective shapes as shown in
In the dual axis solar tracking system the solar the figure.
panel which is fixed on a structure rotates based on • Place one of the bent metal strip on the back
the position of the sun which is sensed by the side of the pcb with the help of glue.
sensor. • Solder the two leads of the LDRs as in the
circuit.
• To the other ends of the LDR’s leads solder
resistors of 10k Ω.
• Connect the four leads of the 4 LDRs by
connecting wires.
• Now with the help of bus wires connect
them to the LDRs to get the output from them. Give
the output to the Arduino board to the respective
pins.
• Insert it into the perforated metal strip as
Figure. 2 DUAL AXIS SOLAR TRACKING shown in the figure.
SYSTEM
• Now solder the connecting wires as per the
Four analog pins of arduino i.e. A1, A2, A3, A4 are
circuit as well as to the resistors.
connected to four resistors and four LDR’s
• Insert another two wires through the
respectively which are internally connected in a
perforated metal strip to give the supply of VCC
voltage divider pattern as shown in fig 3.The two
and GND.
servo motor gets PWM inputs from digital pins 9
• Solder one of the wires to the one side of
and 10 of Arduino as shown in fig .3.LDR’s serves
the LDR and the resistors and other wire is soldered
as the main light sensors. Servo motor is supported
to the other side.
by two solar panels which are fixed to the structure.
• Short the leads of the LDR with wires to the
Arduino program is uploaded to the
resistors.
microcontroller. The performance of the model is
• Now fix a servo motor to the metal strip
as follows:-When sun light falls on LDR, it senses
with help of glue and screw. Connect them to the
the amount of sunlight falling on it and each LDR
arduino board to the respective pins.
senses in top, bottom, left, right directions
• Now take another perforated metal strip
respectively. For north-south tracking, the analog
(aluminium) which is bent in the respective shape
values from two top LDR’s and two bottom LDR’s
as shown in the figure.
are compared and if the bottom set of LDR’s

175
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

• Now to this metal strip fix another servo Output of dual axis solar tracker-
motor with the help of screw and glue. Now your Table.1 OBSERVATION OF SOLAR
solar tracker setup is ready. TRACKER
WEATHER SENSOR TIME(Hr) SINGLE AXIS DUAL AXIS
8:00 04.62 07.18
9:00 06.4 10.11
10:00 07.15 13.98
11:00 09.23 15.72
12:00 10.41 19.26
13:00 13.77 19.78
14:00 14.89 17.45
15:00 15.56 16.89
16:00 15.12 16.21
17:00 13.45 12.47
18:00 05.73 06.86

The table which is shown above indicates the

output values at different time intervals. As we
Figure .3 WEATHER SENSOR know dual axis solar tracker is more productive
• Initially the 16*2 LCD display is connected than single axis solar tracker, comparison of output
to i2c module. voltages of both the tracking methods is done.
• Then the Vcc pin is connected to 5 volts Output of weather sensor-
supply of arduino and the ground of i2c module is Table.2 OBSERVATION OF WEATHER
connected to the ground of arduino as shown in SENSOR
fig4. TIME(Hour) TEMPERATURE(˚C) HUMIITY
• The DHT11 senor’s pins i.e. ground, Vcc, (%)
signal is connected to the Arduino 16:00 33 65

19:00 29 78

The graphical representation is also seen in the

graph mentioned above. Dual axis solar tracker
system has high voltage capturing capacity.
Graphical representation is undoubtedly showing
the improved solar energy conversion when
compared to other systems. Other than this there
are some other techniques used for efficient
tracking of solar radiations such as power towers,
parabolic dish concentrator, parabolic trough
concentrator, central receiver concentrator etc. but
all these are very expensive. So, as dual axis solar
system is less expensive, highly efficient it is used
more common.

Figure .4 MODEL V. CONCLUSION:

VI. RESULT Dual axis solar tracker is placed in order to track
Thus, Experiment outcomes of the system were the suns radiations in all the directions with
performed by placing it in the rooftop (refer fig .5). maximum intensity to produce electricity. It is the
This output voltage is collected from 8:00 AM to most efficient method for the energy conversion
6:00PM. and less economical when compared to other
systems. This paper shows us the comparison of

176
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

single axis solar tracker with dual axis solar tracker

where it is clearly shown that dual axis is more
efficient (refer fig.6) and produces more than 40%
of the energy when compared to fixed and single
axis solar tracking system.
REFERENCES:
1 Falah I. Mustafa ; Sarmid Shakir ; Faiz
F. Mustafa ; Athmar Thamer Naiyf2018 9th
International Renewable Energy Congress (IREC)
2 T. Zhan, W. Lin, M. Tsai, G. Wang,
"Design and Implementation of the Dual-axis Solar
Tracking System IEEE", 37th Annual Computer
Software and Applications Conference, pp. 276-
277, 2011.
3 M. Zolkapli, S. A. AI-Junid, Z. Othman, A.
Manut, Mohd Zulkifli, "IEEE", International
Conference on Technology Informatics
Management Engineering & Environment, pp. 43-
47, 2013
4 Nabee1 Abid Al-Sahib, Fa1ah I. Mustafa,
Ayad M. Kwad, The Fourth International
Renewable Energy Congress, December 20-22,
2012.
5 Falah Mustafa, Abd Salam Al-Ammri,
Farouk Ahmad, The eighth International
Renewable Energy Congress (IREC 2017), March
21-23, 2017.
6 Soumen Ghosh, Nilotpal Haldar,
International Journal of eme Technology and
Advanced Engineering, vol. 4, no. 12, December
2014.
7 Hussain S. Akbar, Abulrahman Siddiq,
Marwa W. Aziz, American Journal of Energy
Research, vol. 5, no. 1, pp. 23-27, 2017.
8 K Deekshith, Dhruva Aravind, H Nagaraju,
Bhaskar Reddy International Journal of Scientific
& Engineering Research, vol. 6, no. 9, September
2015.
9 F.A. Hunter, B.P. Dougherty, M.W. Davis,
"Measured performance of building integrated
photovoltaic panels", Proc. Solar energy: the power
to choose, 2001.
10 M.V. Kitaeva, A.V. Yurchenko, A.V.
Skorohodov, A.V. Okhorzina, "Solar tracker",
Siberian Journal of Science, vol. 4, no. 3, 2012.

177
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

ELECTRICAL VEHICLE POWERED BY SOLAR AND WIND SOURCES

SK.JASMINE, N.RUPA KALYANI, T.PRAVALLIKA, B.PURNA CHAND, B.SUNIL KUMAR
Mr. T. NAGARAJU, MTech Associate Professor
Department Of Electrical and Electronics Engineering
KKR & KSR Institute of Technology & Sciences(KITS) Guntur,AP,India.

ABSTRACT us 1000 times more power than we need. So the

In this paper, the possibility of utilizing a wind technical utilization of solar energy can prove very
turbine to recapture a portion of the kinetic energy useful. Utilization of solar energy is of great
losses of a car, irrespective of being a traditional importance to India since it lies in a temperature
car that is propelled by an internal combustion climate of the region of the world where sunlight is
engine or an electric vehicle (EV) that is propelled abundant for a major part of the year. The recent
by an electric motor, is appraised. To investigate applications of solar energy in India, are the
the topic, a small wind turbine has been inserted at energisation of pump sets for irrigation, drinking
the back of the condenser of a car to recover a water supply and rural electrification covering
portion of the kinetic energy of wind passing street lights, community TV sets, medical
through the condenser’s crisscrossed bars. a novel refrigerators.
built hybrid power generation system combining 1.2 Wind Energy
the wind-driven generator’s output power with that The potential of wind energy as a source of power
of the car’s battery have been embedded in an EV is large. The energy available in the winds over the
having a total weight of 1855 kg. Experimental earth is surface is estimated to be 1.6x10 mw which
measurements conducted under realistic operation is of the same order of magnitude as present energy
of the EV are given that prove the traveling range consumption on the earth. In India, high wind
of the EV and the power efficiency of the EV’s speeds, are obtainable in coastal areas of saurashtra
power supply are enhanced by, 6.4 km and 0.2% western Rajasthan and some parts of central India.
respectively, by recovering only a portion of the They are non - polluting and it has no adverse
kinetic energy losses of the EV. These two benefits influence on the environment.The first power
also prove the novelty and contributions of this source is photo - voltaic solar cell. These cells
work in successfully recovering a portion of the convert sun light directly into DC power without
kinetic energy losses of a car by using a small any emissions. The second power source is wind
windturbine embedded in the car. Wind power is energy ie the kinetic energy of air in motion. The
clean and sustainable natural resources that has yet third one is shock absorber of the world [3],
to be fully utilized in the automotive industry [4].Commonly used automobiles are mainly which
. Also the sun is probably the most important is connected to suspension. It converts kinetic
sources of renewable energy available today. divided into IEC cars and electric vehicles (EVs),
Keywords: Kinetic energy losses of cars, energy although, energy into another form of energy.the
loss recovering, wind energy, car’s battery. popular attention mainly concentrates on solar and
I INTRODUCTION wind energies, so that, various solar and wind
OVER the years, the usage of renewable energy energy based systems are currently utilized in the
based sys-tems and devices have rapidly increased different points replacing IEC cars with [5],[6] EVs
due to economy and environmental issues [1], [2]. because of their benefits is the dominant tendency
Among renewable resources, Electric vehicles Power required to overcome the air resistance
sales may increase fro 2% global share in 2016 to
30% by 2030. ρv3c dA
1.1 Solar Energy Hp = ---------------
Solar energy has the greatest potential of all the 1100
sources of renewable energy. The solar power
where sun hits atmosphere is 10 watts where as ρ = air density.Slugs
the solar power on earth's surface is 10 watts. v = car velocity . ft/sec
The total world - wide power demand of all needs cd = drag coefficient
of civilization is 10 watts. Therefore the sun gives A= frontal area . ft2

178
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

solar source
generating voltage 12v
current 0.3 A
rated power 20 watts
rpm input 100-1500 rpm
charging time ( 1hr 30 min )
Wind source
generating voltage 12v
current 0.3 A
rated power 20 watts Fig. 2.Structure of the system realizing the
rpm input 100-1500 rpm proposed scheme in an EV.
proposed scheme is discussed in Section II. Details
charging time ( 2 hr 12 min ) of the built system realizing the scheme and
drag depending up on body of car experimental measurements are presented in
Section III, and the paper is outlined succinctly
inSection IV.
II. THEORETICAL BASIS OF THE
PROPOSED SCHEME
The proposed scheme deals with inserting a small
wind tur- bine at the back of the condenser of a car
that can be eithera traditional car which is propelled
by an internal combustion engine or an EV which
is propelled by an electric motor. The wind turbine
is coupled to a PMSG connected to a rectifier to
form a wind energy conversion system (WECS) as
depicted in Fig. 1. Thus, to realize the scheme, it is
necessary to design and build a novel hybrid power
generation system combiningthe power production
of the car’s battery with that of the wind turbine
embedded in the car. The structure of the system
realizing the proposed scheme in an EV is depicted
Fig-1
with all specifics in Fig. 1. It mainly consists of a
Drag coefficient of different objects
Type of Object
Drag Coefficient
Frontal Area
novel hybrid power generation system powered by
the WECS and the EV’s battery. The WECSand the
- cd -

Dolphin 0.0036 wetted area

Subsonic Transport Aircraft 0.012 EV’s battery are connected to a dc bus via two
Supersonic Fighter,M=2.5

Streamlined body
0.016

0.04 π / 4 d2
dc/dc converters, respectively called “WECS
Airplane wing, normal position 0.05 converter” and “battery converter”. A 3-phase
Sreamlined half-body 0.09
dc/ac inverter converts the dc-link voltage (Vdc) to
a 3-phase voltage fed to the EV’s traction motor. In
Bicycle - Streamlined Velomobile 0.12 5 ft2 (0.47 m2)

Airplane wing, stalled 0.15

Modern car like a Tesla model 3 or model Y 0.23 addition to these, a dc/ac inverter connected to the
Toyota Prius, Tesla model S

Sports car, sloping rear

0.24

0.2 - 0.3
frontal area

frontal area
EV’s battery provides the V2G technology for the
Common car like Opel Vectra (class C) 0.29 frontal area EV. The electric circuit of the WECS converter is
Hollow semi-sphere facing stream

Bird
0.38

0.4 frontal area

shown in Fig. 2. All technical and theoretical
Solid Hemisphere 0.42 π / 4 d2
details of this type of converter have been reported
Sphere 0.5
in [20]. The WECS converter’s gain is obtained as
Saloon Car, stepped rear 0.4 - 0.5 frontal area

[20]:
Table 3

179
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

NAMES, MODELS AND TECHNICAL DATA car, there is no need to make any changein the car.
OF THE COMPONENTS OF THE BUILT The only work that should be performed is to locate
SYSTEM the wind turbine and the generator (PMSG)
connected to it in a frame, and attaching the frame
Lead acid

to the back of the condenser of the car as shown in

Fig. 6(a). Experimental measurements showing the
waveforms of the dc-link voltage, voltages and
currents fed to the traction motor are depicted in
Fig. 7 and Fig. 8, respectively. The switching
frequency of the battery and WECS converters is
25 kHz as outlined in Table I. The waveforms of
Table 4 the duty cycle Dwe produced by the
Microcontroller microcontroller (power controller) and fed to the
Noting the system’s electric circuit depicted in Fig. MOSFET switch of the WECS converter and also
5 demonstrates that the built system operates the dc-link voltage are depicted in Fig. 9. These
exactly based on Eqs. (2)-(9) discussed with all two waveforms prove highly accurate regulation of
details in the previous section. Figs. 6(a)–(c) depict the dc-link voltage to the assigned voltage (+400
the detailed photographs of the wind turbine and V) caused by changing Dwe executed by the
PMSG used which have been surrounded by a microcontroller. To determine the power efficiency
frame attached to the back of the condenser. These of the built system, the ratio of power fed to the
figures clearly show how the wind turbine, PMSG EV’s traction motor to the sum of the battery’s
and their frame are assembled and inserted at the discharge power and WECS’s output power was
back of the condenser. As depicted in Fig. 6(a), the calculated point by point using the measured
wind turbine has been attached to the back of the values.
condenser and gets its energy from the wind
passing through the A portion of this wind is
caused by the kinetic energy resulting from the car
movement, and if wind exists outside the car, the
other portion is caused by it. Solar and wind turbine
are employed .

Fig. 4 Voltages fed to the traction motor and dc-

link voltage.

Fig. 3 (a) Wind turbine.

It is also reminded that when the car is parked
(there is no kinetic energy resulting from the car
movement), even a small flow of wind existing
outside thecar is converted into electricity stored in
the car’s battery. To add the WECS to an existing Fig. 5.Currents fed to the traction motor.

180
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

and a novel built hybrid power generation system

8.2
11

8.6
combining wind power production with the power
production of the car’s battery have been
13

TABLE 5 EV’S PARAMETERS WITH AND embedded in an EV with a total weight of 1855 kg.
WITHOUT THE WIND TURBINE Experimental data obtained from the operation of
the EV under realistic conditions showed that
utilizing the wind turbine improves the traveling
range of the EV and the power efficiency of the
EV’s power supply by, respectively, 6.4 km and
0.2%. These advantages outline the novelty and
contributions of this research work in realizing the
proposed scheme dealing with recapturing a
portion of the kinetic energy losses of a car.
REFERENCE
[1] H. Fathabadi, “Novel solar-powered
photovoltaic/thermoelectric hybrid power source,”
Renewable Energy, vol. 146, pp. 426–434, 2020.
[2] H. Fathabadi, “Improving the power
efficiency of a PV power generation system using
a proposed electrochemical heat engine embedded
Fig. 6.Power efficiency of the built system.
in the system,” IEEE Trans. Power Electron., vol.
The power efficiency curve is depicted in Fig. 10
34, no. 9, pp. 8626–8633, Sep. 2019.
that shows an efficiency of more than 90% at the
[3] H. Fathabadi, “Novel standalone hybrid
traction motor’s rated power which is 80 kW as
solar/wind/fuel cell power gen- eration system for
reported in Table I.
remote areas,” Sol. Energy, vol. 146, pp. 30–43,
To assess the contribution of the wind turbine to
2017.
power pro- duction, the power flows of the built
[4] H. Fathabadi, “Novel maximum electrical
system were measured hour by hour over two
and mechanical power tracking controllers for
sequential days (48 hours) that is depicted in Fig.
wind energy conversion systems,” IEEE J. Emerg.
11. The power provided by the battery (battery
Sel. Topics Power Electron., vol. 5, no. 4, pp.
discharge power) is shown with red color, while the
1739– 1745, Dec. 2017.
power productionof the WECS is depicted with
[5] H. Fathabadi, “Combining a proton
blue color. It can be seen that when the car is
exchange membrane fuel cell (PEMFC) stack with
parked, for instance, during 9:00-14:00, there is no
a Li-ion battery to supply the power needs of a
kinetic energy resulting from the car movement,
hybrid electric vehicle,” Renewable Energy, vol.
but the flow of wind existing outside the car has
130, pp. 714–724, 2019.
been converted into electricity stored in the car’s
[6] H. Fathabadi, “Internal combustion engine
battery. Moreover, the traveling range, maximum
vehicles: converting the waste heat of the engine
velocity and acceleration of the EV along with the
into electric energy to be stored in the battery,”
maximum power efficiency of the built system
IEEE Trans. Veh. Technol., vol. 67, no. 10, pp.
were measured during two road tests (Test 1 and
9241–9248, Oct. 2018.
Test 2) in presenceand absence of the wind turbine
[7] H. Liu, Z. Hu, Y. Song, and J. Lin,
that are reported in Table II.The measurements of
“Decentralized vehicle-to-grid control for primary
the two road tests were conducted under same
frequency regulation considering charging
conditions referring to the normal operation of the
demands,” IEEE Trans. Power Syst., vol. 28, no. 3,
EV with a fixed weight of 1855 kg.
pp. 3480–3489, Aug. 2013.
CONCLUSION
[8] S. Han, S. Han, and K. Sezaki,
In this study, the possibility of inserting a small
“Development of an optimal vehicle-to-grid
wind turbine at the bumper of a car to recover a
aggregator for frequency regulation,” IEEE Trans.
portion of the kinetic energy losses of the car was
Smart Grid, vol. 1, no. 1, pp. 65–72, Jun. 2010.
evaluated. To realize the proposed scheme, a 100
W wind turbine, a PMSG coupled to the turbine

181
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

[9] M. C. Kisacikoglu, B. Ozpineci, and L. M.

Tolbert, “EV/PHEV bidirec- tional charger
assessment for V2G reactive power operation,”
IEEE Trans. Power Electron., vol. 28, no. 12, pp.
5717–5727, Dec. 2013.
[10] H. Fathabadi, “Utilization of electric
vehicles and renewable energy sources used as
distributed generators for improving characteristics
of electric power distribution systems,” Energy,
vol. 90, pp. 1100–1110, 2015.
[11] M. Falahi, H. M. Chou, M. Ehsani, L. Xie,
and K. L. Butler-Purry, “Potential power quality
benefits of electric vehicles,” IEEE Trans. Sustain.
Energy, vol. 4, no. 4, pp. 1016–1023, Oct. 2013.
[12] J. R. Pillai and B. Bak-Jensen, “Integration
of vehicle- to-grid in the Western Danish power
system,” IEEE Trans. Sustain. Energy, vol. 2, no.
1, pp. 12–19, Jan. 2011.
[13] H. Fathabadi, “Novel solar powered
electric vehicle charging station with the capability
of vehicle-to-grid,” Sol. Energy, vol. 142, pp. 136–
143, 2017.
[14] A. Gören, “Solar energy harvesting in
electro mobility,” in Energy Har- vesting and
Energy Efficiency (Lecture Notes in Energy), vol.
37. New York, NY, USA: Springer, 2017, pp. 293–
326.
[15] H. Fathabadi, “Novel battery/photovoltaic
hybrid power source for plug-in hybrid electric
vehicles,” Sol. Energy, vol. 159, pp. 22–31, 2018.

182
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

G2V and V2G Electric Vehicle Charger for Smart

Grids
N.VENKATA KOTESWARA RAO
Assistant Professor
Electrical and Electronic Engineering
Stann's college of engineering and technology
Chirala, India
koteswararao.narala@gmail.com

Abstract—Nowadays, Electric Vehicle (EV) chargers need to

guarantee fast charging and, in the scope of smart grids, they
should also be able to provide ancillary services to the grid, thus
allowing bidirectional power flow. As an answer to these
requirements, in this work it is proposed a compact modular fast
charging system allowing Grid to Vehicle (G2V) and Vehicle to
Grid (V2G) operation. To guarantee modularity and lower
operation voltages the system usesan association of single phase
inverters. Also, high frequency transformers are chosen to allow
volume reduction of the whole EV charger. The obtained results
Fig 1: Types of EVs
show that the proposed system allows fast charging (less than 30
min), G2V and V2G operation, and minimum power quality
impact in the connection to the grid, guaranteeing that the grid
HEVs include two complementary drive systems: a gasoline
currents Total Harmonic Distortion is lower than 5%. engine and an electric motor. However, they cannot berecharged
from the power grid. Their energy comes entirely from gasoline
Keywords—Fast charger, modular system, Lithium battery, G2V, and regenerative braking.
V2G. BEVs only have an electric drive system. Their batteries
may be recharged through regenerative breaking, but are mainly
I. INTRODUCTION recharged through a plug in system connected to an external
The evolution in transportation has been boosting the source of electricity, usually the electric grid.
growth of societies and industry, shortening distances. PHEVs are equipped with an internal combustion engine,
Nowadays, vehicles are essential in daily transportation, and an even though they run mostly on batteries which are recharged
increasing effort is being done to replace the pollutant by plugging into the power grid. The combustion engine is used
combustion engines by electric motors. Due to the large to recharge the battery and/or to replace the electric drive train
increase in carbon dioxide (CO2) caused by the growth of when the battery is low and more power is required.
industry and transportation, in 1997 the Kyoto treaty was
signed. This treaty aimed to drastically reduce the level of CO 2 FCEVs use fuel cells, which create electricity from oxygen
and has encouraged the search for new and cleaner energy and compressed hydrogen, to power the electric motor. These
solutions. As a result, Electrical Vehicles (EVs) reappeared as a vehicles are still in development phase, and the fueling stations
solution to reduce carbon dioxide emissions in transportation are limited.
[1]. Still, nearly two decades after, the massive use of EVs is Currently PEVs use lithium batteries because they present a
behind the expectations, mainly due to the following reasons: relatively low auto-discharge, nearly no memory, high
1. The acquisition cost. Even though there are many durability and the possibility to allow reduced charging time
financial incentives, EVs are still considered expensive with high charging current (fast charge).
in comparison to combustion vehicles; Table I presents the autonomy of some Plug-in EVs (PEVs),
2. The difficulty of travelling long distances due to the including BEVs and PEVs.
relatively small autonomy of the batteries;
3. Reduced number of charging stations in, and especially Unidirectional EV chargers mainly use diode rectifiers in the
outside the cities; connection to the grid and DC/DC converters to adjust the DC
4. Life span of the batteries (around 8 years); voltage level to the battery voltage. Bidirectional chargers use
5. The charging time is much higher in comparison to the AC/DC converters with high frequency switching
combustion engine vehicles. semiconductors, sometimes associated to DC/DC converters.
Regarding their characteristics, EVs are usually Both unidirectional and bidirectional chargers may include
grouped in the following categories: Hybrid Electric isolation transformers, especially for higher power operation.
Vehicles (HEVs), Plug-in Electric Vehicles (PEVs), However, in the scope of smart grids, EV chargers should be
including Battery Electric Vehicles (BEVs) and Plug-in able to provide ancillary services to the grid, thusguaranteeing
Hybrid Electric Vehicle (PHEVs), and Fuel Cell V2G and G2V operation.
Electric Vehicle (FCEVs).

183
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

TABLE I. MODELS, TYPES, BATTERY CAPACITY OF PEV the battery voltage and current ratings; reduced harmonic
content of the battery current; and minimum current harmonic
EV
Battery Catalogue Autonomy content in the connection to the grid. Also, it allows G2V and
Model Capacity Electric Fossil Fuel Total V2G operation, guaranteeing the compliance with international
Type
[kW] [km] [km] [km] standards: IEC 61851-23:2014 in G2V operation mode and
BMW i3 BEV 18.8 130 - 130 IEEE1547 in V2G operation mode.
Volkswagen e-Golf BEV 24 134 - 134
Nissan Leaf BEV 24 135 - 135 II. PROPOSED G2V AND V2G FAST CHARGER
Citröen C-Zero BEV 16 150 - 150
Renault Zoe BEV 22 170 - 170 To guarantee modularity and lower voltage operation, the
Fiat 500e BEV 24 186 - 186 proposed fast charger (Fig. 2) uses an association of three
Kia soul EV BEV 27 193 - 193 single-phase modules (Fig. 3), instead of using just one three
Tesla Model S 85D BEV 85 434 - 434 phase converter, which would require a higher DC link voltage.
Chevy Volt PHEV 16 61 483 544 It allows bidirectional power flow, and High Frequency
Audi A3 E-Tron PHEV 8.8 48 757 805 Transformers (HFTs) are used to ensure galvanic isolation, as
Toyota Prius well as volume and weight reduction of the whole charger,
PHEV 4.4 18 852 870
Plugin Hybrid allowing a high controllability of the whole system.
Depending on their characteristics, PEVs may be charged A. Converters Topology
on-board or off-board. Also, depending on the charging time, 3
types of chargers can be defined: To guarantee bidirectional power flow, single-phase
converters with Insulated Gate Bipolar Transistors (IGBT) and
1) Slow chargers, normally used at home, taking around 8 antiparallel diodes, are chosen (Fig. 3). These converters may
hours to fully charge the battery (20% to 100% of the State of be operated as rectifiers (AC to DC conversion), or as inverters
Charge - SOC); (DC to AC conversion).
2) Normal chargers, typically located in parking lots, with a
charging duration of about 4 hours (20% to 100% of the SOC); B. Modulation of the converters connected to the grid
To guarantee a nearly unitary power factor in the grid
3) Fast chargers, where a higher power is necessary, usually connection, a three level Pulse Width Modulation (PWM)
take less than 30 minutes to fully charge the battery (20% to strategy is used in the converters directly connected to the grid
80% of the SOC) and are typically located in service stations. (“Grid converters” in Fig. 2).
Depending on their power flow characteristics EV chargers
may be unidirectional, only allowing Grid to Vehicle (G2V) C. Modulation of the converters connected to the HFT
operation; or bidirectional, allowing G2V and Vehicle to Grid Regarding the converters connected to the HFTs, a high
(V2G) operation. frequency single pulse modulation (Fig. 4) was chosen to
The proposed system includes high frequency galvanic ensure, in each switching period, nearly zero average value in
isolation, and is able to guarantee fast charging, not exceeding the voltages applied to the transformers, thus avoiding their
saturation.

Fig 2: Full schematics of the proposed modular fast charger.

184
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

S11 S21 flow to/from the battery. The power flowing in each capacitor
is one third of the total power, t is the transient time, UDCmax
and UDCmin are the maximum and minimum voltage allowed:
VAC C UDC

S12 S22 2 P0 t 
C  U2 U 2 


 DCmax DCmin
 The power P0 flowing to/from the battery, can be calculated
Fig 3: Single phase full bridge converter. from (5), where  represents the displacement factor of the
fundamental component of voltages Vs and VHF.

Vs1RMS VHF1RMS
P  sin  
0
2  fs LHF


Neglecting the converter losses, the filtering inductance LHF

Fig 4: Single pulse modulation.
can be calculated from:
The RMS values of these AC voltages (voltages VP and VHF
Vs1 VHF1 
in Fig. 2 and Fig. 4) are calculated according to (1) and (2) , LHF  sin  
RMS RMS

where UDC may represent voltage UDC1 or voltage UDC2, for HF1 2  fs P0
converters or HF2 converters, respectively (Fig. 2).
 The battery must be charged with constant current or
voltage, and the filters are mainly intended to ensure this
VpRMS  U DC  condition. Inductors L2 will adjust the voltage level in the DC
link capacitors to the battery. They are sized to minimize the
2 2  current ripple, preventing them to exceed a pre-set value:
Vp1RMS  U DC sin 
 2 I DC 2
L2  32 f 2 
I C

s 2 2
D. Filters sizing
To guarantee the correct operation of the system,
minimizing harmonic components resulting from the III. CONTROL OF THE CHARGING SYSTEM
semiconductors switching, it is necessary to use filters: in the In order to ensure a null static error and a fast rise time,
connection of the converters to the grid, in the connection of Proportional-Integral (PI) compensators are used, except for the
each conversion stage, and in connection to the battery. battery current controller, where an integral compensator was
chosen.
As a three level PWM is used in the grid connected
converters, to ensure that the grid voltage and current arenearly
A. Current control of the grid side converters
in phase, it is required that the grid converters minimum
The block diagram of each grid current controller is
DC link voltage is U DC1  2  230V .
represented in figure 5, where ig_ref is the reference current,
As VPWM voltage (Fig. 2) is switched at high frequency, the ig is the grid current and ig is the gain of the current sensor.
connection between the grid and the converter should be done

using a filtering inductance, Lg. This inductance also Kiig K dg

allows the minimization of the current ripple, ig which may be K pig  s
sTdg  1
related to the current and to the Total Harmonic Distortion

 
(THD) i g  2 3 I g1RMS THDi . Then, knowing the values
of the DC voltage UDC1, the semiconductors switching Fig 5: Block diagram of the current regulator for the grid
frequency fs, and the THDi, it is possible to calculate the connectedconverter.
filtering inductance Lg :
To size the current controllers, the association of the
modulator and the converter is represented as a first order

185
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

 
U DC1 model with gain Kdg and an average delay Tdg, usually assumed
Lg  U DC1
4 ig fs as one half of the switching period. The gain is Kdg=UDC1/ucmax,
8 3 I g1RMS THDi fs where ucmax represents the maximum amplitude
In order to assure voltage source characteristics in the of the triangular carrier in the PWM. The PI controller Cig(s) is:
converters, it is necessary to use filtering capacitors C1 and C2

to guarantee nearly constant UDC1 and UDC2 voltages. From the 2.15C1 ig C1 ig 
energy stored in the capacitors it is possible to calculate the K  K 
capacitor values, where P0=Pbat/3 and Pbat represents the power dv

Considering that the zero of the PI compensator (8) cancels

the pole introduced by the grid filter, then Tzg=Lg/RT, where Lg pv1 iv1

2 3
is the value of the filtering inductance and RT represents the 1.75 vG iT dv1 1.75 v Gi T 2 1
equivalent resistance in the connection point to the grid .

Kdg C. Current control of the converter connected to the battery

i s ig
T T R The block diagram of the battery charging current is

g
 dg pg T  represented in figure 7, where i is the current sensor gain:

ig _ ref s s2  s
1
 ig
Kdg
Tdg Tpg RT Kii
Tdg KD
s sTdi  1

The closed loop transfer function (9) is obtained from Fig.

5. Then, comparing the denominator of (9) with the
denominator of a 2nd order transfer function written in the
canonical form, it is possible to obtain Tpg [14], and gains Fig 7: Block diagram of the current regulator in the converter
Kpig=Tzg/Tpg and Kiig=1/Tpg. connected tothe battery.
 From (6), the displacement angle  between the
4 Tdg Kdg ig
2 fundamental component of voltage Vs and voltage VHF allows
Tpg   the power flow regulation to/from the battery. Then, the gain
RT can be determined:

B. Control of DC link voltage UDC1 Vs1RMS VHF1RMS

K  
To ensure proper operation of the system it is necessary to D
control the DC capacitors voltage. The diagram block of 2  fs LHF U DC 2


each voltage regulator is represented in Fig. 6, where v1 From Fig. 7, the closed loop transfer function is obtained:
represents the gain of the voltage sensor:
K K
i ii D
i2s  Tdi
 2 1 
Tdv1 s 1 i2ref s s s   Kii KD
i
Tdi Tdi

Comparing the denominator of (17) with the denominator of

Fig 6: Block diagram of the voltage regulator. a 2nd order transfer function, the integral gain of the
compensator is calculated.
The current controlled converter is represented by:

ir s
1

Gi 1  Kii  

irref s ig sTdv1  1 2

4  Tdi KD i

186
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

The closed loop transfer function is similar to the one From the results presented in Fig. 10, the proposed system
obtained in (14), and the gains of the PI compensator are: fulfills the main goal, guaranteeing fast charging - less than 30
minutes to increase the battery SOC (Fig. 10a) from 20% to
2.15C2 i C2 i  80%. From Fig. 10b, the current in the battery, Ibat initially is
K pv  Kiv  2
1.752  T 1.753  G T 125A but, as the SOC increases the current decreases so that the
v dv2 v i dv2 battery voltage (Fig. 10c) does not exceed its maximum value,
meeting the desired requirements.
E. Supervisor of the battery charger 100

To guarantee the correct operation of the whole system, 80

additional conditions were considered.

SOC [%]
60

a) In G2V mode: 40

 if the battery SOC is lower than 85%, the battery 20

charges; 0
0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1
 if the SOC is higher than 85% and the charging t [s] a)

150
current Ibat is lower than 0.1A, the supervisor gives
order to turn-off the main battery switch Sbat and
100
all the semiconductors.

Ibat [A]
b) In V2G mode: 50

 if the battery SOC is higher than 20%, the battery

0
injects power in the grid; 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1
t [s] b)
 if the SOC is lower than 20%, the supervisorgives 500

order to turn-off the main battery switch Sbatand all 400

the semiconductors.
300
Vbat [V]

200
IV. OBTAINED RESULTS
100
The proposed fast charger was tested in
0
MATLAB/Simulink, considering that he HFTs are operated at 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1

10kHz, and have unitary turns ratio. The filter values are: t [s] c)
Lg=2.8mH, C1=15.7mF, LHF=46H, C2=1.4mH, L2=22.2H, Fig 9: a) Battery voltage b) Battery current c) Battery SOC.
considering UDC1=400V and UDC2=410V.
Figure 10 shows that the grid current, ig (represented in red)
A. Model of the Battery is nearly in phase with the grid voltage Vg (Vg/2 represented in
black), ensuring nearly unitary power factor. The THD i of the
The values of the equivalent EV battery used in the
grid current is lower than 1%.
simulation model are presented in table II.
200

TABLE II. BATTERY CHARACTERISTICS 100

Vg/2 [V], Ig [A]

Maximum capacity 73.5 Ah 0

Nominal capacity 70 Ah
-100
Nominal voltage 355.2 V
Maximum charge voltage 410 V -200
0.1 0.11 0.12 0.13 0.14 0.15 0.16 0.17 0.18 0.19 0.2
Internal resistance 83.25 mΩ t [s]

Fig 10: Grid current Ig (red) and voltage Vg/2 (black) in G2V
However, due to very long simulation times, to allow full operation.
charging and discharging cycles, the battery characteristics
C. Scenario 2 – V2G operation
(Maximum capacity and nominal capacity) were adjusted so In this scenario, it is assumed that the battery is fullycharged
that 1 second in the simulation corresponds to 1 hour in real when it starts injecting power in the grid (Fig. 11a). Totest this
time. operation mode the current supplied by the battery is set to a
constant value, Ibat = 70A (Fig. 11b).
B. Scenario 1 – G2V operation From the obtained results, the battery is able to supply the
In this scenario, the system operates as a fast charger with a requested current for approximately 50 minutes. At t ≈ 0.84s the
maximum current of 125A, while the voltage is limited to the current in the battery becomes zero. This happens because the
maximum charge voltage (table II). system supervisor has established 20% as the minimum SOC,
to prevent the battery from discharging completely.

187
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

Regarding the battery voltage, it decreases while the battery The proposed charger allows V2G operation, and the
is discharging, as expected. When it stops discharging, its value current supplied by the battery can be controlled. In the
increases, as shown in Fig. 11c. connection to the grid, nearly unitary power factor is
guaranteed, and the grid current THD is lower than 5% which
100
is bounded by the values defined in international standards.
80

60 ACKNOWLEDGMENT
SOC [%]

40
This work was supported by national funds through
20 Fundação para a Ciência e a Tecnologia (FCT) with reference
0 UID/CEC/50021/2013.
0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1
t [s] a)
20
REFERENCES
0
[1] K. Bevis, A. Smyth, and S. Walsh, “Plugging the gap – can planned
-20 infrastructure address resistance to adoption of electric vehicles?,”
Ibat [A]

European Transport Conf., pp. 1-21, Frankfurt, Germany, Oct. 2013.

-40
[2] Z. Luo, C. Liang, F. Wang, Y. Xu, J. Chen, D. Liu, H. Sun, H. Yang,
-60 and X. Fan “Optimizing main materials for a lithium-air battery of high
-80
cycle life”, Advanced Functional Materials, vol. 24, no. 14, pp. 2101-
0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1 2105, Apr. 2014.
t [s] b) [3] K. Rajashekara, “Present status and future trends in electric vehicle
500
propulsion technologies”, IEEE J. Emerging Sel. Topics Power Electron.,
400 vol. 1, no. 1, pp. 3-10, Mar. 2013.
300 [4] Z. Shahan, ”Electric Cars 2015 – Prices, Efficiency, Range, Pics, More,”
Vbat [V]

consulted in March 2015 in http://evobsession.com

200
[5] B. Berman, “Detailed List of Electric Cars and Plug-in Hybrids”,
100 consulted in March 2015 in http://www.plugincars.com
0 [6] M. Yilmaz, and P. Krein, “Review of battery charger topologies, charging
0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1
:t [s] c) power levels, and infrastructure for plug-in electric and hybrid vehicles,”
IEEE Trans. Power Electron., vol. 28, no. 5, pp. 2151-2169, May 2013.
Fig 11: a) Battery SOC b) Battery current c) Battery voltage [7] M Kesler, M. Kisacikoglu, L. Tolbert, “Vehicle to grid reactive power
operation using plug-in electric vehicle bidirectional offboard charger,”
Figure 12 shows that the grid current, ig (represented in red) IEEE Trans. Ind. Electron., vol. 61, no.12, pp. 6778-6784, Dec. 2014.
is out of phase with the grid voltage Vg, ensuring nearly unitary [8] E. Sortomme, M. A. El-Sharkawi, “Optimal Combined Bidding of
power factor. When the battery SOC reaches 20% all the Vehicle-to-Grid Ancillary Services,” IEEE Trans. Smart Grid, vol.3, no.
1, pp. 70-79, Mar. 2012.
semiconductors are turned OFF and the grid currents become
zero. While injecting power in the grid, the current THD is [9] Standard IEC 61851, “Electric vehicle conductive charging system – Part
1: General requirements”, 2010.
around 4%, clearly within the limits defined by international
[10] Standard IEEE 1547, “Standard for Interconnecting Distributed
standards, TDD < 5%. Resources with Electric Power Systems”, Jul. 2003
200 [11] W. Shen, “Design of high-density transformers for high-frequency high-
power converters”, Phd Thesis, Virginia Polyt. Inst., Blacksburg,
100 Virginia, Jul. 2006.
Vg/2 [V], Ig [A]

[12] P. V. Mendes, S. F. Pinto, and J. F. Silva, Modular Matrix Converter

0
Based Solid State Transformer for smart grids, Elect. Power Syst.
-100
Research, Elsevier, vol. 136, pp. 189-200, Jul. 2016.
[13] G. Waltrich, J. L. Duarte, and M. Hendrix, “Multiport converter for fast
-200
0.8 0.81 0.82 0.83 0.84 0.85 0.86 0.87 0.88 0.89 0.9 charging of electrical vehicle battery”, IEEE Trans. Ind. Appl., vol. 48,
t [s] no. 6, Nov./Dec. 2012.
Fig 12: Grid current Ig (red) and voltage Vg/2 (black) in V2G [14] S. Pinto, J. F. Silva, F. Silva, and P. Frade, “Design of a virtual lab to
evaluate and mitigate power quality problems introduced by
operation. microgeneration”, in "Electrical Generation and Distribution Systems and
Power Quality Disturbances", Ed. Gregorio Romero, Ch. 8, pp. 185-206,
Intech, 2011.
V. CONCLUSIONS
[15] S. F. Pinto, J. F. Silva, and S. Lopes, “Smart microgeneration systems
In this paper a compact modular fast EV charging system for Power Quality improvement”, IREE - Intern. Rev. Elect. Eng., vol. 5,
allowing G2V and V2G operation was proposed. The charger no. 6, pp. 2723-2735, Nov. 2011.
presents a high modularity and lower operation DC voltages. [16] J. F. Silva, and S. F. Pinto, “Advanced control of switching power
converters,” in Power Electronics Handbook, 3rd ed., Ch. 36, M. Rashid
The galvanic isolation was guaranteed using high frequency et al, Ed. Butterworth Heinemann, Elsevier, pp. 1037–1114, 2011.
transformers. [17] S. Pinto, and J. Silva, “Constant frequency sliding mode and PI linear
The obtained results have shown that the proposed charger controllers for power rectifiers: a comparison,” IEEE Trans. Ind.
Electron., vol. 46, no.1, pp.39-51, Feb. 1999.
allows fast charging (30 minutes to increase the SOC from 20%
to 80%), nearly unitary power factor and minimum harmonic
impact in the connection to the grid (THDi<5%).

188
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

HIGH GAIN EV CHARGER IS ON-BOARD FOR VEHICLE TO GRID

APPLICATIONS
Rajendra kodamanchili Assistant Professor,Ramachandra College of Engineering
A V D Suresh Kumar-Assistant Professor,Swarnandra College of Engineering & Technology
Department of Electrical and Electronics Engineering
Andhra Pradesh, India

ABSTRACT bidirectional chargers are suitable for home usage,

The major goal of this study is to realise Vehicles however they charge slowly [2]. In order to reduce
to Grid (V2G) and Grid to Vehicles(G2V) the peak demand during V2G operations, this
application, hence a reversible on-board single- article examines a bidirectional converter
phase electric car charger is presented. The two architecture for charging and discharging electric
primary components of the bidirectional charger vehicles.
are an inverter and a power density boost converter. II. BATTERY ENERGY STORAGE
Battery charges and discharges are controlled by SYSTEMS
the battery's charge level. In order to verify the This study primarily focuses on the evolution of
effectiveness of the high gain boost converter in the battery storage as a form of electric storage in
bidirectional on-board charger, a simulation is recent years. This presentation will explore the
performed in MATLAB Simulink.. large range of battery types available for certain
Keywords: High gain Boost converter, V2G, Bi- applications. Energy from a generator is converted
directional, Battery. into a chemical form by charging a chemical
I. INTRODUCTION battery, which in turn produces reactions in
Although internal combustion has been the electrochemical compounds. On demand, the
standard in the transportation industry for almost a battery's electrolyte may be reversibly charged,
century, recent years have witnessed a marked shift allowing power to flow back into the grid. The
away from this. Electric vehicle (EV) flooded lead-acid battery, the first commercially
manufacturing has increased rapidly in both produced battery, was designed for stationary,
emerging and developed nations in response to the centralised power storage.. The VRLA battery
ongoing scarcity of traditional transportation fuels. requires little upkeep, can't leak or spill, and is
Electric vehicles are good for the environment and small. In contrast to older battery storage
the future[6]. Vehicle-to-grid (V2G) technology technologies, zinc/bromine has not yet made it to
fills the void where peak load balancing is currently the mainstream. There are currently ongoing
required. In other words, when linked to the grid, efforts to produce alternative lithium-based
EVs may be thought of as devices for storing batteries. Batteries may be built with capacities
energy that can either charge or discharge ranging from a few hundred watts to modular
electricity as needed [6]. This paves the way for setups with many megawatts of power. Hence,
electric cars to use the reserve power, which is batteries have a wide range of potential uses
beneficial to the power systems. Many studies have throughout the utility industry, including in
looked at the feasibility of using bidirectional generation, transmission and distribution, and
converter topologies to charge electric vehicles. customer service.
They may be roughly classified as either
"outboard" or "built-in" bi-directional chargers. An III. LITERATURE SURVEY
AC-DC dc / dc and DC-DC converter are The goal of this study is to examine the feasibility
commonly used in tandem in outboard of G2V and V2G communication by analysing
bidirectional chargers' two-stage designs. Its parts their functioning in a non-isolated charge topology
are often large and powerful, finding utility in that satisfies the design criteria [2, 10]. High duty
applications such as rapid charging and ratios are typical for non-disengaged converter
discharging. External bi-directional charging are types due to the need of producing high voltage
more suited for business load stations than gain.
residential settings because to their power rating, With such demanding criteria for output,
size, cost, and noise [12]. The included conduction loss tends to be significant. Hence, a

189
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

high gain convertor is used in place of a standard

boost converter to reduce losses and improve
system efficiency [9]. Using rectifier, capacitors,
and a linked inductor, the fast gain boost converter
generates a lot of power. Large value boost
converter topology's key benefits include high
voltage gain while retaining a rapid working cycle,
and the need of a transformer. [5] & [8]. For the
bidirectional battery architecture to function, the
Fig-2: Bidirectional Charging Topology
battery's Status of Charge (SOC) must be
A.BUCK CONVERTER DESIGN:
monitored. In order for the topology as a whole to
A buck converter is a common example of a
function, the condition under which both the buck
topology used in non-isolated converters. The IC-
as well as high gain converter will work must be
controlled active switch, rectifier, and filtering
specified. Otherwise, the two converter topologies
element that make up a buck converter make it a
will be in operation at the same time, and neither
fantastic, easy-to-implement option for distributing
will be able to carry out its G2V or V2G function
power efficiently and effectively across an
as intended. For the topology to function, it must
application. With the bidirectional converter
account for a fixed target SOC. SoC level is used
architecture, the buck converter is employed to
to determine if the battery is being charged or
reduce the 230V rectified output voltage to the 48V
discharged [4, 7]. Converting between two distinct
needed by the car battery [3].
topologies in a converter requires careful attention 𝑉𝑜
to the cascading entire system. 𝐷 = … … … … … . . (1)
𝑉𝑆
𝑅(1 − 𝐷)
𝐿= … … … … … … (2)
2𝐹𝑠
(1 − 𝐷)𝑉𝑜
𝐶 = 8𝐿∆𝑉 𝐹2
0𝑠
B.HIGH GAIN BOOST CONVERTER
DESIGN
As a highly efficient, voltage level step up
converter, the high input buck converter is a
popular choice. The linked inductor is another
component. Two further sets of capacitors and
diodes provide the high voltage by being charged
and discharged by the connected inductor [5].
Fig-1: Bidirectional Charging Infrastructure Power switch S, clamp diode D1 , capacitor C1,
blocked diodes D2 & D3, blocking capacitors C2
IV. BIDIRECTIONAL CONVERTER or C3, output capacitor Co with diode Do, and
TOPOLOGY linked inductors make up the converter. The power
This research presents a topology that streamlines Transistor and diodes are optimised for operation.
communications between the power grid and the In the course of V2G operations, the high output
batteries of electric vehicles. It's really just a convertor is used [11]. The 48V from the car's
combination of two different systems in a cascade. batteries is amplified so that it may be safely used
For G2V functioning, a) AC-DC converter from with the 230V from the grid. The following
the power source, DC-DC buck converter, and equations [5] may be used to determine the gain
battery Inverter with high gain for use in batteries boost converter's necessary system parameters.
in V2G applications. The primary goal of this work 𝑉𝑠 = 𝑉𝑜(1 − 𝐷)……………..(4)
is to examine the feasibility of G2V and V2G 𝐷(1−𝐷)2𝑅
operations using a non-isolated charging topology
𝐿=
2𝑉𝑜𝑓𝑉𝑠
…………………(5)
to fulfil the design criteria [2]&[10].

190
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

𝐼𝑜(1 − 𝐷)𝑉𝑜 − 𝑉𝑠(2 + 𝑛𝐷) V. SIMULATION AND RESULTS

𝐶𝑜 = … … (6) In this analysis, we look at how well the
2𝑉0𝑓𝑉𝑠
bidirectional charger regulates reactive power and
2𝐷𝑉𝑜 how well it handles V2G. While running a full
𝐶1 = … … … … . (7)
(1 − 𝐷)∆𝑉𝑐1𝑅𝑓 simulation of the network would take too much
𝑉𝑜 time in practise, a simplified version of the issue is
𝐶2 = … … … … … … … … . (8) simulated instead by assuming reduced time
2𝑅∆𝑉𝑐1 𝑓
constants. The electric automobile can be driven
𝐷𝑉𝑜 when its battery has been charged to its full
𝐶3 = … … … … … … … … (9)
𝑅∆𝑉𝑐1 𝑓 potential. When both reactive and active power
consumption at the demand are maximum, the EV
𝐷(1 − 𝐷)2𝑅 may indeed be connected to the grid in order to
𝐿𝑚 =
2(𝑛 + 2)(2 + 𝑛𝐷)𝑓 shed some of that load.
Once the EV is plugged in, the bidirectional
C.BATTERY WORKINGALGORITHM
charger draws both reactive and active electricity
To determine whether to charge or discharge the
from the PEV's battery to maintain the distributor
battery, just the battery's current charge level is
voltage
used. The state of charge is compared to a user-
specified threshold, which then controls whether or
not the battery is charged. The degree of charge in
both batteries is crucial to the bidirectional
charger's operation. The rechargeable batteries
algorithm is programmed to allow the charger to
charge the vehicle's battery in a grid-to-vehicle
(G2V) operation if the state-of-charge (SOC) falls
short of the set percentage, and to discharge the
battery through the charger, returning the power it
has stored to the grid, if the SOC surpasses the set
value (G2V operation).
The battery's charging or discharging status is
controlled by the converter topology, based on a
predetermined reference value. If the state-of-
charge (SOC) value of the battery is higher than the
reference value, power is transferred from the
battery to the grid via the power amplifier boost Fig-4:High gain boost for car-to-grid single-phase
converter. Similarly, if the SOC is below the electric vehicle charging.
threshold, the battery will recharge using a buck CASE :1 THE VOLTAGE OF THE BATTERY
converter to draw power from the grid. DURING CHARGING AND DISCHARGING

Fig-3: Flowchart of Battery working algorithm

191
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

BATTERY VOLTAGE OUTPUT: OUTPUT OF THE SOC

CASE: 2 CURRENT DRAWN FROM A CASE: 4 DC LINK VOLTAGE

BATTERY WHILE IT IS CHARGED AND
DISCHARGED

OUTPUT OF THE DC LINK VOLTAGE

OUTPUT OF THE BATTERY CURRENT

VI. CONCLUSION
CASE:3 BATTERY STATE OF CHARGE (SOC) It's possible that the electric car's ability to send and
WHEN CHARGING AND DISCHARGING receive electricity will be an asset to the grid. Both
G2V and V2G charging are supported by the
device. It features a dual-use AC-DC charger and a
cascade DC-DC converter. The buck converter is
used for the G2V mode of the included DC-DC
converter, while the high gain convertor is used for
the V2G mode. The directional electric vehicle
charging for the V2G app is successfully simulated
in MATLAB using a 40V charge controller and a
DC link voltage of 160V. The simulation results for
both G2V & V2G modes show the converter's
excellent performance. The battery takes on or
loses charge in line with the prescribed procedure.

192
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

The dc link voltage is consistently 160V when In 2017 International Conference on Inventive
charging and draining. When the battery's state of Systems and Control (ICISC), pp. 1-5. IEEE, 2017.
charge (SOC) is higher than its set point, it delivers [10] Li, Haoran, Zhiliang Zhang, Shengdong
voltage to be restored to the grid; otherwise, it pulls Wang, Jiacheng Tang, Xiaoyong Ren, and
power from the electrical grid. Hence, it seems that Qianhong Chen. "A 300-kHz 6.6-kW SiC
the converter is in direct competition including a Bidirectional LLC On-board Charger." IEEE
bidirectional EV charger that allows for both G2V Transactions on Industrial Electronics
& V2G charging..
REFERENCES
[1] V. Vijayan, Mini Sujith, and Manjunath, H. V.,
“Analysis and Implementation of a High Boost
DC-DC Converter for Renewable Energy Power
Systems”, in Emerging Research Areas:
Magnetics, Machines and Drives
(AICERA/iCMMD), 2014.
[2] M. C. Kisacikoglu, B. Ozpineci, and L. M.
Tolbert, “Examination of a Plug in electric vehicle
bidirectional charger system for v2g reactive
power compensation,” IEEE Applied Power
Electronics Conference and Exposition (APEC),
Feb 2010, pp. 458–465.
[3] N. Mohan, T. M. Undeland, and W. P.
Robbins, Power Electronics: Converters,
Applications, and Design, 3rd ed. Hoboken, NJ,
USA: Wiley, 2003
[4] J. Voelcker, “Lithium batteries take to the
road,” IEEE Spectrum, vol. 44, no. 9, pp. 26–31,
Sept 2009.
[5] R. J. Ferreira, L. M. Miranda, R. E. Ara´ujo,
and J. P. Lopes, “Bidirectional charger topologies
for vehicle-to-grid integration,” 2nd IEEE PES
International Conference and Exhibition on
Innovative Smart Grid Technologies, Dec 2011,
pp. 1–5.
[6] D. Manz et al., “The grid of the future: Ten
trends that will shape the grid over the next
decade,” IEEE Power Energy Mag., vol. 12, no. 3,
pp. 26– 36, May 2014.
[7] Athira, S., and K. Deepa. "Modified
bidirectional converter with current Fed inverter."
International Journal of Power Electronics and
Drive Systems (IJPEDS) 6, no. 2 (2015): 396-410.
[8] Nayana, K., V. Sailaja, K. Deepa, and H. V.
Manjunath. "A DC-DC multioutput SEPIC
converter for suburban power application." In 2014
International Conference on Electronics,
Communication and Computational Engineering
(ICECCE), pp. 55-60. IEEE, 2014.
[9] Anjana, A. R., M. Sindhura, C. H. Tarun, and
Mini Sujith. "Solar powered luo converter fed three
phase induction motor for water pumping system."

193
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

HYSTERESIS CONTROLLER IMPROVES POWER QUALITY BY REFUSING

HARMONICS
V. NAGA SIVA RAMA MURTHY, Ramachandra College of Engineering,Eluru
O. RANJITH KUMAR, QISCET, ongole
Department of Electrical and Electronics Engineering
Andhra Pradesh, India

ABSTRACT Flowchart Representing the Proposed

On this research, we provide a three-phase Methodology
rectifier-based Active Filter (AF) powered by
hysteresis or PI controllers grounded on
immediately reactive and real power theories (PQ
theory). The compensating currents are injected by
an inverter-based AF to eliminate the harmonics
produced by non-linear loads on the source of
voltage and current. The gate pulses used by AF are
produced by the hysteresis Controller. The
reference current is calculated based on the
immediate actual and reactive power theories (PQ
theory), which also keeps tabs on the active in
reactive powers. The voltage on the DC link Fig1: Strategy block diagram
capacitors is controlled using a PI controller. The A.Theorizing PQ in Real Time
THD is drastically cut down by using a MATLAB PQ theory refers to the study of instantaneous
Simulink model that was specifically developed for energies in the temporal domain. It holds true in
the suggested method. both the stable and dynamic contexts. The voltage
and current components of the zero phase
Keywords: THD, PI controller,Hysteresis sequencing (ZPSC) are smoothed out. As a unified
Controller, Active Filter process, it attends to all three stages at once.
Clarke's transformation, often called the a0 -
I. INTRODUCTION
transformation, is the foundation of PQ theory.
In this study, we present an Active Filter (AF) Three-phase currents as well as voltages are
transformed into an a0 - reference frame using a
based on a three-phase rectifier and controlled by
real matrix [20], [22]. The PQ theory is used to
either a hysteresis or a PI controller, with evaluate the speed of power in this context. On the
theoretical foundations in the areas of other hand, a gating sequence implemented by the
instantaneous reactive and real power. (PQ theory). current-controlled VSI significantly reduces the
When non-linear loads are connected to a voltage harmonics. Reference current is generated in line
and current source, harmonics are generated. To to the simultaneous actual and reactive power in
PQ theory to regulate the SPF, as shown in Fig. 2
get rid of these harmonics, a current compensator
is injected by an AF based on an inverter. hysteresis
Controller generates gate pulses required by AF.
The active and reactive powers are monitored and
used in conjunction with the instantaneous actual
or reactive power ideas (PQ theory) to get the
reference current. The DC link voltage of the
capacitor is regulated with a PI controller. Utilizing
a custom made MATLAB Simulink model for the
proposed solution significantly reduces the THDA.
Fig.2:PQ method control strategy

194
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

B.PI Controller for Regulating DC Voltage: PI controller's error signal is processed, it is added
to the steady-state value at zero, where it is then
compared to the meaning signal of reference
current. provide a two-dimensional (a,b)
representation of the instantaneous voltages and
currents experienced by each phase of an ABC
three-phase system. Eq. (3) and (4) represent the
phase volts and line currents obtained by an a0
Fig.3:DC Voltage Regulation with PI controller transformation and are given below. Each of the
The DC link capacitance voltage has been three phases, a, b, and c, is 120 degrees out of phase
controlled using a PI controller. The input with the others, and the a and axes are
parameter of the PI controller is The PI controller perpendicularto one another.
will only ever provide as much current as Imax.
Compensating currents for the reference (Iref) are
calculated by multiplying the maximum current
(Imax) by sine vectors that are in phase with the
voltages at the source terminals.
C. Hysteresis Current Controller :
As can be seen in Fig. 4, the controller for
hysteresis current is responsible for providing the B.Calculation Of P And Q
precise gate pulse & sequence to the IGBT-based Instantaneous power in three phases, represented in
VSI utilized for the proposed strategy. An error the a-b-c coordinates system, is given by Eq. (5).
signal is produced by comparing the reference Multiplying the voltage (e) & current (i) vectors
voltage or current available at the PI controller's from Eqs. (6) and (7) results in the instant power in
output (Vref or Iref, respectively) with the the - coordinate system, with Eq (8) describing the
controller's feedback voltage or current (Vf or If). resulting complex power. (7). Instantaneously
By comparing the error signal with the hysteresis power that is active (P) and the reactive power (Q)
band, the hysteresis band's value comparator are defined as the fictitious and real parts of Eq(8),
generates the gating signal necessary for the AF. respectively. Eq. (8) may be written as a matrix in
Since AF may create an appropriate compensatory the form Eq. (9).
current, it can reduce the impact of harmonics.

The hysteresis band is bounded on both the

bottom and the top. The waveform of the error
current, Ie, is contained within these two bands. Fig 5: Complex Power calculations
When the voltage is about to exceed the upper
band, the inverter's bottom switch is activated. In
situations when the higher current is about to
overpower the lower, the inverter's upper switch is
activated. As a consequence of these two events, it
is found that the current still resides inside the
hysteresis band, and its compensating current
behaves according to with Iref.
III. MATHEMATICALMODELLING C.COMPENSATION IN REFERENCE
A.aβ0 transformation: PROJECTIONS FOR THE FUTURE
Specifically, the suggested method uses a 0 Inverse Clarke transformation method is used to
transformation toan error signal calculated by represent it as Eq (12), and Eq (13) displays the
subtracting the DC-link capacitor voltage (Vdc) compensatingcurrents in the a-b-c coordinate
from the DC reference value (Vdc-ref). When the system.

195
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

IV. SIMULATION RESULT

Here, we show you our worked-out Simulink
models and their corresponding outcomes. The
suggested Simulink approach assumes a voltage
supply value of 440v.The suggested method for
reducing harmonics in the source both current and
voltage is shown by modeling two circuits in Fig. 8 An unbalanced circuots input
Simulink.
NEGATIVE FEEDBACK CIRCUIT
(WITHOUT)
An underpaid simulation model is shown in Fig. 6.
That causes harmonics in the current and voltage at
the source. It is made up of a non-linear
component, namely, a receiver without any kind of
control and an RL load. The distribution of the
source current was likewise 22.54%, as shown in
fig. 10. These harmonics are included into the
source current and voltage that is transmitted by
non-linear loads using the suggested technique.

Fig.9 Distortion of the unmodified voltage

waveform

Figure. 6. Uncompensated circuit model in

Simulink

Fig.10:Input current of an unbalanced circuit

Fig 7. The result of running an uncompensated

circuit model in Simulink

196
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

filter. The voltage harmonics and current

harmonics were decreased to 5.56% and 0.03%,
respectively, when a PQ based periodicity
controlled active filter was included..

Fig.11:Variation in the Total Harmonic Distortion

of an Uncompensated Source Current

Compensatedcircuit(WithAF):
In this subsection, a Simulink model with its output
are used to demonstrate how the suggested system
achieves its goal. The compensated circuit, seen in
Fig. 11, was modeled in Simulink using a three-
phase supply, irregular load, PQ method, PI
controller for hysteresis the controller and VSI.
According to Part II, this active filter is PQ-based Fig12.Compensated circuit Simulation results in
and hysteresis-controlled. Assume the adjusted Simulink
circuit's parameters are as shown in Table 1.
TABLE I. Simplified and Detailed Descriptions
of Uncompensated and Compensated Circuit
Parameters
Parameter Value
Voltage 440V
Couplingresista 1Ω
nce
Couplinginduct 1µH
ance
ReferenceDCvol 680
tage
DClinkCapacita 1µF
nce
Frequency 50Hz
Fig 13. The result of running an compensated
Non- 10Ω,318 circuit model in Simulink
linearRLload mH
Subsection A of this article demonstrates that the
harmonics produced by the underpaid circuit are
much greater than the IEEE limitations. To reduce
the effects of harmonics, an active filter with
phase-quadrature (PQ)-based hysteresis control
injects compensatory currents into the system. The
corrected circuit's source voltage (Fig. 12) and
THD (Percent) (Fig. 13) are shown, respectively.
Also, the source current and THD % of the
corrected circuit are shown in Figs. 14 and 15,
respectively.
The table below compares the THD without and Fig 14. THD of source voltage with suggested
with the PQ-based hysteresis-controlled active method

197
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

[4] J. Saman, S. Ganguli, A. K. Panda, and C.

Hemanth, “Optimization ofEnergy Loss Cost of
Distribution Networks with the Optimal Placement
and Sizing of DSTATCOM Using Differential
Evolution Algorithm.” Arabian Journal for Science
and Engineering, vol.42, no.7, pp: 2851-
2865,2017.
[5] S. Sakar, M. E. Balce, S. H. A. Aleem, and
A.F. Zoabi, “Integration of large-scale PV plants in
non-sinusoidal environments: Considerations on
hosting capacity and harmonic distortion limits.”
Fig 15. THD of current source with suggested Renewable and Sustainable Energy Reviews,
method vol.82, pp.176-186,2018.
TABLE 2: THIRD-PARTY HOSPITAL DEBT [6] J. Saman, A. K. Panda, and S. Ganguli.
WITH & Before THE AF "Optimal Phase Angle Injection for Reactive
Parameter WithoutAF WithAF Power Compensation of Distribution Systems with
the Allocation of Multiple Distribution
Voltage 19.80% 5.56% STATCOM." Arabian Journal for Science and
Engineering, vol.42,no.7, pp:2663-2671,2016.
Current 22.54% 0.03% [7] J.C.Das,“PassiveFilters—Potentialities and
Limitations”,IEEE transactions on industry
CONCLUSION applications, Vol. 40, no. 1, January/February2004.
In this paper, we employ a PQ-based hysteresis [8] J.Saman., S.Ganguli, and A.K.Panda.
controller to create gate pulses for an active filter, "Allocation of DSTATCOM and DG in
which in turn considerably reduces voltage and distribution systems to reduce power loss using
current harmonics induced by non-linear loads. ESM algorithm."Power Electronics, Intelligent
The proposed system's powers and harmonic Control and Energy Systems (ICPEICES),
content are tracked by the contemporaneous IEEE,pp.1-5, 2016.
reactive and energetic power theory (PQ theory), [9] S. H. E. A. Aleem, et al, “Optimal $ C $-
which also supplies the system's reference currents. type passive filter based onminimization of the
As a result, the voltage harmonics are reduced from voltage harmonic distortion forn online arloads.
19.80% - 5.56% and the current harmonics are IEEE Transactions on Industrial Electronics,
reduced from 22.54% to 0.03% using the suggested vol.59, no.1,pp.281-289, 2011.
technique. [10] Q. N. Trinh, and H. H. Lee, “An advanced
REFERENCES current control strategy for three-phase shunt
[1] S. M. M. Guzzardi, A. T. Lange Rudy, E.F. active power filters.” IEEE Transactions on
Fuchs, and. K. Al-H addad, “Power quality issues Industrial Electronics, vol.60,no.12,pp.5400-
in railway electrification: Acomprehensive 5410,2012.
perspective.” IEEE transactions on industrial [11] J. Saman, and S. Ganguli, “Impact of
electronics, vol. 62, no. 5,pp:3081-3090,2014. distribution STATCOM allocationon radial
[2] J. Saman, S. Ganguli, and A. K. Panda, distribution networks.” Energy, Power and
“Distribution STATCOM withoptimal phase angle Environment :Towards Sustainable
injection model for reactive power compensation Growth(ICEPE), IEEE, pp.1-6, 2015.
ofradialdistributionnetworks.”Int J NumberModel, [12] S. D. Swain, et al, “Improvement of power
vol.30,no.6,pp:2240.2017. quality using arobust hybrid series active power
[3] K.Javaid, and Al-Haddad,“A single-phase filter. ”IEEE Transaction son Power Electronics
active device for powerquality improvement of ,vol.32,no.5,pp.3490-3498,2016.
electrified transportation.” IEEE transactions
onindustrial electronics, vol. 62,no.5,pp.3033-
3041,2015.

198
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

IMPROVED BOOST CONVERTER WITH MODEL BASED MPPT SUITABLE

FOR HALF- BRIDGE-BASED PV INVERTER SYSTEM
VenkateswaraReddy .G1, Chandrakala. B2
Department of Electrical and Electronics Engineering
LakkiReddy BaliReddy College of engineering, Vijayawada
Andhra Pradesh , India

ABSTRACT ground, which brings out the safety issue and

In this paper a improved boost converter with reduce the efficiency of the inverter.
model based MPPT suitable for half-bridge based Most of the technologies like H5, H6 and HERIC
PV inverter system is proposed. The high step-up inverters are suppress and eliminate the common
converter not only boosts the relatively low mode leakage current caused by stray capacitance
photovoltaic voltage to high bus voltage but also between photovoltaic panel and ground. But these
offer a neutral point bus terminal for half –bridge- inverters contain more switches so increase the
based inverters. The coupled inductor multiplier conduction losses [5-10].
reduce the voltage stress on the all power devices In fact the half-bridge inverter and neutral point
as a result the low voltage rated power devices can clamped inverter can naturally eliminate the
be employed the reduce the conduction losses. The common mode leakage current because the grid
model based MPPT Technique is starting from set neutral line is directly connected to the neutral
of equations. A modeling of a novel model based point of the DC bus [11-12]. More importantly the
MPPT Technique which doesn’t require the direct DC bus voltage of the half-bridge inverters could
measurement of solar radiation. be twice that of full bridge inverter topologies and
Keywords High step-up converter, couple inductor the neutral point of the DC bus could be also
multiplier, neutral point terminal, model based required. Normal boost converters are not suitable
MPPT. for the high step-up applications because the duty
I. INTRODUCTION cycle of the normal boost converter with high step-
A renewable energy source involves many aspects up conversion is very large so in this some
like efficiency, reliability, cost and safe connection drawbacks like narrow turn-off period, large
to the electrical grid. Energy storage and current ripple and high switching losses [13]. In
development of advanced control and monitoring order to achieve large voltage conversion ratio
algorithms [1].The common renewable energy some of the switched capacitor based technologies
sources are photovoltaic (PV), wind energy, hydro are there .With these technologies the voltage
electrical energy. Solar power is more attractive conversion ratio of the converter is increased and
due to the several environmental protection voltage stress of the device are decrease, but it
regulation and predictable shortage of non makes the switch suffer high transient current and
renewable energy sources [2-3] as a result, so many large conduction losses [14].
research works has address the development and It is easier for the isolated converter to achieve an
construction of solar power and small size extremely high voltage gain by adjusting the
photovoltaic grid connected to the inverter system, transformer turns ratio can be realized with optimal
which is desired for low power and high efficiency duty cycle, however one inductor and one
applications. transformer must be in this converter, which
In low power grid connected photovoltaic systems increase the circuit volume and reduce the power
the transformer less configuration has become a density. In addition the driving circuit and
wide spread tendency due to its high efficiency, sampling circuit in the isolated converter may
smaller size and light weight and lower cost increase system complexity, when comparing the
compare to the isolated counter parts [4]. In non isolated converters. Actually the isolated high
transformer less condition the traditional full step-up conversion can be driven from their
bridge inverter with unipolar sinusoidal pulse isolated counter parts [15-20].
width modulation is adopted, the common mode Some high step-up converters with coupled
ground leakage current mayappear on the stray inductor are introduced to achieve a large voltage
capacitor between the photovoltaic panel and conversion ratio [21- 22] The voltage gain is

199
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

extended and switch voltage stress is reduced by spots or panel level hot spots thus improving the
the transformer function of the couple inductor. system reliability [26].
Only one magnetic component is used which But in this some drawbacks are there. Those are
reduce the complexity and volume of the converter. cost is high because of large number of power
However the leakage inductance of the coupled converters and another low efficiency of module
inductor may not only bring about high voltage integrated converters w.r.to large converters [27].
spicks on the switch when switch is turn-off but The model based MPPT having a quality to be very
also induce large energy losses. attractive for module integrated converter (MIC)
Combination of coupled inductor and switched applications. The model based MPPT is easy to
capacitor concepts to improve a single-phase exact model the behavior ofsingle panel. In this
improved active clamp- coupled inductor based paper can be employ the implementation of a novel
converter with extended voltage doubler cell is model based MPPT , the maximum power point
proposed [23], but unfortunately this converter voltage can be estimate from the direct
can’t offer a neutral point terminal for the half- measurement of radiation and cell temperature, it is
bridge based transformer less inverter. derived from the set of equations. In block diagram
In this paper an improved single phase high step- consisting of the PV panel, high step-up dc-dc
up converter with coupled inductor multiplier cell converter, half-bridge inverter and model based
is proposed, this converter naturally create a MPPT technique block as show bellow. In block
neutral point terminal and its voltage gain is double diagram a neutral point terminal connect to grid
then previous converters without increasing the negative terminal to PV panel negative terminal
duty cycle, which all the above mention advantages II. BLOCK-DIAGRAM
of the converter [23] has in this converter.
A typical solar panel converts only 30 to 40 percent
of the incident solar radiation into electricity. The
maximum power point tracking technique is used
to improve the efficiency of the solar panel. There
are different techniques used to track the maximum
power point. The choice of the algorithm depends
on the time complexity the algorithm takes to track Fig.1 proposed block diagram
the maximum power point (MPP), implementation II.A. Modeling of PV Device
cost and the ease of implementation. In order to study the power electronic converter
Perturb and Observe (P&O) in this the time connected with PV systems one first need know
complexity of this algorithm is very less but on how the model the PV device is affects to the
reaching very close to the MPP it doesn’t stop at converter, an elements that converts the sunlight
the MPP and keeps on perturbing on both the into electricity the element device is PV cell, set of
directions. However the method doesn’t take PV cells form a PV panel. These panels composed
account rapid change of irradiation level, to avoid of series cells for large voltages, for large output
this problem use incremental conductance method current then composed in parallel. PV array may be
in this eliminate the error due to change in either a panel or set of panels connected in series or
irradiance but increase the complexity. parallel to create large PV system. This is the
To automatically find the voltage (Vmpp) or simple PV cell model.
current (Impp) at which the PV panel should be
operate to acquire the maximum power output
(Pmpp) under a given temperature and irradiance.
According to some MPPT Techniques, the
Perturb& Observe Technique has well control PV
output voltage compare with Hill climbing
algorithm [24-25]. Each PV panel was connected
with the own power electronic circuits hence know
as module integrated converters (MIC) controllers,
this MIC controllers allows eliminating the hot

200
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

Mathematically describes the I-V characteristics of II.B High Step-Up Converter

the ideal PV cell is
𝑞𝑉
𝐼 = 𝐼𝑝𝑣 𝑐𝑒𝑙𝑙 − 𝐼𝑜 𝑐𝑒𝑙[exp ( ) − 1 (1)
𝑎𝑘𝑇
Where
Ipv cell—current generated by the incident light
Io—leakage current/reverse saturation of the diode
q—electron charge (1.60217646× 10−19)
K—Boltzmann constant (1.380650× 10−23) a diode Fig.2 high step-up converter
constant In this block diagram high step up converter the
In this Ipv and Io are photovoltaic and saturation clamp circuit includes a switch Sc and a capacitor
currents and Cc switched capacitors C1&C2, regenerative
𝑉𝑡 = 𝑁𝑠. 𝐾𝑡 diodes D1&D2, L1 inductor is coupling with L2
𝑞 inductor .the coupling is indicated as * and the
thermal voltage the array with series connected Ns turns ratio is N=𝑛1/𝑛2 the output load can be divide
cells if the cells are connected in parallel the PV into two equal
and saturation currents may express as parts the voltage at R01 is V1 similarly voltage at
R02 is V2.equalent circuit of the high step-up
converter is

I-V characteristics of the PV array depend on the

internal characteristics of the device (𝑅𝑠, 𝑅𝑝) on
the irradiance level and temperature.

From this equation the sun light generated current

(𝐼𝑝𝑣) depends on solar irradiation and also
influence by the temperature. 𝑇𝑛 is nominal
temperature and G is the irradiance on the device
surface. And diode saturation current 𝐼𝑜 is Fig.3 Equivalent circuit of high step-up converter
Where III. CONTROL TECHNIQUE
𝐼𝑜,𝑛= By neglect the temperature difference between
𝐼𝑠𝑐,𝑛
𝑉𝑜𝑐,𝑛 frame and PV panel leads to in accurate results in
exp [( 𝑎𝑉 )−1]
𝑡𝑛 the prediction of V-I characteristics especially for
open circuit. The cells are employed as solar
The value of diode constant “a” may be arbitrarily radiation sensors; just the effective solar radiation
chosen it usually 1≤0≤1.5. This value is choosing that contributes to the energy conversion is
depends on the other parameters of the I-V model measured. So the panel operates so as it were clean,
of the panel [28]. This is simplicity of a single but with lower irradiance level.
diode mode with this method for perfect for power 𝐾𝑠𝑐1 2.263mA𝑚2/W
electronic designers who are looking for an easy 𝐾𝑠𝑐2 9.603µAK𝑚2/W
and effective model for the simulation of
𝐾𝑜𝑐1 80.65V
photovoltaic devices with power converters.
𝐾𝑜𝑐2 -169.9mV/K
The combination of the symmetrical and integrated
𝐾𝑜𝑐3 -869.5µV𝑚2/W
high step-up converters to create a neutral point
with high step-u p converter or improved boost 𝐾𝑜𝑐4 6.597mV/K

converter the improved boost converter circuit 𝐾𝑇1 7.032mV/K

diagram and equivalent circuit diagram as show 𝐾𝑇2 216.6µV𝑚2/W
bellow.

201
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

IV. SIMULATION RESULT

Fig.7 high step-up converter output voltage

(Vout2)

Fig.4 SIMULINK model of proposed system

This is the proposed topology model of proposed
model input of the high step-up converter
connecting with half bridge inverter with model
based MPPT technique is developed by the
MATLAB/SIMULINK.
Input voltage of converter 130.6V
C1 1.05µF
C2 1.05µF
Cr1 1.05µF Fig.8 half bridge inverter input voltage
Cr2 1.05µF
L1 32mH
L2 1mH
Cc 0.15mF
Vout1 504V
Vout2 495V
Inverter output 455V

Fig.9 half bridge inverter output voltage

The half-bridge inverter output voltage is half of
the output voltage when the switch S1 is on takes a
positive half cycle. When the switch S2 is on
negative half cycle voltage obtained the output
voltage is 455V

Fig.5 pulse from MPPT to give a high step-up

converter
The model based MPPT technique is the surface
temperature (Tp) is taken 320k it is applied to gate
pulse of the boost converter. output. The simulation
output wave form is the half of the output voltage Fig.10 half bridge inverter output current
of the high step up converter input voltage from the This simulation of output current wave form is
panel is 130V and half of the boost converter taken from the general load of half bridge inverter
output is 504V its current is depend on the load conditions is 23A

202
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

[6]. German Patent HERIC-Topology: , DE

10221592 A1, Apr. 2003.
[7]. W. Yu, J.-S. Lai, H. Qian, C. Hutchens, J.
Zhang, G. Lisi, A. Djabbari, G. Smith, and T.
Hegarty, “High-efficiency inverter with H6-type
configuration for photovoltaic non-isolated ac
module applications,” in Proc. IEEE Appl. Power
Fig.11 half bridge inverter out power Electron. Conf., 2010, pp. 1056–1061.
The simulation result is the product of the output [8]. Y. Gu,W. Li, Y. Zhao, B. Yang, C. Li, and X.
current and output voltage to gain the output power He, “Transformerless inverter with virtual DC bus
of the half bridge inverter. concept for cost effective grid-connected PV
V. CONCLUSION power systems,” IEEE Trans. Power Electron., vol.
In the proposed system the high step-up converter 28, no. 2, pp. 793–804, Feb. 2013.
is naturally create a neutral point for half bridge [9]. B. Yang, W. Li, Y. Gu, W. Cui, and X. He,
inverter, the high step-up converter is not only “Improved transformerless inverter with common-
increase the voltage it relatively low PV voltage to mode leakage current elimination for a
high bus terminal voltage without addition of the photovoltaic grid-connected power system,” IEEE
extra active switches and magnetic components. Trans. PowerElectron., vol. 27, no. 2, pp. 752–762,
And also the main advantages by combination of Feb 2012.
the two integrated high step-up converters to create [10]. G. Roberto, L. Jesus, S. Pablo, G. Eugenio, U.
a neutral point terminal, which meets the input Alfredo,&
voltage of the half bridge inverter, the coupled M. Luis,“High-efficiency transformerless single-
inductor multiplier in the converter is extended the phase photovoltaic inverter,” in Proc. IEEE EPE-
voltage gain and reduce the voltage stress on the PEMC, 2006, pp. 1895–1900.
switches and also improve the efficiency, the [11]. R. Gonzalez, E. Gubia, J. Lopez, and L.
model base MPPT technique can be used to how to Marroyo, “Transformerless singlephase
avoid a direct measurement of the cell temperature multilevel-based photovoltaic inverter,” IEEE
,furthermore the model based MPPT can also Trans. Ind. Electron., vol. 55, no. 7, pp. 2694–2702,
estimate the solar radiation with an adequate Jul. 2008.
accuracy. This aspect increases the robustness, thus [12]. H. Xiao and S. Xie, “Transformerless split-
making the method competitive w.r.to other inductor neutral point clamped three-level PV grid-
systems connected inverter,” IEEE Trans. Power Electron.,
REFERENCES vol. 27, no. 4, pp. 1799–1808, Apr. 2012.
M. Liserre, T. Sauter, and J. Y. Hung, “Future [13]. R. W. Erickson and D. Maksimovic,
energy systems: Integrating renewable energy Fundamentals of power electronics, 2nd ed.
sources into the smart power grid through Norwell, MA: Kluwer, 2001.
industrial electronics,” IEEE Ind. Electron. Mag., [14]. O. Abutbul, A. Gherlitz, Y. Berkovich, and A.
vol. 4, no. 1, pp. 18–37, Mar.2010. Ioinovici, “Step-upswitching-mode converter with
[2]. M. Rogol, S. Doi, and A. Wilkinson, “Sun high voltage gain using a switchedcapacitor
screen: Investment opportunities in solar power,” circuit,” IEEE Trans. Circuits Syst. I, vol. 50, no.
Solar Power Sector Outlook, Jul. 7, 2004, CLSA 8, pp. 1098–1102, Aug. 2003.
Asia-Pacific Markets. [15]. W. Li, L. Fan, Y. Zhao, X. He, D. Xu, and
[3]. German Advisory Council on Global B.Wu, “High step-up and high efficiency fuel cell
Change, 2003. power generation system with active clamp
[4]. S V. Araujo, P. Zacharias, and R. Mallwitz, flybackforward converter,” IEEE Trans. Ind.
“Highly efficient single-phase transformer less Electron., vol. 59, no. 1, pp. 599–610, Jan. 2012.
inverters for grid-connected photovoltaic systems,” [16]. Y. Zhao, X. Xiang, W. Li, X. He, and C. Xia,
IEEE Trans. Ind. Electron., vol. 57, no. 9, pp. “Advanced symmetrical voltage quadrupler
3118–3128, Sep. 2010. rectifiers for high step-up and high output-voltage
[5]. German Patent H5-Topology: , DE converters,” IEEE Trans. Power Electron., vol. 28,
102004030912 B3, Jan. 2006. no. 4, pp. 1622–1631,

203
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

2013. “Comprehensive Approach to Modeling and

[17]. Y. Deng, Q. Rong, W. Li, Y. Zhao, J. Shi, and Simulation of Photovoltaic Arrays” IEEE
X. He, “Single switch high step-up converters with transactions on power electronics, vol. 24, no. 5,
built-in transformer voltage multiplier cell,” IEEE may 2009
Trans. Power Electron., vol. 27, no. 8, pp. 3557– [28]. Q. Zhao and F. C. Lee, “High-efficiency, high
3567, Aug. 2012. step-upDC- DC converters,”IEEE Trans. Power
[18]. S. V. Araujo, R. P. Torrico-Bascope, and J. Electron., vol. 18, no. 1, pp. 65–73, Jan. 2003.
V. Torrico- Bascope, “Highly efficient high step- [29]. J.-H. Lee, J.-H. Park, and J. H. Jeon, “Series-
up converter for fuel-cell power processing based connected forward–flyback converter for high
on three-state commutation cell,” IEEE Trans. Ind. step-up power conversion,” IEEE Trans. Power
Electron., vol. 57, no. 6, pp. 1987–1997, Jun. 2010. Electron., vol. 26, no. 12, Dec. 2011.
[19]. G. A. L. Henn, R. N. A. Silva, P. P. Praca, L. [30]. Loredana Cristaldi; Marco Rossi. “An
H. S. Barreto, and D. S. Oliveira, “Interleaved- improved model- based MPPT for photovoltaic
boost converter with high voltage gain,” IEEE panels” IEEE transactions on instrumentation and
Trans. Power Electron., vol. 25, no. 11, pp. 2753– measurement,vol.63, no.1, jan-2014
2761, Jan. 2010. VenkateswaraReddy.G received the B.Tech
[20]. W. Li, Y. Zhao, Y. Deng, and X. He, degree in electrical and electronic engineering
“Interleaved converter with voltage multiplier cell from Jawaharlal Nehru technological
for high step-up and high efficiency conversion,” university Kakinada, India in 2012. And he is
IEEE Trans. Power Electron., vol. 25, no. 9, pp. currently working a post graduate fellow in the
2397–2408, Sep. 2010. Lakkireddy balireddy college of engineering,
[21]. K.-B. Park, G.-W. Moon, andM.-J.Youn, India, his research interests include power
“Nonisolated high step-up boost converter electronicsand drives and renewable energy power
integrated with sepic converter,” IEEE Trans. conversion systems.
Power Electron., vol. 25, no. 9, pp. 2266–2275, Chandrakala.Batti received the B. Tech degree in
Sep. 2010. electrical and electronics engineering from
[22]. K.-B. Park, G.-W. Moon, and M.-J. Youn, JawaharlalNehru technological university
“High step-up boost converter integrated with a Hyderabad in 2007. And she received the M. Tech
transformer- assisted auxiliary circuit employing degree in power electronics from Jawaharlal Nehru
quasiresonant operation,” IEEE Trans. Power technological university Anatnapur in 2011. From
Electron., vol. 27, no. 4, pp. 1974–1984, Apr. 2012. 2007 to 2008 she was an assistant professor
[23]. Y. Zhao,W. Li, and X. He, “Single-phase in sri sai institute of technology & science, India.
improved active clamp coupledinductor- based She currently working as assistant professor in
converter with extended voltage doubler cell,” lakkireddy balireddy college of engineering from
IEEE Trans. Power Electron., vol. 27, no. 6, pp. 2011. She has published a 4 peer reviewed
2869–2878, Jun. 2012. technical papers. Her research interests in power
[24]. electronics and drives and renewable energy
Fangrulcil;collofelectric&electronicengg;hauzharg systems.
universityofS&Twuhan;youngkong;yuzharg;shan
xuduan”c omparision of P & O and hill claiming
MPPT method for grid connected PV inverters.
[25]. Ting-chung yu ,yu changlin dept of electric
engg lunghwa univ of science & research” A study
of MPPT algorithms for PV system .
[26]. Z. Liang, R. Guo, J. Li and A.Q. Huang, “A
high efficiency PV module-integrated DC/DC
converter for PV energy harvest in FREEDM
systems” IEEE Trans. Power Electron.,
vol.26,no.3, pp.897-909, mar-2011.
[27]. Marcelo Gradella Villalva, Jonas Rafael
Gazoli, and Ernesto Ruppert Filho

204
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

MULTI POWER SUPPLY USING FOUR DIFFERENT SOURCES FOR NO

BRAKE POWER SUPPLY
P.Ramanjaneyulu, M.Praveen, G.Bhargav, K.Hanish
Guide: Mrs.P.Ragahava rani M.Tech , Assistant professor
Department of Electrical and Electronics Engineering
Narasaraopeta Engineering College
AndhraPradesh, India
Email:- ramanjaneyulu.pamarthi123@gmail.com, praveenmekala2002@gmail.com,
gvsmnbhargav@gmail.com, hanishkakani121@gmail.com, raghavaranisai@gmail.com

ABSTRACT uninterrupted power supply is provided. The

The demand for electricity is increasing every day alternative for this problem is to switch towards
and frequent power cuts is causing many problems renewable energy resources. Four different sources
in various areas like industries, hospitals and i.e. solar, mains, inverter and generator are used to
houses. An alternative arrangement for power provide uninterrupted power supply. Using the
source is a must. The project can be further solar energy as one of the power source provides
enhanced by using other sources like solar power the solution for low energy resources since it is a
also and then taking into consideration for using the non-renewable source of energy. The second
best possible power whose tariff remains lowest at objective of work is to provide automation which
that moment. Power is most important requirement make the work faster, reliable, efficient, and reduce
for all of us. We know that due to large demand of human efforts. Arduino Microcontroller is used to
electricity and due to limit capacity of power plant provide automation in the switching between four
at generating station, power cut off is common for different sources. The automation system used for
all us. Due to limited amount of power generation switching requires separate source to provide an
at power station and due to shortage of non- output signal which will operate the four different
renewable continuous supply source it beings a relays connected to sources respectively. The main
biggest challenge in whole world. If you see all objective of this project is to provide uninterrupted
around us you will observe that due to discontinuity power supply to a load, by selecting the supply
of power supply, many problems have been faced source automatically from any available one out of
by people in their everyday use. This type of power 4 such as: solar, mains, inverter and generator in
failure create problem for data centers, hospitals the absence of power supply. The demand for
and some research work. This is the biggest reason electricity is increasing every day and frequent
that every countries are researching for the work to power cut is causing many problems in various
supply a continuous power with good efficiency areas like industries, hospitals and houses. An
and with good regulation. In this project we can alternative arrangement for power source is thus
combine the renewable and non-renewable energy desirable. The output of the arduino
sources to get the continuous power supply such as microcontroller is given to the relay driver IC,
solar, mains, inverter and generator. The power cut which switches appropriate relay to maintain
of these sources can be automatically done by uninterrupted supply to the load. Output is
arduino microcontroller. The continuous supply to observed using a lamp drawing power from the
load can be given by automatic operation of relay, mains initially. On the failure of the mains supply
relay driver with the help of arduino the load gets supply from the next available source
microcontroller. i.e. an inverter. If the inverter also fails, it switches
I. INTRODUCTION over to the next available source, and so on. The
In India the requirement and availability of energy current status, like which source is supplying
for power supply is 11,14408 million units and power to the load is also displayed on the LCD. As
10,90850 million units for 2015- 16 and we also it is not feasible to provide all 4 different sources
know that the human activities is mostly dependent of supply, one source with an alternate parallel
on electrical power supply. The above fact clearly arrangement is provided to get the same function
shows that the supply is not meeting the demand. for demo purposes. However 4 different sources if
As a result frequent power-cut is done and available they can be used.

205
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

II. BACKGROUND 2.1 Hardware Requirements:

The conventional electrical system in Maharashtra o Arduino Microcontroller.
by M.S.E.B. is based on only one source placed at o Solar Panel.
consumers end. This system demands to appoint a o Battery.
person to note the continuity. This is exhaustive o Relays.
procedure, which involves a lot of human time o LCD.
effort but still does not produce accurate results. o Lamp.
There is lot of complaints regarding to continuation o Push Buttons.
in supply. Our aim is to solve this problem and o Transformer.
provide uninterrupted power supply. The electrical o Diodes.
parameters supplied by the various state electricity o Crystal.
boards for domestic use as well as to the industrial o LEDS.
sector is of great importance from the point view of o Capacitors.
proper monitoring of the power generated on one o Resistors.
end and power consumed on other end. Also 3 . BLOCK DIAGRAM
another important factor is revenue generated
through sale of electric power, which has to be in
tune with investments made for proper generation
and distribution. These factors have been of great
concern, not only in meeting with the everyday
power demands, but also of optimum utilization of
electric power.
III. OBJECTIVE OF THE PROJECT
The main objective of the project is to design a
device that will provide uninterrupted power
supply to a load, by selecting the supply source
automatically from any available one out of 4 such
as: solar, mains, inverter, generator in the absence 4.1 Block Diagram Description
of the power supply. This is done by using The above diagram represents the architecture of
microcontroller, relay and LCD. At the end of this the present work includes all major blocks used in
work student will understand: Operation and the system. Arduino microcontroller is the main
description of the 4 different supply. Operation of component of the system. This microcontroller acts
relays and their connections. How to connect LCD as a brain of the system and controls the function
display with arduino microcontroller. of the system.
2. METHODOLOGY This uninterrupted power supply control system
The main reason behind to selects this work is there works on the principle of auto selection for switch
are lot of industries and domestic appliances which over the load to other available source without
work on high voltage supply and are high costly. interruption or switch off the load. This work uses
And some electrical devices need regular or 4 different sources of supply which drive the load
uninterrupted or continuous power supply to work and provide uninterrupted power supply. All the
well for longer life span. Many electrical systems four sources are connected parallel to each other as
are highly sensitive which can be affected by a shown in the block diagram. The sequence of
minute interruption in the power supply line. In the power sources is solar, mains, inverter and
power supply system there are many chances of generator respectively i.e. highest priority is given
interruption to take places at any times like power to solar and least priority to generator.
fail/cut off, faults etc. To avoid such types of Arduino microcontroller: In this auto power supply
problems these project system are best which take control system, the Arduino microcontroller is used
power supply via four different sources and for the auto selection of the available source. It
alternate between them using microcontroller. The shifted the load to the other power supply source
merit of this work is that they are reliable and automatically without any interruption and is
economical.

206
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

powered up with 5V dc voltages. It is interfaced 4.1 Circuit Diagram Description

with LCD display and relay driver IC. Auto supply switching is basically selection of
Transistor as a Relay Driver: In this auto power supply from multiple available power sources
supply control system, the relay driver i.e. a automatically by using arduino microcontroller
transistor is used for driving the load relays. This concept that is t o check the availability of the
relay receives the signal from microcontroller for source and switching to that available source to
shifting the load on another supply source. It is ensure uninterrupted power supply to load. In ca se
powered up with 5V dc and interfaced with of the electrical appliance control using automation
microcontroller. causes more safety.
Transformer: The transformer is used for Auto supply switching is a prototype for the same
connecting this system directly to 220V AC. It which is auto change to other source when main
steps down 220V into 12V. supply fails without human interaction in this
Voltage Regulator: The voltage regulator is system we are designing an embedded circuit to
used for regulating 12V DC into 5V DC voltages control and ensure auto supply switching. In case
for supplying the power to the LED, all 4 sources are available, then the switching will
microcontroller and other components. IC LM be in the default source. Four relays are there to
7805 voltage regulator is used for regulating control t he switching. As it is not feasible to
voltages. provide all 4 different sources of supply, one
LCD Display: LCD display is used for displaying source with alternate switches are provided to get
the source of supply on which the whole system is the same function.
working. In this project we are having 4 switches which we
FILTERS: Capacitive filters are used in this work. consider as 4 different source of supply. W hen we
It removes the ripples from output of the rectifier. press any of the switches it shows the absence of
The DC output received from this filter is constant that particular source which is connected to arduino
until the mains voltage and load is maintained microcontroller as input signals. Here we are using
constant but if either one of the quantities is vary; arduino microcontroller. The output of
the DC output received at this point changes. To microcontroller is given to the as a relay driver. The
overcome this drawback a regulator is applied at c ur rent phase working is displayed on LCD also.
the output stage of the filter. This project uses an arrangement of 4 different
RECTIFIER: In this work bridge rectifier is used sources of supply which are channelized to a load
due to its merits like full wave rectification and so as to have an uninterrupted operation of the load.
high stability. For a single half of the cycle only As it is not practicable to get 4 sources of supply
two diodes will be in forward bias condition. such as solar suppl y, mains supply, inverter supply
LCD Display: this display is used to display the and generator supply we used one source and a set
present sources and also which source is currently of relays. We have taken first source with mai ns
used for supply to the load supply and assumed as if being fed from 4 different
4 . CIRCUIT DIAGRAM sources by connec ting all the 4 incoming sources
in parallel. The ac source to the lamp is connected
to four relays by making the entire normally open
contacts parallel and all the common contacts in
parallel. 4 push button switches are used which
represent failure of co rresponding supply
respectively and are interfaced to th e controller.
Initially we have given high input signal to the
arduino micr ocontroller, so as a result the
controller generates a low output to activate the
first relay driver which will result in the relay being
energized and the lamp gl ows.
While the push button for mains is pre ssed that
represents failure of mains supply as a result the
supply is provided from the next source and the
Circuit diagram

207
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

arduino microcontroller receive high input and have an uninterrupted operation of the load. The
generates low output to activate the second relay source of 12v supply is used from four different
driver which will result in the second relay being sources. The ac source to the fan is connected to
energized and the lamp glows . When we press the relay 1 to relay 2 to relay 3 and relay 4 by making
generat or button, it indicates the generator fails to the entire “NO” (normally open) contacts parallel
operate and the supply comes from the next source and all the common contacts in parallel.
and the next source will supply high input to the 6. Arduino Microcontroller
controller and which will provide low signal to the Arduino is an open-source electronics platform
third re lay and the lamp switches ON and when we based on easy-to-use hardware and software.
press the third push button the supply will chose Arduino boards are able to read inputs - light on a
next source now the fourth source will provide sensor, a finger on a button, or a Twitter message -
input to the microcontroller and controller activates and turn it into an output - activating a motor,
the fourth relay and the load will get the supply and turning on an LED, publishing something online.
the lamp continues to glow. You can tell your board what to do by sending a set
When all the relays are off leaving no supply to the of instructions to the microcontroller on the board.
lamp, the lamp is switched off. One 16 x 2 lines To do so you use the Arduino programming
LCD is used to display the condition of the supply language (based on Wiring), and the Arduino
sources and the load on real time basis. Software (IDE), based on Processing.
5. Working of Multisource Power Supply With Over the years Arduino has been the brain of
No Break Technique Using Arduino thousands of projects, from everyday objects to
Microcontroller complex scientific instruments. A worldwide
When the supply from all the sources (solar, mains, community of makers - students, hobbyists, artists,
inverter and generator) are ready, the load will be programmers, and professionals - has gathered
driven by the solar power supply. If solar get failed, around this open-source platform, their
the supply automatically shifts to main. To proceed contributions have added up to an incredible
further, if the main get failed, the supply is amount of accessible knowledge that can be of
provided from inverter and so on. Priority is great help to novices and experts alike.
assigned to each power source in the order of solar, Arduino was born at the Ivrea Interaction Design
mains, inverter and generator. In case the solar Institute as an easy tool for fast prototyping, aimed
power fails, the supply should automatically shift at students without a background in electronics and
to main but if solar also fails at the moment then programming. As soon as it reached a wider
the supply will automatically shift to next priority community, the Arduino board started changing to
source. Above figure explains the working and adapt to new needs and challenges, differentiating
construction of the Auto power supply from four its offer from simple 8-bit boards to products for
different sources. As shown in the diagram the four IoT applications, wearable, 3D printing, and
sources are Solar solar, mains, inverter and embedded environments. All Arduino boards are
generator, four relays are used to provide completely open-source, empowering users to
protection at each respective output. This output build them independently and eventually adapt
can be used to drive any load such as a lamp or them to their particular needs. The software, too, is
motor. LEDs are used to display the source of open-source, and it is growing through the
supply. Other case is when the power switches contributions of users worldwide.
from one source to another source, say main fails 7. CONCLUSION
and supply shifts to inverter, if the solar come back This work is use to provide a continuous power to
then the supply will automatically reach back to the load through any of the sources from which we
solar power instead of switching to mains. At the are operating the device i.e. main line, generator,
output of microcontroller, each output port is inverter and solar automatically in the absence of
connected to positive dc voltage. Relays are used any of the source. The complete operation is based
in contact with the output port to provide switching on the microcontroller. This work is a low-cost,
at the output. reliable, efficient system. The work can be further
The project uses an arrangement where 4 different enhanced by using other sources like inverters also
sources of supply are provided to a load so as to and then taking into consideration for using the best

208
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

possible power source whose tariff remains lowest

at that moment.
REFERENCES
[1] Mr. Bhrijesh N. Patel, Mr. Mrugesh M.
Prajapati, International Journal of Scientific and
Research Publications, www.ijsrp.org, Volume 4,
Issue 6, June 2014.
[2] Parantap Nandi, Department of Electrical
Engineering, Institution: IIE (Kalyan), WBUT.
Nadia, WB: 741235. International Journal of
Multidisciplinary Research and Development
2015.R. Nicole, “Title of paper with only first word
capitalized,” J. Name Stand. Abbrev., in press.
[3] Mr. Shahaji Dudhate, Mr. Amol
Attargekar, Mr. Dhanaji Desai, Prof. Mrs. Aditi
Patil (2016), “ Power supply control from different
sources”, Department Of Electronics And
Telecommunication, Dr. D. Y. Patil Institute Of
Engineering And Technology, Pune, Maharashtra,
India.
[4] GarimaPandey, KhandaAnum “Auto
power supply control from four different sources:
mains, solar, inverter and generator to
ensure no break power” IJSART -
Volume1Issue4–APRIL 2015,ISSN [ONLINE]:
2395-105.
[5] Gagari Deb and Arijit Bardhan Roy,
International Journal of Computer and Electrical
Engineering, Vol.4, No.1, February 2012.

209
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

PROTECTION SYSTEM DESIGN OF INDUCTION MOTOR FOR INDUSTRIES

B.Madhusudhan Rao, Assistant Profeesor, VR Siddhartha Engg College
madhu21@gmail.com
Andhra Pradesh, India

ABSTRACT strength of the magnetic field. Due to the stator’s

In this Paper The fundamental and durable revolving magnetic field, which does not match the
structures of induction motor, as well as their low rotor’s magnetic flux, an induction motor’s
manufacturing cost, make them popular rotational speed is always slower than that of a
components in a wide range of current synchronous motor. The rotor’s stator current
applications. Providing a safety net for employees never approaches the synchronous speed, which is
is a must-have for businesses. This project’s the speed at which the rotor’s magnetic field
motivation for improvement is to provide industrial rotates. An induction motor’s output power supply
motors, lift motors, pumps, and so on with safety. determines which type of induction motor it is.
An induction motor’s primary goal is to protect it Single-phase and three-phase induc- tion motors
from problems, such as single phasing and are among them. Neither single-phase nor three-
overheating, as well as other issues. Providing phase induction motors can be considered
industrial motors, pumps, lift motors, and other autostarting. Double excitations are required to run
similar devices with security is a major motivation a machine in the majority of cases. In a DC motor,
behind the emergence of this issue. Any of the three for example, the stator receives one power supply
phases missing or the motor temperature above the and the rotor receives another power supply via
predetermined threshold causes the motor to stop under the brush arrangement.
instantly. Three one-stage transformers are 1.1. Principle Operation of Induction
connected to a three-phase power supply in the Motors. Induction motors provide only one power
system. Power will be cut to the transformer circuit source, so to understand how it works would be
if any phase is available. Motors can be turned off fascinating. It is a piece of cake because the
by relays sending a signal to the four-pole induction procedure is evident in the name. In fact,
contactor. As a result, the motor’s three-phase it flows through the coil when power is given to the
power supply has been cut off. Temperature sta- tor windings, resulting in a magnetic flux in the
readings are taken from a thermistor (DHT22) that coil. The windings on the rotor are now connected
is attached to the motor. At higher temperatures, to the rotor itself.
the three-phase supply will be cut off by a four-pole Due to Faraday’s law of electromagnetic induction,
contactor, and the motor will shut off. This when the rotor coil is reduced in length, current will
manuscript resolves the uses transformers to solve begin to flow from the rotor coil. The rotor
the problem of single phasing. Also, our project generates a second current when the first one is
addresses the issue by using microcontroller. It flowing. In this case, the stator flux will be 8 and
senses all the three phases and decides whether to the rotor flux will be behind it, as seen in the
supply power to induction motor or to disconnect. diagram. Thus, the rotor will be rotated in the
It deals with the temperature problem, and it uses a direction of the rotating magnetic flux by means of
thermistor to disconnect the circuitry, whereas in a torque. Conse- quently, it is possible to adjust the
our project, a microcontroller senses the rotor’s speed by isolating the AC power source. A
overwhelming temperature and acts accordingly, sort of induction motor is able to operate in a
i.e., give a signal and then move towards manner similar to this.
disconnection. There are a number of different types of induction
I. INTRODUCTION motors to choose from.
It is the most popular type of electric motor utilized 1.2. Induction Motor Type
in most applications. Due to its lower synchronous 1.2.1. Single-Phase Induction Motor. It was found
speed, it is also known as an induction motor. that the single-phase induction motor could be
Consistently fast, rotational speed of a rotating broken down into four distinct categories.
machine determines the magnetic field, while the (1)Motors with a split phase induction
frequency and number of poles determine the (2)Induction motor with capacitance start

210
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

(3)Starting the induction motor with a capacitor stator in a three-phase asynchronous motor, which
(4)Induction motor with a shady pole arrangement is based on the concept of functioning. No tor- que
1.2.2. Three-Phase Induction Motor. There were will be generated if the rotors’ speeds are the same,
two types of three-phase induction motors, each as the EMF is not contained in the rotor and the
with a distinct characteristic. current does not flow. Because of this, the rotor
(1)Motor with squirrel cage induction cannot reach the synchro- nous speed. Stator
(2)Induction motor with solid ring slip (synchronous speed) is different from the rotor (the
Three-phase induction motors are a type of electric difference is termed slip). An induction motor’s
motor. They use electricity to create mechanical magnetic field rotation has the advantage of
work. A three-phase induction motor is the most requiring no electrical connections to the rotor.
widely used motor for three-phase AC operation, Single-phase lines with 120-degree phase
as this type of motor does not require a starter or differences form a three-phase system. Thus, the
can be referred to as a self-starting induc- tion rotating magnetic field has the same phase differ-
motor. ence as the rotor’s movement. A, B, and C are three
This motor’s essential structural elements will help phases, and when phase A is magnetized, the rotor
you better comprehend the three-phase induction travels to phase A’s winding, which in turn
motor’s oper- ating principles. The motor consists magnetizes phase B and finally phase C.
of two parts: a rotor and a stator. Consequently, the rotor keeps on turning. Removal
There are multiple slots carved into the stator of a of any phase in a three-phase induction motor will
three- phase induction motor so that an AC three- result in a reduction in speed and distorted
phase power source can be linked to the three- vibrations. Moreover, a temperature higher than
phase wind circuit. To gen- erate a spinning the standard value will result in insulation damage
magnetic field, the three-phase winding is inserted in the winding.
into the slot. A cylindrical laminated core Therefore, the breakdown of the paper is as
conductor with parallel slots can be mounted on the follows: Section 2 discusses the literature review,
rotor of a three-stage induction motor’s rotor. and different kinds of fault will be covered in
Heavy copper or aluminum bars that fit into each Section 3. Section 4 covers single phasing and
slot rotate through the end bell as a conductor. overtemperature protection. Further
Because the slots are not built parallel to the shaft implementation of the proposed system will be
axis, the design decreases the magnetic humming discussed in Sections 5 and 6.
noise and avoids motor failure. II. Literature Review
1.3. Working of Three-Phase Induction When one phase of the power supply stops
Motor. With a 120- degree electrical angle, the working, a three- section induction motor will still
motor stator is made up of over- lapping windings. run, according to Kersting [1]. If a motor’s fuse
Connecting the primary stator or semi- conductor blows or a protective device is activated, this could
to a three-phase AC power supply generates an happen at the transformer or the feeder end. Sin-
equal-speed spinning magnetic field. In regard to gle phasing is a dangerous situation for three-phase
rotation, there is a secret. Electromagnetic fields induc- tion motors; hence, they should be removed
(EMFs) can affect the pace at which the magnetic from service as soon as possible to prevent
flux moves across a circuit. When an unstable overheating. The stator and rotor losses increased
motor’s rotor winding is closed by an external tenfold, and the shaft output power plummets to
resistance or by a short circuit straight via end ring, zero once the phase opens at the step-down
the revolving magnetic field of the stator is transformer or feeder end. Although the losses are
reduced, which results in an EMF being included doubled compared to steady state losses, when
in the copper rod. Because of this EMF, the rotor single phasing occurs at motor terminals, the shaft
generates current. According to the law of the lens, power is reduced by around 70%. All terminals on
to diminish the cause, i.e., the relative motion the motor should be left open to pro- tect it.
between the spinning current and the stationary Sutherland and Short [2] explained that on distribu-
rotor con- ductor, the rotor will rotate in the same tion feeders, 3-phase reclosers are commonly
direction. Accord- ingly, the rotor speed should not utilized in the event of a single-phase malfunction.
exceed the synchronous speed generated by the Single-phase faults are the most common. Due to

211
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

the distribution line being used to supply the load because if the fault occurs somewhere other than
to single-phase customers, the other two-phase the motor terminals, the faulted phase can draw
consumers are negatively affected. Problems arise negative sequence current and act as a volt- age
for the 3-phase industry if three-phase recloses do generator. This would allow the phase difference to
not open for the service. Single-phase faults occur be determined. As a result, a faulty phase change’s
70% of the time, two-phase faults 20% of the time, phasor dis- similarity cannot be detected with the
and three-phase faults 10% of the time.To guard measuring setup, but the voltage created is close to
against the single phasing of a three-phase the line voltage. According to Chattopadhyay et al.
induction motor, Sudha and Anbalagan [3] devised [7], the stator current of a three-part induction
a strat- egy. PIC16F877 microcontrollers were motor was examined using a variety of methods.
utilized to convert the values of each phase into low An 8085 microprocessors will be used to measure
ac voltage using a trans- former during this method. the single phasing using the zero crossing detection
ADC converters are used to transform analogue approach. Increas- ing the sampling duration will
signals into digital ones. Whenever a fault occurs, increase precision. By using a microprocessor, it is
the controller opens the close contactor and cuts off possible to measure the phase shift. Any rise or
the power to it. It does this by repeatedly decrease in phase difference is guarded by the shift
comparing the digital value to the reference value. in the phase of the motor. For the 3-phase motor,
If any of the following conditions are met, the 2 kW Lee [8] explains the effects of imbalanced voltages.
motor will be isolated: single phasing, under All various under- and overvoltage effects have
voltage, and over voltage protection. Pillay et al. been discussed in detail. Motor efficiency is
[4] examine the 3-phase induction motor under the reduced in the most extreme circum- stances of
influence of under voltage and over voltage. three-phase undervoltage. The power factor and
During a com- plex industrial system, the voltage efficiency are affected by both positive and
at the motor terminals may also exceed the par negative sequence voltages. When voltage
value and may fall below the nom- inal value in a imbalances are present, NEMA MG1 Standards
severely loaded industrial system. It has been recommend that a motor’s ide rating be increased.
defined differently by IEEE, NEMA, and Thermal problems were studied by Ransom and
alternative power organizations. There is no need Hamilton. [9]. As a result of overheating, the
for a lot of sophisticated algebra in these motor’s useful life will be reduced. The thermal
definitions. This work uses complex algebra to insulation of a motor is impacted by its operation
calculate voltage imbalance and compares the at low voltage. Depending on the type of starting,
results to NEMA standards. According to Faiz et different thermal relay settings are required.
al. [5], unbalanced voltages have a negative impact Numerous disadvantages of electrical machine
on the performance of 3- phase induction motors. planning have been outlined by Stone et al. [10].
This document compares the NEMA, IEEE, and As a result of inter- national trade, the market will
IEC (International Electrotechnical Com- mission) become more competitive among producers. The
definitions of voltage unbalance. The NEMA, price of the machine has been decreased by
IEEE, and IEC definitions are three times more lowering the size of the motor to maintain the same
difficult to calcu- late than the IEC definitions, output. Improve W/kg. ratio 14 times in the past.
according to the study. How- ever, each of the three Motors manufactured by leading firms in the
offers only a plan to correct the imbalance in previous ten years have also shown an increase in
proportions. When a fault occurs at the distri- failure rate compared to the past 50 years. Cunkas
bution transformer or substation feeder, Javed and et al. [11] create an induction motor protection
Izhar [6] have designed the protection of a three- system using the PIC16C84 microcontrol- ler
phase induction motor based solely on voltage under a variety of situations, such as voltage over-
measurements, which is not sufficient to protect the or under- or current overbalance. For this, a
motor. If a problem occurs at the motor’s terminals, potential trans- former and a current transformer
voltage testing will keep it safe. There must be a are used. In the ADC con- verter, the values from
protective device in place for this assessment these transformers are converted into digital
device to work. They have also suggested a device values. A delay has been added to the tripping
to measure the phase difference of voltages, circuit. Venkataraman et al. [12] conferred the

212
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

induction motor’s heat protection algorithm. IEEE According to Kastha and Bose, it was determined
and EPRI [13–15] studies have demonstrated that that the voltage-fed inverter system for a three-
motor failure rates are high. Several different types phase induc- tion motor had a number of problems.
of security measures have been raised. Case studies The PWM inverter system for the induction motor
have been included in the presentation of an over- has been described as having a variety of
heating protection technique for high inertia loads. malfunction types. Various sorts of fault proba-
It is nec- essary for the designer of a motor bilities relating to an inverter system fault have
protection system to examine the motor’s been investi- gated in this article. The inverter
electrical, mechanical, and physical qualities. system’s reliability can be improved by
Research by Lin et al. [16] center tapped rectifier implementing fault tolerance [22]. Maier [23]
ZVS convertor. The secondary side of the center- protected the squirrel cage induction motor and
tapped rec- tifier is used to obtain full-wave used the instantaneous power for the motor. The
rectified output. Stress on the converter is starting and run- ning condition protection schemes
measured in terms of voltage and current. Clamped have been discussed. Short circuits and phase
circuits have long been used to improve the con- failure were also included in the strategy. Voltage
verter’s efficiency. Squirrel-cage induction motors and load variations can cause it to malfunc- tion.
can be operated with single-phase power with Low conduction and switching losses throughout
improved speeds or variable speed exploitation by the inverter operation were designed by Kernstock
means of electronic circuits, according to Rashid and Plas- snegger [24]. To softswitch the
and Rao et al. [17, 18]. Using NASA’s suggested MOSFET, a resonance circuit has been employed.
1978 power factor correction approach, induction The technique has been used in a three- stage
motors are highly efficient at low weights. To inverter so far. Comparing the results of hard and
increase the motor’s power factor, phase correction gen- tle switching has been done. Soft switching
methods and PWM control have been implies that there is less conduction and loss during
demonstrated for use with a three-phase inverter the changeover. Research by Bellini et al. [25] took
and three-phase motor. A three-phase induction a look back at the past decade’s studies on 3-phase
motor with a zigzag transformer can be run with a induction motor protection schemes. The
single phasing condition, according to the work by investigation of electrical problems, mechanical
Basu and Mukerji [19]. According to this research, defects, the signal process for monitoring the
a three-phase syn- chronous motor cannot be induction motor, and the use of artificial
started with a negative sequence current because it intelligence for selection making were all finished
does not have enough power to do so. A zigzag in the analysis activity. It has been recommended
transformer is recommended for use in this applica- that the induction motor be thoroughly inspected
tion. Das [20] gave consideration to the induction for safety. Gomez et al. [26] examine the effect on
motor’s response to voltage dips. Induction motors a three-phase induction motor with a short
are also stable for a fixed period of time with a interruption in power supply and voltage sag. This
specific magnitude of volt- age dip and should be is the worst case scenario for a three- phase
suitable to put off the trip circuit that can isolate the induction motor. Most of the time, induction
motor from the supply for putting-off. It is possible motors are unaffected by short-term voltage drops.
to pinpoint the causes and effects of induction When a noninter- fering failure occurs, the motor
motor voltage drop. Induction motors have five should not restart since the pro- tection mechanism
different types of protection schemes, each with a is not set up correctly. St. Microcontroller control
different tripping delay for voltage dips of a of a nine-level inverter has been laid out by
specified period. Sensor-based three-phase Christopher et al. [27]. Using this method, the
induction motor protection is defined by Bayin- dir overall system cost has been reduced.
et al. [21]. A comparison has been made between Microcontroller capabilities reduce the number of
PLC- based and PIC-based protection. The cost- components required and result in a system that is
effectiveness of PLC has been demonstrated. PLC both tiny and cost-effective. The head of state of
exploitation has done away with the requirement the country, one of the authors [28] proposed the
for an ADC card. PLC can be imposed on a wide usage of a standby system for the control of VSI. If
range of motor types with very minor alterations. the primary VSI controller breaks during operation,

213
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

the system will be more reliable if it has a (iv) Actuality temperature monitoring of induction
secondary standby system. The controller has been motors
used on numerous FPGA boards. An error on the IV. Different Kinds of Fault
primary boards causes the sec- ondary boards to As the industry’s workhorse, induction motors are
override the primary boards during the traditional known for their adaptability, toughness, and low
manner of communication.According to Lai et al. production costs. Pulp and paper sector machinery
[29], the inverter’s soft-switching strategy should has a failure rate of up to 12 percent for induction
be defined to break the overvoltage and over- machines; this figure is typically 3%. In the
current problem. Each phase of this inverter has its workplace, downtime can be costly. Safety,
own inductor to keep the voltage across the main dependability, and motor overheating protection
switch at zero volts. The MOSFET is protected can all be improved using a protection system. It is
against switching voltage spikes by a variety of explained that the external motor is having issues:
procedures. For single- and three- phase inverter (i)A single phase effect [1]
MOSFET protection, inductors are described as a (ii)It can cause overheating as well
means of doing so.Li et al. [30] probed MOSFET 4.1. Single-Phase Effect. When a single-
snubber diode gate drive ON resistance loss. To phasing problem occurs while the motor is running,
safeguard MOSFETs, a snubber circuit was the negative sequence cur- rent in the faulty phase
designed with low switching losses and only one heats up the motor winding. Internal connections of
set of characteristics. A 1 kW 230 V motor was the three-phase induction motor make it possi- ble
used in the experiment. For a better understanding for the two phases to be supplied with power, while
of the inverting pro- cess, the sequence step is used the defective phase produces a negative sequence
to illustrate each step on a single-phase inverter. current because they are all coupled to each other.
Journal of the American College of Cardiology, If a single phase failure occurs, it can occur in three
Division of Cardiovascular Diseases Snubbers for different places (Figure 1).
the inverter circuit are RCD and RLD. There are Location 1 fault: opening a primary side of the
three levels of inverter-based inverter snubber substation transformer is the first location of the
circuits. There is a correlation between the fault.
outcomes and these snubber cir- cuits. The results
show that a circuit without a snubber cir- cuit has
multiple switch states; however, the switching is
reduced when a snubber circuit is used. MOSFET
false trig- gering and switching losses can be
reduced as a result of this. It is the joint work of
Hanna and Schmitt [31, 32].
III. Methodology
In this project, the primary goal is the development
of inex- pensive and dependable 3-phase induction
motor protection systems. Phase failure,
Figure 1: Single phasing fault at substation and
overheating, and SMS alerts should be sent to distribution transformer.
notify the user of the protection system’s failure. Location 2 fault: the primary side distribution
We will keep working to make single-phase motor trans- formers opened phase.
operation even more efficient. Location 1 fault: the motor terminals have been
Therefore, these research objectives are as follows: opened up to allow for one phase [1].
(i)Protection mechanisms for three-phase
4.1.1. Opening of the Phase at the Substation or
induction motors that are single-phase are designed Transformer of Distribution. There are three areas
and built where a phase open can occur: at the distribution
(ii) As of right now, mentoring using a single-phase
step, transformer, or the feeder end. One hundred
induction motor times more powerful. Additionally, the shaft’s
(iii) Building a three-phase induction motor’s
output power is near-null. Single phasing can occur
thermal safety system when the motor is running; however, the motor
cannot be started under this condition because it is

214
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

unable to rotate. When the motor is running in this effective. There will be no ground voltage on the
condition, it will quickly overheat and need to be secondary windings of a single phase in case of
removed from operation. A lockout current of 6-8 primary faults in a wye-wye transformer. However,
times the normal running current will be drawn if in the case of a delta-wye transformer, there will be
an overload protective device is used to disconnect ground voltages of 58 p.u. for one phase, 1, p.u. for
the motor from the main supply while it is in single the other two, and 0.58 p.u for the third. Because of
phasing and if the motor is later attempted to be the delta- wye transformer’s lower output, all three
started while it is still in that condition. The motor phases will show voltage, but the second and third
will be destroyed. It is worse than unbalanced phase voltages are reduced. Wye-wye transformers
voltages [3] to have a single phase. A further issue have two phases that are connected in series;
arises for voltage magnitude fault detecting however, the faulted phase will be disconnected
systems at motor terminals when faults occur at the from the other two. To measure single phasing
substa- tion or distribution transformer ends. The conditions, a distribution transformer with eye-wye
third phase of the motor will draw the negative winding is required. It is not possible to accurately
sequence current if a fault occurs at either the assess a delta-wye transformer’s phasing state
substation or the distribution trans- former, and the because two of its three secondary windings will
torque will be generated by the other two phases if indicate 58 p.u. The motor can be protected
the failure occurs. The faulty phase winding will successfully by using a current and voltage
act as a generator, and the voltage generated is measurement device.
virtually identical to the line voltage [6]. The 4.1.2. Phase Opening at Motor Terminals. There
motor’s winding insula- tion will be irreversibly may be less of a problem with the motor terminals
damaged by the excessive current. Whenever a than in the previous example. When the phase is
single phase fault occurs other than the motor opened at the motor terminal, the current increases
terminal, the faulted phase will receive the by two to three times, and the shaft power output
generated voltage from the other two phases drops by roughly 70%. It is imperative that all
because the three phases are con- nected. This phases of the transformer be disconnected from the
presents a problem for the voltage sensing pro- power supply to prevent overheating.
tective devices. The voltage generated is virtually 4.1.3. Basic Protection from Single Phasing.
equal to the line voltage, thanks to the negative Unbalanced volt- age can have a significant impact
sequence current applied to the third phase. The on the performance of motors. Using a negative
generated voltage is not in phase, and the phase sequence, stator current creates a local heating of
measurement equipment can detect this. Voltage the rotor iron due to a counter-rotating flux field.
magnitude sensing is a better option for circuit Compared to a balanced condition, negative
breakers since it will not trip when there is too sequence currents cause the motor to overheat by
much current. There will therefore be a high 25-30 percent. If you are using a single phase, the
current flowing through the motor’s three suggested protective relay time delay is 4 seconds.
windings, as depicted by the other loads connected When the current imbalance is 40% or more of the
to the same phase. The motor windings will be nominal amount, the multiline 469 typically trips
harmed by a large current surge. Single-phase with a delay of 2 seconds. In a three-phase rec-
loads connected to the defective phase will not tifier, the current in the remaining two phases can
respond to any voltage or current protection device increase by up to three times during a single
installed there, because the motor is draw- ing the phasing. Controlled rectifier DC drives are
current needed to power that load, and the voltage susceptible to misfiring SCRs, commutation
is likewise at its nominal level. The faulty phase failures, and other issues. There is a risk of metal
will disable any protective device that uses voltage oxide surge arresters being damaged by high
and current monitoring at a single-phase load [6]. voltages caused by ferroreso- nance in
The current profile will change if any one of these transformers because of the capacitance in the
three phasing faults occurs, i.e., at the motor ter- cable- fed line feeding the transformer. Since the
minals, at the substation end, or at the distribution single phase fault capacitance power is not entirely
trans- former. That is why with the voltage sensing dissipated in the transformer core resistance when
protection, current sensing protection is more it happens, ferroresonance also occurs in

215
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

transformers with low core loss. Ferroresonance The layouts are numbered A through A to E. A
can be elimi- nated by using a wye transformer that locked rotor current, draw up torque, break down
is grounded. [2]. torque, slip and typical applications for poly- phase
4.1.4. Single Phasing Prevention, Recloser induction motors are discussed here
Advantages, and Disadvantages. Single-phase 4.2.2. Effect Starting to Prevent Overheating.
faults on the distribution trans- former can be Winding insula- tion breakdown is also influenced
tripped and allowed to go unnoticed because all by starting an induction motor. Induction motors of
three phases are connected to a variety of single- medium to large size should be started with lower
phase and multiphase customers. In the second voltages. Starting current can be reduced by
option, all three phases are closed. As you can see, lowering the voltage [15].
both of them have their advantages and drawbacks. Due to its near-identical effect to that of the 50%
Even though the single-phase consumer connected tap from the primary reactor and autotransformer,
to the other two phases will not be disrupted, the wye start is commonly used with motors. Wye
three-phase customer will have problems with its starters, however, are sig- nificantly less expensive
three-phase machine if we close one phase. If the than autotransformers and primary reactors.
main supply is not cut off, the three-phase load will During start-up, the rotor can become overheated
be damaged. On the other hand, if all three phases due to the motor’s design. To reach its rated speed,
are closed, then both single-phase and three-phase the motor must draw more current while starting
customers will be without power until the fault is slowly, which causes it to heat up more quickly. A
fixed [2]. low voltage may be to blame. When the air gap is
4.2. Overloading Effects. Hot spots can form closed, all energy that passes through it is
inside a three- phase induction motor when it is converted to heat. The law of conservation of
overloaded, potentially exceeding its thermal energy dictates this. The heat reduces as the rotor
limits. Overheating can be dangerous if left speeds up. When starting a motor, it is important
unchecked for long periods of time. Because the that the voltage is at the correct level, as stated on
core, conductor mass, and structural members of an the motor’s nameplate. For example, according to
induction motor store a substantial amount of heat, IEEE 620-1996, starting the motor at decreased
even a brief period of overload will not damage the voltages and running it at reduced voltages for an
motor’s windings [13]. When the rotor is locked in extended period of time will reach the rated current
the closed position, the current rises quickly and [9].
the motor’s other components are not exposed to 4.3. Maintenance Environmental and
much heat. Winding insulation can reach its Manufacturing Effects
thermal limit in a matter of seconds. 4.3.1. Ventilation Effects. Due to clogged or
4.2.1. Design of Polyphase Induction Motor partially clogged ventilation increasing the
according to NEMA MG1 Standard. According to temperature of the motor, it is required for the
NEMA, engine to be ventilated. A blocked ventila- tion
(1) For at least two minutes, the stator current system might destroy a tiny motor. Sensors that
of the induction motor must be capable of detect ventilation inadequacies, such as airflow
withstanding 1.5 times the rated current [13, 14] detectors and tem- perature monitoring devices,
(2) To use an engine designed for one can aid with motor protection.
frequency system to another, the horsepower and 4.3.2. Effects of Manufacturing. The machines
voltage ratings must be adjusted in accordance with are presently being manufactured and sold all over
volts/hertz the world. As a result, producers now face more
(3) In addition, the locked rotor current should competition. This has put designers under pressure
be able to sustain the motor for 12 seconds. to lower the machine’s cost. These are a few of the
Continuous motors are governed by the National techniques they employ:
Electric Code NEC (NPFA 70-2011), which Conductor cross section area reduction, insulation
defines the 125% of the rated current to be tripped. thick- ness reduction, reduction of steel core
For low and medium voltage motors, there are a material, and the development of quick
variety of NEMA designs to choose from, each manufacturing procedures to cut labour costs are
with its own set of performance characteristics. all examples of how to reduce costs [9, 10].

216
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

V. Single Phasing and Overtemperature reliance on 2 phases for all electricity. Motor
Protection windings are unable to tolerate the increased
Overheating occurs when a motor’s operating current and heat because of the insulation’s failure.
temperature rises above a safe threshold. Motor A short circuit in the winding occurs when the
overloading, distortion in the supply voltage, insulation is compromised, resulting in the motor
reduced cooling capacity, unbalanced supply overheating. Overloading the genera- tor can
voltages, etc., are all factors that contribute to occur. If the motor is not running at the time of
motor overheating. Problems such as electrical fire, failure, it may not start when needed, and if it does,
insulation failure, and reduced motor lifespan it will burn up.
owing to earlier wear and tear of the motor 5.1.3. Single Phasing Protection. When power is
windings can all occur as a result of overheating. supplied to only one phase and the supply voltage
Therefore, for three-phase induction motors, all is less than the specified value, a single phasing is
three phases of supply must be present, and the said to occur. With this voltage, the motor will not
motor temperature must be within the permitted start. In order for electric motors to function
range. The motors must be protected from properly, they require a specified voltage range,
mechanical damage and overheating to extend their and operating them outside of that range will result
ser- vice life; hence, phasing protection is essential. in dam- age and reduced lifespan. A well-protected
5.1. Phase Failure. For three-phase motors to three-phase induction motor system is necessary to
work effec- tively, they must be linked to a standard withstand any malfunction. When the voltage goes
voltage. It is possi- ble for the motor to continue to outside of the range that the motor is intended for,
run even if one or more of the phases that power it the equipment is instantly discon- nected. There are
are disconnected. Phase failure or single phasing is numerous ways to identify and safeguard induction
the term for this. Vibrations will continue to occur motors. Artificial neural networks and program-
if one of the three phases of a three-phase motor is mable logic controllers (PLCs) are two examples
lost. In the remaining phases, the current will of these systems. Since parametric monitoring
likewise increase significantly, causing the motor using microcontrol- lers eliminates the use of
components to overheat inside. The motor will additional sensors, the goal of this paper is to
burn out if it is not turned off right away because of develop a low-cost and reliable protection system
the rise in temperature.Even if the engine is not based on microcontrollers. This contrasts with
running, this failure might be hazardous since the other condi- tion monitoring controls that require
engine can start even if only two phases are specialized tools and sensors that are expensive.
connected, depending on the load. For an induction Electrical failures can be detected and controlled
motor, a phase failure is never a good thing, and by this microcontroller-based protection system.
proper pre- cautions should always be taken to 5.2. Overheating Problem of Electric Motor.
avoid it. In this section, we will talk about the issue of
5.1.1. Causes of Phase Failure thermal overloading of electric motors or
(i) One phase of the supply has been cut off overheating of electric motors. Overloading is the
(ii) One of the motor’s power cords has been first thing that comes to mind when we think of
damaged engine over- heating. Motor overheating occurs as
(iii) Vibrations or deterioration of the a result of the supply being overloaded
connection ter- minals cause them to break mechanically and drawing more current than
(iv) Incorrectly tightened connection terminals necessary. Any external mechanical force could
(v) A three-phase circuit breaker has tripped cause the rotor of the motor to be mechanically
(vi) Damaged or rusted starter contactors leave locked, causing the motor to overheat. When the
an open phase motor is overloaded, it will draw an excessive
(vii) Relay contacts that have been damaged amount of current from the power source, which
(viii) Awkward security setup might lead to overheating of the electrical motor.
5.1.2. Effects of Phase Failure. When the engine Additionally, a low supply voltage might lead to
is running at a lower RPM, it loses a significant overheating. In order for the motor to maintain the
amount of power. The remaining phases’ current required torque at a lower supply voltage, the
rises dramatically as a result of the increased motor will demand more current from the mains,

217
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

resulting in a higher current draw. In addition to Overloaded motors, bearing seize-ups, and other
thermal overload, single phasing also causes motor-shaft-locking issues are the most common
motors to over- heat. During a power outage, the causes of this overheating. The motor simply will
remaining two phases take more current to not start, and this can be caused by a bad start in
maintain the required load torque, which causes the the winding of the motor. The DHT22 sensor is
motor to overheat. Overheating of the motor wind- used to monitor the tem- perature. The i5v supply
ing is also caused by an unbalanced supply system, is connected to this sensor. When the temperature
which results in negative sequence current in the of the winding surpasses a certain threshold, the
stator winding. Again, the motor may overheat if sensor transmits a signal to a microcontroller [13–
the supply voltage is sud- denly lost and then 15].
restored. As a result of the sudden loss of supply VI. Implementation of Proposed Protection
voltage and the subsequent reestablishment of System
voltage, the motor is ide-accelerated and consumes Block diagram of the protection technique is given
more current from the supply because of this. To below in Figure 2.
ensure proper motor thermal overload protection, The objective of the dissertation is to protect the
the motor should be protected against the following three- phase induction motor under single phasing
conditions: overheating and insulation failure and overtem- perature fault.
(1) Overloading of mechanical systems In this protection technique, we have the following:
(2) Stall of the motor’s gearbox (i)Three step-down transformers
(3) Low level of power supply (ii)Three regulator IC (LM7805)
(4) Reducing the number of supply phases (iii)One atmega328p microcontroller
(5) Supply lines that are out of balance (iv)Four-pole contactor
(6) Rebuilding of the supply voltage after a (v)One temperature sensor (DHT22)
sudden drop in voltage (vi)GSM module (SIM 800L)
Overheating is the most common cause of motor (vii)5 V supply for Arduino and GSM
failure, according to an IEEE and EPRI report on (viii)9 V battery supply
industrial motor fail- ures. The causes of motor 6.1. Simulation Model. Figure 3 below shows
failure are outlined in Table 1 [13]. the simulation model of Proteus with its various
5.2.1. Studies on Reason of Failure by IEEE working components. In the figure, we use three-
EPRI. Cutting- edge technology is reducing the phase supply with three single- phase step-down
size and power consumption of motors. Fiberglass transformers i220v to i6v and rectify it by using
and silicone resins have better dielectric properties diode, and then, by using LM7805 IC, we get a
than cotton and varnish because of their use. regu- lated 5v dc. If 5v is present across the
However, they are more susceptible to overheating. microcontroller termi- nal, there is no single
Set- ting the relay’s thermal limit correctly can also phasing condition, but if i5v is not present, there is
help keep it from overheating. The thermal limit a single phasing fault. iDHT22 temperature sensor
can be overstated at times. Relay protection senses the temperature of motor, and if it is greater
systems can be more accurately designed utilizing than three limit, then it sends a signal to the
an algorithm based on a microprocessor or microcontroller and the microcontroller sends
microcontroller. signal to four-pole contactor through the relay to
TABlE 1: Motor failure percentage [13]. turn off the motor and alert the user by sending a
IEEE study EPRI study Average % message through the GSM module.
Study name % Study name %
Electrical related 30.6 Electrical related 36 33 6.2. Results of Single Phasing. If any phase is
Mechanical related 30.7 Mechanical related 32 31
Abnormal frequency 0.6 Bearing seals 6
missing out of 3-phase as shown in the Figure 4,
Abnormal voltage 1.5 Frame 3 where the open switch rep- resents the phase
High ambient temp. 3 Wedges 1
Abnormal moisture 5.8 Oil leakage 1 Maintenance, environmental and other related failure reasons failure.
Poor ventilation 3.9 Other components 21
Abrasive chemicals 4.2
As shown in Figure 4, when switch one is open
Other reasons
Total
19.7
38.7 Total 32 36
(phase failure condition), then the relay will
operate and the phase loss message is displayed on
Protecting the windings of a motor against the screen.
overheating is called overheating protection.

218
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

6.3. Results of Temperature. As shown in

Figure 5, if the tem- perature is greater than the
threshold value, the sensor sends the signal to the
microcontroller to turn off the supply.
6.4. Operation Way
(1) Press the set button and go on pressing the NC
but- ton to increase the critical temperature value
of the motor, i.e., 50°C
(2) We can use the DEC button to decrease the
critical temperature value that we have set
(3)Then, press SET button again
(4)Press the start/STOP button to start the motor
(5)If we want to stop the motor, we can press the Figure 4: Single phasing conditions.
start/ STOP button again
(6) In Display, we can view the actual temperature
and set temperature

Figure 5: Overtemperature condition.

Figure 2: Block diagram of the protection

technique.
Figure 6: Real-time photos of single phasing and
overtemperature protection.

Figure 7: Real-time photo of phase failure

Figure 3: Simulation model of single phasing and condition.
overtemperature by using Arduino.

219
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

(7) If the actual temperature reaches the set 6.5.4. Experiment # 4. Three-phase induction
tempera- ture, the contactor trips the motor, and the motor running with single phasing and
buzzer is alarmed and sends SMS to the user’s overtemperature protection is shown in Figure 9.
mobile VII. Conclusion
(8) If anyone of the three phases R, Y, and B fails, The dissertation focuses on the use of
the same process happens microcontrollers, GSM modules, step-down
(9) Hence, we can save the motor from damage transformers, and protective relays to safeguard
from single phasing and overheating three-phase induction motors operating in single-
6.5. Experimental Results. There are so many phase mode. The system is a lot less expensive than
experiments that were performed on our designed the current options on the market. Protecting three-
project; the results of the observation are as phase induction motors from single-phase,
follows. overheating, and SMS alerts can be accomplished
6.5.1. Experiment # 1. Figure 6 shows real-time utilizing the GSM module in the protection system.
photo of sin- gle phasing and overtemperature With this project, we are able to safeguard the
protection, when all three phases are present and motor from overheating and single phasing during
temperature in set limit. abnormal situations. Whenever an abnormal state
6.5.2. Experiment # 2. It is when phase 3 is is detected, a chime is sounded. Contactors are used
missing; phase failure condition is shown in Figure to discon- nect the motor from the three-phase
7.When there is missing of any phase, the fault is supply when any of the failures occur.
displayed on the screen and the microcontroller Additionally, the user is alerted through SMS to the
sends the signal to the contactor to turn off the single phasing or overheating condition via the
motor. GSM modem. Using a microcontroller setting
6.5.3. Experiment # 3. It is when the temperature button, the critical temperature of the three-phase
is greater than the threshold value as shown in load can be set to our speci- fications and motor
Figure 8. rating. Changing the message sent to the user
during any abnormal situation is as simple as
making a change to the microcontroller
programmed.
REFERENCES
[1] W. H. Kersting, “Causes and effects of single-
phasing induc- tion motors,” IEEE Transactions on
Figure 8: Real-time photo of overtemperature Industry Applications, vol. 41, no. 6, pp. 1499–
condition 1505, 2005.
[2] P. E. Sutherland and T. A. Short, “Effect of
single-phase reclos- ing on industrial loads,” in
Conference Record of the 2006 IEEE Industry
Applications Conference Forty-First IAS Annual
Meeting, vol. 5, pp. 2636–2644, Tampa, FL, 8-12
Oct. 2006.
[3] M. Sudha and P. Anbalgan, “A novel protecting
method for induction motor against faults due to
voltage unbalance and single phasing,” in IECON
2007 - 33rd Annual Conference of the IEEE
Industrial Electronics Society, pp. 1144–1148,
Figure 9: Three-phase induction motor running Taipei, 2007.
with protection system.
[4] P. Pillay, P. Hofmann, and M. Manyage,
Temperature is displayed continuously on the
“Derating of induc- tion motors operating with a
screen, here the temperature is a digital data, and if combination of unbalanced volt- ages and over or
the temperature is greater than the limit then the undervoltages,” IEEE Transactions on Energy
microcontroller sends the signal to the contactor to Conversion, vol. 17, no. 4, pp. 485–491, 2002.
turn off the motor.

220
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

[5] J. Faiz, H. Ebrahimpour, and P. Pillay, induction motors,” IEEE industry applications
“Influence of unbal- anced voltage on the steady- magazine, vol. 5, no. 3, pp. 49–63, 1999.
state performance of a three- phase squirrel-cage [15] “IEEE guide for the presentation of thermal
induction motor,” IEEE Transactions on Energy limit curves for squirrel cage induction machines,”
Conversion, vol. 19, no. 4, pp. 657–662, 2004. in IEEE Std 620-1996, IEEE, 1996.
[6] A. Javed and T. Izhar, “An improved method [16] B. R. Lin, S. C. Tsay, and C. S. Yang,
for the detection of phase failure faults in poly “Analysis and implemen- tation of ZVS forward
phase Induction machines,” in 2009 Third converter with centre-tapped rectifier,”
International Conference on Electrical Proceedings Electric Power Applications, vol. 153,
Engineering, pp. 1–6, Lahore, 9-11 April 2009. no. 5, pp. 642–652, 2006.
[7] S. Chattopadhyay, A. Chattopadhyaya, and S. [17] M. H. Rashid, Power Electronics Circuits
Sengupta, “Analysis of stator current of induction Devices and Applica- tions, Pearson, 3rd edition
motor used in trans- port system at single phasing edition, 2011.
by measuring phase angle, sym- metrical [18] G. S. Rao, S. Ananthi, and K. Padmanabhan,
components, skewness, kurtosis and harmonic “Phase balancing of 3-φ motors running on single
distortion in park plane,” IET Electrical Systems in phase using electronic vari- able speed circuit,” in
Transporta- tion, vol. 4, no. 1, pp. 1–8, 2014. 7th IEEE conference on industrial elec- tronics and
[8] C.-Y. Lee, “Effects of unbalanced voltage on applications, ICIEA 2012, pp. 34–39, Singapore,
the operation per- formance of a three-phase July 2012.
induction motor,” IEEE Transac- tions on Energy [19] K. P. Basu and S. K. Mukerji, “Experimental
Conversion, vol. 14, no. 2, pp. 202–208, 1999. investigation into operation under single-phasing
[9] D. L. Ransom and R. Hamilton, “Extending condition of a three-phase induction motor
motor life with updated thermal model overload connected across a zigzag transformer,” IEEE
protection,” IEEE Transac- tions on Industry Transactions on Education, vol. 47, no. 3, pp. 365–
Application, vol. 49, no. 6, pp. 2471–2477, 2013. 368, 2004.
[10] G. C. Stone, M. Sasic, D. Dunn, and I. Culbert, [20] J. C. Das, “Effects of momentary voltage dips
“Recent prob- lems experienced with motor and on the operation of induction and synchronous
generator windings,” in 2009 Record of motors,” IEEE Transactions on Industry
Conference Papers - Industry Applications Soci- Applications, vol. 26, no. 4, pp. 711–718, 1990.
ety 56th Annual Petroleum and Chemical Industry [21] R. Bayindir, I. Sefa, I. Colak, and A. Bektas,
Conference, pp. 1–9, Anaheim, CA USA, 14-16 “Fault detection and protection of induction motors
Sept. 2009. using sensors,” IEEE Transactions on Energy
[11] M. Cunkas, R. Akkaya, and A. Ozturk, Conversion, vol. 23, no. 3, pp. 734– 741, 2008.
“Protection of AC motors by means of [22] D. K. Kastha and B. K. Bose, “Investigation
microcontrollers,” in 2000 10th Mediterra- nean of fault modes of voltage-fed inverter system for
Electrotechnical Conference. Information induction motor drive,” IEEE Transactions on
Technology and Electrotechnology for the Industry Applications, vol. 30, no. 4, pp. 1028–
Mediterranean Countries. Proceed- ings. MeleCon 1038, 1994.
2000 (Cat. No.00CH37099), vol. 3, pp. 1093– [23] R. Maier, “Protection of squirrel-cage
1096, Lemesos, Cyprus, May 2000. induction motor utilizing instantaneous power and
[12] B. Venkataraman, B. Godsey, W. Premerlani, phase information,” IEEE Transac- tions On
E. Shulman, M. Thaku, and R. Midence, Industry Application, vol. 28, no. 2, pp. 376–380,
“Fundamentals of a motor thermal model and its 1992.
applications in motor protection,” in 58thAnnual [24] H. Kernstock and B. Plassnegger, “High
Conference for Protective Relay Engineers, 2005, efficiency soft switched 3-level MOSFET inverter
p. 127, College Station, TX, USA, April 2005. for an electric vehicle PMSM drive,” in 15th
[13] IEEEguide for AC motor protection, “IEEE international power Electronicsand motion control
Std C37.96-2012,” pp. 1–160, 2013. conference, EPE/PEMC, 2012, pp. DS1b.9-1–
[14] A. H. Bonnett and G. C. Soukup, “NEMA DS1b.9-5, Novi Sad, Serbia, 4-6 sept. 2012.
motor-generator standards for three-phase [25] A. Bellini, F. Filippetti, C. Tassoni, and G. A.
Capolino, “Advances in diagnostic techniques for

221
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

induction machines,” IEEE Transactions on

Industrial Electronics, vol. 55, no. 12, pp. 4109–
4126, 2008.
[26] J. C. Gomez, M. M. Morcos, C. A. Reineri,
and G. N. Campe- telli, “Behavior of induction
motor due to voltage sags and short interruptions,”
IEEE Transactions on Power Delivery, vol. 17, no.
2, pp. 434–440, 2002.
[27] I. W. Christopher, J. Parthiban, B. Saravanan,
R. Kumar,
S. Pallavan, and R. Ramesh, “Microcontroller
based single- phase simplified nine-level inverter
fed induction motor,” in IEEE 5th India
international conference on power electronics
(IICPE), pp. 1–6, Delhi, India, 6-8 Dec. 2012.
[28] A. L. Julian, G. Oriti, and S. T. Blevins,
“Operating standby redundant controller to
improve voltage-source inverter reli- ability,”
IEEE Transactions on Industry Applications, vol.
46, no. 5, pp. 2008–2014, 2010.
[29] J. S. Lai, R. W. Young, G. W. Ott, C. P. White,
J. W. McKeever, and D. Chen, “A novel resonant
snubber based soft-switching inverter,” in Tenth
Annual Applied Power Electronics Confer- ence
and Exposition, 1995 APEC '95, vol. 2, pp. 797–
803, Dal- las, TX, 5-9 Mar 1995.
[30] T.-h. Li, J.-j. Wang, and H. S.-H. Chung, “An
investigation into the effects of the gate drive
resistance on the losses of the MOSFET-snubber-
diode configuration,” in IEEE Energy Con- version
Congress and Exposition (ECCE), pp. 362–369,
Atlanta, CA, Sept. 2010.
[31] J. Al-Nasseir, C. Weindl, and G. Herold,
“Dual-inductive snubber circuit design for three-
level inverter,” in European conference on power
electronics and applications, 2007, pp. 1– 10,
Aalborg, sept. 2007.
[32] R. Hanna and D. W. Schmitt, “Failure analysis
of 7500 HP induction motors driving reciprocating
compressors with three years service,” in 57th
Annual Petroleum and Chemical Industry
Conference (PCIC), 2010, pp. 1–6, San Antonio,
TX, 20-22 Sept. 2010.

222
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

SPEED CONTROL OF DC MOTOR USING

MICROCONTROLLER
Ravikumar .Ramya, Melam Stepheno Lidiya,.Nelluri. Lokesh Sai, Pallapati.Gopi Raju
Guide Name: Mr.P.D.V.S.K.Kishore
Department of Electrical and Electronics Engineering
Narasaraopeta Engineering College
Narasaraopet, Andhrapradesh
Email:- rr17102001@gmail.com, m.stephenolidiya@gmail.com, nellurilokeshsai@gmail.com,
gopirajupallapati6@gmail.com, kishorepdvsk@gmail.com

ABSTRACT controls the speed of the motor, i.e., the longer the
The aim of developing this project is to control the pulse is “on”, the faster the motor will rotate and
speed of DC motor. The main advantage in using a the shorter the pulse is “on”, the slower the motor
DC motor is that the Speed-Torque relationship can will rotate. Pulse width, the more average voltage
be varied to almost any useful form. To achieve the applied to the motor terminals, the stronger the
speed control an electronic technique called Pulse magnetic flux inside the armature windings and the
Width Modulation is used which generates High faster the motor will rotate. This way, the voltage
and Low pulses. These pulses vary the speed in the across the terminals of the motor can be regulated,
motor. For the generation of these pulses a and, hence the power applied to the motor can be
microcontroller (AT89c51) is used. As a controlled. In cases “switching on” and “switching
microcontroller is used setting the speed ranges as off” are done in quick succession, the motor rotates
per the requirement is easy which is done by at a slower speed between zero and full rated speed.
changing the duty cycles time period in the 3 Initiating interrupt signals to the microcontroller
program. This project is practical and highly using push switches (labelled as up- and down
feasible in economic point of view, and has an buttons in this circuit) produces speed increase and
advantage of running motors of higher ratings. This decrease of the DC motor. This change in the
project gives a reliable, durable, accurate and motor’s speed was measured by a tachometer
efficient way of speed control of a DC motor. connected to the motor’s shaft, and the
Keywords: dc motor, speed control, observations were in agreement with our
microcontroller expectations.
I. INTRODUCTION II. LITERATURE REVIEW
Direct current (DC) motors find useful applications The main purpose of this paper is to analyse,
in many control systems. DC motor speed control identify and make conclusion based on this paper.
is about the change of the drive speed of the motor A literature review means a collecting related data,
to a value required to perform a work process. DC analysed business process, identify underlying
motors are made up of two basic parts namely the patterns and create a conclusion. Another
stator, which is the stationary part and the rotor, the description of the literature review is a systematic,
inner rotating part, usually called the armature. The explicit and reproducible method to identifying
rotational speed of a DC motor depends on the evaluating and synthesizing the exiting body of
interaction between the two magnetic fields set up completed and recorded work produced by
by the stator’s stationary permanent magnets and researcher, scholars and practitioners. In order to
the armature’s rotating electromagnets. By develop a successful project, the current system is
controlling this interaction, we can control the identified. The system of conventional DC motor
speed of rotation of the DC motor. This speed speed control based on microcontroller is analysed.
control can be achieved in many different ways. A Studies of these system are significant to develop a
simple and easy method is the use of pulse width valid, reliable and efficient up grade project. The
modulation, PWM technique, which can be literature review part acts as a mean to discover
achieved by driving the DC motor with a number which methodology should be chosen in
of “on” and “off” pulses and varying the duty cycle developing this system.
of the pulses while the frequency is kept constant. III. EXISTING METHODOLOGY
Changing or modulating the timing of these pulses,

223
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

Any rotary electrical motor that converts direct V. BLOCK DIAGRAM

current electrical energy into mechanical energy is
referred to as a DC motor. The most common
varieties rely on magnetic fields to produce forces.
Almost all DC motors contain an internal
mechanism, either electromechanical or electronic,
that changes the direction of current in a section of
the motor on a regular basis. Because they could be
supplied by existing direct current lighting power
distribution networks, DC motors were the first
type of motor to become widely employed. The
speed of a DC motor can be varied across a large
range by varying the supply voltage or adjusting
the current intensity in the field windings. Tools,
toys, and appliances all employ small DC motors. VI. ADVANTAGES
The universal motor can run on direct current. 1. This is ensure safety of worker in industrial
However, it is a little brushed motor that is utilized place.
in portable power equipment and appliances. 2. This is easy method to control the speed of DC
Larger DC motors are being employed in electric motor.
vehicle propulsion, elevator and hoist drives, and 3. It can be operated from long distance.
steel rolling mill drives. With the introduction of 4. This technology can save our time and energy.
power electronics, it is now possible to replace DC 5. It reduces the cost of wiring.
motors with AC motors in a variety of applications. 6. Helps to detect the electricity theft.
VII PROJECT MODEL
IV. PROPOSED METHOD
This project reports a microcontroller based control
system to change the speed and direction of
rotation of DC motor. Armature voltage is varied
by pulse width modulation (PWM) of DC input
voltage by using the microcontroller that sends the
signals at the microcontroller’s PWM terminal.
Thus the speed of the DC motor is changed.
Direction of rotation of DC motor is changed by
switching the signals at armature terminals of the VIII. .CONCLUSION
DC motor by initiating an interrupt signal to the In conclusion we can say that after discussing about
microcontroller. Hardware implementation was this project we can implement this project with
done using an 8 bit ATmega16 microcontroller and various interfaces. And can useful to our daily life.
its software was written in C language using the Also, we briefly discussed about the summary of
AVR Butterfly that makes the hex file to be sent to the project. And also future scope of the project. In
the microcontroller through the ISP port (DB 25) . this project we are used pulse width modulation
Since its output current is very low, a four channel technique, it is a modern technology in solid state
monolithic integrated buffer circuit (L293) was field and it provide smooth speed control of motor.
used. This IC is capable of handling high voltage DC motor plays a significant role in modern
and high current and of driving the inductive loads. industries. They are widely used in industry
A separate DC power supply unit was also because of its low cost, less complex control
designed for the various ICs of the system. Finally, structure and wide range of speed and torque so
the designed circuit was tested by controlling the better future of this project. The dc motor speed is
DC motor and results are recorded for various controlled by using power electronic device and the
speeds. Measured data show very good agreement PWM is used which to control the speed of dc
with the expected output. motor. The speed pulse train will be based on
required input speed. This circuit is useful to

224
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

operate the dc motors at required speed with very [5].Kapil, P.N., &Patel, K. (2015). Simulation of
low losses and low cost. The circuit response time PWM Controller Based DC Motor. International
is fast. Journal of Current Engineering and Scientific
IX. FUTURE SCOPE Research, 2(5), 65-68.
DC motor plays a significant role in modern [6].Chauhan. J. S. & Semwal, S. (2013).
industries. They are widely used in industry Microcontroller Based Speed Control of DC
because of its low cost, less complex control Geared Motor through RS-232 Interface with PC.
structure and wide range of speed and torque so International Journal of Engineering Research and
better future of this project. In this project we are Applications, 3(1), 778-783.
used pulse width modulation technique, it is a [7]. Remya Ravindran, Arun Kumar,” A DC Motor
modern technology in solid state field and it Speed Controller using LABVIEW and Visual
provide smooth speed control of motor. Now a day Basic”, IJECT Vol. 3, Issue 1, Jan. - March 2012.
PWM technique are using in fuzzy logic control [8]. Chia-A Yeh and Yen-Shin Lai, “Digital Pulse
system, so PWM method is very efficient and width Modulation Technique for a Synchronous
reliable method to control the speed of motor so it Buck DC/DC Converter to Reduce Switching
future is also bright in the modern era with fuzzy Frequency”, IEEE Transactions on Industrial
logic. Recent developments in science and Electronics, Vol. 59, No. 1, January 2012
technology provide a wide range scope of
applications of high performance DC motor drives
in area such as rolling mills, chemical process,
electric trains, robotic manipulators and the home
electric appliances require speed controllers to
perform tasks. DC motors have speed control
capabilities, which means that speed, torque and
even direction of rotation can be changed at any
time to meet new condition. The goal of this project
is to design a DC motor speed control system by
using microcontrollerPIC16F877A. It is a closed-
loop control system.

REFERENCES
[1]. Arvind, S.K., Arun, T.A., Madhukar, T.S.,
&Deka, J., (2014). Speed Control of DC Motor
using PIC 16F877A Microcontroller.
Multidisciplinary Journal of Research in
Engineering and Technology, 1(2), 223-234.
[2]. Bansal, U. K. &Harvey, R. (2013). Speed
control of DC motor using fuzzy PID controller.
Advance in Electronic and Electric Engineering.
3(9), 1209-1220.
[3]. Kapil, P.N., &Patel, K. (2015).Simulation Of
PWM Controller Based DC Motor. International
Journal of Current Engineering and Scientific
Research, 2(5), 65-68.
[4].Russell, Md.K. and Bhuyan, M.H. (2012)
Microcontroller Based DC Motor Speed Control
Using PWM Technique. Proceedings of the
International Conference on Electrical, Computer
and Telecommunications Engineering RUET,
Rajshahi, Bangladesh, 1-2 December 2012, 519-
522.

225
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

SWITCHING LOSSES AND HARMONIC INVESTIGATIONS

IN MULTILEVEL INVERTERS
P. Srinivasa Rao, D. govardhan, K. Bala Murali Krishna, K. raju
Guide:- Mr.P.Naganjaneyulu M.Tech
Department of Electrical and Electronics Engineering
Narasaraopeta Engineering College
Narasaraopet, Andhrapradesh
Email:- luckysrinu944@gmail.com, dasarigovardhan72@gmail.com, prasannakumarun@gmail.com,
rajukumpati@gmail.com, naganjaneyulu@nrtec.com,

ABSTRACT rating, problem of voltage sharing in series

Use of conventional two-level pulse width connected devices and introduction of large
modulation (PWM) inverters provide less distorted amount of higher order harmonics. Multilevel
current and voltage but at the cost of higher inverters have found better counterparts to the
switching losses due to high switching frequencies. conventional two-level pulse width modulated
Multilevel inverters are emerging as a viable inverters to overcome the above problems. In
alternative for high power, medium voltage addition, they offer the advantage of less switching
applications. This paper compares total harmonic stress on each device for high voltage, high power
distortion and switching losses in conventional applications, with a reduced harmonic content at
two-level inverters with multilevel inverters (three- low switching frequency.
level and fivelevel) at different switching A comparative study of three-level and five-level
frequencies. An optimized switching frequency has diode clamped, capacitor clamped and cascaded
been obtained for a lower level of total harmonic inverters has been presented in. The effect of a
distortion and switching losses. Diodeclamped, passive LC filter on the inverter performance was
three-phase topology is considered for study. A studied. Simulation results indicate reduction in the
sinusoidal PWM technique is used to control the total harmonic distortion (THD) by using higher
switches of the inverter. Simulation study confirms number of levels. Switching losses become a
the reduction in harmonic distortion and switching dominant part of the total inverter losses at higher
losses as the number of the levels increases. switching frequencies. Therefore, optimization of
Keywords-Harmonics, Multilevel inverters, Pulse the switching frequency is necessary to reduce both
width modulation, Switching losses, Total THD and switching losses in the power devices.
harmonic distortion. Switching frequency optimization was not
I. INTRODUCTION considered in. Switching losses and THD in three-
Waveforms of practical inverters are non- level and five-level diode clamped inverters can
sinusoidal and contain certain harmonics. For low- also be optimized by using space vector PWM
and medium power applications, square wave or technique.
quasi-square wave voltage may be acceptable, but This paper investigates two-level inverters and
for high-power applications, sinusoidal waveforms three level and five-level diode clamped three-
with low distortion are required. Harmonic phase inverters on the basis of the THDs and
contents present in the output of a dc–ac inverter switching losses at different switching frequencies.
can be eliminated either by using a filter circuit or An extensive simulation study to optimize the
by employing pulse width modulation (PWM) switching frequency based on the corresponding
techniques. Use of filters has the disadvantage of switching losses and THD contents in line voltage
large size and cost, whereas use of PWM have been presented in this paper. A sinusoidal
techniques reduces the filter requirements to a pulse width modulation (SPWM) technique is used
minimum or to zero depending on the type of for control.
application. Traditional twolevel high frequency Section 2 of the paper gives a system description of
PWM inverters have some drawbacks, such as two level, three-level and five level inverters,
production of common-mode voltages, more whereas Section 3 presents the methodology for the
switching losses, requirement of switches with switching loss calculation. Section 4 discusses the
very low turn on and turn-off times, large dv/dt modulation techniques for two-level, three-level

226
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

and five-level inverters and the last section

compares these topologies on the basis of
switching losses and THD at different switching
frequencies. Switching frequency optimization has
been carried out to achieve a low level of both THD
and switching loss.
II. BASICS OF TWO LEVEL AND source and load, much better dynamic voltage
MULTILEVEL INVERTRS sharing among switching devices and simple
2.1. Two-level inverters topological structure. Therefore, diode clamped
This is the most widely used topology in various inverter topology is considered here for study. The
low- and medium-power applications. The full- control logic is simple, especially for back-toback
bridge configuration of the three-phase voltage intertie connections of two systems. However, it
source inverter is shown in Figure 1. The switching
requires a large number of clamping diodes for a
logic to obtain output voltage for a 1200 mode of large number of output voltage levels. To produce
operation is shown in Table 1. This topology can an m-level output phase voltage, (m1) switches are
be used at a very high switching frequency to required for each half phase leg, a total of (m-1) dc
obtain low THD by using PWM techniques. Power link capacitors for energy storage and (m1)*(m-2)
devices are to be connected in series– parallel to clamping diodes for each phase leg [1-2]
achieve a large power capability. They suffer from
2.2.1. Three-Level Diode Clamped Multilevel
static and dynamic voltage sharing problems in
Inverter
series and parallel connection of power devices, (DCMLI)
high rate of change of voltage due to synchronous Three-phase diode clamped three-level inverter
commutation of series devices and inclusion of (neutral point clamped) topology is shown in
high switching frequency harmonic contents in
Figure 2. The circuit consists of two dc link
inverter output voltage. capacitors, 12 power switches and six clamping
2.2. Multilevel Inverters diodes. The middle point of the dc bus capacitor is
Multilevel inverters have grown as better known as neutral point ‘n’. The main feature of this
counterparts to conventional two-level inverters. topology is clamping diodes that clamp the switch
Commonly employed multilevel inverter voltage to half of the dc bus voltage, reducing the
topologies are Diode Clamped, Capacitor Clamped voltage stress of the switching device. The output
and Cascaded Multilevel inverters. In all these voltage has three different states: +, 0 and – and the
topologies, the output voltage is synthesized from corresponding output phase voltages are +Vdc/2, 0
several levels of input voltages obtained from and -Vdc/2. Switching states to synthesize the
several capacitors connected across the dc bus. In a output voltages for phase ‘A’ are defined in Table
capacitor clamped inverter, both real and reactive
2. A similar logic can be applied for the other two
power can be controlled, but it suffers from higher phases.
switching losses due to real power transfer thus 2.2.2. Five-Level DCMLI The circuit diagram of
reducing the efficiency of power conversion. Also, the five-level DCMLI topology is shown in Figure
it requires a large number of storage capacitors at 3. It consists of 24 power switches and 36 clamping
higher levels. The cascaded inverter uses a large diodes. The DC bus has four capacitors for a DC
number of separate dc sources for each of the bus voltage
bridges. However, in the diode clamped topology,
Vdc. The voltage across each capacitor
all devices are switched at the fundamental
frequency resulting in low switching losses and
high efficiency. Other main features of this
topology are controlled reactive power flow
between

Table 1: Switching states of a two-level three-

phase inverter

Figure 1: Three-phase two-level inverter

227
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

Table 2: Switching states for phase ‘A’ of a three- Figure 2: Three phase three level diode clamped
level diode clamped inverter is Vdc/4; thus, the inverter.
voltage stress across each device will be limited to Instantaneous power during the interval tc(on) is
Vdc/4 through the clamping diode. Table 3 p(t) = v(t)*i(t)
shows the switching combinations and ={Vdc – (Vdc – Von)*(t/tc(on))}* {Idc * (t/ tc(on))}
corresponding output phase voltage levels where ={Vdc *Idc * (t/ tc(on)) } – (Vdc – Von)*(t2/tc(on)2)
switching state ‘1’ represents the switch is in ‘on’ ………..(3)
condition and state ‘0’ indicates the switch is in and energy dissipated during this interval is tc(on),
E c, on = ∫[{Vdc*Idc*(t/ tc(on))}– (Vdc – Von)*(t2/tc(on)2)]
‘off’ condition. When the number of levels is high dt 0 to tc(on)
enough in the DCMLI, harmonic contents in the E c, on = (Vdc *Idc * tc(on))/2 – (Vdc – Von)* Idc * tc(on)/3
output voltage and current get reduced to avoid the = (Vdc *Idc * tc(on))/6 – (Von* Idc * tc(on))/3
need for filters. …………(4)
and during turn-off transition, of t c(off), the
Sa1 Sa2 S’a1 S’a2 Switching Output pole Output phase
states voltage (V ) voltage (V )
Ao An
current falls from Idc to zero and the Von rises
linearly to Vdc. The instantaneous voltage and
1 1 0 0 + + Vdc
+Vdc/2
+Vdc/2 current during this period are
0 1 1 0 0 0
0 0 1 1 - 0 -Vdc/2 v(t) = Von + (Vdc – Von)/tc(off) ..................... (5)
i(t) = Idc - Idc/tc(off) ........................................ (6)
The instantaneous power dissipated during the
III. SWITCHING LOSS CALCULATIONS interval
Consider a single MOSFET switch connected tc(off) is
across a dc voltage of value Vdc. Current through p(t) = v(t)*i(t)
switch during ‘on’ time is considered as Idc. Figure = {Von + (Vdc – Von)*(t/tc(off))}* { Iodc - Idc * (t/ tc(off))}
4 shows the waveforms of the voltage across and = Von*Idc + (Vdc–Von)*Idc*(t/tc(off)) - Von*Idc*(t/tc(off))
the current through the switch when it is operated –(Vdc – Von)*Idc*(t2/tc(off)2
at a switching frequency of Fs = 1/Ts, where Ts is Hence, the energy dissipated can be found as
the switching period. To simplify the expressions, tc(off),
Ec,off =∫[Von*Idc+(Vdc–Von)*Idc*(t/tc(off))–
the switching waveforms are represented by linear Von*Idc*(t/tc(off))–(Vdc – Von)*Idc*(t2/tc(off)2)]dt
approximations. In the figure, vM and iM are the 0tc(on) = (Vdc*Idc*tc(off))/6 – (Von*Idc*tc(off))/3 ......... (8)
voltage across and the current through the With aswitching frequency of Fs, the average
MOSFET. Switching losses can be calculated from switching loss switch during each transition of turn
the turn-on and turn-off characteristics of the on and turn off can be found as
devices. Instantaneous voltage and current during Pc,on =(Vdc*Idc*tc(on)/Ts)/6+(Von*Idc*tc(on)/Ts)/3….(9)
turn on time tc(on) are Pc,off=(Vdc*Idc*tc(off)/Ts)/6–(Von*Idc*tc(off)/Ts)/3..(10)
v(t) = Vdc – (Vdc – Von)*(t/tc(on)); Hence, the average switching loss Psw in the
0 < t ≤ tc(on) ................ (1) switch is
i(t) = Idc * (t/ tc(on)); 0 < t ≤ tc(on).................(2) Psw=(1/6)*Vdc*Idc*{tc(on)+tc(off)}/Ts+(1/3)*Von*Idc*
{tc(on)+tc(off)}/Ts ........................................ (11)

Table 3: Switching states for phase ‘A’ of a five-

level diode clamped inverter

228
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

Appendix II: Simulation parameters

Load parameters MOSFET parameters

Three-phase active

t
c(on) 48 ns

power 8 kW t 15 ns
d(on)

Three-phase inductive t ri, 25 ns

on

reactive power 6 kVar t 85 ns

c(off)

Nominal frequency 50 Hz t 52 ns
d(off)

Nominal phase-phase t fi, 25 ns

off

voltage 200 Volts

IV. MODULATION TECHNIQUE

Modulation techniques for voltage source inverters
may be carrier based or carrier-less and open loop
or closed loop. These modulation or control
techniques for multilevel voltage source inverters
are classified in Figure 5. Simulation investigation
of different multilevel control techniques have
been presented in [11]. The SPWM technique is
considered for study in this paper. It is the simple
technique to be implemented. In the SPWM
Figure 3: Three-phase five technique, a triangular carrier wave at a high
level diode clamped inverter. switching frequency is compared with the
Nomenclature of variables used are given in sinusoidal reference wave at a fundamental output
Appendix- I frequency. The SPWM technique is again divided
Appendix I: Nomenclature into Alternate Phase Opposition Disposition, Phase
Opposition Disposition and In Phase (PH) [12].
Figure 6 shows the generation of switching pulses
for power device S1 of the two-level inverter
shown in Figure 1. One triangular carrier wave is
compared with a sinusoidal reference wave to
generate switching pulses. For power device S4,
the complementary of this pulse is to be given. The
control principle of the SPWM is to use several
triangular carrier signals keeping only one
modulating sinusoidal signal. If an m-level inverter
is needed.
Two and four triangular carrier signals are needed
for three- and five-level inverters, respectively.
The carriers have the same frequency fc and the
same peak-to-peak amplitude Ac. The zero
reference is placed in the middle of the carrier set.
The modulating signal is a sinusoid of frequency
fm and amplitude Am. At every instant, each
carrier is compared with the modulating signal.
Each comparison switches the switch ‘on’ if the
modulating signal is greater than the triangular
carrier assigned to that switch. Obviously, the
Figure 4: Linearized switching characteristics. actual driving signals for the power devices can be
whereas load parameters considered for simulation derived from the results of the ns: nanoseconds
study are given in Appendix-II. employed, (m-1) level shifted carriers will be
modulating–carrier comparison by means of a

229
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

control inverter shown in Figure 2. Pulses for the As the switching frequency is increased THD is
lower two logic circuit. Figure 7 shows the reduced. The total switching losses are calculated
generation of switching devices Sa1’ and Sa2’ are as discussed in section 3, and tabulated in Table 5
complementary to these pulses, CONTROL for the different carrier frequencies ranging from
TECHNIQUES FOR MULTILEVEL 1500 to 5000 Hz.
VOLTAGEW SOURCE INVERTER lower four It can be observed from Table 4 that a decrease in
devices Sa1’, Sa2’, Sa3’ and Sa4 are the carrier frequency results in a lower value of
complementary to these pulses, respectively. Vr is switching losses. This is due to the reduced number
the reference sin wave and Vt1,Vt2, Vt3, Vt4 are of ‘sampling points’ at reduced carrier frequencies,
four carrier respectively. Figure 8 shows the which in turn limit the number of switching
generation of switching pulses for power devices transitions in one PWM switching cycle, resulting
Sa1, Sa2, Sa3 and Sa4 of the fivelevel inverter in lower switching losses. Lowering the value of
shown in Figure 3. Pulses for the respectively. the carrier frequency still preserves the average
Figure 8 shows the generation of switching pulses shape of the fundamental 50 Hz sinusoidal but
for power devices Sa1, Sa2, Sa3 and Sa4 of the exhibits an increase in the THD due to increased
fivelevel inverter shown in Figure 3. Pulses for the ‘notches’ within the width of each generated output
pulse. To locate the optimum point whereby both
THD and switching losses are optimized, the
performance of the two-level converter is observed
at several carrier frequencies and the values of
THD and switching losses are noted from the
values of THD and switching losses obtained, a
graph of THD and switching losses with reference
to carrier frequencies is constructed to locate the
Figure 5: Classification of multilevel control optimum point with minimized losses, as shown in
techniques Figure 10. From Figure 10 it is clear that at the
switching frequency of 2300 Hz, THD and
switching losses are optimized
(THD: Total harmonic distortion)
Table 4: THD and switching losses for a two-
level inverter at different switching frequencies
Carrier % THD Total switching frequency (Hz)

1500 44.26 44.35 44.82 25.80

2500 40.48 40.73 40.63 47.68
3500 37.56 37.42 37.61 62.35
5000 31.83 31.54 31.67 88.18

Phase A Phase B Phase C losses (mJ)

Table 5: THD and switching losses for a three-
level inverter at different switching frequencies
Carrier % THD Total switching frequency (Hz)
Phase A Phase B Phase C losses (mJ)
1500 34.10 34.13 22.39 33.94 21.88
2500 22.05 14.93 22.52 31.86
3500 14.68 8.64 14.89 39.40 5000 8.97 9.16 46.64
Table 6: THD and switc inverter at differen
frequencies hing losses or the f five level
Carrier % THD
g
Figure 7: Pulse generation for three- Total switchin
level inverter (for switches Sa1 and sa2). frequency (Hz) Phas losses
Phase A e C (mJ)
Table 4 gives the THD and switching losses in each 25.66
phase voltage at different switching frequencies. 1500 25.94 19.64 24.93 13.42
2500 19.18 20.21 19.47

230
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

3500 8.18 8.83 8.44 26.60 However, it is also observed that an unequal device
5000 6.31 5.37 5.84 33.33
rating would be necessary for the three-level
inverter.

Figure 11: output voltage of the three-

level inverter and its frequency spectrum

Figure 9: output voltage of two-

level inverter and its frequency spectrum.
Output voltage waveform and its frequency Figure 12: Variation of switching losses and THD
spectrum for different carrier frequencies ranging with c arri er frequency for the three-level inverter.
from 1500 to for the three-level inverter at a
switching frequency of 1 5000 Hz. From the
simulation results and analysis taken kHz are
shown in Figure 11. The THD and the total for the
three-level three-phase inverter, it is observed
switching losses are calculated and tabulated in
Table 5 that with the increaE4WS3AWAse in the
Figure 13: output voltage of a five-level
number of levels
inverter and its frequency spectrum.

Figure 10: Variation of switching losses and THD To obtain the output voltage corresponding to that
with c arri er frequency for the two-level inverter. of Vdc of the input voltage, both switches Sa1 and
The performance is improved in terms of the THD Sa2 have to be turned on. However, to produce the
and switching losses. The voltage impressed across level of 0.5Vdc, switch Sa2 remains on while Sa1
the terminals of the switches is reduced from 200 turns off. It shows that switch Sa2 remains on for
to 100 volts as compared to the two-level inverter. one switching sequence more than that of Sa1 and

231
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

Sa2 conducts over the entire cycle except when the three-phase diode clamped inverters has been
output voltage is equal to zero. Such unequal presented in this paper using the SPWM technique.
conduction duty requires different ratings for the It has been observed that both THD and switching
switching devices. When the inverter is designed losses decrease with the increase in the number of
to use the average duty for all devices, the outer levels in the output voltage. However, with2000
switches may be oversized and the inner switches 2500 3000 3500 4000 4500 5000 5500 6000
may be undersized. Because of this reason, it is Carrier Frequency (Hz) use the average duty for all
observed that switching losses were considerably devices, the outer switches may be oversized and
reduced as compared with that of the two-level the inner switches may be undersized as in the
inverter. According to Table 5, switching losses three-level inverter.
were reduced to almost half with a decrease in the VI. .CONCLUSION
switching frequency from 5000 to 1500 Hz. Table 6 shows the total switching losses and %
However, this is achieved at an expense of an THD in each phase voltage for different carrier
increase in the THD level. For different carrier frequencies ranging from 1500 to 5000 Hz for a
frequencies, the switching loss and THD levels five-level inverter. It is noted that switching losses
associated with different carrier frequencies were are considerably reduced than that of the two-level
observed and a graph of variation of THD and and three-level inverters mainly due to the fact that
switching loss with carrier frequency is the voltage across the terminals of the switch is
constructed to locate the optimum point, as shown considerably lesser.Variation of THD and
in Figure 12. switching losses for different carrier frequencies is
The output voltage and its frequency spectrum of a constructed to locate the optimum point, as shown
fivelevel inverter at a switching frequency of 1 in Figure 14. Figures 15 and 16 show the variation
kHz are shown in Figure 13. The system of switching losses and THD for two-level, three-
performance for the five level inverter is further level and fivelevel inverters, respectively. It is
improved in terms of the THD and switching observed that switching losses reduce with
losses. The voltage impressed across the terminals increased number of levels in output voltage at a
of the switches is further reduced to 50 volts from particular switching frequency. However, for the
200 volts as in the two-level inverter. However, it same inverter level, switching losses increase with
is also observed that unequal device rating would switching frequency. It is clear from Figure 16 that
be necessary for the five-level inverter as well, THD reduces with number of inverter levels and
similar to that of the three-level topology. From also with switching frequency.
Table 3, it can be seen that to obtain an output REFERENCES
voltage corresponding to that of Vdc of the input 1. F. Z. Peng & J. S. Lai, ‘Multilevel Converters -
voltage, all top switches have to be turned on. A new breed of power converters’, IEEE
However, to produce the level of 0.75Vdc, Transaction on Industry Applications, Vol. 32, No.
switches Sa2, Sa3 and Sa4 remain on while Sa1 3, May/June, 1996, pp. 509-517.
turns off and its complement Sa1’ turns on. This 2. Jose Rodriguez, J. S. Lai & F. Z. Peng,
continues until a voltage output of 0.5Vdc is ‘Multilevel Inverters: A Survey of Topologies,
required, which in turn causes Sa2 to Fturn off and Controls, and Applications’, IEEE Transaction on
its complement Sa2’ to be turned on. When a Industrial Electronics, Vol. 49, No. 4, Aug 2002,
voltage level of 0.25Vdc is needed, Sa3 turns off pp. 724-738.
while Sa4 remains on. Hence, it can be seen that
Sa4 remains on for three switching sequences
allowing it to conduct over the entire cycle except
when the output voltage required is zero. Such
unequal conduction duty cycle requires the
switches to be sized differently in terms of both
their current and their voltage ratings. When the
inverter design is to A comparative study of THD
of the output voltage waveform and switching
losses of two-level, three-level and five-level

232
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

WAVELET-BASED POWER QUALITY ASSESSMENT FOR A STATCOM

CONNECTED WIND ENERGY SYSTEM
J.Pardha Saradhi, R.Srinivasa Rao
Department of Electrical and Electronics Engineering
Bapatla Engineering College
Bapatla, Andhrapradesh
Email:- pardhasaradhi.jpalli@gmail.com, srinivas.jntueee@gmail.com

ABSTRACT controllers was observed. Here STATCOM is

Nonlinear loads in the presence of wind power operated by the hysteresis controller method.
plants will create the harmonics on the source side Whereas UPQC is designed based upon the
of the supply. STACOM and UPQC are two instantaneous power theory method.
promising FACTS devices in reducing the The emerging power system will comprise
harmonics. Traditionally FFT analysis is used to sustainable power sources, smart grid
estimate the harmonics. But it has few limitations. arrangements involving FACTs technology-based
Wavelets are an emerging technology used in devices, and non-linear loads like the equipment
power systems for detailed study of the signal. In based on power electronics, hybrid electric
this paper, Harmonics are measured and compared vehicles, and so on. Therefore harmonic
both in the presence and absence of FACTS assessment [1] is vital to know the harmonic
devices. Later, the harmonics are estimated by content and their values for planning the harmonics
using wavelet multiresolution analysis. compensating devices and other necessary
Comparison of harmonics was also made both by controllers. The harmonic assessment ought to be
using FFT analysis and wavelet MRA techniques. quick enough for the real-time application,
Keywords: STATCOM, UPQC, Power quality, profoundly precise for better unwavering quality,
wavelet multiresolution analysis (MRA) straightforward for simple useful execution, and
I. INTRODUCTION affordable as well. The power system is very much
Power system essentially consists of generation, dynamic nowadays. Therefore the power system
transmission, and distribution system. Ultimately parameters and their boundaries continue evolving
loads are connecting to distribution systems. Now quickly. Therefore harmonic assessment hence
a day’s distribution system consists of different ought to be versatile.
types of complex loads. One among that complex Traditionally FFT analysis is used to measure the
loads is nonlinear loads. These nonlinear loads also harmonics in the system due to its simplicity and
affect the distribution system and also cause fastness. Whereas FFT analysis has few drawbacks
harmonics to enter into the system. Distributed including aliasing, time information is lost, leakage
generation is playing a key role in mitigating the &picket-fence effect, hence cannot detect
problems associated with the distribution system. transients effectively. Therefore the potential
But due to the involvement of wind-connected application of FFT analysis[2] is the stationary and
systems will also cause more fluctuations and linear signal with the fundamental frequency. New
harmonics to enter into the distribution system. techniques must be adopted, in that emerging tool
FACTS devices are playing a vital role in the entire is by using wavelet analysis, which offers great
power system. These are using widely due to their benefits including time-frequency domain analysis,
advantages include improving stability, reactive Multi-resolution ability& easy implementation
power compensation, and also they are using for with filter bank. Hence wavelet multiresolution
improving power quality. FACTS devices are analysis has been used in this paper for determining
mainly classified as series, shunt, series-series, and the harmonics.
series-shunt controlled FACTS devices. Each The harmonics measurement has been a great
FACTS controller has the potential to mitigate the interest in power systems for researchers. But the
particular problem. In this paper STATCOM and harmonic measurement methodologies must be
UPQC are taken as compensating devices for according to the norms of measurements and
reducing harmonics that are produced on the source instrumentation. Wavelet multi-resolution analysis
side due to nonlinear load. The efficacy of both the

233
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

has been proved methodology in measuring the controller will use the hysteresis current
harmonics. controlling technique. This controller will generate
II. Power quality improvement with the operating boundaries by using the hysteresis
STATCOM and UPQC current control which will be used to produce limits
The test system [3] consists of a source connected of the band, by what band of limits the controller
with nonlinear loads in the presence of a wind farm. has to perform its operation or not. The current
Due to the effect of nonlinear load integrated with controller block receives actual values of current
windfarm a harmonics are produced. Therefore and reference values of current as shown in the
STATCOM is used to reduce the harmonics which equations (2.1-2.5). The controller will operate
is shown in the single line diagram fig 2.1. concerning the difference between the two
quantities.
In a three-phase balanced system, the RMS values
of the source voltage amplitude are calculated by
using the three-phase source voltages (Vsa, Vsb,
Vsc) and are expressed by the equations below.
Sampled peak voltage is represented by Vsm is
Fig. 2.1 single line diagram of the test system given as
The STATCOM essentially [4] consists of a three- Vsm = {2/3(Vsa²+Vsb²+Vsc²)} ½… ............ (2.1)
phase voltage source converter it is coupled with The in-phase unit vectors are also derived by using
the capacitance and is connected at a point of the source voltage in each phase and the RMS
common coupling. The harmonics produced due to values of each unit vector are expressed as.
nonlinear load will be canceled out by connecting Usa = Vsa/Vsm ............................................. (2.2)
STATCOM, and also allows maintaining the Usb = Vsb/Vsm..............................................(2.3)
power factor at unity on the source side by canceled Usc = Vsc/Vsm .............................................. (2.4)
out the reactive component which is produced due The in-phase reference currents are obtained by
to the presence of nonlinear load and wind energy using the in-phase unit voltages as expressed as
source. isa*=I*Usa, isb*=I*Usb, isc*=I*Usc ............. (2.5)
The compensating current send by the STATCOM Where ‘I’ is the current value it is proportional to
will also compensate the harmonics. Thus the the magnitude of filtered source voltage for the
power quality is achieved. The voltage source corresponding phases. This method is very simple
inverter will send the current which has to and effective in operation.
synchronize with the grid voltage. Induction A. Bang-Bang Current Controller
generator-based wind plant is connected due to its It is now included in the controller scheme. For a
simplicity and its performance ability with constant hysteresis-based bang-bang controller, the
and variable loads. The energy storage system used reference currents are produced as in the equation,
in this scheme is based upon BESS (battery energy and the real current is detected by current sensors
stored systems) which will keep capacitor voltage and subtracted to obtain a current error. The
constant. It also keeps the grid under stability by hysteresis controller is used to generate the ON and
absorbing and transferring the reactive power. The OFF switching signals for the operation of
BESS is connected in parallel with the capacitor. STATCOM’s IGBTs. For phase ‘a’ the switching
The current controlled topology has been used in sequence of SA is written as
this work which will explore the control strategy of isa > ( isa*-HB); SA=1 ................................ (2.6)
STATCOM. The voltage source inverter-based isa < ( isa*-HB);SA=0 ................................. (2.7)
STATCOM is operated with the help of IGBTs. Where HB refers to the hysteresis current band.
This injected current generation is by proper Here the controller will produce its output signal
closing and opening of the IGBT switches of depends upon the hysteresis band limits.
voltage source inverter of STATCOM. Whereas isa, isb, isc represents the source currents
A bang-bang controller is [88] developed to of the system, and isa*, isb*, isc* are the reference
improve the power quality and to reduce the values of the source side currents obtained from the
harmonics. For this, the grid voltages are sensed hysteresis current controller or bang-bang current
and are synchronized in generating the current controller.
command for the inverter. The bang-bang

234
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

Based upon the above bang-bang current

controller, test system, and STATCOM a
MATLAB Simulink diagram is developed which is
shown in figure 2.2.

Fig .2.4 Source current and source voltage with

STATCOM
Figures 2.3 and 2.4 represent the response of source
Fig.2.2 Matlab Simulink model of the Test system current and source voltage without connecting the
Mat lab Simulink diagram is shown in fig 2.2, and STATCOM and with connecting the STATCOM,
the parameters used for the system are tabulated in it clearly shows that harmonics on the source side
2.1. Initially, the system [88] is simulated without are reduced after connecting the hysteresis current
connecting the STATCOM, then the harmonics on control based STATCOM. The results of THD
the source side are obtained by using FFT analysis. obtained with this controller are represented in
Later the same system is connected with table 2.2. But the effect of the nonlinear load will
STATCOM at the point of common coupling, introduce voltage sag on the source side .i.e. the
harmonics are also measured. Comparative voltage on the source side has reduced from the
analysis was also performed. three-phase voltage to 240V.To compensate for the
TABLE 2.1 SYSTEM PARAMETERS voltage sag and to analyze the effectiveness of the
proposed control strategy, it has been compared
S.No Parameters Ratings
with the UPQC.
1 Grid voltage 3 phase,415V,50Hz B.UPQC CONTROL STRATEGY
This research work also utilizes UPQC as a
2 Induction Generator 1.5 KVA, 415V, 50Hz, Speed=1440 compensating device. The UPQC is designed [94]
rpm,,Ls=0.06H,Lr=0.06H
to compensate for both source current harmonics
3 Line series and also reduce supply voltage disturbances at the
Inductance 0.05mH
4 Inverter parameters DC link voltage=800V same time. UPQC essentially consists of two three-
DC link Capacitance=0.0001F phase voltage-source inverters connected back to
Switching frequency=2kHz
5 Load Nonlinear load back via the same DC connection capacitor.
Between the point of common connection and the
6 Base Wind speed 12m/s
load, a source side inverter, also known as a series
inverter, they are connected by using the coupling
transformers. The load side inverter, also known as
a shunt inverter, is attached to the transformers in
parallel or directly. The shunt inverter is a
regulated current source, whereas the series
inverter is a controlled voltage source.
As a result, the UPQC has the capability of
reducing the harmonic current, reactive power
compensation, source voltage fluctuations like
voltage sag on the source side, and unbalance also
compensated.
UPQC essentially consists of three components, a
Fig. 2.3 Source current and source voltage positive sequence detector a shunt inverter sensor,
without any controller

235
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

and a series inverter control is the three key

components of the control system.
Shunt Inverters:
The shunt inverter's functions include
compensating for current harmonics, reactive
power, and regulating the DC-link capacitor
voltage. Figure 2.5 depicts the shunt inverter power
arrangement, which involves harmonic
compensation current control and DC voltage
control.
The shunt controller will measure the reference
value of the compensating current for reducing the Fig .2.8 Source current and source voltage with
harmonic current, the load reactive, and the real UPQC
power demand of the series inverter is to Compensating device THD
compensate for the sag or swell in terms of DC
Without any compensating 27.04
contact voltage regulation.
device
STATCOM 2.89
UPQC 1.8
Table 2.2 Comparison of THD by STATCOM
and UPQC
Power quality enhancement in grid-connected
Fig. 2.5 Shunt inverter control. wind generation systems with nonlinear loads is
Series Inverter Control: discussed using UPQC and STATCOM-based
The purpose of the series inverter is to compensate control schemes. The effect of power quality
for voltage sag on the source side to the problems on consumers and electric utilities is
nonlinearity of the Load. discussed. Both compensators proved their
uniqueness in the ability to cancel out the harmonic
components of the source current. The simulation
diagram is built for the UPQC & STATCOM in
MATLAB/SIMULINK for retaining power
quality. The nonlinear load also affects the voltage
on the source side. The voltage sag is compensated
Fig.2.6 Control circuit for Series converter. by using UPQC and attained to three-phase
The control topology for the series and shunt voltage. Therefore voltage sag and harmonics are
controller is shown in Figures 2.5 and 2.6. The reduced by using UPQC, whereas the power factor
harmonics are measured on the source side of the also maintained at unity is obtained by using
system. These harmonics produced on the source STATCOM.
side are 27.04 %. Whereas after connecting the III. Harmonics measurement with wavelets
UPQC the harmonics have been reduced to 1.8%. Any rotary electrical motor that converts direct The
limitations of FFT [25] analysis in the THD index
necessitate the creation of a new approach for
evaluating signal harmonic content that reflects the
discrepancies where THD fails. THD is calculated
using multi-resolution signal processing. Wavelet
coefficients for the various frequency bands
present in the signal are obtained using wavelet
multi-resolution signal processing. The magnitude
of the coefficients is determined by the
decomposition frequency standard. The square root
Fig. 2.7 Source current and source voltage of the ratio between the sum of squares of all the
without any controller

236
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

weighted coefficients of the signal information and

the sum of squares of the lowest frequency band
approximation coefficients is determined. This
ratio is expressed as
𝑚
𝑁
∑ 2𝑗−1 ∑ 𝑗 𝑑𝑗2(𝑘)
√ 𝑘=1
𝑗=1
𝑇𝐻𝐷′ = 𝑁 𝑚 𝑎2 (𝑘)
(2.9)
2𝑚−1𝛴𝑘=1 𝑚

Where dj(k) is the detail at level j, am(k) is the

approximation at level m, k is the coefficient
number at level j, and Nj is the number of
coefficients at level j, where m is the number of Fig.2.10 Detailed coefficients of source current at
decomposition levels. The wavelet-based data used levels 1and level 5 without any controller
for the simulation is shown in table 2.3.
TABLE 2.3 MOTHER WAVELET AND ITS
ASSOCIATED PARAMETERS
Mother Wavelet Bior 3.3, Level 5
Analyzed Detailed coefficients of
information currents at each bus and
zones
Sampling 1500KHz
frequency
Actual frequency 50Hz Fig .2.11 approximate coefficients of source
Number of 30000 current at levels 1 and level 5 without any
samples controller
Wavelet analysis is applied based upon equation
(8), after getting the approximate and detailed
coefficients of source-side current in all the levels.
Mathematically the standard deviation of source
current is calculated at each level. Harmonics are
evaluated by using the formulae (8). Figures 2.11
represent approximate coefficients at levels 1 and
5 without connecting STATCOM. Similarly, 2.12
-2.13 represents the approximate and detailed
coefficients at the level 1 and 5 after connecting the
STATCOM. The coefficients represented here is
for only for 1st and 5th level. Similarly, 2nd,3rd,
and 4th level coefficients were also drawn, which
were not represented in this paper.

Fig .2.9 Approximation and detailed coefficients

of source current by using bior3.3 at level 5
The approximate and detailed coefficients due to
nonlinear load are represented in figure 2.9, where
the decomposition is done up to the 5th level.
Figures 2.10 represent the approximate and
detailed coefficients only at level 1 and level 5. But
the coefficients are estimated at levels 1, 2, 3, 4&5.
For the understanding purpose, only two-level Fig .2.12 Approximated coefficients of source
components are shown in the diagrams. current at level 1 and level 5 with STATCOM

237
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

Journal of Electrical Power & Energy Systems,

40(1), 54-61.
[3] Barros, J., Diego, R. I., & De Apraiz, M. (2012).
Applications of wavelet transform for analysis of
harmonic distortion in power systems: A review.
IEEE Transactions on instrumentation and
measurement, 61(10), 2604-2611.
[4] Liu, Y. Z. (2001, July). A wavelet based model
for on-line tracking of power system harmonics
using Kalman filtering. In 2001 Power Engineering
Fig. 2.13 Detailed coefficients of source current at Society Summer Meeting. Conference Proceedings
level 1 and level 5 with STATCOM (Cat. No. 01CH37262) (Vol. 2, pp. 1237-1242).
Compensating THD by THD by IEEE.
device using FFT using [5] Saradhi, J. P., Srinivasarao, R., & Ganesh, V.
analysis wavelet (2021). Wavelet-Based Algorithm for Fault
(%) MRA (%) Detection and Discrimination in UPFC-
Compensated Multiterminal Transmission
Without any 27.04 28.50
Network. In Innovations in Electrical and
compensating Electronic Engineering (pp. 79-95). Springer,
device Singapore.
With 2.89 3.20 [6] Saradhi, J. P., Rao, R. S., & Ganesh, V. Power
STATCOM Quality Improvement For Wind Connected System
With Nonlinear Load.
Table 2.4 Comparison of Harmonics by using [7] Sinha, P., Goswami, S. K., & Nath, S. (2016).
FFT and Wavelet MRA technique Wavelet‐based technique for identification of
IV. CONCLUSION harmonic source in distribution system.
This work is simulated in the International Transactions on Electrical Energy
MATLAB/SIMULINK environment. The Systems, 26(12), 2552-2572.
performance of the system with and without [8] Apetrei, V., Filote, C., & Graur, A. (2014,
STATCOM is studied and it is observed that the March). Harmonic analysis based on Discrete
total harmonic distortion of the source current has Wavelet Transform in electric power systems. In
been reduced to a greater extent. The wavelet 2014 Ninth International Conference on Ecological
toolbox is used to decompose the source currents Vehicles and Renewable Energies (EVER) (pp. 1-
into the detailed and approximated coefficients and 8). IEEE.
analyzed with Bi-Orthogonal 3.3 at level 5 [9] J. Pardha Saradhi, R. Srinivasa Rao, V.Ganesh
transformations. The results obtained from discrete ,’Wavelet Based Power Quality Assessment of
wavelet harmonic analysis in the system are Wind Energy Source Integrated 5-Bus System
compared with THD obtained from FFT analysis under Sudden Load Conditions in Presence of
which is shown in table 2.4. Harmonics are FACTS Devices’ International Journal of
measured both by using FFT analysis and wavelet Engineering and Advanced Technology (IJEAT)
analysis. The mathematical analysis using wavelet ISSN: 2249 – 8958, Volume-8, Issue-6S3,
analysis is being performed to achieve the September 2019
harmonics.
REFERENCES
[1] Saradhi, J. P., Srinivasarao, R., & Ganesh, V.
(2020). Wavelet based multiresolution analysis of
a 5-Bus system in the presence SVC controller
under fault and sudden load conditions. Materials
Today: Proceedings.
[2] Nath, S., Sinha, P., & Goswami, S. K. (2012).
A wavelet based novel method for the detection of
harmonic sources in power systems. International

238
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

EMERGENCY VEHICLES USING ‘RADIO FREQUENCY IDENTIFICATION

Mr. M. Murugesan,
Mr.Hariprasath.K, Ms.Priyadharshini.R, Mr.Manoj kumar.M
Department of Electrical and Electronics Engineering
KARPAGAM INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY, COIMBATORE
ANNA UNIVERSITY: CHENNAI

ABSTRACT though this has led to comfortable lifestyles. Smart

Traffic congestion is becoming a grave problem in traffic management system is an alternative way to
many big cities of the country. Unpredictable solve road traffic problem and this system will
failure of traffic signals, poor law enforcement and support existing operation system. Traffic
bad traffic management has led to this grave congestion is a severe problem in almost every
problem of traffic congestion. The road traffic modern cities around the world.
management strategy determines the objectives,
roles, responsibilities and operational principles of
Regional Transport Office (RTO). The main aim of
this project is to provide a smart way to monitor
and control traffic congestion on roads and
emergency service vehicles. The appropriate
places for placing radio frequency readers are
selected so that the radio frequency tags on
ambulance and fire-extinguisher truck can be read
easily by the reader. This project will improve the
current traffic system. To control traffic, some
corrective measures are taken that are implemented
in our system. In the proposed system, there will be
barricades placed before zebra crossing lines so
that vehicles will stop behind it systematically and
nobody will be able to break the signal and go, thus,
reducing number of accidents. This will ensure
safety of all the pedestrians and all drivers.
I. INTRODUCTION
Safety begins right from our self, so it is at most
important to follow traffic rules and regulations.
The focus of this project is to improve the current
traffic system and reduce this grave issue of traffic
congestion to some extent. To control traffic some
corrective measures are taken that are implemented
in our system. We have considered here a two lane
road. To stop the people from breaking the signals
we will install 2 barricades which will block the
road once the signal turns red.
Once the ambulance passes then the barriers are
put again. There will be two barricades, one for left
lane and other for remaining lanes. B. Purpose
II. PROBLEM DESCRIPTION The purpose of this project is to increase awareness
A. Existing Problem of people regarding obeying of traffic rules, to
It has become very easy for common man to own a reduce the traffic congestion, to reduce the delay
vehicle with affordability and higher purchasing for emergency vehicles to reach their destination
power. It creates a problem in terms of road and to reduce number of accidents due to violation
congestion and increasing traffic in big cities

239
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

of traffic rules which may sometimes prove to be

fatal.

Figure 4: Obeying of traffic rules due to our

system

Figure 5: Flow-chart representation of our system

IV. EXPERIMENTAL RESULTS
The hardware implementation consist of arduino
UNO micro controller through which the RFID
readers are connected internally. The GSM module
for sending the SMS is also connected to the
arduino. Both the arduino and the GSM module is
powered with 1 Ampere regulated power supply
each. A LCD panel was used to display the current
situation the junction. RF receiver is connected to
arduino to receive the signal passed from the
Fig-4: A signal junction with RFID reader. transmitter in the ambulance.

D. Scope
The project can be implemented for three lane as
well as four lane roads. We can also use IOT
(Internet of Things) in this project. The traffic
density estimation can be evaluated and the signal
timer for that road can be set accordingly. It can be
used for the detection of stolen vehicles.
E. Flowchart

240
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

Figure 6: Architectural block diagram

The results we obtained on the prototype is on
showing two or more than two tag under the RFID B. Proposed Model Figure
reader it take it as a high density and allow the
particular lane to have green signal for some extra
time. A tag which is already denoted as the theft
vehicle when the particular tag isscanned in the
RFID reader then it will make the beep on and off
for three time and will send the SMS to the control
room number and the vehicle owner number. When
a tag is scanned it will also check for the Fast Tag
balance if it is less then minimum balance the SMS
alert will sent to the vehicle owner. When the signal
is in red a tag is passes through another reader then
it will be made as the rule break. The fine will
deducted removed from the Fast Tag balance.
Emergency vehicle has RF transmitter, on pushing
the button it will pass the signal to RF receiver and
make the particular lane green.
A. Architectural Block Diagram Fig.7(a): Road Junction Model Figure
The block diagram contains one Arduino UNO and 7(a) describes the two lane road junction in which
one Arduino MEGA board connected to each other the servo motors acts as barricades and the LED
where all the four RFID readers are connected to lights denotes the signals. Also, there is an RFID
UNO board. This RFID reader on roadside detects tag acts as an emergency vehicle. The Figure 7(b)
and scans the RFID tags placed on the emergency contains the configuration of MEGA and UNO
service vehicles. This operation is monitored and boards with each other and also with LED signals,
controlled by the UNO board. The MEGA board is servo motors and with the four RFID readers.
connected to all the eight Servo motors (acting as V. PROPOSED METHODOLOGY
barricades) and four LED lights (acting as signals). A. Overview of proposed real time traffic signal
The MEGA board is used for regulating normal control algorithm
traffic operations. The boards are connected to each This algorithm is designed with the prime
other so that if emergency vehicles arrives on one objective of minimizing traffic congestion and
road, then the RFID reader will detect and scan the allows emergency service vehicles to reach their
RFID tag and signals of remaining roads will be destinations with minimum time delay. We are
turned red and the barricades associated to them using two Arduino circuit boards, the Uno board
will be closed too and only left barricade of that and the Mega board in our proposed system. So
road where emergency vehicle has arrived will be there are two algorithms for the two circuit boards.
opened. The algorithm designed for the Uno board is used

241
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

for the radio frequency readers at roadside to detect long because the emergency vehicle is waiting
and scan the cards. The algorithm designed for the within the traffic unction.
Mega board is used to control and manage the light The traffic signal turns to red, only after the
emitting diodes which are used as signals and to emergency vehicle passes through traffic signal.
drive the servo motors. Our system will detect, scan also as if any vehicle violate the red light is fined
the emergency vehicle only if it arrives from the automatically. Further enhancements are often
left lane of any road. The two functions ‘setup()’ done to the prototype by testing it with longer range
and ‘loop()’ are two built-in functions of Arduino RFID readers
IDE, which are used for initialization and repeated REFERENCES
execution phases respectively. [1] Anastasios Kouveals, Konstantinos Aboudolas,
A) Following libraries are used:- EliasB.Kosmatopoulos and Markos
Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI):- It allows us to Papageorgious, Fellow, IEEE „„Adaptive
communicate with the peripheral devices quickly Performance Optimization for Large-Scale Traffic
over short distances. Control Systems” in IEEE Transactions on
RFID: - A library for interfacing RFID readers with intelligent transportation systems,
Arduino board UART. Vol12,No.4,2011.
Servo: - This library allows an Arduino board to [2] OsigweUhennaChinyere, Oladipo Francisca,
control rotation of Servo motors. Onibere Emmanuel Amano Computer Science
SoftwareSerial: - This library allows serial Departrment, NnamdiAzikiwe University, Awka,
communication on other digital pins of the Arduino Nigeria Computer Science Department,University
using software to replicate the functionality. of Benin, Benin City, Nigeria, „„Design And
MFRC 522:- Read and write different types of Simulation Of An Intelligent Traffic Control
Radio Frequency Identification cards on the System” in international journal of advances in
Arduino board. engineering and technology,2011.
B) Result and Conclusion [3] ShailendraTahilyani,ManujDarbari,Pravee
Hence, here we conclude that, using this system, Kumar Shukla Department of electronics and
there will be fewer chances for disobeying of traffic communication engineering, BabuBanarais Das
rules and number of accidents. Also, time delay for University, Licknow, „„Soft Computing
vehicles of emergency services to reach their Apporaches in traffic Control System” in
destination will be less. Due to this, victims will conference on intelligent systems and control.
reach to the hospitals in time through the [4] Kuei-Hsiang Chao and Pi-Yun Chen
ambulance and also fire-extinguisher truck will Department of Electrical Engineering, National
reach in time to their destination. Social awareness Chin-Yi University of Technology, „„An
of citizens will be increased about obeying the Intelligent Traffic Flow Control System Based On
traffic rules. This will make the traffic system more Radio Frequency Identification And Wireless
systematic Sensor Networks” International Journal of
CONCLUSION Distributed Sensor Networks
With automatic traffic light control supported the [5] S.Chandrakanth Sagar, Dr. M. Narayana,
traffic density within the route, the manual effort „„Ambulance Controlled Traffic System Using
on a part of the traffic policeman is saved. because RFID Technology Using Lab view Simulation” in
the entire system is automated, it requires very less International Journal of RFID technology,2014.
human intervention. [6] Liang Qi, MengChu Zhou, Fellow, IEEE, and
Also SMS are going to be sent in order that they WenJing Luan, “Emergency Traffic –Light
will prepare to catch the stolen vehicle at Control System Design for Intersection Subject to
subsequent possible junctions. Emergency vehicles Accidents” in IEEE transactions on Intelligent
like ambulance, fire trucks, got to reach their Transportation Systems, Vol. 17,No. 1, 2016.
destinations at the earliest. If they spend tons of [7] Yu Wang, Danwei Wang, ShangtaiJin,
your time in traffic jams, precious lives of the many NanXaio, Yitong Li and Emilio Frazzoli, “Iterative
people could also be at risk. With emergency Tuning With Reactive Compensation for Urban
vehicle clearance, the traffic light turns to green as Traffic Signal Control”, in IEEE Transaction on
Control Systems Technology, Vol. 25,No. 6,2017.

242
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

TOKEN BASED SMART RATION SYSTEM

MR. M. MURUGESAN,
KATHIRVEL N C, KAVIBALAN R
MAHESH A , SANTHANA ROHINI E– BE students
Department of Electrical and Electronics Engineering
KARPAGAM INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY, COIMBATORE- 641105
ANNA UNIVERSITY: CHENNAI 600 025

ABSTRACT Display. The GSM module in the system sends the

Public Distribution System (PDS) or Ration token number generated in the form of SMS to the
system is under Ministry of Consumer Affairs, user’s registered phone number of references.
Food and was established by the Government of When the particular token holder’s turn is about
India to distribute major commodities through a come, the GSM module again sends a remainder
network of fair price shop across the country. Each SMS to collect their commodity. Thus, the user is
ration card holder is issued with a smart card and not available at the time of their turn, the token will
the ration shop vendor scans the unique barcode in be cancelled and the cancellation message will be
the smart card to distribute the commodities. sent to the user. Thus, the user wants to generate
Irrespective of the queue one should wait for a long another token and have to wait for their next turn
time to get their goods. Hence for reducing the Some benefits are:
waiting time, we proposed a token-based system.
In this system a device scans the smart card and • Transparency
displays a token number to the card holder’s
registered mobile number via SMS. After a • Time conservation
threshold limit say prior 2 token, the system again
send a remainder SMS to the corresponding token Message will go to the head of the family member
holder to collect the commodities. Thus, the illegal through GSM. If the user tries take the ration again,
entry can be minimized. The system is also it will display the like Person name for Family
designed to minimize the queue on the crowded number has taken.
days.
Keywords: Public distribution system, smart card, 3.1 BLOCK DIAGRAM
Token based system, SMS

I. INTRODUCTION 5V
POWER SUPPLY
The Public Distribution System is recognized SMPS
by the Government of India with a NETWORK OF
4.8 LAKHS Fair Price Shops (FPS) is perhaps the
largest retail system in the world. This scheme was
launched in India on June 1997.Public Distribution 20 X 2 ARDUINO
System provides ration card issued by the State LCD MEGA 2560 READER
Government for the purchase of essential
consumers materials like rice, wheat, oil, kerosene
etc.
II. PROPOSED SYSTEM
The conventional Public Distribution System 12 SIM900 RFID CARDS
is so reserved that only the Fair Price Shop vendors SMPS GSM MODEN

can view the inlet, outlet and stock maintenance

Fig-3.1.1 BLOCK DIAGRAM
which are more prone to errors and illegal entries.
Figure.3.1.1 BLOCK DIAGRAM
In the proposed system, the scanner in the device
IV. HARDWARE DESCRIPTION
reads the unique code through the smart card of the
4.1 CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
user and displays the commodity available for them
and the generated token number in the LCD

243
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

Figure.4.1.1. CIRCUIT DIAGRAM

4.2 ARDUINO UNO:

Figure.4.2.1. ARCHITECTURE DIAGRAM OF

ARDUINO UNO

Figure.4.2.1. ARDUINO UNO

The Arduino UNO is a microcontroller board based
on the ATmega328P. It has 14 digital input/output Fig-4.3.3 RFID CARD
pins (of which 6 can be used as PWM outputs), 6
analog inputs, a 16 MHz ceramic resonator, a USB
connection, a power jack, an ICSP header and a
reset button. It contains everything needed to
support the microcontroller; simply connect it to a
computer with a USB cable or power it with an AC-
to-DC adapter or battery to get started. You can
tinker with your UNO without worrying too much
about doing something wrong, worst case scenario
you can replace the chip for a few dollars and start
over again. Figure.4.5.2 CIRCUIT DIAGRAM OF LCD
4.2.1. ARCHITECTURE This circuit (shown in fig. 4.5.2) consists of a
Microcontroller and LCD. This LCD is operating

244
 NEC-ICPSPE-2K23 ISBN: 978-93-91420-32-1

with an 8-bit data bus. So totally 11 data lines are • Automated ration goods measurements.
required (8 Data lines and 3 control lines). The 8- • Bio-metric authentication.
bit data lines are connected to the Port l and the 3 • Feedback System.
control lines to the Port3.5-Port3.7. The EN line is VIII. REFERENCES
called "Enable." This control line indicates the [1] Vinayak T. Shelar, Mahadev S. Patil, “RFID
LCD that we are sending it data. To send data to and GSM based Automatic Rationing System
the LCD, the EN should be low (0) and then set the using LPC2148” International Journal of
other two control lines and/or put data on the data Advanced Research in Computer Engineering &
bus. When be other lines are completely ready, Technology (IJARCET) Volume 4 Issue 6, June
bring EN high (1) and wait for the minimum. 2015.
V. SOFTWARE TOOLES [2] A.N. Madur, Sham Nayse, “Automation in
5.1 SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION: Rationing System Using Arm 7” International
The open-source Arduino Software (IDE) makes it Journal of Innovative Research in Electrical
easy to write code and upload it to the board. It runs Electronics, Instrumentation and Control
on Windows, Mac OS X, and Linux. The Engineering. Vol.1.Issue July 2013.
environment is written in Java and based on [3] K. Balakarthik, “Closed-Based Ration Card
Processing and another open-source software. This System using RFID and GSM
software can be used with any Arduino board. Technology”, vol.2, Issue 4, April 2013.
The Arduino UNO is a microcontroller board based [4] S. Kanagasubaraja, “Biometric Device Using
on the ATmega328P. It has 14 digital input/output Smart Card in Public Distributed System”,
pins (of which 6 can be used as PWM outputs), 6 Published in 22nd IRF International Conference,
analog inputs, a 16 MHz ceramic resonator, a USB 29th March 2015, Chennai, India.
connection, a power jack, an ICSP header and a [5] Kashinath Wakade “Smart Ration Distribution
reset button. It contains everything needed to and Controlling”, Published in International
support the microcontroller; simply connect it to a Journal of Scientific and Research Publications,
computer with a USB cable or power it with an AC- Volume 5, Issue 4, April 2015.
to-DC adapter or battery to get started. You can [6] Vinayak T. Shelar, Mahadev S. Patil, “RFID
tinker with your UNO without worrying too much and GSM Based Automatic Rationing System
about doing something wrong, worst-case scenario Using LPC2148”, Published in International
you can replace the chip for a few dollars and start Journal of Advanced Research in Computer
over again. Engineering & Technology (IJARCET) Volume
The hardware reference design is distributed under Issue 6, June 2015.
a Creative Commons Attribution Share-Alike 2.5 [7] Bhalekar Swati D., Kulkarni Rutuja R.,
license and is available on the Arduino website. Lawande Akshay K, Patil Varsharani “Online
Layout and production files for some versions of Ration Card System by Using RFID and
the hardware are also available. Biometrics”, Published in International Journal of
Advanced Research in Computer Science And
VI.CONCLUSIONS Software Engineering 5(10), October- 2015.
The main objective of the project is achieved by [8] Poonam N. Jadhav, Supriya U. Sawant, Reshma
using SMS to carry information to the users and T. Patil, “A Step Towards Digital India Using
make the process easy. The crowd in shops is Smart Ration Card”, Published in International
controlled. People don't have to wait in queue. Journal of Modern Trends in Engineering and
Also, the token gets cancelled automatically if the Research (IJMTER) Volume 03, Issue 02,
token holder fails to show up and allots an extra [February 2011].
token, this makes sure maintain the daily token
distribution limit. Whole process makes the
customers convenient. This system can be made
suitable to Government offices and Banks where
queue place an important role.
6.1FUTURE SCOPE
• Online and IOT based development can be done.

245